4👑☸ Cattāri Ariya-saccaṃ 四聖諦

4👑☸KN‍ KN Ne   
🔝   



KN Ne

pāḷi from DPR
Eng. Transl. By AI gemin pro 2.5
KN 20 - nettippakaraṇapāḷi
KN 20 - The Guide
♦ nettippakaraṇapāḷi
♦ The Guide
♦ 1. saṅgahavāro
  ♦ 1. The Summary Chapter
♦ yaṃ loko pūjayate, salokapālo sadā namassati ca.
♦ That which the world with its guardians honours, and always reveres.
♦ tasseta sāsanavaraṃ, vidūhi ñeyyaṃ naravarassa.
♦ This excellent teaching of the best of men is to be known by the wise.
♦ dvādasa padāni suttaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ byañjanañca attho ca.
♦ The twelve terms are the Sutta, all of which are the letter and the meaning.
♦ taṃ viññeyyaṃ ubhayaṃ, ko attho byañjanaṃ katamaṃ.
♦ Both are to be understood: what is the meaning, what is the letter?
♦ soḷasahārā netti , pañcanayā sāsanassa pariyeṭṭhi.
♦ The Guide has sixteen modes, five methods for investigating the teaching.
♦ aṭṭhārasamūlapadā, mahakaccānena niddiṭṭhā.
♦ Eighteen root-terms were set forth by Mahākaccāna.
♦ hārā byañjanavicayo, suttassa nayā tayo ca suttattho.
♦ The modes are the investigation of the letter, the three methods are the meaning of the Sutta.
♦ ubhayaṃ pariggahītaṃ, vuccati suttaṃ yathāsuttaṃ.
♦ When both are comprehended, it is called the Sutta as it was heard.
♦ yā ceva desanā yañca, desitaṃ ubhayameva viññeyyaṃ.
♦ Both the teaching and what is taught are to be understood.
♦ tatrāyamānupubbī, navavidhasuttantapariyeṭṭhīti.
♦ Herein is the sequence, the ninefold investigation of the Suttas.
♦ saṅgahavāro.
♦ The Summary Chapter.
♦ 2. uddesavāro
  ♦ 2. The Exposition Chapter
♦ [unnamed]
    ♦ [unnamed]
♦ 1. tattha katame soḷasa hārā?
♦ 1. Therein, what are the sixteen modes?
desanā vicayo yutti padaṭṭhāno lakkhaṇo catubyūho āvaṭṭo vibhatti parivattano vevacano paññatti otaraṇo sodhano adhiṭṭhāno parikkhāro samāropano iti.
 Teaching, investigation, construing, footing, characteristic, fourfold array, revolving, analysis, conversion, synonym, designation, penetration, cleansing, resolution, requisite, and imputation.
♦ tassānugīti
    ♦ Its Recitation
♦ desanā vicayo yutti, padaṭṭhāno ca lakkhaṇo.
♦ Teaching, investigation, construing, footing and characteristic,
♦ catubyūho ca āvaṭṭo, vibhatti parivattano.
♦ Fourfold array and revolving, analysis, conversion,
♦ vevacano ca paññatti, otaraṇo ca sodhano.
♦ Synonym and designation, penetration and cleansing,
♦ adhiṭṭhāno parikkhāro, samāropano soḷaso .
♦ Resolution, requisite, and sixteenthly, imputation.
♦ ete soḷasa hārā, pakittitā atthato asaṃkiṇṇā.
♦ These sixteen modes have been declared, unmixed in meaning.
♦ etesañceva bhavati, vitthāratayā nayavibhattīti.
♦ And of these there is the analysis of the methods in detail.
♦ 2. tattha katame pañca nayā?
♦ 2. Therein, what are the five methods?
nandiyāvaṭṭo tipukkhalo sīhavikkīḷito disālocano aṅkuso iti.
 The Nandiyāvaṭṭa (Lustrous), the Tipukkhala (Trefoil), the Sīhavikkīḷita (Lion's Sport), the Disālocana (Survey of Directions), and the Aṅkusa (the Hook).
♦ tassānugīti
    ♦ Its Recitation
♦ paṭhamo nandiyāvaṭṭo, dutiyo ca tipukkhalo.
♦ The first is Nandiyāvaṭṭa, and the second is Tipukkhala.
♦ sīhavikkīḷito nāma, tatiyo nayalañjako .
♦ The third method-mark is named Sīhavikkīḷita.
♦ disālocanamāhaṃsu, catutthaṃ nayamuttamaṃ.
♦ They call the fourth, the highest method, Disālocana.
♦ pañcamo aṅkuso nāma, sabbe pañca nayā gatāti.
♦ The fifth is named Aṅkusa; all five methods are comprised.
♦ 3. tattha katamāni aṭṭhārasa mūlapadāni?
♦ 3. Therein, what are the eighteen root-terms?
nava padāni kusalāni nava padāni akusalāni.
 Nine terms are profitable, nine terms are unprofitable.
tattha katamāni nava padāni akusalāni, taṇhā avijjā lobho doso moho subhasaññā sukhasaññā niccasaññā attasaññāti, imāni nava padāni akusalāni, yattha sabbo akusalapakkho saṅgahaṃ samosaraṇaṃ gacchati.
 Therein, what are the nine unprofitable terms? Craving, ignorance, greed, hate, delusion, perception of beauty, perception of pleasure, perception of permanence, perception of self. These are the nine unprofitable terms, wherein the whole unprofitable side is included and comprised.
♦ tattha katamāni nava padāni kusalāni?
♦ Therein, what are the nine profitable terms?
samatho vipassanā alobho adoso amoho asubhasaññā dukkhasaññā aniccasaññā anattasaññāti, imāni nava padāni kusalāni, yattha sabbo kusalapakkho saṅgahaṃ samosaraṇaṃ gacchati.
 Calm, insight, non-greed, non-hate, non-delusion, perception of foulness, perception of pain, perception of impermanence, perception of not-self. These are the nine profitable terms, wherein the whole profitable side is included and comprised.
♦ tatridaṃ uddānaṃ
    ♦ Here is the summary:
♦ taṇhā ca avijjāpi ca, lobho doso tatheva moho ca.
♦ Craving and ignorance, greed, hate and likewise delusion,
♦ caturo ca vipallāsā, kilesabhūmī nava padāni.
♦ And the four perversions: these nine terms are the plane of defilements.
♦ samatho ca vipassanā ca, kusalāni ca yāni tīṇi mūlāni.
♦ Calm and insight, and the three profitable roots,
♦ caturo satipaṭṭhānā, indriyabhūmī nava padāni.
♦ The four foundations of mindfulness: these nine terms are the plane of the faculties.
♦ navahi ca padehi kusalā, navahi ca yujjanti akusalapakkhā.
♦ And with nine profitable terms, the nine unprofitable sides are opposed.
♦ ete kho mūlapadā, bhavanti aṭṭhārasa padānīti.
♦ These indeed are the root-terms, the eighteen terms.
♦ uddesavāro.
♦ The Exposition Chapter.
♦ 3. niddesavāro
  ♦ 3. The Demonstration Chapter
♦ [unnamed]
    ♦ [unnamed]
♦ 4. tattha saṅkhepato netti kittitā.
♦ 4. Therein the Guide is briefly stated.
♦ hārasaṅkhepo
    ♦ Summary of the Modes
♦ 1.
♦ 1.
♦ assādādīnavatā, nissaraṇampi ca phalaṃ upāyo ca.
♦ Gratification and danger, and escape, fruit, and means,
♦ āṇattī ca bhagavato, yogīnaṃ desanāhāro.
♦ And the Blessed One's command, is the Teaching mode for yogis.
♦ 2.
♦ 2.
♦ yaṃ pucchitañca vissajjitañca, suttassa yā ca anugīti.
♦ What is asked and what is answered, and the Sutta's recitation,
♦ suttassa yo pavicayo, hāro vicayoti niddiṭṭho.
♦ The investigation of the Sutta, is stated as the Investigation mode.
♦ 3.
♦ 3.
♦ sabbesaṃ hārānaṃ, yā bhūmī yo ca gocaro tesaṃ.
♦ Of all the modes, what is their plane and what their sphere,
♦ yuttāyuttaparikkhā, hāro yuttīti niddiṭṭho.
♦ The examination of the construed and the unconstrued, is stated as the Construing mode.
♦ 4.
♦ 4.
♦ dhammaṃ deseti jino, tassa ca dhammassa yaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ The Victor teaches the Dhamma, and the footing of that Dhamma,
♦ iti yāva sabbadhammā, eso hāro padaṭṭhāno.
♦ Thus as to all dhammas, this is the Footing mode.
♦ 5.
♦ 5.
♦ vuttamhi ekadhamme, ye dhammā ekalakkhaṇā keci.
♦ When one dhamma is stated, whatever dhammas have a single characteristic,
♦ vuttā bhavanti sabbe, so hāro lakkhaṇo nāma.
♦ Are all stated; that is called the Characteristic mode.
♦ 6.
♦ 6.
♦ neruttamadhippāyo, byañjanamatha desanānidānañca.
♦ Philology, intention, and phrasing, then the teaching's source,
♦ pubbāparānusandhī, eso hāro catubyūho.
♦ And the connection of what precedes and follows, this is the Fourfold Array mode.
♦ 7.
♦ 7.
♦ ekamhi padaṭṭhāne, pariyesati sesakaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ In one footing, he seeks for the remaining footing,
♦ āvaṭṭati paṭipakkhe, āvaṭṭo nāma so hāro.
♦ He revolves to the opposite; that mode is named Revolving.
♦ 8.
♦ 8.
♦ dhammañca padaṭṭhānaṃ, bhūmiñca vibhajjate ayaṃ hāro.
♦ This mode analyzes the dhamma, the footing, and the plane,
♦ sādhāraṇe asādhāraṇe ca neyyo vibhattīti.
♦ It should be understood as Analysis, in the common and the uncommon.
♦ 9.
♦ 9.
♦ kusalākusale dhamme, niddiṭṭhe bhāvite pahīne ca.
♦ When profitable and unprofitable dhammas are stated, cultivated, and abandoned,
♦ parivattati paṭipakkhe, hāro parivattano nāma.
♦ He converts to the opposite; that mode is named Conversion.
♦ 10.
♦ 10.
♦ vevacanāni bahūni tu, sutte vuttāni ekadhammassa.
♦ Many synonyms are spoken in the Sutta for a single dhamma.
♦ yo jānāti suttavidū, vevacano nāma so hāro.
♦ He who knows the Suttas well, that mode is named Synonym.
♦ 11.
♦ 11.
♦ ekaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ, paññattīhi vividhāhi deseti.
♦ The Blessed One teaches one dhamma by various designations.
♦ so ākāro ñeyyo, paññattī nāma hāroti.
♦ That manner should be known as the mode named Designation.
♦ 12.
♦ 12.
♦ yo ca paṭiccuppādo, indriyakhandhā ca dhātu āyatanā.
♦ Dependent origination, and the faculties, aggregates, elements, and bases,
♦ etehi otarati yo, otaraṇo nāma so hāro.
♦ He who penetrates by these, that mode is named Penetration.
♦ 13.
♦ 13.
♦ vissajjitamhi pañhe, gāthāyaṃ pucchitāyamārabbha.
♦ In a question answered, concerning a verse that has been asked,
♦ suddhāsuddhaparikkhā, hāro so sodhano nāma.
♦ The examination of the pure and impure, that mode is named Cleansing.
♦ 14.
♦ 14.
♦ ekattatāya dhammā, yepi ca vemattatāya niddiṭṭhā.
♦ Dhammas which have been stated as having oneness, and also those having difference,
♦ tena vikappayitabbā, eso hāro adhiṭṭhāno.
♦ They should be determined by that; this is the Resolution mode.
♦ 15.
♦ 15.
♦ ye dhammā yaṃ dhammaṃ, janayantippaccayā paramparato.
♦ The dhammas which, from condition to condition, successively produce a dhamma,
♦ hetumavakaḍḍhayitvā, eso hāro parikkhāro.
♦ Having drawn out the cause, this is the Requisite mode.
♦ 16.
♦ 16.
♦ ye dhammā yaṃ mūlā, ye cekatthā pakāsitā muninā.
♦ The dhammas which are rooted in what, and which are declared by the sage as having one meaning,
♦ te samaropayitabbā, esa samāropano hāro.
♦ They should be imputed; this is the Imputation mode.
♦ nayasaṅkhepo
♦ Summary of the Methods
♦ 17.
♦ 17.
♦ taṇhañca avijjampi ca, samathena vipassanā yo neti.
♦ He who guides craving and ignorance by calm and insight,
♦ saccehi yojayitvā, ayaṃ nayo nandiyāvaṭṭo.
♦ Having yoked them to the truths, this is the Nandiyāvaṭṭa method.
♦ 18.
♦ 18.
♦ yo akusale samūlehi, neti kusale ca kusalamūlehi.
♦ He who guides the unprofitable by its roots, and the profitable by the profitable roots,
♦ bhūtaṃ tathaṃ avitathaṃ, tipukkhalaṃ taṃ nayaṃ āhu.
♦ What is real, true, and not otherwise, they call that the Tipukkhala method.
♦ 19.
♦ 19.
♦ yo neti vipallāsehi, kilese indriyehi saddhamme.
♦ He who guides by the perversions, the defilements, by the faculties, the good Dhamma,
♦ etaṃ nayaṃ nayavidū, sīhavikkīḷitaṃ āhu.
♦ The knower of the method calls this Sīhavikkīḷita.
♦ 20.
♦ 20.
♦ veyyākaraṇesu hi ye, kusalākusalā tahiṃ tahiṃ vuttā.
♦ In the expositions, the profitable and unprofitable spoken of here and there,
♦ manasā volokayate, taṃ khu disālocanaṃ āhu.
♦ He surveys with his mind; they call that Disālocana.
♦ 21.
♦ 21.
♦ oloketvā disalocanena, ukkhipiya yaṃ samāneti.
♦ Having surveyed by Disālocana, having lifted up, what he brings together,
♦ sabbe kusalākusale, ayaṃ nayo aṅkuso nāma.
♦ All profitable and unprofitable, this method is named Aṅkusa.
♦ 22.
♦ 22.
♦ soḷasa hārā paṭhamaṃ, disalocanato disā viloketvā.
♦ First the sixteen modes, having surveyed the directions by Disālocana,
♦ saṅkhipiya aṅkusena hi, nayehi tīhi niddise suttaṃ.
♦ Having summarized with the Aṅkusa, he should demonstrate the Sutta with the three methods.
♦ dvādasapada
    ♦ The Twelve Terms
♦ 23.
♦ 23.
♦ akkharaṃ padaṃ byañjanaṃ, nirutti tatheva niddeso.
♦ The letter, the term, the phrase, the philology and also the demonstration,
♦ ākārachaṭṭhavacanaṃ, ettāva byañjanaṃ sabbaṃ.
♦ The manner being the sixth word, this much is all the phrasing.
♦ 24.
♦ 24.
♦ saṅkāsanā pakāsanā, vivaraṇā vibhajanuttānīkammapaññatti.
♦ Indication, declaration, elucidation, analysis, manifestation, designation.
♦ etehi chahi padehi, attho kammañca niddiṭṭhaṃ.
♦ By these six terms, the meaning and the act are demonstrated.
♦ 25.
♦ 25.
♦ tīṇi ca nayā anūnā, atthassa ca chappadāni gaṇitāni.
♦ The three methods are not deficient, and the six terms of the meaning are reckoned.
♦ navahi padehi bhagavato, vacanassattho samāyutto.
♦ With nine terms the meaning of the Blessed One's word is connected.
♦ 26.
♦ 26.
♦ atthassa navappadāni, byañjanapariyeṭṭhiyā catubbīsa.
♦ There are nine terms of the meaning, twenty-four for the investigation of the phrasing.
♦ ubhayaṃ saṅkalayitvā , tettiṃsā ettikā nettīti.
♦ Combining both, there are thirty-three; so much is the Guide.
♦ niddesavāro.
♦ The Demonstration Chapter.
♦ 4. paṭiniddesavāro
  ♦ 4. The Counter-Demonstration Chapter
♦ 1. desanāhāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 1. Analysis of the Teaching Mode
♦ 5. tattha katamo desanāhāro?
♦ 5. Therein, what is the Teaching mode?
“assādādīnavatā”ti gāthā ayaṃ desanāhāro.
 “Gratification and danger” — this verse is the Teaching mode.
kiṃ desayati?
 What does it teach?
assādaṃ ādīnavaṃ nissaraṇaṃ phalaṃ upāyaṃ āṇattiṃ.
 Gratification, danger, escape, fruit, means, and command.
dhammaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsessāmīti.
 I will teach you the Dhamma, monks, lovely in the beginning, lovely in the middle, lovely in the end, with its meaning and its phrasing; I will make known the utterly complete, purified holy life.
♦ tattha katamo assādo?
♦ Therein, what is the gratification?
♦ “kāmaṃ kāmayamānassa, tassa cetaṃ samijjhati.
♦ "For one desiring sensual pleasures, if that succeeds for him,
♦ addhā pītimano hoti, laddhā macco yadicchatī”ti.
♦ Truly he is joyful-minded, having obtained what a mortal wishes."
♦ ayaṃ assādo.
♦ This is the gratification.
♦ tattha katamo ādīnavo?
♦ Therein, what is the danger?
♦ “tassa ce kāmayānassa, chandajātassa jantuno.
♦ "But for that person, desiring, for the creature in whom desire has arisen,
♦ te kāmā parihāyanti, sallaviddhova ruppatī”ti.
♦ If those sensual pleasures diminish, he suffers as if pierced by a dart."
♦ ayaṃ ādīnavo.
♦ This is the danger.
♦ tattha katamaṃ nissaraṇaṃ?
♦ Therein, what is the escape?
♦ “yo kāme parivajjeti, sappasseva padā siro.
♦ "He who avoids sensual pleasures, as one's foot avoids a snake's head,
♦ somaṃ visattikaṃ loke, sato samativattatī”ti.
♦ Being mindful, he transcends this attachment in the world."
♦ idaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.
♦ This is the escape.
♦ tattha katamo assādo?
♦ Therein, what is the gratification?
♦ “khettaṃ vatthuṃ hiraññaṃ vā, gavāssaṃ dāsaporisaṃ.
♦ "Field, property, or gold, cattle and horses, servants and men,
♦ thiyo bandhū puthū kāme, yo naro anugijjhatī”ti.
♦ Women, relatives, many sensual pleasures—the man who is attached to these,"
♦ ayaṃ assādo.
♦ This is the gratification.
♦ tattha katamo ādīnavo?
♦ Therein, what is the danger?
♦ “abalā naṃ balīyanti, maddante naṃ parissayā.
♦ "Weaknesses overpower him, dangers crush him.
♦ tato naṃ dukkhamanveti, nāvaṃ bhinnamivodakan”ti.
♦ Then pain follows him, like water a broken ship."
♦ ayaṃ ādīnavo.
♦ This is the danger.
♦ tattha katamaṃ nissaraṇaṃ?
♦ Therein, what is the escape?
♦ “tasmā jantu sadā sato, kāmāni parivajjaye.
♦ "Therefore a person, always mindful, should avoid sensual pleasures.
♦ te pahāya tare oghaṃ, nāvaṃ sitvāva pāragū”ti.
♦ Having abandoned them, he crosses the flood, like one who has bailed out a ship and gone to the far shore."
♦ idaṃ nissaraṇaṃ.
♦ This is the escape.
♦ tattha katamaṃ phalaṃ?
♦ Therein, what is the fruit?
♦ “dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṃ, chattaṃ mahantaṃ yatha vassakāle.
♦ "The Dhamma indeed protects the Dhamma-farer, like a great umbrella in the rainy season.
♦ esānisaṃso dhamme suciṇṇe, na duggatiṃ gacchati dhammacārī”ti.
♦ This is the benefit of the well-practiced Dhamma; the Dhamma-farer does not go to a bad destination."
♦ idaṃ phalaṃ.
♦ This is the fruit.
♦ tattha katamo upāyo?
♦ Therein, what is the means?
♦ “sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā”ti .
♦ "All conditioned things are impermanent"... etc...
.. pe .
..
♦ “sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā”ti .
♦ "All conditioned things are suffering"... etc...
.. pe .
..
♦ “sabbe dhammā anattā”ti, yadā paññāya passati.
♦ "All things are not-self," when one sees with wisdom,
♦ atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā”ti.
♦ Then one is disgusted with suffering; this is the path to purity.
♦ ayaṃ upāyo.
♦ This is the means.
♦ tattha katamā āṇatti?
♦ Therein, what is the command?
♦ “cakkhumā visamānīva, vijjamāne parakkame.
♦ "A man with eyes, as if avoiding uneven places, where there is an obstacle,
♦ paṇḍito jīvalokasmiṃ, pāpāni parivajjaye”ti.
♦ A wise man in the world of the living should avoid evils."
♦ ayaṃ āṇatti.
♦ This is the command.
♦ “‘suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu,
♦ "'Regard the world as empty,
♦ mogharājā’ti āṇatti, ‘sadā sato’ti upāyo.
♦ Mogharāja' is a command, 'always mindful' is the means.
♦ ‘attānudiṭṭhiṃ ūhacca , evaṃ maccutaro siyā’”.
♦ 'Having uprooted the view of self, so one might be a crosser of death'."
♦ idaṃ phalaṃ.
♦ This is the fruit.
♦ 6. tattha bhagavā ugghaṭitaññussa puggalassa nissaraṇaṃ desayati, vipañcitaññussa puggalassa ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca desayati, neyyassa puggalassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca desayati.
♦ 6. Therein, to the person of quick understanding, the Blessed One teaches escape. To the person of developed understanding, the Blessed One teaches danger and escape. To the person to be guided, the Blessed One teaches gratification, danger, and escape.
♦ tattha catasso paṭipadā, cattāro puggalā.
♦ Therein are four paths, four persons.
taṇhācarito mando satindriyena dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya niyyāti satipaṭṭhānehi nissayehi.
 The one of craving temperament, dull, with the faculty of mindfulness, proceeds by the painful path with slow direct-knowledge, with the foundations of mindfulness as support.
taṇhācarito udatto samādhindriyena dukkhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya niyyāti jhānehi nissayehi.
 The one of craving temperament, sharp, with the faculty of concentration, proceeds by the painful path with swift direct-knowledge, with the jhānas as support.
diṭṭhicarito mando vīriyindriyena sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya niyyāti sammappadhānehi nissayehi.
 The one of speculative temperament, dull, with the faculty of energy, proceeds by the pleasant path with slow direct-knowledge, with the right strivings as support.
diṭṭhicarito udatto paññindriyena sukhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya niyyāti saccehi nissayehi.
 The one of speculative temperament, sharp, with the faculty of wisdom, proceeds by the pleasant path with swift direct-knowledge, with the truths as support.
♦ ubho taṇhācaritā samathapubbaṅgamāya vipassanā niyyanti rāgavirāgāya cetovimuttiyā.
♦ Both those of craving temperament proceed with insight preceded by calm, for the fading away of lust, for the liberation of the mind.
ubho diṭṭhicaritā vipassanāpubbaṅgame samathena niyyanti avijjāvirāgāya paññāvimuttiyā.
 Both those of speculative temperament proceed with calm preceded by insight, for the fading away of ignorance, for the liberation by wisdom.
♦ tattha ye samathapubbaṅgamāhi paṭipadāhi niyyanti, te nandiyāvaṭṭena nayena hātabbā, ye vipassanāpubbaṅgamāhi paṭipadāhi niyyanti, te sīhavikkīḷitena nayena hātabbā.
♦ Therein, those who proceed by paths preceded by calm should be handled by the Nandiyāvaṭṭa method. Those who proceed by paths preceded by insight should be handled by the Sīhavikkīḷita method.
♦ 7. svāyaṃ hāro kattha sambhavati, yassa satthā vā dhammaṃ desayati aññataro vā garuṭṭhānīyo sabrahmacārī, so taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā saddhaṃ paṭilabhati.
♦ 7. Where does this mode arise? When the Teacher or another respected fellow in the holy life teaches the Dhamma, and having heard that Dhamma, he gains faith.
tattha yā vīmaṃsā ussāhanā tulanā upaparikkhā, ayaṃ sutamayī paññā.
 Therein, the inquiry, the exertion, the weighing, the examination, this is the wisdom based on hearing.
tathā sutena nissayena yā vīmaṃsā tulanā upaparikkhā manasānupekkhaṇā, ayaṃ cintāmayī paññā.
 Thus, with hearing as support, the inquiry, weighing, examination, and mental consideration, this is the wisdom based on thinking.
imāhi dvīhi paññāhi manasikārasampayuttassa yaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppajjati dassanabhūmiyaṃ vā bhāvanābhūmiyaṃ vā, ayaṃ bhāvanāmayī paññā.
 By these two kinds of wisdom, for one endowed with mental application, the knowledge that arises in the plane of vision or in the plane of cultivation, this is the wisdom based on cultivation.
♦ 8. paratoghosā sutamayī paññā.
♦ 8. Wisdom based on hearing comes from another's voice.
paccattasamuṭṭhitā yoniso manasikārā cintāmayī paññā.
 Wisdom based on thinking arises from one's own radical attention.
yaṃ parato ca ghosena paccattasamuṭṭhitena ca yonisomanasikārena ñāṇaṃ uppajjati, ayaṃ bhāvanāmayī paññā.
 The knowledge that arises from another's voice and from one's own radical attention, this is the wisdom based on cultivation.
yassa imā dve paññā atthi sutamayī cintāmayī ca, ayaṃ ugghaṭitaññū.
 One for whom these two kinds of wisdom exist, based on hearing and on thinking, this one is of quick understanding.
yassa sutamayī paññā atthi, cintāmayī natthi, ayaṃ vipañcitaññū .
 One for whom wisdom based on hearing exists, but wisdom based on thinking does not, this one is of developed understanding.
yassa neva sutamayī paññā atthi na cintāmayī, ayaṃ neyyo.
 One for whom there is neither wisdom based on hearing nor wisdom based on thinking, this one is to be guided.
♦ 9. sāyaṃ dhammadesanā kiṃ desayati?
♦ 9. What does this teaching of the Dhamma teach?
cattāri saccāni dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ.
 The four truths: suffering, its origin, its cessation, and the path.
ādīnavo ca phalañca dukkhaṃ, assādo samudayo, nissaraṇaṃ nirodho, upāyo āṇatti ca maggo.
 Danger and fruit are suffering; gratification is the origin; escape is cessation; the means and the command are the path.
imāni cattāri saccāni.
 These are the four truths.
idaṃ dhammacakkaṃ.
 This is the Wheel of Dhamma.
♦ yathāha bhagavā — “idaṃ dukkhan”ti me, bhikkhave, bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ, sabbaṃ dhammacakkaṃ.
♦ As the Blessed One said: "This is suffering," monks, in Benares, at Isipatana in the Deer Park, the unsurpassed Wheel of Dhamma was set in motion by me, which cannot be stopped by a recluse or a brahmin or a god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world; the entire Wheel of Dhamma.
♦ tattha aparimāṇā padā, aparimāṇā akkharā, aparimāṇā byañjanā, aparimāṇā ākārā neruttā niddesā.
♦ Therein are immeasurable terms, immeasurable letters, immeasurable phrases, immeasurable manners, philologies, and demonstrations.
etasseva atthassa saṅkāsanā pakāsanā vivaraṇā vibhajanā uttānīkammaṃ paññatti, itipidaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ.
 Of this very meaning, the indication, declaration, elucidation, analysis, making plain, and designation, thus is this the noble truth of suffering.
♦ “ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo”ti me, bhikkhave, bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ .
♦ "This is the origin of suffering," monks, in Benares, at Isipatana in the Deer Park, the unsurpassed Wheel of Dhamma was set in motion... etc... "This is the cessation of suffering," monks... etc... "This is the path leading to the cessation of suffering," monks, in Benares, at Isipatana in the Deer Park, the unsurpassed Wheel of Dhamma was set in motion by me, which cannot be stopped by a recluse or a brahmin or a god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.
.. pe .
.. “ayaṃ dukkhanirodho”ti me, bhikkhave .
.. pe .
.. “ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā”ti me, bhikkhave, bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ.
♦ tattha aparimāṇā padā, aparimāṇā akkharā, aparimāṇā byañjanā, aparimāṇā ākārā neruttā niddesā.
♦ Therein are immeasurable terms, immeasurable letters, immeasurable phrases, immeasurable manners, philologies, and demonstrations.
etasseva atthassa saṅkāsanā pakāsanā vivaraṇā vibhajanā uttānīkammaṃ paññatti itipidaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ.
 Of this very meaning, the indication, declaration, elucidation, analysis, making plain, and designation, thus is this the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering.
♦ tattha bhagavā akkharehi saṅkāseti, padehi pakāseti, byañjanehi vivarati, ākārehi vibhajati, niruttīhi uttānīkaroti , niddesehi paññapeti.
♦ Therein the Blessed One indicates with letters, declares with terms, elucidates with phrases, analyzes with manners, makes plain with philologies, and designates with demonstrations.
tattha bhagavā akkharehi ca padehi ca ugghaṭeti , byañjanehi ca ākārehi ca vipañcayati, niruttīhi ca niddesehi ca vitthāreti.
 Therein the Blessed One reveals with letters and terms, unfolds with phrases and manners, and details with philologies and demonstrations.
tattha ugghaṭanā ādi, vipañcanā majjhe, vitthāraṇā pariyosānaṃ.
 Therein revelation is the beginning, unfolding is the middle, and detailing is the end.
soyaṃ dhammavinayo ugghaṭīyanto ugghaṭitaññūpuggalaṃ vineti, tena naṃ āhu “ādikalyāṇo”ti.
 This Dhamma-Vinaya, being revealed, trains the person of quick understanding; therefore it is called "lovely in the beginning."
vipañcīyanto vipañcitaññūpuggalaṃ vineti, tena naṃ āhu “majjhekalyāṇo”ti.
 Being unfolded, it trains the person of developed understanding; therefore it is called "lovely in the middle."
vitthārīyanto neyyaṃ puggalaṃ vineti, tena naṃ āhu “pariyosānakalyāṇo”ti.
 Being detailed, it trains the person to be guided; therefore it is called "lovely in the end."
♦ 10. tattha chappadāni attho saṅkāsanā pakāsanā vivaraṇā vibhajanā uttānīkammaṃ paññatti, imāni chappadāni attho.
♦ 10. Therein, six terms are the meaning: indication, declaration, elucidation, analysis, making plain, designation; these six terms are the meaning.
chappadāni byañjanaṃ akkharaṃ padaṃ byañjanaṃ ākāro nirutti niddeso, imāni chappadāni byañjanaṃ.
 Six terms are the phrasing: the letter, the term, the phrase, the manner, the philology, the demonstration; these six terms are the phrasing.
tenāha bhagavā “dhammaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanan”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "I will teach you the Dhamma, monks, lovely in the beginning, lovely in the middle, lovely in the end, with its meaning and its phrasing."
♦ kevalanti lokuttaraṃ, na missaṃ lokiyehi dhammehi.
♦ "Utterly" means supramundane, not mixed with worldly things.
paripuṇṇanti paripūraṃ anūnaṃ anatirekaṃ.
 "Complete" means complete, not deficient, not in excess.
parisuddhanti nimmalaṃ sabbamalāpagataṃ pariyodātaṃ upaṭṭhitaṃ sabbavisesānaṃ, idaṃ vuccati tathāgatapadaṃitipi tathāgatanisevitaṃitipi tathāgatārañjitaṃitipi, atocetaṃ brahmacariyaṃ paññāyati.
 "Purified" means stainless, free from all stain, bright, present for all distinctions, this is called the state of the Tathāgata, thus served by the Tathāgata, thus delighted in by the Tathāgata, and therefore this holy life is designated.
tenāha bhagavā “kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsessāmī”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "I will make known the utterly complete, purified holy life."
♦ kesaṃ ayaṃ dhammadesanā, yogīnaṃ.
♦ For whom is this teaching of the Dhamma? For yogis.
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano —
 Therefore, the venerable Mahākaccāyana said:
♦ “assādādīnavatā, nissaraṇampi ca phalaṃ upāyo ca.
♦ "Gratification and danger, and escape, fruit, and means,
♦ āṇattī ca bhagavato, yogīnaṃ desanāhāro”ti.
♦ And the Blessed One's command, is the Teaching mode for yogis."
♦ niyutto desanāhāro.
♦ The Teaching mode is concluded.
♦ 2. vicayahāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 2. Analysis of the Investigation Mode
♦ 11. tattha katamo vicayo hāro?
♦ 11. Therein, what is the Investigation mode?
“yaṃ pucchitañca vissajjitañcā”ti gāthā, ayaṃ vicayo hāro.
 "What is asked and what is answered"—this verse is the Investigation mode.
♦ kiṃ vicinati?
♦ What does it investigate?
padaṃ vicinati, pañhaṃ vicinati, visajjanaṃ vicinati, pubbāparaṃ vicinati, assādaṃ vicinati, ādīnavaṃ vicinati, nissaraṇaṃ vicinati, phalaṃ vicinati, upāyaṃ vicinati, āṇattiṃ vicinati, anugītiṃ vicinati, sabbe nava suttante vicinati.
 It investigates the term, it investigates the question, it investigates the answer, it investigates what precedes and what follows, it investigates gratification, it investigates danger, it investigates escape, it investigates fruit, it investigates means, it investigates the command, it investigates the recitation, it investigates all nine suttas.
yathā kiṃ bhave, yathā āyasmā ajito pārāyane bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ pucchati —
 As what might it be? As the venerable Ajita in the Pārāyana asked the Blessed One a question:
♦ “kenassu nivuto loko, [iccāyasmā ajito,]
♦ "By what is the world shrouded, [thus the venerable Ajita,]
♦ kenassu nappakāsati.
♦ By what does it not shine?
♦ kissābhilepanaṃ brūsi, kiṃ su tassa mahabbhayan”ti.
♦ What do you call its plastering, what is its great fear?"
♦ imāni cattāri padāni pucchitāni, so eko pañho.
♦ These four terms are asked; that is one question.
kasmā? ekavatthu pariggahā, evañhi āha “kenassu nivuto loko”ti lokādhiṭṭhānaṃ pucchati, “kenassu nappakāsatī”ti lokassa appakāsanaṃ pucchati, “kissābhilepanaṃ brūsī”ti lokassa abhilepanaṃ pucchati, “kiṃsu tassa mahabbhayan”ti tasseva lokassa mahābhayaṃ pucchati.
 Why? Because it comprehends one subject. For thus he said, "By what is the world shrouded?" he asks about the world as the foundation. "By what does it not shine?" he asks about the world's not shining. "What do you call its plastering?" he asks about the world's plastering. "What is its great fear?" he asks about the great fear of that same world.
loko tividho kilesaloko bhavaloko indriyaloko.
 The world is threefold: the world of defilements, the world of existence, the world of the faculties.
♦ tattha visajjanā —
♦ Therein is the answer:
♦ “avijjāya nivuto loko, [ajitāti bhagavā,]
♦ "The world is shrouded by ignorance, [Ajita, said the Blessed One,]
♦ vivicchā pamādā nappakāsati.
♦ From doubt and negligence it does not shine.
♦ jappābhilepanaṃ brūmi, dukkhamassa mahabbhayan”ti.
♦ I call craving its plastering, suffering is its great fear."
♦ imāni cattāri padāni imehi catūhi padehi visajjitāni paṭhamaṃ paṭhamena, dutiyaṃ dutiyena, tatiyaṃ tatiyena, catutthaṃ catutthena.
♦ These four terms are answered by these four terms: the first by the first, the second by the second, the third by the third, the fourth by the fourth.
♦ “kenassu nivuto loko”ti pañhe “avijjāya nivuto loko”ti visajjanā.
♦ To the question, "By what is the world shrouded?" the answer is, "The world is shrouded by ignorance."
nīvaraṇehi nivuto loko, avijjānīvaraṇā hi sabbe sattā.
 The world is shrouded by hindrances; for all beings are hindered by the hindrance of ignorance.
yathāha bhagavā “sabbasattānaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbapāṇānaṃ sabbabhūtānaṃ pariyāyato ekameva nīvaraṇaṃ vadāmi yadidaṃ avijjā, avijjānīvaraṇā hi sabbe sattā.
 As the Blessed One said, "Of all beings, monks, of all living things, of all creatures, I declare there is but one hindrance, that is, ignorance. For all beings are hindered by ignorance.
sabbasova, bhikkhave, avijjāya nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā natthi sattānaṃ nīvaraṇanti vadāmī”ti.
 "With the cessation, giving up, and relinquishment of ignorance in every way, monks, I say there is no hindrance for beings."
tena ca paṭhamassa padassa visajjanā yuttā.
 And so the answer to the first term is construed.
♦ “kenassu nappakāsatī”ti pañhe “vivicchā pamādā nappakāsatī”ti visajjanā.
♦ To the question, "By what does it not shine?" the answer is, "From doubt and negligence it does not shine."
yo puggalo nīvaraṇehi nivuto, so vivicchati.
 The person who is shrouded by hindrances doubts.
vivicchā nāma vuccati vicikicchā.
 Doubt is called indecisiveness.
so vicikicchanto nābhisaddahati, na abhisaddahanto vīriyaṃ nārabhati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ sacchikiriyāya.
 Being indecisive, he has no confidence; having no confidence, he does not arouse energy for the abandoning of unprofitable states and for the realization of profitable states.
so idhappamādamanuyutto viharati pamatto, sukke dhamme na uppādiyati, tassa te anuppādiyamānā nappakāsanti, yathāha bhagavā —
 He dwells yoked to negligence here; being negligent, he does not produce pure states. For him, they, not being produced, do not shine. As the Blessed One said:
♦ “dūre santo pakāsanti , himavantova pabbato.
♦ "The good shine from afar, like the Himalaya mountain.
♦ asantettha na dissanti, rattiṃ khittā yathā sarā.
♦ The bad are not seen here, like arrows shot in the night.
♦ te guṇehi pakāsanti, kittiyā ca yasena cā”ti.
♦ They shine by their virtues, and by their fame and renown."
♦ tena ca dutiyassa padassa visajjanā yuttā.
♦ And so the answer to the second term is construed.
♦ “kissābhilepanaṃ brūsī”ti pañhe “jappābhilepanaṃ brūmī”ti visajjanā.
♦ To the question, "What do you call its plastering?" the answer is, "I call craving its plastering."
jappā nāma vuccati taṇhā.
 Craving is called "jappā" (muttering/desire).
sā kathaṃ abhilimpati?
 How does it plaster?
yathāha bhagavā —
 As the Blessed One said:
♦ “ratto atthaṃ na jānāti, ratto dhammaṃ na passati.
♦ "One who is impassioned does not know the goal, one who is impassioned does not see the Dhamma.
♦ andhantamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ rāgo sahate naran”ti.
♦ There is blinding darkness then, when passion overcomes a man."
♦ sāyaṃ taṇhā āsattibahulassa puggalassa “evaṃ abhijappā”ti karitvā tattha loko abhilitto nāma bhavati, tena ca tatiyassa padassa visajjanā yuttā.
♦ This craving, for a person full of attachment, by "thus craving," the world is said to be plastered there. And so the answer to the third term is construed.
♦ “kiṃ su tassa mahabbhayan”ti pañhe “dukkhamassa mahabbhayan”ti visajjanā.
♦ To the question, "What is its great fear?" the answer is, "Suffering is its great fear."
duvidhaṃ dukkhaṃ — kāyikañca cetasikañca.
 Suffering is twofold: bodily and mental.
yaṃ kāyikaṃ idaṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ cetasikaṃ idaṃ domanassaṃ.
 What is bodily is suffering; what is mental is grief.
sabbe sattā hi dukkhassa ubbijjanti, natthi bhayaṃ dukkhena samasamaṃ, kuto vā pana tassa uttaritaraṃ?
 For all beings are afraid of suffering; there is no fear equal to suffering, much less anything greater than it.
tisso dukkhatā — dukkhadukkhatā saṅkhāradukkhatā vipariṇāmadukkhatā.
 There are three kinds of suffering: the suffering of pain, the suffering of formations, the suffering of change.
tattha loko odhaso kadāci karahaci dukkhadukkhatāya muccati.
 Therein the world is sometimes freed from the suffering of pain.
tathā vipariṇāmadukkhatāya.
 Likewise from the suffering of change.
taṃ kissa hetu?
 What is the reason for that?
honti loke appābādhāpi dīghāyukāpi.
 There are in the world those with little illness and long life.
saṅkhāradukkhatāya pana loko anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā muccati, tasmā saṅkhāradukkhatā dukkhaṃ lokassāti katvā dukkhamassa mahabbhayanti.
 But the world is freed from the suffering of formations only in the Nibbāna-element without residue remaining. Therefore, since the suffering of formations is suffering for the world, "suffering is its great fear."
tena ca catutthassa padassa visajjanā yuttā.
 And so the answer to the fourth term is construed.
tenāha bhagavā “avijjāya nivuto loko”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "The world is shrouded by ignorance."
♦ savanti sabbadhi sotā, [iccāyasmā ajito,]
♦ "Streams flow everywhere, [thus the venerable Ajita,]
♦ sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ.
♦ What is the obstruction for the streams?
♦ sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhīyare .
♦ Tell me the restraint for the streams, by what are the streams closed?"
♦ imāni cattāri padāni pucchitāni.
♦ These four terms are asked.
te dve pañhā.
 They are two questions.
kasmā? imehi batvādhivacanena pucchitā.
 Why? Because they are asked with the synonym for "having become thus."
evaṃ samāpannassa lokassa evaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhassa kiṃ lokassa vodānaṃ vuṭṭhānamiti, evañhi āha.
 Thus, for the world that has come to be, that is so defiled, what is the world's purification and emergence? Thus he asks.
♦ savanti sabbadhi sotāti.
♦ "Streams flow everywhere."
asamāhitassa savanti abhijjhābyāpādappamādabahulassa.
 For the unconcentrated, for one full of covetousness, ill will, and negligence, they flow.
tattha yā abhijjhā ayaṃ lobho akusalamūlaṃ, yo byāpādo ayaṃ doso akusalamūlaṃ, yo pamādo ayaṃ moho akusalamūlaṃ.
 Therein, what is covetousness is the unprofitable root of greed; what is ill will is the unprofitable root of hate; what is negligence is the unprofitable root of delusion.
tassevaṃ asamāhitassa chasu āyatanesu taṇhā savanti rūpataṇhā saddataṇhā gandhataṇhā rasataṇhā phoṭṭhabbataṇhā dhammataṇhā, yathāha bhagavā --
 For him thus unconcentrated, in the six bases, cravings flow: craving for forms, craving for sounds, craving for smells, craving for tastes, craving for tangibles, craving for mind-objects. As the Blessed One said:
♦ “savatī”ti ca kho, bhikkhave, channetaṃ ajjhattikānaṃ āyatanānaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
♦ "Flowing," monks, is a synonym for these six internal bases.
cakkhu savati manāpikesu rūpesu, amanāpikesu paṭihaññatīti.
 The eye flows towards agreeable forms, and is repelled by disagreeable ones.
sotaṃ ..
 The ear... etc... the nose... the tongue... the body... the mind flows towards agreeable mind-objects, and is repelled by disagreeable ones.
. pe ..
 Thus it flows in every way, and flows everywhere.
. ghānaṃ... jivhā.
 Therefore he said, "Streams flow everywhere."
.. kāyo.
.. mano savati manāpikesu dhammesu amanāpikesu paṭihaññatīti.
♦ "What is the obstruction for the streams?" he asks about the obstruction of the obsession, this is purification.
iti sabbā ca savati, sabbathā ca savati.
 "Tell me the restraint for the streams, by what are the streams closed?" he asks about the uprooting of the latent tendency, this is emergence.
tenāha “savanti sabbadhi sotā”ti.
♦ Therein is the answer:
♦ “sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇan”ti pariyuṭṭhānavighātaṃ pucchati, idaṃ vodānaṃ.
“sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhīyare”ti anusayasamugghātaṃ pucchati, idaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ "Whatever streams there are in the world, [Ajita, said the Blessed One,]
♦ tattha visajjanā —
♦ Mindfulness is their obstruction.
♦ “yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, [ajitāti bhagavā,]
♦ I speak of the restraint of the streams; by wisdom they are closed."
♦ sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ.
♦ With mindfulness of the body developed and made much of, the eye does not long for agreeable forms, nor is it repelled by disagreeable ones. The ear... etc... the nose... the tongue... the body... the mind does not long for agreeable mind-objects, nor is it repelled by disagreeable ones.
 For what reason?
♦ sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāyete pidhīyare”ti.
 Because of the restraint and obstruction of the faculties.
 By what are they restrained and obstructed?
♦ kāyagatāya satiyā bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya cakkhu nāviñchati manāpikesu rūpesu, amanāpikesu na paṭihaññati, sotaṃ .
 By the guard of mindfulness. Therefore the Blessed One said, "Mindfulness is their obstruction."
.. pe .
.. ghānaṃ.
.. jivhā.
.. kāyo.
.. mano nāviñchati manāpikesu dhammesu, amanāpikesu na paṭihaññati.
kena kāraṇena?
saṃvutanivāritattā indriyānaṃ .
kena te saṃvutanivāritā?
satiārakkhena. tenāha bhagavā — “sati tesaṃ nivāraṇan”ti.
♦ paññāya anusayā pahīyanti, anusayesu pahīnesu pariyuṭṭhānā pahīyanti.
♦ By wisdom latent tendencies are abandoned; when the latent tendencies are abandoned, obsessions are abandoned.
kissa , anusayassa pahīnattā?
 Why? Because of the abandoning of the latent tendency.
taṃ yathā khandhavantassa rukkhassa anavasesamūluddharaṇe kate pupphaphalapallavaṅkurasantati samucchinnā bhavati.
 It is like a tree with a trunk, when its roots are completely uprooted, the continuity of its flowers, fruits, leaves, and sprouts is cut off.
evaṃ anusayesu pahīnesu pariyuṭṭhānasantati samucchinnā bhavati pidahitā paṭicchannā.
 So, when the latent tendencies are abandoned, the continuity of obsessions is cut off, closed, and covered.
kena? paññāya.
 By what? By wisdom.
tenāha bhagavā “paññāyete pidhīyare”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "By wisdom they are closed."
♦ “paññā ceva sati ca, [iccāyasmā ajito,]
♦ "Wisdom and mindfulness, [thus the venerable Ajita,]
♦ nāmarūpañca mārisa.
♦ And name-and-form, sir.
♦ etaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi, katthetaṃ uparujjhatī”ti.
♦ Being asked, explain this to me: where does this cease?"
♦ “yametaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi , ajita taṃ vadāmi te.
♦ "This question you have asked, Ajita, I will tell you.
♦ yattha nāmañca rūpañca, asesaṃ uparujjhati.
♦ Where name-and-form cease without remainder.
♦ viññāṇassa nirodhena, etthetaṃ uparujjhatī”ti.
♦ With the cessation of consciousness, there this ceases."
♦ ayaṃ pañhe anusandhiṃ pucchati.
♦ In this question, he asks about the connection.
anusandhiṃ pucchanto kiṃ pucchati?
 Asking about the connection, what does he ask?
anupādisesaṃ nibbānadhātuṃ.
 The Nibbāna-element without residue remaining.
tīṇi ca saccāni saṅkhatāni nirodhadhammāni dukkhaṃ samudayo maggo, nirodho asaṅkhato.
 Three truths are conditioned, subject to cessation: suffering, origin, and path. Cessation is unconditioned.
tattha samudayo dvīsu bhūmīsu pahīyati dassanabhūmiyā ca bhāvanābhūmiyā ca.
 Therein, the origin is abandoned in two planes: the plane of vision and the plane of cultivation.
dassanena tīṇi saṃyojanāni pahīyanti sakkāyadiṭṭhi vicikicchā sīlabbataparāmāso, bhāvanāya satta saṃyojanāni pahīyanti kāmacchando byāpādo rūparāgo arūparāgo māno uddhaccaṃ avijjāvasesā .
 By vision, three fetters are abandoned: identity-view, doubt, and clinging to rules and observances. By cultivation, seven fetters are abandoned: sensual desire, ill will, desire for form, desire for the formless, conceit, restlessness, and the remainder of ignorance.
tedhātuke imāni dasa saṃyojanāni pañcorambhāgiyāni pañcuddhambhāgiyāni.
 In the three realms, these ten fetters are the five lower fetters and the five higher fetters.
♦ 12. tattha tīṇi saṃyojanāni sakkāyadiṭṭhi vicikicchā sīlabbataparāmāso anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ adhiṭṭhāya nirujjhanti.
♦ 12. Therein, three fetters—identity-view, doubt, and clinging to rules and observances—cease with the establishment of the faculty "I shall know the unknown."
satta saṃyojanāni kāmacchando byāpādo rūparāgo arūparāgo māno uddhaccaṃ avijjāvasesā aññindriyaṃ adhiṭṭhāya nirujjhanti.
 Seven fetters—sensual desire, ill will, desire for form, desire for the formless, conceit, restlessness, and the remainder of ignorance—cease with the establishment of the faculty of final knowledge.
yaṃ pana evaṃ jānāti “khīṇā me jātī”ti, idaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ.
 But that one knows thus, "My birth is destroyed," this is the knowledge of destruction.
“nāparaṃ itthattāyā”ti pajānāti, idaṃ anuppāde ñāṇaṃ.
 "There is no more of this state," he understands; this is the knowledge of non-arising.
imāni dve ñāṇāni aññātāvindriyaṃ.
 These two kinds of knowledge are the faculty of one who has final knowledge.
tattha yañca anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ yañca aññindriyaṃ, imāni aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇantassa nirujjhanti, tattha yañca khaye ñāṇaṃ yañca anuppāde ñāṇaṃ, imāni dve ñāṇāni ekapaññā.
 Therein, both the faculty "I shall know the unknown" and the faculty of final knowledge cease for one who attains the highest fruit, arahantship. Therein, both the knowledge of destruction and the knowledge of non-arising are one wisdom.
♦ api ca ārammaṇasaṅketena dve nāmāni labbhanti, “khīṇā me jātī”ti pajānantassa khaye ñāṇanti nāmaṃ labhati, “nāparaṃ itthattāyā”ti pajānantassa anuppāde ñāṇanti nāmaṃ labhati.
♦ And also by way of object-designation they receive two names: for one understanding "My birth is destroyed," it receives the name "knowledge of destruction"; for one understanding "There is no more of this state," it receives the name "knowledge of non-arising."
sā pajānanaṭṭhena paññā, yathādiṭṭhaṃ apilāpanaṭṭhena sati.
 That is wisdom in the sense of understanding; it is mindfulness in the sense of not forgetting what has been seen.
♦ 13. tattha ye pañcupādānakkhandhā, idaṃ nāmarūpaṃ.
♦ 13. Therein, the five aggregates of clinging, this is name-and-form.
tattha ye phassapañcamakā dhammā, idaṃ nāmaṃ.
 Therein, the mental phenomena with contact as the fifth, this is name.
yāni pañcindriyāni rūpāni, idaṃ rūpaṃ.
 The five faculties which are form, this is form.
tadubhayaṃ nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇasampayuttaṃ tassa nirodhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pucchanto āyasmā ajito pārāyane evamāha —
 Both of these, name-and-form, are conjoined with consciousness. The venerable Ajita in the Pārāyana, asking the Blessed One about its cessation, said thus:
♦ “paññā ceva sati ca, nāmarūpañca mārisa.
♦ "Wisdom and mindfulness, and name-and-form, sir.
♦ etaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi, katthetaṃ uparujjhatī”ti.
♦ Being asked, explain this to me: where does this cease?"
♦ tattha sati ca paññā ca cattāri indriyāni, sati dve indriyāni satindriyañca samādhindriyañca, paññā dve indriyāni paññindriyañca vīriyindriyañca.
♦ Therein, mindfulness and wisdom are four faculties: mindfulness is two faculties, the faculty of mindfulness and the faculty of concentration; wisdom is two faculties, the faculty of wisdom and the faculty of energy.
yā imesu catūsu indriyesu saddahanā okappanā, idaṃ saddhindriyaṃ.
 The confidence and conviction in these four faculties, this is the faculty of faith.
tattha yā saddhādhipateyyā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ chandasamādhi.
 Therein, the unification of mind with faith as dominant, this is the concentration of desire.
samāhite citte kilesānaṃ vikkhambhanatāya paṭisaṅkhānabalena vā bhāvanābalena vā, idaṃ pahānaṃ.
 In a concentrated mind, by the power of reflection or the power of cultivation for the suppression of defilements, this is abandoning.
tattha ye assāsapassāsā vitakkavicārā saññāvedayitā sarasaṅkappā, ime saṅkhārā.
 Therein, the in-breaths and out-breaths, thoughts and examinations, perceptions and feelings, resolves and intentions, these are formations.
iti purimako ca chandasamādhi, kilesavikkhambhanatāya ca pahānaṃ ime ca saṅkhārā, tadubhayaṃ chandasamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ.
tattha yā vīriyādhipateyyā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ vīriyasamādhi .
.. pe .
.. tattha yā cittādhipateyyā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ cittasamādhi .
.. pe .
.. tattha yā vīmaṃsādhipateyyā cittekaggatā, ayaṃ vīmaṃsāsamādhi.
 Thus the preceding concentration of desire, and the abandoning by suppression of defilements, and these formations, both together he develops the basis of psychic power endowed with concentration of desire and striving-formations, based on seclusion, based on dispassion, based on cessation, culminating in relinquishment.
samāhite citte kilesānaṃ vikkhambhanatāya paṭisaṅkhānabalena vā bhāvanābalena vā, idaṃ pahānaṃ.
 Therein, the unification of mind with energy as dominant, this is the concentration of energy... etc... Therein, the unification of mind with mind as dominant, this is the concentration of mind... etc... Therein, the unification of mind with investigation as dominant, this is the concentration of investigation.
tattha ye assāsapassāsā vitakkavicārā saññāvedayitā sarasaṅkappā, ime saṅkhārā.
 In a concentrated mind, by the power of reflection or the power of cultivation for the suppression of defilements, this is abandoning.
iti purimako ca vīmaṃsāsamādhi, kilesavikkhambhanatāya ca pahānaṃ ime ca saṅkhārā, tadubhayaṃ vīmaṃsāsamādhippadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ.
 Therein, the in-breaths and out-breaths, thoughts and examinations, perceptions and feelings, resolves and intentions, these are formations.
 Thus the preceding concentration of investigation, and the abandoning by suppression of defilements, and these formations, both together he develops the basis of psychic power endowed with concentration of investigation and striving-formations, based on seclusion, based on dispassion, based on cessation, culminating in relinquishment.
♦ 14. sabbo samādhi ñāṇamūlako ñāṇapubbaṅgamo ñāṇānuparivatti.
♦ 14. All concentration is rooted in knowledge, preceded by knowledge, and follows after knowledge.
♦ yathā pure tathā pacchā, yathā pacchā tathā pure.
♦ As before, so after; as after, so before.
♦ yathā divā tathā rattiṃ , yathā rattiṃ tathā divā.
♦ As by day, so by night; as by night, so by day.
♦ iti vivaṭena cetasā apariyonaddhena sappabhāsaṃ cittaṃ bhāveti.
♦ Thus with an open, unenveloped mind, he develops a luminous mind.
pañcindriyāni kusalāni cittasahabhūni citte uppajjamāne uppajjanti, citte nirujjhamāne nirujjhanti.
 The five faculties, being profitable, co-nascent with the mind, arise when the mind arises, cease when the mind ceases.
nāmarūpañca viññāṇahetukaṃ viññāṇapaccayā nibbattaṃ, tassa maggena hetu upacchinno, viññāṇaṃ anāhāraṃ anabhinanditaṃ appaṭisandhikaṃ taṃ nirujjhati.
 And name-and-form, caused by consciousness, born from the condition of consciousness, its cause being cut off by the path, consciousness, without nutriment, not delighted in, not leading to rebirth, that ceases.
nāmarūpamapi ahetu appaccayaṃ punabbhavaṃ na nibbattayati .
 Name-and-form also, without cause, without condition, does not produce a future existence.
evaṃ viññāṇassa nirodhā paññā ca sati ca nāmarūpañca nirujjhati.
 Thus, with the cessation of consciousness, wisdom and mindfulness and name-and-form cease.
tenāha bhagavā —
 Therefore the Blessed One said:
♦ “yametaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi, ajita taṃ vadāmi te.
♦ "This question you have asked, Ajita, I will tell you.
♦ yattha nāmañca rūpañca, asesaṃ uparujjhati.
♦ Where name-and-form cease without remainder.
♦ viññāṇassa nirodhena, etthetaṃ uparujjhatī”ti.
♦ With the cessation of consciousness, there this ceases."
♦ “ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, [iccāyasmā ajito]
♦ "And those who have fathomed the Dhamma, [thus the venerable Ajita]
♦ ye ca sekkhā puthū idha.
♦ And the many learners here.
♦ tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisā”ti.
♦ Being asked, sir, explain to me their conduct, you who are skilled."
♦ 15. imāni tīṇi padāni pucchitāni, te tayo pañhā.
♦ 15. These three terms are asked; they are three questions.
kissa? sekhāsekhavipassanāpubbaṅgamappahānayogena, evañhi āha.
 Why? By the practice of abandoning preceded by insight of the learner and the adept; for thus he asks.
“ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse”ti arahattaṃ pucchati, “ye ca sekhā puthū idhā”ti sekhaṃ pucchati, “tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisā”ti vipassanāpubbaṅgamaṃ pahānaṃ pucchati.
 "And those who have fathomed the Dhamma," he asks about Arahantship. "And the many learners here," he asks about the learner. "Being asked, sir, explain to me their conduct, you who are skilled," he asks about the abandoning preceded by insight.
♦ tattha visajjanā —
♦ Therein is the answer:
♦ “kāmesu nābhigijjheyya, [ajitāti bhagavā]
♦ "He should not be greedy for sensual pleasures, [Ajita, said the Blessed One]
♦ manasānāvilo siyā.
♦ His mind should be untroubled.
♦ kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ, sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti.
♦ Skilled in all dhammas, a mindful bhikkhu should wander."
♦ bhagavato sabbaṃ kāyakammaṃ ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti, sabbaṃ vacīkammaṃ ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti, sabbaṃ manokammaṃ ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti.
♦ Of the Blessed One, all bodily action is preceded by knowledge, and follows after knowledge; all verbal action is preceded by knowledge, and follows after knowledge; all mental action is preceded by knowledge, and follows after knowledge.
atīte aṃse appaṭihatañāṇadassanaṃ, anāgate aṃse appaṭihatañāṇadassanaṃ, paccuppanne aṃse appaṭihatañāṇadassanaṃ.
 In the past, his knowledge and vision were unimpeded; in the future, his knowledge and vision will be unimpeded; in the present, his knowledge and vision are unimpeded.
♦ ko ca ñāṇadassanassa paṭighāto?
♦ And what is the impediment to knowledge and vision?
yaṃ anicce dukkhe anattani ca aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ, ayaṃ ñāṇadassanassa paṭighāto.
 The ignorance and not-seeing of what is impermanent, suffering, and not-self, this is the impediment to knowledge and vision.
yathā idha puriso tārakarūpāni passeyya, no ca gaṇanasaṅketena jāneyya, ayaṃ ñāṇadassanassa paṭighāto.
 Just as a man here might see the shapes of stars, but not know them by their number and designation, this is an impediment to knowledge and vision.
♦ bhagavato pana appaṭihatañāṇadassanaṃ, anāvaraṇañāṇadassanā hi buddhā bhagavanto.
♦ But the Blessed One's knowledge and vision are unimpeded; for the Buddhas, the Blessed Ones, have knowledge and vision without covering.
tattha sekhena dvīsu dhammesu cittaṃ rakkhitabbaṃ gedhā ca rajanīyesu dhammesu, dosā ca pariyuṭṭhānīyesu.
 Therein, the learner should guard his mind in two things: from greed for things that cause passion, and from hate for things that cause obsession.
tattha yā icchā mucchā patthanā piyāyanā kīḷanā, taṃ bhagavā nivārento evamāha “kāmesu nābhigijjheyyā”ti.
 Therein, the desire, the longing, the wishing, the fondness, the delight, that the Blessed One, preventing, said thus, "He should not be greedy for sensual pleasures."
♦ “manasānāvilo siyā”ti pariyuṭṭhānavighātaṃ āha.
♦ "His mind should be untroubled," he speaks of the obstruction of obsession.
tathā hi sekho abhigijjhanto asamuppannañca kilesaṃ uppādeti, uppannañca kilesaṃ phātiṃ karoti.
 For thus the learner, being greedy, gives rise to an unarisen defilement, and makes an arisen defilement grow.
yo pana anāvilasaṅkappo anabhigijjhanto vāyamati, so anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.
 But one whose intentions are untroubled, not being greedy, strives. He generates desire, strives, arouses energy, exerts his mind, and struggles for the non-arising of evil, unprofitable states that have not arisen.
so uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.
 He generates desire, strives, arouses energy, exerts his mind, and struggles for the abandoning of evil, unprofitable states that have arisen.
so anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.
 He generates desire, strives, arouses energy, exerts his mind, and struggles for the arising of profitable states that have not arisen.
so uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.
 He generates desire, strives, arouses energy, exerts his mind, and struggles for the maintenance, non-confusion, increase, abundance, cultivation, and fulfillment of profitable states that have arisen.
♦ 16. katame anuppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā?
♦ 16. What are the unarisen evil, unprofitable states?
kāmavitakko byāpādavitakko vihiṃsāvitakko, ime anuppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā.
 Sensual thought, ill-will thought, and harmful thought; these are the unarisen evil, unprofitable states.
katame uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā?
 What are the arisen evil, unprofitable states?
anusayā akusalamūlāni, ime uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā.
 Latent tendencies and unprofitable roots; these are the arisen evil, unprofitable states.
katame anuppannā kusalā dhammā?
 What are the unarisen profitable states?
yāni sotāpannassa indriyāni, ime anuppannā kusalā dhammā.
 The faculties of a stream-enterer; these are the unarisen profitable states.
katame uppannā kusalā dhammā?
 What are the arisen profitable states?
yāni aṭṭhamakassa indriyāni, ime uppannā kusalā dhammā.
 The faculties of one in the eighth stage; these are the arisen profitable states.
♦ yena kāmavitakkaṃ vāreti, idaṃ satindriyaṃ.
♦ By which he restrains sensual thought, this is the faculty of mindfulness.
yena byāpādavitakkaṃ vāreti, idaṃ samādhindriyaṃ.
 By which he restrains ill-will thought, this is the faculty of concentration.
yena vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ vāreti, idaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ.
 By which he restrains harmful thought, this is the faculty of energy.
♦ yena uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti nādhivāseti, idaṃ paññindriyaṃ.
♦ By which he abandons, removes, does away with, and brings to an end arisen evil, unprofitable states, and does not tolerate them, this is the faculty of wisdom.
yā imesu catūsu indriyesu saddahanā okappanā, idaṃ saddhindriyaṃ.
 The confidence and conviction in these four faculties, this is the faculty of faith.
♦ tattha saddhindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ?
♦ Therein, where is the faculty of faith to be seen?
catūsu sotāpattiyaṅgesu.
 In the four factors of stream-entry.
vīriyindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ?
 Where is the faculty of energy to be seen?
catūsu sammappadhānesu.
 In the four right strivings.
satindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ?
 Where is the faculty of mindfulness to be seen?
catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu.
 In the four foundations of mindfulness.
samādhindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ?
 Where is the faculty of concentration to be seen?
catūsu jhānesu.
 In the four jhānas.
paññindriyaṃ kattha daṭṭhabbaṃ?
 Where is the faculty of wisdom to be seen?
catūsu ariyasaccesu.
 In the four noble truths.
evaṃ sekho sabbehi kusalehi dhammehi appamatto vutto bhagavatā anāvilatāya manasā.
 Thus the learner, diligent in all profitable states, is said by the Blessed One to have an untroubled mind.
tenāha bhagavā “manasānāvilosiyā”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "His mind should be untroubled."
♦ 17. “kusalo sabbadhammānan”ti loko nāma tividho kilesaloko bhavaloko indriyaloko.
♦ 17. "Skilled in all dhammas": the world is threefold: the world of defilements, the world of existence, and the world of the faculties.
tattha kilesalokena bhavaloko samudāgacchati, so indriyāni nibbatteti, indriyesu bhāviyamānesu neyyassa pariññā bhavati.
 Therein, by the world of defilements, the world of existence comes about; that produces the faculties. When the faculties are being developed, there is full understanding of what is to be known for the one to be guided.
sā duvidhena upaparikkhitabbā dassanapariññāya ca bhāvanāpariññāya ca.
 That is to be examined in two ways: by the full understanding of vision and by the full understanding of cultivation.
yadā hi sekho ñeyyaṃ parijānāti, tadā nibbidāsahagatehi saññāmanasikārehi neyyaṃ pariññātaṃ bhavati.
 For when the learner fully understands what is to be known, then what is to be known is fully understood by perceptions and mental applications associated with revulsion.
tassa dve dhammā kosallaṃ gacchanti — dassanakosallañca bhāvanākosallañca.
 For him, two dhammas become skillful: skill in vision and skill in cultivation.
♦ taṃ ñāṇaṃ pañcavidhena veditabbaṃ:
♦ That knowledge is to be understood in five ways:
abhiññā pariññā pahānaṃ bhāvanā sacchikiriyā.
 Direct knowledge, full understanding, abandoning, cultivation, and realization.
tattha katamā abhiññā?
 Therein, what is direct knowledge?
yaṃ dhammānaṃ salakkhaṇe ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā ca atthapaṭisambhidā ca, ayaṃ abhiññā.
 The knowledge of the individual characteristics of dhammas, and the analytical knowledge of meaning, and the analytical knowledge of the Dhamma; this is direct knowledge.
♦ tattha katamā pariññā?
♦ Therein, what is full understanding?
evaṃ abhijānitvā yā parijānanā “idaṃ kusalaṃ, idaṃ akusalaṃ, idaṃ sāvajjaṃ, idaṃ anavajjaṃ, idaṃ kaṇhaṃ, idaṃ sukkaṃ, idaṃ sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ na sevitabbaṃ, ime dhammā evaṃgahitā, idaṃ phalaṃ nibbattenti , tesaṃ evaṃgahitānaṃ ayaṃ attho”ti, ayaṃ pariññā.
 Having thus directly known, the full understanding that "this is profitable, this is unprofitable; this is blameable, this is blameless; this is dark, this is bright; this is to be cultivated, this is not to be cultivated; these dhammas, thus taken, produce this fruit; of those thus taken, this is the meaning"; this is full understanding.
♦ evaṃ parijānitvā tayo dhammā avasiṭṭhā bhavanti pahātabbā bhāvetabbā sacchikātabbā ca.
♦ Having thus fully understood, three things remain: to be abandoned, to be cultivated, and to be realized.
tattha katame dhammā pahātabbā?
 Therein, what things are to be abandoned?
ye akusalā.
 Those that are unprofitable.
tattha katame dhammā bhāvetabbā?
 Therein, what things are to be cultivated?
ye kusalā.
 Those that are profitable.
tattha katame dhammā sacchikātabbā?
 Therein, what things are to be realized?
yaṃ asaṅkhataṃ.
 That which is unconditioned.
yo evaṃ jānāti ayaṃ vuccati atthakusalo dhammakusalo kalyāṇatākusalo phalatākusalo, āyakusalo apāyakusalo upāyakusalo mahatā kosallena samannāgatoti, tenāha bhagavā “kusalo sabbadhammānan”ti.
 He who knows thus is called skilled in meaning, skilled in the Dhamma, skilled in what is lovely, skilled in what is fruitful, skilled in what leads to a good state, skilled in what leads to a bad state, skilled in the means, endowed with great skill. Therefore the Blessed One said, "Skilled in all dhammas."
♦ “sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti tena diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāratthaṃ abhikkante paṭikkante ālokite vilokite samiñjite pasārite saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe asite pīte khāyite sāyite uccārapassāvakamme gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhibhāve satena sampajānena vihātabbaṃ.
♦ "A mindful bhikkhu should wander": for the sake of a pleasant abiding in this very life, in going forward, in returning, in looking at, in looking away, in bending, in stretching, in wearing the outer robe, bowl, and robes, in eating, drinking, chewing, and tasting, in defecating and urinating, in walking, standing, sitting, sleeping, waking, speaking, and in being silent, he should abide with mindfulness and clear comprehension.
imā dve cariyā anuññātā bhagavatā ekā visuddhānaṃ, ekā visujjhantānaṃ.
 These two courses of conduct are permitted by the Blessed One: one for the purified, one for those being purified.
ke visuddhā?
 Who are the purified?
arahanto. ke visujjhantā?
 The Arahants. Who are those being purified?
sekkhā. katakiccāni hi arahato indriyāni.
 The learners. For the Arahant, the faculties have done what had to be done.
yaṃ bojjhaṃ, taṃ catubbidhaṃ dukkhassa pariññābhisamayena samudayassa pahānābhisamayena maggassa bhāvanābhisamayena nirodhassa sacchikiriyābhisamayena, idaṃ catubbidhaṃ bojjhaṃ yo evaṃ jānāti, ayaṃ vuccati sato abhikkamati sato paṭikkamati khayā rāgassa khayā dosassa khayā mohassa.
 That which is to be awakened to, that is fourfold: by the full comprehension of suffering, by the full abandonment of the origin, by the full cultivation of the path, by the full realization of cessation. This fourfold awakening, he who knows thus is said to be mindful in going forward, mindful in returning, from the destruction of passion, from the destruction of hate, from the destruction of delusion.
tenāha bhagavā “sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti, tenāha —
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "A mindful bhikkhu should wander." Therefore he said:
♦ “kāmesu nābhigijjheyya, [ajitāti bhagavā]
♦ "He should not be greedy for sensual pleasures, [Ajita, said the Blessed One]
♦ manasānāvilo siyā.
♦ His mind should be untroubled.
♦ kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ, sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti.
♦ Skilled in all dhammas, a mindful bhikkhu should wander."
♦ evaṃ pucchitabbaṃ, evaṃ visajjitabbaṃ.
♦ Thus it should be asked, thus it should be answered.
suttassa ca anugīti atthato ca byañjanato ca samānetabbā .
 And the recitation of the Sutta should be connected, both in meaning and in phrasing.
atthāpagataṃ hi byañjanaṃ samphappalāpaṃ bhavati.
 For phrasing devoid of meaning becomes empty chatter.
dunnikkhittassa padabyañjanassa atthopi dunnayo bhavati, tasmā atthabyañjanūpetaṃ saṅgāyitabbaṃ.
 And the meaning of a badly placed term and phrase is hard to understand. Therefore it should be recited endowed with meaning and phrasing.
suttañca pavicinitabbaṃ.
 And the Sutta should be investigated.
kiṃ idaṃ suttaṃ āhacca vacanaṃ anusandhivacanaṃ nītatthaṃ neyyatthaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ?
 Is this Sutta a direct utterance, a connective utterance, of explicit meaning, of implicit meaning, partaking of defilement, partaking of penetration, partaking of the adept?
kuhiṃ imassa suttassa sabbāni saccāni passitabbāni, ādimajjhapariyosāneti?
 Where in this Sutta are all the truths to be seen, at the beginning, middle, and end?
evaṃ suttaṃ pavicetabbaṃ.
 Thus the Sutta should be investigated.
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano — “yaṃ pucchitañca vissajjitañca, suttassa yā ca anugītī”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "What is asked and what is answered, and the Sutta's recitation."
♦ niyutto vicayo hāro.
♦ The Investigation mode is concluded.
♦ 3. yuttihāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 3. Analysis of the Construing Mode
♦ 18. tattha katamo yuttihāro?
♦ 18. Therein, what is the Construing mode?
“sabbesaṃ hārānan”ti, ayaṃ yuttihāro.
 "Of all the modes," this is the Construing mode.
kiṃ yojayati ?
 What does it construe?
cattāro mahāpadesā buddhāpadeso saṅghāpadeso sambahulattherāpadeso ekattherāpadeso.
 The four great references: the reference to the Buddha, the reference to the Sangha, the reference to a number of elder bhikkhus, the reference to a single elder bhikkhu.
ime cattāro mahāpadesā, tāni padabyañjanāni sutte otārayitabbāni, vinaye sandassayitabbāni, dhammatāyaṃ upanikkhipitabbāni.
 These are the four great references. Those terms and phrases should be brought into the Sutta, should be shown in the Vinaya, should be placed in the nature of things.
♦ katamasmiṃ sutte otārayitabbāni?
♦ In which Sutta should they be brought?
catūsu ariyasaccesu.
 In the four noble truths.
katamasmiṃ vinaye sandassayitabbāni?
 In which Vinaya should they be shown?
rāgavinaye dosavinaye mohavinaye.
 In the discipline of passion, the discipline of hate, the discipline of delusion.
katamissaṃ dhammatāyaṃ upanikkhipitabbāni?
 In what nature of things should they be placed?
paṭiccasamuppāde. yadi catūsu ariyasaccesu avatarati, kilesavinaye sandissati, dhammatañca na vilometi, evaṃ āsave na janeti.
 In dependent origination. If it enters into the four noble truths, is seen in the discipline of defilements, and does not violate the nature of things, thus it does not generate cankers.
catūhi mahāpadesehi yaṃ yaṃ yujjati, yena yena yujjati, yathā yathā yujjati, taṃ taṃ gahetabbaṃ.
 By the four great references, whatever is construed, by whatever it is construed, as it is construed, that should be accepted.
♦ 19. pañhaṃ pucchitena kati padāni pañheti padaso pariyogāhitabbaṃ vicetabbaṃ?
♦ 19. When a question is asked, how many terms are in the question? It should be investigated and examined term by term.
yadi sabbāni padāni ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadanti, eko pañho.
 If all the terms speak of one meaning, it is one question.
atha cattāri padāni ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadanti, eko pañho.
 If four terms speak of one meaning, it is one question.
atha tīṇi padāni ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadanti, eko pañho.
 If three terms speak of one meaning, it is one question.
atha dve padāni ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadanti, eko pañho.
 If two terms speak of one meaning, it is one question.
atha ekaṃ padaṃ ekaṃ atthaṃ abhivadati, eko pañho.
 If one term speaks of one meaning, it is one question.
taṃ upaparikkhamānena aññātabbaṃ kiṃ ime dhammā nānatthā nānābyañjanā, udāhu imesaṃ dhammānaṃ eko attho byañjanameva nānanti.
 Examining it, one should know: are these dhammas of different meanings and different phrasings, or do these dhammas have one meaning and only the phrasing is different?
yathā kiṃ bhave?
 As what might it be?
yathā sā devatā bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ pucchati.
 As that deity asks the Blessed One a question.
♦ “kenassubbhāhato loko, kenassu parivārito.
♦ "By what is the world afflicted, by what is it encompassed?
♦ kena sallena otiṇṇo, kissa dhūpāyito sadā”ti.
♦ Pierced by what dart, by what is it always smouldering?"
♦ imāni cattāri padāni pucchitāni.
♦ These four terms are asked.
te tayo pañhā kathaṃ ñāyati?
 They are three questions. How is this known?
bhagavā hi devatāya visajjeti.
 The Blessed One answers the deity.
♦ “maccunābbhāhato loko, jarāya parivārito.
♦ "The world is afflicted by death, encompassed by aging.
♦ taṇhāsallena otiṇṇo, icchādhūpāyito sadā”ti.
♦ Pierced by the dart of craving, by desire it is always smouldering."
♦ 20. tattha jarā ca maraṇañca imāni dve saṅkhatassa saṅkhatalakkhaṇāni.
♦ 20. Therein, aging and death, these two are the characteristics of what is formed.
jarāyaṃ ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ, maraṇaṃ vayo.
 In aging, there is the state of otherness; death is the end of the life-span.
tattha jarāya ca maraṇassa ca atthato nānattaṃ.
 Therein, there is a difference in meaning between aging and death.
kena kāraṇena, gabbhagatāpi hi mīyanti, na ca te jiṇṇā bhavanti.
 For what reason? For even those in the womb die, and they do not become old.
atthi ca devānaṃ maraṇaṃ, na ca tesaṃ sarīrāni jīranti.
 And there is death for the gods, but their bodies do not age.
sakkateva jarāya paṭikammaṃ kātuṃ, na pana sakkate maraṇassa paṭikammaṃ kātuṃ aññatreva iddhimantānaṃ iddhivisayā.
 It is possible to take measures against aging, but it is not possible to take measures against death, except for those with psychic power in the range of their psychic power.
yaṃ panāha taṇhāsallena otiṇṇoti dissanti vītarāgā jīrantāpi mīyantāpi.
 As for what he says, "pierced by the dart of craving," those free from passion are seen aging and dying.
yadi ca yathā jarāmaraṇaṃ, evaṃ taṇhāpi siyā.
 And if craving were like aging and death,
evaṃ sante sabbe yobbanaṭṭhāpi vigatataṇhā siyuṃ.
 then all those in their youth would be free from craving.
yathā ca taṇhā dukkhassa samudayo, evaṃ jarāmaraṇampi siyā dukkhassa samudayo, na ca siyā taṇhā dukkhassa samudayo, na hi jarāmaraṇaṃ dukkhassa samudayo, taṇhā dukkhassa samudayo.
 And as craving is the origin of suffering, so aging and death would be the origin of suffering, but craving is not the origin of suffering, for aging and death are not the origin of suffering, craving is the origin of suffering.
yathā ca taṇhā maggavajjhā, evaṃ jarāmaraṇampi siyā maggavajjhaṃ.
 And as craving is to be overcome by the path, so aging and death would be overcome by the path.
imāya yuttiyā aññamaññehi kāraṇehi gavesitabbaṃ.
 By this construing, it should be investigated with various reasons.
yadi ca sandissati yuttisamārūḷhaṃ atthato ca aññattaṃ, byañjanatopi gavesitabbaṃ.
 And if it conforms, being properly construed, both in meaning and in difference, it should also be investigated in phrasing.
♦ salloti vā dhūpāyananti vā imesaṃ dhammānaṃ atthato ekattaṃ.
♦ Whether "dart" or "smouldering," these dhammas have oneness of meaning.
na hi yujjati icchāya ca taṇhāya ca atthato aññattaṃ.
 It is not construed that there is a difference in meaning between desire and craving.
taṇhāya adhippāye aparipūramāne navasu āghātavatthūsu kodho ca upanāho ca uppajjati.
 When the intention of craving is not fulfilled, anger and resentment arise in the nine grounds of enmity.
imāya yuttiyā jarāya ca maraṇassa ca taṇhāya ca atthato aññattaṃ.
 By this construing, there is a difference in meaning between aging, death, and craving.
♦ yaṃ panidaṃ bhagavatā dvīhi nāmehi abhilapitaṃ icchātipi taṇhātipi, idaṃ bhagavatā bāhirānaṃ vatthūnaṃ ārammaṇavasena dvīhi nāmehi abhilapitaṃ icchātipi taṇhātipi, sabbā hi taṇhā ajjhosānalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā.
♦ But this which was expressed by the Blessed One with two names, "desire" and "craving," this was expressed by the Blessed One with two names, "desire" and "craving," in relation to the objects of external things. For all craving has the single characteristic of clinging.
yathā sabbo aggi uṇhattalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇo, api ca upādānavasena aññamaññāni nāmāni labhati, kaṭṭhaggītipi tiṇaggītipi sakalikaggītipi gomayaggītipi thusaggītipi saṅkāraggītipi, sabbo hi aggi uṇhattalakkhaṇova.
 Just as all fire has the single characteristic of heat, yet it receives different names according to its fuel: "wood-fire," "grass-fire," "splinter-fire," "cow-dung-fire," "chaff-fire," "rubbish-fire." For all fire is of the characteristic of heat.
evaṃ sabbā taṇhā ajjhosānalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā, api tu ārammaṇaupādānavasena aññamaññehi nāmehi abhilapitā icchāitipi taṇhāitipi salloitipi dhūpāyanāitipi saritāitipi visattikāitipi sinehoitipi kilamathoitipi latāitipi maññanāitipi bandhoitipi āsāitipi pipāsāitipi abhinandanāitipi, iti sabbā taṇhā ajjhosānalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā.
 So all craving has the single characteristic of clinging, but it is expressed by different names according to its object-fuel: "desire," "craving," "dart," "smouldering," "stream," "attachment," "affection," "fatigue," "creeper," "conceiving," "bond," "hope," "thirst," "delighting." Thus all craving has the single characteristic of clinging.
yathā ca vevacane vuttā.
 As is said in the synonyms.
♦ “āsā ca pihā abhinandanā ca, anekadhātūsu sarā patiṭṭhitā.
♦ "Hope and longing and delight, and desires established in the many elements,
♦ aññāṇamūlappabhavā pajappitā, sabbā mayā byantikatā samūlakā”ti .
♦ Arising from the root of ignorance, born of craving, all by me are done away with, together with their root."
♦ taṇhāyetaṃ vevacanaṃ.
♦ This is a synonym for craving.
yathāha bhagavā — rūpe tissa avigatarāgassa avigatacchandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa.
 As the Blessed One said: For Tissa, in forms, where passion is not eliminated, desire is not eliminated, affection is not eliminated, thirst is not eliminated, torment is not eliminated.
evaṃ vedanāya saññāya saṅkhāresu viññāṇe avigatarāgassa avigatacchandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa sabbaṃ suttaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ.
 So in feelings, perceptions, formations, and consciousness, where passion is not eliminated, desire is not eliminated, affection is not eliminated, thirst is not eliminated, torment is not eliminated. The whole Sutta should be expanded.
taṇhāyetaṃ vevacanaṃ.
 This is a synonym for craving.
evaṃ yujjati.
 Thus it is construed.
♦ 21. sabbo dukkhūpacāro kāmataṇhāsaṅkhāramūlako, na pana yujjati sabbo nibbidūpacāro kāmataṇhāparikkhāramūlako.
♦ 21. All approach to suffering is rooted in the formation of sensual craving, but it is not construed that all approach to revulsion is rooted in the requisite of sensual craving.
imāya yuttiyā aññamaññehi kāraṇehi gavesitabbaṃ.
 By this construing, it should be investigated with various reasons.
♦ yathā hi bhagavā rāgacaritassa puggalassa asubhaṃ desayati, dosacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa mettaṃ desayati.
♦ As the Blessed One teaches foulness to a person of passionate temperament, the Blessed One teaches loving-kindness to a person of hateful temperament.
mohacaritassa bhagavā puggalassa paṭiccasamuppādaṃ desayati.
 The Blessed One teaches dependent origination to a person of deluded temperament.
yadi hi bhagavā rāgacaritassa puggalassa mettaṃ cetovimuttiṃ deseyya.
 If the Blessed One were to teach the liberation of mind through loving-kindness to a person of passionate temperament,
sukhaṃ vā paṭipadaṃ dandhābhiññaṃ sukhaṃ vā paṭipadaṃ khippābhiññaṃ vipassanāpubbaṅgamaṃ vā pahānaṃ deseyya, na yujjati desanā.
 or the pleasant path with slow direct-knowledge, or the pleasant path with swift direct-knowledge, or abandoning preceded by insight, the teaching is not construed.
evaṃ yaṃ kiñci rāgassa anulomappahānaṃ dosassa anulomappahānaṃ mohassa anulomappahānaṃ.
sabbaṃ taṃ vicayena hārena vicinitvā yuttihārena yojetabbaṃ.
 Thus whatever is the conformable abandoning of passion, the conformable abandoning of hate, the conformable abandoning of delusion.
yāvatikā ñāṇassa bhūmi.
 All that, having been investigated by the Investigation mode, should be construed by the Construing mode, as far as the plane of knowledge extends.
♦ mettāvihārissa sato byāpādo cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, byāpādo pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā.
♦ For one dwelling in loving-kindness, that ill will will take possession of the mind, this teaching is not construed; that ill will is abandoned and disappears, this teaching is construed.
karuṇāvihārissa sato vihesā cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, vihesā pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā.
 For one dwelling in compassion, that cruelty will take possession of the mind, this teaching is not construed; that cruelty is abandoned and disappears, this teaching is construed.
muditā vihārissa sato arati cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, arati pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā.
 For one dwelling in gladness, that discontent will take possession of the mind, this teaching is not construed; that discontent is abandoned and disappears, this teaching is construed.
upekkhāvihārissa sato rāgo cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, rāgo pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā.
 For one dwelling in equanimity, that passion will take possession of the mind, this teaching is not construed; that passion is abandoned and disappears, this teaching is construed.
animittavihārissa sato nimittānusārī tena teneva viññāṇaṃ pavattatīti na yujjati desanā, nimittaṃ pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā.
 For one dwelling in the signless, that consciousness will proceed according to this or that sign, this teaching is not construed; that the sign is abandoned and disappears, this teaching is construed.
asmīti vigataṃ ayamahamasmīti na samanupassāmi.
 That "I am" is gone, "I am this" I do not perceive.
atha ca pana me kismīti kathasmīti vicikicchā kathaṃkathāsallaṃ cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti na yujjati desanā, vicikicchā kathaṃkathāsallaṃ pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchatīti yujjati desanā.
 And yet that doubt and questioning, the dart of uncertainty, will take possession of my mind, this teaching is not construed; that doubt and questioning, the dart of uncertainty, is abandoned and disappears, this teaching is construed.
♦ yathā vā pana paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sato kāmarāgabyāpādā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
♦ Or, for one who has attained the first jhāna, that sensual passion and ill will will lead to distinction, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to decline, this teaching is construed.
vitakkasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
 Or that perceptions and mental applications accompanied by thought lead to decline, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to distinction, this teaching is construed.
dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sato vitakkavicārasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
 For one who has attained the second jhāna, that perceptions and mental applications accompanied by thought and examination will lead to distinction, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to decline, this teaching is construed.
upekkhāsukhasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
 Or that perceptions and mental applications accompanied by equanimity and pleasure lead to decline, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to distinction, this teaching is construed.
tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sato pītisukhasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā, upekkhāsatipārisuddhisahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
 For one who has attained the third jhāna, that perceptions and mental applications accompanied by joy and pleasure will lead to distinction, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to decline, this teaching is construed; or that perceptions and mental applications accompanied by the purity of equanimity and mindfulness lead to decline, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to distinction, this teaching is construed.
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa sato upekkhāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā .
 For one who has attained the fourth jhāna, that perceptions and mental applications accompanied by equanimity will lead to distinction, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to decline, this teaching is construed.
ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
 Or that perceptions and mental applications accompanied by the base of infinite space lead to decline, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to distinction, this teaching is construed.
♦ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa sato rūpasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
♦ For one who has attained the base of infinite space, that perceptions and mental applications accompanied by form will lead to distinction, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to decline, this teaching is construed.
viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
 Or that perceptions and mental applications accompanied by the base of infinite consciousness lead to decline, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to distinction, this teaching is construed.
viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa sato ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
 For one who has attained the base of infinite consciousness, that perceptions and mental applications accompanied by the base of infinite space will lead to distinction, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to decline, this teaching is construed.
ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
 Or that perceptions and mental applications accompanied by the base of nothingness lead to decline, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to distinction, this teaching is construed.
♦ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa sato viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
♦ For one who has attained the base of nothingness, that perceptions and mental applications accompanied by the base of infinite consciousness will lead to distinction, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to decline, this teaching is construed.
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
 Or that perceptions and mental applications accompanied by the base of neither perception nor non-perception lead to decline, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to distinction, this teaching is construed.
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa sato saññūpacārā visesāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, hānāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
 For one who has attained the base of neither perception nor non-perception, that the approach of perception will lead to distinction, this teaching is not construed; that it leads to decline, this teaching is construed.
saññāvedayitanirodhasahagatā vā saññāmanasikārā hānāya saṃvattantīti na yujjati desanā, visesāya saṃvattantīti yujjati desanā.
 Or that perceptions and mental applications accompanied by the cessation of perception and feeling lead to decline, this teaching is not construed; that they lead to distinction, this teaching is construed.
kallatāparicitaṃ cittaṃ na ca abhinīhāraṃ khamatīti na yujjati desanā, kallatāparicitaṃ cittaṃ atha ca abhinīhāraṃ khamatīti yujjati desanā.
 That a mind familiar with what is lovely is not capable of exertion, this teaching is not construed; that a mind familiar with what is lovely is then capable of exertion, this teaching is construed.
♦ evaṃ sabbe navasuttantā yathādhammaṃ yathāvinayaṃ yathāsatthusāsanaṃ sabbato vicayena hārena vicinitvā yuttihārena yojetabbāti.
♦ Thus all nine suttas, according to the Dhamma, according to the Vinaya, according to the Teacher's instruction, having been investigated in every way by the Investigation mode, should be construed by the Construing mode.
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “sabbesaṃ hārānaṃ yā bhūmi yo ca gocaro tesan”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "Of all the modes, what is their plane and what their sphere."
♦ niyutto yutti hāro.
♦ The Construing mode is concluded.
♦ 4. padaṭṭhānahāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 4. Analysis of the Footing Mode
♦ 22. tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno hāro?
♦ 22. Therein, what is the Footing mode?
“dhammaṃ deseti jino”ti, ayaṃ padaṭṭhāno hāro.
 "The Victor teaches the Dhamma," this is the Footing mode.
kiṃ deseti?
 What does he teach?
sabbadhammayāthāvāsampaṭivedhalakkhaṇā avijjā, tassā vipallāsā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Ignorance, characterized by not penetrating the 'as-it-is-ness' of all dhammas, has perversion as its footing.
ajjhosānalakkhaṇā taṇhā, tassā piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Craving, characterized by clinging, has what is dear and pleasant as its footing.
patthanalakkhaṇo lobho, tassa adinnādānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Greed, characterized by wishing, has taking what is not given as its footing.
vaṇṇasaṇṭhānabyañjanaggahaṇalakkhaṇā subhasaññā, tassā indriyā saṃvaro padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Perception of beauty, characterized by grasping the signs of color and form, has restraint of the faculties as its footing.
sāsavaphassaupagamanalakkhaṇā sukhasaññā, tassā assādo padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Perception of pleasure, characterized by approaching cankerous contact, has gratification as its footing.
saṅkhatalakkhaṇānaṃ dhammānaṃ asamanupassanalakkhaṇā niccasaññā, tassā viññāṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Perception of permanence, characterized by not seeing formed things, has consciousness as its footing.
aniccasaññādukkhasaññāasamanupassanalakkhaṇā attasaññā, tassā nāmakāyo padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Perception of self, characterized by not seeing the perceptions of impermanence and suffering, has the mental body as its footing.
sabbadhammasampaṭivedhalakkhaṇā vijjā, tassā sabbaṃ neyyaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Knowledge, characterized by penetrating all dhammas, has all that is knowable as its footing.
cittavikkhepapaṭisaṃharaṇalakkhaṇo samatho, tassa asubhā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Calm, characterized by gathering the distracted mind, has foulness as its footing.
icchāvacarapaṭisaṃharaṇalakkhaṇo alobho, tassa adinnādānā veramaṇī padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Non-greed, characterized by gathering the range of desire, has abstention from taking what is not given as its footing.
abyāpajjalakkhaṇo adoso, tassa pāṇātipātā veramaṇī padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Non-hate, characterized by non-malevolence, has abstention from killing living beings as its footing.
vatthuavippaṭipattilakkhaṇo amoho, tassa sammāpaṭipatti padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Non-delusion, characterized by not erring as to the object, has right practice as its footing.
vinīlakavipubbakagahaṇalakkhaṇā asubhasaññā, tassā nibbidā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Perception of foulness, characterized by grasping the livid and purulent, has revulsion as its footing.
sāsavaphassaparijānanalakkhaṇā dukkhasaññā, tassā vedanā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Perception of suffering, characterized by fully understanding cankerous contact, has feeling as its footing.
saṅkhatalakkhaṇānaṃ dhammānaṃ samanupassanalakkhaṇā aniccasaññā, tassā uppādavayā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Perception of impermanence, characterized by seeing formed things, has arising and passing away as its footing.
sabbadhammābhinivesalakkhaṇā anattasaññā, tassā dhammasaññā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Perception of not-self, characterized by clinging to all dhammas, has the perception of Dhamma as its footing.
♦ pañca kāmaguṇā kāmarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, pañcindriyāni rūpīni rūparāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, chaṭṭhāyatanaṃ bhavarāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, nibbattabhavānupassitā pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ The five strands of sensual pleasure are the footing for sensual passion. The five faculties which are form are the footing for passion for form. The sixth base is the footing for passion for existence. Seeing a new existence arising is the footing for the five aggregates of clinging. The knowledge and vision of recollection of past lives is its footing.
okappanalakkhaṇā saddhā adhimuttipaccupaṭṭhānā ca, anāvilalakkhaṇo pasādo sampasīdanapaccupaṭṭhāno ca.
 Faith, characterized by conviction, and having confidence as its manifestation.
abhipatthiyanalakkhaṇā saddhā, tassā aveccapasādo padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Serenity, characterized by untroubledness, and having pacification as its manifestation.
anāvilalakkhaṇo pasādo, tassa saddhā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Faith, characterized by aspiration, has confident faith as its footing.
ārambhalakkhaṇaṃ vīriyaṃ, tassa sammappadhānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Serenity, characterized by untroubledness, has faith as its footing.
apilāpanalakkhaṇā sati, tassā satipaṭṭhānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Energy, characterized by striving, has the right strivings as its footing.
ekaggalakkhaṇo samādhi, tassa jhānāni padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Mindfulness, characterized by not-forgetting, has the foundations of mindfulness as its footing.
pajānanalakkhaṇā paññā, tassā saccāni padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Concentration, characterized by one-pointedness, has the jhānas as its footing.
 Wisdom, characterized by understanding, has the truths as its footing.
♦ aparo nayo, assādamanasikāralakkhaṇo ayonisomanasikāro, tassa avijjā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ Another method: non-radical attention, characterized by attention to gratification, has ignorance as its footing.
saccasammohanalakkhaṇā avijjā, sā saṅkhārānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Ignorance, characterized by delusion about the truths, is the footing for formations.
punabbhavavirohaṇalakkhaṇā saṅkhārā, te viññāṇassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Formations, characterized by the sprouting of a new existence, are the footing for consciousness.
opapaccayikanibbattilakkhaṇaṃ viññāṇaṃ, taṃ nāmarūpassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Consciousness, characterized by the arising of a spontaneous birth, is the footing for name-and-form.
nāmakāyarūpakāyasaṅghātalakkhaṇaṃ nāmarūpaṃ, taṃ chaḷāyatanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Name-and-form, characterized by the combination of the mental body and the physical body, is the footing for the sixfold base.
indriyavavatthānalakkhaṇaṃ chaḷāyatanaṃ, taṃ phassassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 The sixfold base, characterized by the establishment of the faculties, is the footing for contact.
cakkhurūpaviññāṇasannipātalakkhaṇo phasso, so vedanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Contact, characterized by the conjunction of eye, form, and consciousness, is the footing for feeling.
iṭṭhāniṭṭhānubhavanalakkhaṇā vedanā, sā taṇhāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Feeling, characterized by experiencing the agreeable and disagreeable, is the footing for craving.
ajjhosānalakkhaṇā taṇhā, sā upādānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Craving, characterized by clinging, is the footing for clinging.
opapaccayikaṃ upādānaṃ, taṃ bhavassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Spontaneous clinging is the footing for existence.
nāmakāyarūpakāyasambhavanalakkhaṇo bhavo, so jātiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Existence, characterized by the arising of the mental body and the physical body, is the footing for birth.
khandhapātubhavanalakkhaṇā jāti, sā jarāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Birth, characterized by the manifestation of the aggregates, is the footing for aging.
upadhiparipākalakkhaṇā jarā, sā maraṇassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Aging, characterized by the ripening of the substratum of existence, is the footing for death.
jīvitindriyupacchedalakkhaṇaṃ maraṇaṃ, taṃ sokassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
ussukkakārako soko, so paridevassa padaṭṭhānaṃ .
 Death, characterized by the cutting off of the life faculty, is the footing for sorrow.
lālappakārako paridevo, so dukkhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Sorrow, which causes distress, is the footing for lamentation.
kāyasaṃpīḷanaṃ dukkhaṃ, taṃ domanassassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Lamentation, which causes wailing, is the footing for suffering.
cittasaṃpīḷanaṃ domanassaṃ, taṃ upāyāsassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Bodily affliction is suffering; it is the footing for grief.
odahanakārako upāyāso, so bhavassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Mental affliction is grief; it is the footing for despair.
imāni bhavaṅgāni yadā samaggāni nibbattāni bhavanti so bhavo, taṃ saṃsārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Despair, which causes prostration, is the footing for existence.
niyyānikalakkhaṇo maggo, so nirodhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 These components of existence, when they have arisen together, that is existence; it is the footing for the round of rebirths.
 The path, characterized by leading out, is the footing for cessation.
♦ titthaññutā pītaññutāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, pītaññutā pattaññutāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, pattaññutā attaññutāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, attaññutā pubbekatapuññatāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, pubbekatapuññatā patirūpadesavāsassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, patirūpadesavāso sappurisūpanissayassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, sappurisūpanissayo attasammāpaṇidhānassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, attasammāpaṇidhānaṃ sīlānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sīlāni avippaṭisārassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, avippaṭisāro pāmojjassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, pāmojjaṃ pītiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, pīti passaddhiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, passaddhi sukhassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, sukhaṃ samādhissa padaṭṭhānaṃ, samādhi yathābhūtañāṇadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ nibbidāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, nibbidā virāgassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, virāgo vimuttiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ Knowledge of what is right is the footing for knowledge of what is drunk. Knowledge of what is drunk is the footing for knowledge of what is attained. Knowledge of what is attained is the footing for self-knowledge. Self-knowledge is the footing for having formerly done meritorious deeds. Having formerly done meritorious deeds is the footing for living in a suitable region. Living in a suitable region is the footing for resorting to good people. Resorting to good people is the footing for right self-application. Right self-application is the footing for virtue. Virtue is the footing for absence of remorse. Absence of remorse is the footing for joy. Joy is the footing for bliss. Bliss is the footing for serenity. Serenity is the footing for concentration. Concentration is the footing for the knowledge and vision of things as they have come to be. The knowledge and vision of things as they have come to be is the footing for revulsion. Revulsion is the footing for dispassion. Dispassion is the footing for liberation.
vimutti vimuttiñāṇadassanassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Liberation is the footing for the knowledge and vision of liberation.
evaṃ yo koci upanissayo yo koci paccayo, sabbo so padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Thus whatever support, whatever condition, all that is a footing.
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “dhammaṃ deseti jino”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "The Victor teaches the Dhamma."
♦ niyutto padaṭṭhāno hāro.
♦ The Footing mode is concluded.
♦ 5. lakkhaṇahāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 5. Analysis of the Characteristic Mode
♦ 23. tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hāro?
♦ 23. Therein, what is the Characteristic mode?
“vuttamhi ekadhamme”ti, ayaṃ lakkhaṇo hāro.
 "When one dhamma is stated," this is the Characteristic mode.
kiṃ lakkhayati?
 What does it characterize?
ye dhammā ekalakkhaṇā, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ ekasmiṃ dhamme vutte avasiṭṭhā dhammā vuttā bhavanti.
 Of dhammas that have a single characteristic, when one dhamma is stated, the remaining dhammas are stated.
yathā kiṃ bhave?
 As what might it be?
yathāha bhagavā --
 As the Blessed One said:
♦ “cakkhuṃ, bhikkhave, anavaṭṭhitaṃ ittaraṃ parittaṃ pabhaṅgu parato dukkhaṃ byasanaṃ calanaṃ kukkuḷaṃ saṅkhāraṃ vadhakaṃ amittamajjhe.
♦ "The eye, monks, is unstable, transient, brief, perishable, other, suffering, a disaster, mobile, a boil, a formation, a murderer, in the midst of enemies.
imasmiṃ cakkhusmiṃ vutte avasiṭṭhāni ajjhattikāni āyatanāni vuttāni bhavanti.
 When this eye is spoken of, the remaining internal bases are spoken of.
kena kāraṇena?
 For what reason?
sabbāni hi cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni vadhakaṭṭhena ekalakkhaṇāni.
 For all six internal bases have a single characteristic in the sense of being a murderer.
yathā cāha bhagavā --
 And as the Blessed One said:
♦ “atīte, rādha, rūpe anapekkho hohi, anāgataṃ rūpaṃ mā abhinandi , paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya cāgāya paṭinissaggāya paṭipajja.
♦ "In the past, Rādha, be indifferent to form; do not delight in future form; for the form of the present, practice for revulsion, for dispassion, for cessation, for giving up, for relinquishment.
imasmiṃ rūpakkhandhe vutte avasiṭṭhā khandhā vuttā bhavanti.
 When this form-aggregate is spoken of, the remaining aggregates are spoken of.
kena kāraṇena?
 For what reason?
sabbe hi pañcakkhandhā yamakovādasutte vadhakaṭṭhena ekalakkhaṇā vuttā.
 For all five aggregates, in the Yamaka discourse, are spoken of as having a single characteristic in the sense of being a murderer.
yathā cāha bhagavā —
 And as the Blessed One said:
♦ “yesañca susamāraddhā, niccaṃ kāyagatāsati.
♦ "For those by whom mindfulness directed to the body is always well-aroused,
♦ akiccaṃ te na sevanti, kicce sātaccakārino”.
♦ They do not engage in what should not be done, they are diligent in what should be done."
♦ iti kāyagatāya satiyā vuttāya vuttā bhavanti vedanāgatā sati cittagatā dhammagatā ca.
♦ Thus, when mindfulness directed to the body is spoken of, mindfulness directed to feelings, mindfulness directed to the mind, and mindfulness directed to dhammas are spoken of.
tathā yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ vā sutaṃ vā mutaṃ vāti vutte vuttaṃ bhavati viññātaṃ.
 Likewise, when whatever is seen, heard, or sensed is spoken of, what is cognized is spoken of.
yathā cāha bhagavā --
 And as the Blessed One said:
♦ tasmātiha tvaṃ bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharāhi ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ.
♦ Therefore, bhikkhu, dwell contemplating the body in the body, ardent, clearly comprehending, mindful, having subdued covetousness and grief in the world.
“ātāpī”ti vīriyindriyaṃ, “sampajāno”ti paññindriyaṃ, “satimā”ti satindriyaṃ, “vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassa”nti samādhindriyaṃ, evaṃ kāye kāyānupassino viharato cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.
 "Ardent" is the faculty of energy; "clearly comprehending" is the faculty of wisdom; "mindful" is the faculty of mindfulness; "having subdued covetousness and grief in the world" is the faculty of concentration. Thus, for one dwelling contemplating the body in the body, the four foundations of mindfulness reach fulfillment in development.
kena kāraṇena, ekalakkhaṇattā catunnaṃ indriyānaṃ.
 For what reason? Because of the single characteristic of the four faculties.
♦ 24. catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu bhāviyamānesu cattāro sammappadhānā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, catūsu sammappadhānesu bhāviyamānesu cattāro iddhipādā bhāviyamānesu pañcindriyāni bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, catūsu iddhipādesu bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, pañcasu indriyesu bhāviyamānesu pañca balāni bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, pañcasu balesu bhāviyamānesu satta bojjhaṅgā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti, sattasu bojjhaṅgesu bhāviyamānesu ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati, sabbeva bodhaṅgamā dhammā bodhipakkhiyā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti .
♦ 24. When the four foundations of mindfulness are being developed, the four right strivings reach fulfillment in development. When the four right strivings are being developed, the four bases of psychic power, being developed, the five faculties reach fulfillment in development. When the four bases of psychic power reach fulfillment in development, when the five faculties are being developed, the five powers reach fulfillment in development. When the five powers are being developed, the seven factors of enlightenment reach fulfillment in development. When the seven factors of enlightenment are being developed, the noble eightfold path reaches fulfillment in development. All dhammas that are factors of awakening, pertaining to awakening, reach fulfillment in development.
kena kāraṇena, sabbe hi bodhaṅgamā bodhipakkhiyā neyyānikalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā, te ekalakkhaṇattā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.
 For what reason? For all dhammas that are factors of awakening, pertaining to awakening, have a single characteristic in the sense of leading out. Because of their single characteristic, they reach fulfillment in development.
♦ evaṃ akusalāpi dhammā ekalakkhaṇattā pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchanti.
♦ Thus unprofitable dhammas also, because of their single characteristic, are abandoned and disappear.
catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu bhāviyamānesu vipallāsā pahīyanti, āhārā cassa pariññaṃ gacchanti, upādānehi anupādāno bhavati, yogehi ca visaṃyutto bhavati, ganthehi ca vippayutto bhavati, āsavehi ca anāsavo bhavati, oghehi ca nitthiṇṇo bhavati, sallehi ca visallo bhavati, viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo cassa pariññaṃ gacchanti, agatigamanehi na agatiṃ gacchati, evaṃ akusalāpi dhammā ekalakkhaṇattā pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchanti.
 When the four foundations of mindfulness are being developed, perversions are abandoned, nutriments are fully understood, he becomes free from clinging through the clingings, he becomes disjoined from the yokes, he becomes dissociated from the bonds, he becomes cankerless from the cankers, he has crossed over the floods, he is without darts from the darts, the stations of consciousness are fully understood by him, by goings to a bad destination he does not go to a bad destination. Thus unprofitable dhammas also, because of their single characteristic, are abandoned and disappear.
♦ yattha vā pana rūpindriyaṃ desitaṃ, desitā tattheva rūpadhātu rūpakkhandho rūpañcāyatanaṃ.
♦ Or where the faculty of form is taught, there the form-element, the form-aggregate, and the form-base are taught.
yattha vā pana sukhā vedanā desitā, desitaṃ tattha sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyaṃ dukkhasamudayo ca ariyasaccaṃ.
 Or where pleasant feeling is taught, there the faculty of pleasure, the faculty of joy, and the noble truth of the origin of suffering are taught.
yattha vā pana dukkhā vedanā desitā, desitaṃ tattha dukkhindriyaṃ domanassindriyaṃ dukkhañca ariyasaccaṃ.
 Or where painful feeling is taught, there the faculty of pain, the faculty of grief, and the noble truth of suffering are taught.
yattha vā pana adukkhamasukhā vedanā desitā, desitaṃ tattha upekkhindriyaṃ sabbo ca paṭiccasamuppādo.
 Or where neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling is taught, there the faculty of equanimity and the whole of dependent origination are taught.
kena kāraṇena, adukkhamasukhāya hi vedanāya avijjā anuseti.
 For what reason? For with neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, ignorance lies latent.
avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti, evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
 With ignorance as condition, formations; with formations as condition, consciousness; with consciousness as condition, name-and-form; with name-and-form as condition, the sixfold base; with the sixfold base as condition, contact; with contact as condition, feeling; with feeling as condition, craving; with craving as condition, clinging; with clinging as condition, existence; with existence as condition, birth; with birth as condition, aging-and-death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief, and despair come to be. Thus is the origin of this whole mass of suffering.
so ca sarāgasadosasamohasaṃkilesapakkhena hātabbo, vītarāgavītadosavītamohāriyadhammehi hātabbo.
 And that should be handled by the side of defilement with passion, hate, and delusion; it should be handled by the noble dhammas free from passion, hate, and delusion.
♦ evaṃ ye dhammā ekalakkhaṇā kiccato ca lakkhaṇato ca sāmaññato ca cutūpapātato ca, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ ekasmiṃ dhamme vutte avasiṭṭhā dhammā vuttā bhavanti.
♦ Thus, of the dhammas that have a single characteristic—from function, from characteristic, from commonality, and from passing away and arising—when one of these dhammas is stated, the remaining dhammas are stated.
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “vuttamhi ekadhamme”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "When one dhamma is stated."
♦ niyutto lakkhaṇo hāro.
♦ The Characteristic mode is concluded.
♦ 6. catubyūhahāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 6. Analysis of the Fourfold Array Mode
♦ 25. tattha katamo catubyūho hāro?
♦ 25. Therein, what is the Fourfold Array mode?
“neruttamadhippāyo”ti ayaṃ.
 "Philology, intention," this is it.
byañjanena suttassa neruttañca adhippāyo ca nidānañca pubbāparasandhi ca gavesitabbo .
 By the phrasing, the philology, the intention, the source, and the connection of what precedes and follows of the Sutta should be investigated.
tattha katamaṃ neruttaṃ, yā niruttipadasaṃhitā, yaṃ dhammānaṃ nāmaso ñāṇaṃ.
 Therein, what is philology? The combination of terms in philology, the knowledge of the names of things.
yadā hi bhikkhu atthassa ca nāmaṃ jānāti, dhammassa ca nāmaṃ jānāti, tathā tathā naṃ abhiniropeti.
 For when a bhikkhu knows the name of the meaning and the name of the dhamma, he applies it accordingly.
ayañca vuccati atthakusalo dhammakusalo byañjanakusalo niruttikusalo pubbāparakusalo desanākusalo atītādhivacanakusalo anāgatādhivacanakusalo paccuppannādhivacanakusalo itthādhivacanakusalo purisādhivacanakusalo napuṃsakādhivacanakusalo ekādhivacanakusalo anekādhivacanakusalo, evaṃ sabbāni kātabbāni janapadaniruttāni sabbā ca janapadaniruttiyo.
 And this one is called skilled in meaning, skilled in the Dhamma, skilled in phrasing, skilled in philology, skilled in what precedes and follows, skilled in teaching, skilled in the past tense, skilled in the future tense, skilled in the present tense, skilled in the feminine gender, skilled in the masculine gender, skilled in the neuter gender, skilled in the singular number, skilled in the plural number. Thus all provincial philologies should be treated, and all provincial philologies.
ayaṃ niruttipadasaṃhitā.
 This is the combination of terms in philology.
♦ 26. tattha katamo adhippāyo?
♦ 26. Therein, what is the intention?
♦ “dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṃ, chattaṃ mahantaṃ yatha vassakāle .
♦ "The Dhamma indeed protects the Dhamma-farer, like a great umbrella in the rainy season.
♦ esānisaṃso dhamme suciṇṇe, na duggatiṃ gacchati dhammacārī”ti.
♦ This is the benefit of the well-practiced Dhamma; the Dhamma-farer does not go to a bad destination."
♦ idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo?
♦ Here, what is the Blessed One's intention?
ye apāyehi parimuccitukāmā bhavissanti, te dhammacārino bhavissantīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo.
 Those who wish to be freed from bad destinations will be Dhamma-farers. This is the Blessed One's intention here.
♦ “coro yathā sandhimukhe gahīto, sakammunā haññati bajjhate ca.
♦ "Like a thief caught at the break-in, he is struck and bound by his own deed.
♦ evaṃ ayaṃ pecca pajā parattha, sakammunā haññati bajjhate cā”ti.
♦ So this person after death in the next world is struck and bound by his own deed."
♦ idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo?
♦ Here, what is the Blessed One's intention?
sañcetanikānaṃ katānaṃ kammānaṃ upacitānaṃ dukkhavedanīyānaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ asātaṃ vipākaṃ paccanubhavissatīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo.
 He will experience the disagreeable, unpleasant result of intentional deeds done and accumulated, which are to be felt as painful. This is the Blessed One's intention here.
♦ “sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena vihiṃsati.
♦ "Beings who desire happiness, who harms them with a stick,
♦ attano sukhamesāno, pecca so na labhate sukhan”ti.
♦ Seeking his own happiness, he does not find happiness after death."
♦ idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo?
♦ Here, what is the Blessed One's intention?
ye sukhena atthikā bhavissanti, te pāpakammaṃ na karissantīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo.
 Those who are desirous of happiness will not do evil deeds. This is the Blessed One's intention here.
♦ “middhī yadā hoti mahagghaso ca, niddāyitā samparivattasāyī.
♦ "When one is slothful and a great eater, a sleeper who rolls about,
♦ mahāvarāhova nivāpapuṭṭho, punappunaṃ gabbhamupeti mando”ti.
♦ Like a great hog fed on swill, the fool enters the womb again and again."
♦ idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo?
♦ Here, what is the Blessed One's intention?
ye jarāmaraṇena aṭṭiyitukāmā bhavissanti, te bhavissanti bhojane mattaññuno indriyesu guttadvārā pubbarattāpararattaṃ jāgariyānuyogamanuyuttā vipassakā kusalesu dhammesu sagāravā ca sabrahmacārīsu theresu navesu majjhimesūti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo.
 Those who wish to be disgusted with aging and death will be moderate in eating, with guarded faculties, engaged in wakefulness in the first and last watches of the night, practicing insight into profitable states, and respectful towards their fellows in the holy life, the elders, the newly ordained, and the middle ones. This is the Blessed One's intention here.
♦ “appamādo amatapadaṃ , pamādo maccuno padaṃ.
♦ "Diligence is the path to the deathless, negligence is the path of death.
♦ appamattā na mīyanti, ye pamattā yathā matā”ti.
♦ The diligent do not die, the negligent are as if already dead."
♦ idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo?
♦ Here, what is the Blessed One's intention?
ye amatapariyesanaṃ pariyesitukāmā bhavissanti, te appamattā viharissantīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo.
 Those who wish to seek the search for the deathless will abide diligently. This is the Blessed One's intention here.
ayaṃ adhippāyo.
 This is the intention.
♦ 27. tattha katamaṃ nidānaṃ?
♦ 27. Therein, what is the source?
yathā so dhaniyo gopālako bhagavantaṃ āha —
 As that Dhaniya the herdsman said to the Blessed One:
♦ “nandati puttehi puttimā, gomā gohi tatheva nandati.
♦ "He who has sons delights in sons, the owner of cattle likewise delights in cattle.
♦ upadhī hi narassa nandanā, na hi so nandati yo nirūpadhī”ti.
♦ For acquisitions are a man's delight; he who has no acquisitions does not delight."
♦ bhagavā āha —
♦ The Blessed One said:
♦ “socati puttehi puttimā, gopiko gohi tatheva socati.
♦ "He who has sons sorrows for sons, the herdsman likewise sorrows for cattle.
♦ upadhī hi narassa socanā, na hi so socati yo nirūpadhī”ti.
♦ For acquisitions are a man's sorrow; he who has no acquisitions does not sorrow."
♦ iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati “idha bhagavā bāhiraṃ pariggahaṃ upadhi āhā”ti.
♦ By this event, by this source, it is known thus: "Here the Blessed One called external possessions 'acquisitions'."
yathā ca māro pāpimā gijjhakūṭā pabbatā puthusilaṃ pātesi, bhagavā āha —
 And as Māra the Evil One threw a great rock from Vulture's Peak mountain, the Blessed One said:
♦ “sacepi kevalaṃ sabbaṃ, gijjhakūṭaṃ calessasi .
♦ "Even if you were to shake the whole of Vulture's Peak,
♦ neva sammāvimuttānaṃ, buddhānaṃ atthi iñjitaṃ.
♦ There is no trembling for the rightly-liberated Buddhas.
♦ nabhaṃ phaleyyappathavī caleyya, sabbeva pāṇā uda santaseyyuṃ.
♦ The sky might split, the earth might shake, and all beings might tremble with fear,
♦ sallampi ce urasi kampayeyyuṃ , upadhīsu tāṇaṃ na karonti buddhā”ti.
♦ And a dart might be brandished at their breast, yet the Buddhas make no refuge in acquisitions."
♦ iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati “idha bhagavā kāyaṃ upadhiṃ āhā”ti.
♦ By this event, by this source, it is known thus: "Here the Blessed One called the body 'acquisition'."
yathā cāha —
 And as he said:
♦ “na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā, yadāyasaṃ dārujapabbajañca .
♦ "That is not a strong bond, the wise say, which is made of iron, wood, or coarse grass.
♦ sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā”ti.
♦ The passionate attachment to jeweled earrings, and the longing for sons and wives."
♦ iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati “idha bhagavā bāhiresu vatthūsu taṇhaṃ āhā”ti.
♦ By this event, by this source, it is known thus: "Here the Blessed One spoke of craving for external things."
yathā cāha —
 And as he said:
♦ “etaṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā, ohārinaṃ sithilaṃ duppamuñcaṃ.
♦ "This, the wise say, is a strong bond, dragging down, supple, hard to escape.
♦ etampi chetvāna paribbajanti, anapekkhino kāmasukhaṃ pahāyā”ti.
♦ Having cut this too, they wander forth, without longing, having abandoned the pleasure of sense-desires."
♦ iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati “idha bhagavā bāhiravatthukāya taṇhāya pahānaṃ āhā”ti.
♦ By this event, by this source, it is known thus: "Here the Blessed One spoke of abandoning craving based on external things."
yathā cāha —
 And as he said:
♦ “āturaṃ asuciṃ pūtiṃ, duggandhaṃ dehanissitaṃ.
♦ "Diseased, impure, putrid, foul-smelling, residing in the body,
♦ paggharantaṃ divā rattiṃ, bālānaṃ abhinanditan”ti.
♦ Oozing day and night, delighted in by fools."
♦ iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati “idha bhagavā ajjhattikavatthukāya taṇhāya pahānaṃ āhā”ti.
♦ By this event, by this source, it is known thus: "Here the Blessed One spoke of abandoning craving based on internal things."
yathā cāha —
 And as he said:
♦ “ucchinda sinehamattano, kumudaṃ sāradikaṃva pāṇinā.
♦ "Cut off your own affection, like an autumn lily with your hand.
♦ santimaggameva brūhaya, nibbānaṃ sugatena desitan”ti.
♦ Cultivate only the path to peace, Nibbāna taught by the Well-farer."
♦ iminā vatthunā iminā nidānena evaṃ ñāyati “idha bhagavā ajjhattikavatthukāya taṇhāya pahānaṃ āhā”ti.
♦ By this event, by this source, it is known thus: "Here the Blessed One spoke of abandoning craving based on internal things."
idaṃ nidānaṃ.
 This is the source.
♦ tattha katamo pubbāparasandhi.
♦ Therein, what is the connection of what precedes and follows?
yathāha —
 As he said:
♦ “kāmandhā jālasañchannā, taṇhāchadanachāditā.
♦ "Blinded by desire, covered by a net, shrouded by the cloak of craving,
♦ pamattabandhanā baddhā , macchāva kumināmukhe.
♦ Bound by the bond of negligence, like a fish in the mouth of a fish-trap,
♦ jarāmaraṇamanventi, vaccho khīrapakova mātaran”ti.
♦ They follow aging and death, like a suckling calf its mother."
♦ ayaṃ kāmataṇhā vuttā.
♦ This is sensual craving that is spoken of.
sā katamena pubbāparena yujjati?
 With what preceding and following does it construe?
yathāha —
 As he said:
♦ “ratto atthaṃ na jānāti, ratto dhammaṃ na passati.
♦ "One who is impassioned does not know the goal, one who is impassioned does not see the Dhamma.
♦ andhantamaṃ tadā hoti, yaṃ rāgo sahate naran”ti.
♦ There is blinding darkness then, when passion overcomes a man."
♦ iti andhatāya ca sañchannatāya ca sāyeva taṇhā abhilapitā.
♦ Thus, by blindness and by being covered, that very craving is expressed.
yañcāha kāmandhā jālasañchannā, taṇhāchadanachāditāti.
 And what he said, "blinded by desire, covered by a net, shrouded by the cloak of craving."
yañcāha ratto atthaṃ na jānāti, ratto dhammaṃ na passatīti, imehi padehi pariyuṭṭhānehi sāyeva taṇhā abhilapitā.
 And what he said, "one who is impassioned does not know the goal, one who is impassioned does not see the Dhamma," by these terms, by obsessions, that very craving is expressed.
yaṃ andhakāraṃ, ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo, yā ca taṇhā ponobhavikā, yañcāha kāmāti ime kilesakāmā.
 What is darkness is the origin of suffering; and the craving that leads to rebirth, and what he said "desire," these are the defilement-desires.
yañcāha jālasañchannāti tesaṃ yeva kāmānaṃ payogena pariyuṭṭhānaṃ dasseti, tasmā kilesavasena ca pariyuṭṭhānavasena ca taṇhābandhanaṃ vuttaṃ.
 And what he said "covered by a net," by the use of those very desires, he shows the obsession. Therefore, by way of defilement and by way of obsession, the bond of craving is spoken of.
ye edisikā, te jarāmaraṇaṃ anventi, ayaṃ bhagavatā yathānikkhittagāthābalena dassitā jarāmaraṇamanventīti.
 Those who are of this kind follow aging and death. This was shown by the Blessed One by the force of the verse as it was uttered, "they follow aging and death."
♦ “yassa papañcā ṭhitī ca natthi, sandānaṃ palighañca vītivatto.
♦ "For whom there is no diversification and no state, who has passed beyond bond and bar,
♦ taṃ nittaṇhaṃ muniṃ carantaṃ, na vijānāti sadevakopi loko”ti.
♦ That desireless sage, wandering, even the world with its gods does not know."
♦ papañcā nāma taṇhādiṭṭhimānā, tadabhisaṅkhatā ca saṅkhārā.
♦ Diversifications are craving, views, and conceit, and the formations fashioned by them.
ṭhiti nāma anusayā.
 State is latent tendencies.
sandānaṃ nāma taṇhāya pariyuṭṭhānaṃ, yāni chattiṃsataṇhāya jāliniyā vicaritāni.
 Bond is the obsession of craving, the thirty-six courses of craving in which it wanders like a net.
paligho nāma moho.
 Bar is delusion.
ye ca papañcā saṅkhārā yā ca ṭhiti yaṃ sandānañca yaṃ palighañca yo etaṃ sabbaṃ samatikkanto, ayaṃ vuccati nittaṇho iti.
 He who has completely transcended the diversifications which are formations, and the state, and the bond, and the bar, he is called desireless.
♦ 28. tattha pariyuṭṭhānasaṅkhārā diṭṭhadhammavedanīyā vā upapajjavedanīyā vā aparāpariyavedanīyā vā, evaṃ taṇhā tividhaṃ phalaṃ deti diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajje vā apare vā pariyāye.
♦ 28. Therein, obsessions and formations are to be felt in this very life, or to be felt at rebirth, or to be felt in a subsequent life. Thus craving gives a threefold fruit: in this very life, or at rebirth, or in a subsequent existence.
evaṃ bhagavā āha “yaṃ lobhapakataṃ kammaṃ karoti kāyena vā vācāya vā manasā vā, tassa vipākaṃ anubhoti diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajje vā apare vā pariyāye”ti.
 Thus the Blessed One said, "Whatever deed he does, produced by greed, with body, speech, or mind, he experiences the result of that in this very life, or at rebirth, or in a subsequent existence."
idaṃ bhagavato pubbāparena yujjati.
 This construes with what the Blessed One said before and after.
tattha pariyuṭṭhānaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ vā kammaṃ upapajjavedanīyaṃ vā kammaṃ aparāpariyāyavedanīyaṃ vā kammaṃ, evaṃ kammaṃ tidhā vipaccati diṭṭhe vā dhamme upapajje vā apare vā pariyāye.
 Therein, obsession is a deed to be felt in this very life, or a deed to be felt at rebirth, or a deed to be felt in a subsequent existence. Thus kamma ripens in three ways: in this very life, or at rebirth, or in a subsequent existence.
yathāha --
 As he said:
♦ “yañce bālo idha pāṇātipātī hoti .
♦ "If a fool here is a killer of living beings... etc... holds wrong view, he experiences the result of that in this very life, or at rebirth, or in a subsequent existence."
.. pe .
 This construes with what the Blessed One said before and after.
.. micchādiṭṭhi hoti, tassa diṭṭhe vā dhamme vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti upapajje vā apare vā pariyāye”ti.
 Therein, obsession is to be abandoned by the power of reflection; formations by the power of vision; the thirty-six courses of craving are to be abandoned by the power of cultivation. Thus craving is also abandoned in three ways.
idaṃ bhagavato pubbāparena yujjati.
 That which is desirelessness is the Nibbāna-element with residue remaining.
tattha pariyuṭṭhānaṃ paṭisaṅkhānabalena pahātabbaṃ, saṅkhārā dassanabalena, chattiṃsa taṇhāvicaritāni bhāvanābalena pahātabbānīti evaṃ taṇhāpi tidhā pahīyati.
 The breaking up of the body is the Nibbāna-element without residue remaining.
yā nittaṇhātā ayaṃ saupādisesā nibbānadhātu.
bhedā kāyassa ayaṃ anupādisesā nibbānadhātu.
♦ papañco nāma vuccati anubandho.
♦ Diversification is called proliferation.
yañcāha bhagavā “papañceti atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ cakkhuviññeyyaṃ rūpaṃ ārabbhā”ti.
 And as the Blessed One said, "Diversification refers to past, future, and present forms cognizable by the eye."
yañcāha bhagavā — “atīte, rādha, rūpe anapekkho hohi, anāgataṃ rūpaṃ mā abhinandi, paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭinissaggāya paṭipajjā”ti.
 And as the Blessed One said, "In the past, Rādha, be indifferent to form; do not delight in future form; for the form of the present, practice for revulsion, for dispassion, for cessation, for relinquishment."
idaṃ bhagavato pubbāparena yujjati.
 This construes with what the Blessed One said before and after.
yo cāpi papañco ye ca saṅkhārā yā ca atītānāgatapaccuppannassa abhinandanā, idaṃ ekatthaṃ.
 Both what is diversification, and what are formations, and what is delighting in the past, future, and present, this has one meaning.
api ca aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi akkharehi aññamaññehi byañjanehi aparimāṇā dhammadesanā vuttā bhagavatā.
 But by different terms, by different letters, by different phrases, an immeasurable teaching of the Dhamma was spoken by the Blessed One.
evaṃ suttena suttaṃ saṃsandayitvā pubbāparena saddhiṃ yojayitvā suttaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ bhavati.
 Thus, having compared Sutta with Sutta, and having construed with what precedes and follows, the Sutta is demonstrated.
♦ so cāyaṃ pubbāparo sandhi catubbidho atthasandhi byañjanasandhi desanāsandhi niddesasandhīti.
♦ And this connection of what precedes and follows is fourfold: connection of meaning, connection of phrasing, connection of teaching, and connection of demonstration.
♦ tattha atthasandhi chappadāni saṅkāsanā pakāsanā vivaraṇā vibhajanā uttānīkammatā paññattīti.
♦ Therein, the connection of meaning is six terms: indication, declaration, elucidation, analysis, making plain, designation.
♦ byañjanasandhi chappadāni akkharaṃ padaṃ byañjanaṃ ākāro nirutti niddesoti.
♦ The connection of phrasing is six terms: the letter, the term, the phrase, the manner, the philology, the demonstration.
♦ desanāsandhi na ca pathaviṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca.
♦ The connection of teaching is: and he meditates not depending on earth, the meditator meditates;
na ca āpaṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca, na ca tejaṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca, na ca vāyuṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca.
 and he meditates not depending on water, the meditator meditates; and he meditates not depending on fire, the meditator meditates; and he meditates not depending on air, the meditator meditates.
na ca ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ nissāya .
 And not depending on the base of infinite space... etc... and not depending on the base of infinite consciousness... etc... and not depending on the base of nothingness... etc... and not depending on the base of neither perception nor non-perception... etc... and not depending on this world... etc... and not depending on the next world, the meditator meditates.
.. pe .
 Whatever is seen, heard, sensed, cognized, attained, sought, thought about, examined, and mentally reflected upon between these two, not depending on that either, the meditator meditates.
.. na ca viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ nissāya .
 This one, in the world with its gods, its Māras, and its Brahmās, with its population of recluses and brahmins, gods and humans, is not known as he meditates with an independent mind.
.. pe .
.. na ca ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ nissāya .
.. pe .
.. na ca nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ nissāya .
.. pe .
.. na ca imaṃ lokaṃ nissāya .
.. pe .
.. na ca paralokaṃ nissāya jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca.
yamidaṃ ubhayamantarena diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ vitakkitaṃ vicāritaṃ manasānucintitaṃ, tampi nissāya na jhāyati jhāyī jhāyati ca.
ayaṃ sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anissitena cittena na ñāyati jhāyanto.
♦ yathā māro pāpimā godhikassa kulaputtassa viññāṇaṃ samanvesanto na jānāti na passati.
♦ As Māra the Evil One, searching for the consciousness of Godhika the clansman, does not know, does not see.
so hi papañcātīto taṇhāpahānena diṭṭhinissayopissa natthi.
 For he is beyond diversification; by abandoning craving, he has no basis in views.
yathā ca godhikassa, evaṃ vakkalissa sadevakena lokena samārakena sabrahmakena sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anissitacittā na ñāyanti jhāyamānā.
 And as with Godhika, so with Vakkali, by the world with its gods, its Māras, and its Brahmās, with its population of recluses and brahmins, gods and humans, those of independent mind are not known as they meditate.
ayaṃ desanāsandhi.
 This is the connection of teaching.
♦ tattha katamā niddesasandhi?
♦ Therein, what is the connection of demonstration?
nissitacittā akusalapakkhena niddisitabbā, anissitacittā kusalapakkhena niddisitabbā.
 Those of dependent mind should be demonstrated by the unprofitable side; those of independent mind should be demonstrated by the profitable side.
nissitacittā kilesena niddisitabbā, anissitacittā vodānena niddisitabbā.
 Those of dependent mind should be demonstrated by defilement; those of independent mind should be demonstrated by purification.
nissitacittā saṃsārappavattiyā niddisitabbā, anissitacittā saṃsāranivattiyā niddisitabbā.
 Those of dependent mind should be demonstrated by the process of the round of rebirths; those of independent mind should be demonstrated by the cessation of the round of rebirths.
nissitacittā taṇhāya ca avijjāya ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā samathena ca vipassanāya ca niddisitabbā.
 Those of dependent mind should be demonstrated by craving and ignorance; those of independent mind should be demonstrated by calm and insight.
nissitacittā ahirikena ca anottappena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā hiriyā ca ottappena ca niddisitabbā.
 Those of dependent mind should be demonstrated by shamelessness and fearlessness of wrongdoing; those of independent mind should be demonstrated by shame and fear of wrongdoing.
nissitacittā asatiyā ca asampajaññena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā satiyā ca sampajaññena ca niddisitabbā.
 Those of dependent mind should be demonstrated by unmindfulness and lack of clear comprehension; those of independent mind should be demonstrated by mindfulness and clear comprehension.
nissitacittā ayoniyā ca ayonisomanasikārena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā yoniyā ca yonisomanasikārena ca niddisitabbā.
 Those of dependent mind should be demonstrated by lack of radical attention and non-radical mental application; those of independent mind should be demonstrated by radical attention and radical mental application.
nissitacittā kosajjena ca dovacassena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā vīriyārambhena ca sovacassena ca niddisitabbā.
 Those of dependent mind should be demonstrated by laziness and bad companionship; those of independent mind should be demonstrated by arousal of energy and good companionship.
nissitacittā assaddhiyena ca pamādena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā saddhāya ca appamādena ca niddisitabbā.
 Those of dependent mind should be demonstrated by lack of faith and negligence; those of independent mind should be demonstrated by faith and diligence.
nissitacittā asaddhammassavanena ca asaṃvaraṇena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā saddhammassavanena ca saṃvarena ca niddisitabbā.
 Those of dependent mind should be demonstrated by not hearing the good Dhamma and by lack of restraint; those of independent mind should be demonstrated by hearing the good Dhamma and by restraint.
nissitacittā abhijjhāya ca byāpādena ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā anabhijjhāya ca abyāpādena ca niddisitabbā.
 Those of dependent mind should be demonstrated by covetousness and ill will; those of independent mind should be demonstrated by non-covetousness and non-ill will.
nissitacittā nīvaraṇehi ca saṃyojaniyehi ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā rāgavirāgāya ca cetovimuttiyā avijjāvirāgāya ca paññāvimuttiyā niddisitabbā.
 Those of dependent mind should be demonstrated by hindrances and things that lead to fetters; those of independent mind should be demonstrated by the fading away of passion and the liberation of the mind, and the fading away of ignorance and the liberation by wisdom.
nissitacittā ucchedadiṭṭhiyā ca sassatadiṭṭhiyā ca niddisitabbā, anissitacittā saupādisesāya ca anupādisesāya ca nibbānadhātuyā niddisitabbā.
 Those of dependent mind should be demonstrated by the annihilationist view and the eternalist view; those of independent mind should be demonstrated by the Nibbāna-element with residue and without residue remaining.
ayaṃ niddesasandhi.
 This is the connection of demonstration.
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “neruttamadhippāyo”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "Philology, intention."
♦ niyutto catubyūho hāro.
♦ The Fourfold Array mode is concluded.
♦ 7. āvaṭṭahāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 7. Analysis of the Revolving Mode
♦ 29. tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hāro?
♦ 29. Therein, what is the Revolving mode?
“ekamhi padaṭṭhāne”ti ayaṃ.
 "In one footing," this is it.
♦ “ārambhatha nikkamatha, yuñjatha buddhasāsane.
♦ "Begin, go forth, apply yourselves to the Buddha's teaching.
♦ dhunātha maccuno senaṃ, naḷāgāraṃva kuñjaro”ti.
♦ Shake off the army of death, as an elephant a reed hut."
♦ “ārambhatha nikkamathā”ti vīriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ "Begin, go forth," is the footing of energy.
“yuñjatha buddhasāsane”ti samādhissa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 "Apply yourselves to the Buddha's teaching," is the footing of concentration.
“dhunātha maccuno senaṃ, naḷāgāraṃva kuñjaro”ti paññāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 "Shake off the army of death, as an elephant a reed hut," is the footing of wisdom.
“ārambhatha nikkamathā”ti vīriyindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 "Begin, go forth," is the footing of the faculty of energy.
“yuñjatha buddhasāsane”ti samādhindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 "Apply yourselves to the Buddha's teaching," is the footing of the faculty of concentration.
“dhunātha maccuno senaṃ, naḷāgāraṃva kuñjaro”ti paññindriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 "Shake off the army of death, as an elephant a reed hut," is the footing of the faculty of wisdom.
imāni padaṭṭhānāni desanā.
 These footings are the teaching.
♦ ayuñjantānaṃ vā sattānaṃ yoge, yuñjantānaṃ vā ārambho.
♦ Or, for beings not yoked, yoking; or for those yoked, beginning.
♦ tattha ye na yuñjanti, te pamādamūlakā na yuñjanti.
♦ Therein, those who do not apply themselves, do not apply themselves because they are rooted in negligence.
so pamādo duvidho taṇhāmūlako avijjāmūlako ca.
 That negligence is twofold: rooted in craving and rooted in ignorance.
tattha avijjāmūlako yena aññāṇena nivuto ñeyyaṭṭhānaṃ nappajānāti pañcakkhandhā uppādavayadhammāti, ayaṃ avijjāmūlako.
 Therein, that which is rooted in ignorance, by which ignorance one is shrouded and does not understand the plane of the knowable, that the five aggregates are of a nature to arise and pass away, this is what is rooted in ignorance.
yo taṇhāmūlako, so tividho anuppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ uppādāya pariyesanto pamādaṃ āpajjati, uppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ ārakkhanimittaṃ paribhoganimittañca pamādaṃ āpajjati ayaṃ loke catubbidho pamādo ekavidho avijjāya tividho taṇhāya.
 That which is rooted in craving is threefold: seeking for the arising of unarisen possessions, one falls into negligence; on account of protecting and enjoying arisen possessions, one falls into negligence. This is the fourfold negligence in the world: onefold from ignorance, threefold from craving.
tattha avijjāya nāmakāyo padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Therein, the mental body is the footing for ignorance.
taṇhāya rūpakāyo padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 The physical body is the footing for craving.
taṃ kissa hetu, rūpīsu bhavesu ajjhosānaṃ, arūpīsu sammoho?
 What is the reason for that? Clinging in form existences, delusion in formless ones.
tattha rūpakāyo rūpakkhandho nāmakāyo cattāro arūpino khandhā.
 Therein, the physical body is the form-aggregate; the mental body is the four formless aggregates.
ime pañcakkhandhā katamena upādānena saupādānā, taṇhāya ca avijjāya ca?
 These five aggregates, by what clinging are they with clinging? By craving and ignorance.
tattha taṇhā dve upādānāni kāmupādānañca sīlabbatupādānañca.
 Therein, craving is two clingings: clinging to sensual pleasures and clinging to rules and observances.
avijjā dve upādānāni diṭṭhupādānañca attavādupādānañca.
 Ignorance is two clingings: clinging to views and clinging to the doctrine of self.
imehi catūhi upādānehi ye saupādānā khandhā, idaṃ dukkhaṃ.
 The aggregates which are with clinging by these four clingings, this is suffering.
cattāri upādānāni, ayaṃ samudayo.
 The four clingings are the origin.
pañcakkhandhā dukkhaṃ.
 The five aggregates are suffering.
tesaṃ bhagavā pariññāya pahānāya ca dhammaṃ deseti dukkhassa pariññāya samudayassa pahānāya.
 The Blessed One teaches the Dhamma for their full understanding and abandoning: for the full understanding of suffering, for the abandoning of the origin.
♦ 30. tattha yo tividho taṇhāmūlako pamādo anuppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ uppādāya pariyesati, uppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ ārakkhaṇañca karoti paribhoganimittañca, tassa sampaṭivedhena rakkhaṇā paṭisaṃharaṇā, ayaṃ samatho.
♦ 30. Therein, the threefold negligence rooted in craving: he seeks for the arising of unarisen possessions, he protects and enjoys arisen possessions. For him, by penetration, protection, and restraint, this is calm.
♦ so kathaṃ bhavati?
♦ How does that come to be?
yadā jānāti kāmānaṃ assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato okārañca saṃkilesañca vodānañca nekkhamme ca ānisaṃsaṃ.
 When he knows the gratification of sensual pleasures as gratification, the danger as danger, the escape as escape, the occasion, the defilement, the purification, and the benefit in renunciation.
tattha yā vīmaṃsā upaparikkhā ayaṃ vipassanā.
 Therein, the inquiry and examination, this is insight.
ime dve dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti samatho ca vipassanā ca.
 These two dhammas reach fulfillment in development: calm and insight.
imesu dvīsu dhammesu bhāviyamānesu dve dhammā pahīyanti taṇhā ca avijjā ca, imesu dvīsu dhammesu pahīnesu cattāri upādānāni nirujjhanti.
 When these two dhammas are being developed, two dhammas are abandoned: craving and ignorance. When these two dhammas are abandoned, the four clingings cease.
upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti.
 From the cessation of clinging, the cessation of existence; from the cessation of existence, the cessation of birth; from the cessation of birth, aging-and-death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief, and despair cease.
evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
 Thus is the cessation of this whole mass of suffering.
iti purimakāni ca dve saccāni dukkhaṃ samudayo ca, samatho ca vipassanā ca maggo.
 Thus the first two truths are suffering and origin, and calm and insight are the path.
bhavanirodho nibbānaṃ imāni cattāri saccāni.
 The cessation of existence is Nibbāna. These are the four truths.
tenāha bhagavā “ārambhatha nikkamathā”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "Begin, go forth."
♦ yathāpi mūle anupaddave daḷhe, chinnopi rukkho punareva rūhati.
♦ Just as when the root is unharmed and firm, a felled tree grows again.
♦ evampi taṇhānusaye anūhate, nibbattatī dukkhamidaṃ punappunaṃ.
♦ So too when the latent tendency to craving is not uprooted, this suffering arises again and again.
♦ ayaṃ taṇhānusayo.
♦ This is the latent tendency to craving.
katamassā taṇhāya?
 Of which craving?
bhavataṇhāya. yo etassa dhammassa paccayo ayaṃ avijjā.
 Of the craving for existence. The condition for this state is ignorance.
avijjāpaccayā hi bhavataṇhā.
 For from ignorance as condition comes craving for existence.
ime dve kilesā taṇhā ca avijjā ca.
 These two are the defilements: craving and ignorance.
tāni cattāri upādānāni tehi catūhi upādānehi ye saupādānā khandhā, idaṃ dukkhaṃ.
 They are the four clingings. By these four clingings, the aggregates that are with clinging, this is suffering.
cattāri upādānāni ayaṃ samudayo.
 The four clingings are the origin.
pañcakkhandhā dukkhaṃ.
 The five aggregates are suffering.
tesaṃ bhagavā pariññāya ca pahānāya ca dhammaṃ deseti dukkhassa pariññāya samudayassa pahānāya.
 The Blessed One teaches the Dhamma for their full understanding and abandoning: for the full understanding of suffering, for the abandoning of the origin.
♦ yena taṇhānusayaṃ samūhanati , ayaṃ samatho.
♦ By which one uproots the latent tendency to craving, this is calm.
yena taṇhānusayassa paccayaṃ avijjaṃ vārayati, ayaṃ vipassanā.
 By which one restrains ignorance, the condition for the latent tendency to craving, this is insight.
ime dve dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti samatho ca vipassanā ca.
 These two dhammas reach fulfillment in development: calm and insight.
tattha samathassa phalaṃ rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, vipassanāya phalaṃ avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti.
 Therein, the fruit of calm is the liberation of mind through the fading of passion; the fruit of insight is the liberation by wisdom through the fading of ignorance.
iti purimakāni ca dve saccāni dukkhaṃ samudayo ca, samatho vipassanā ca maggo, dve ca vimuttiyo nirodho.
 Thus the first two truths are suffering and origin; calm and insight are the path; and the two liberations are cessation.
imāni cattāri saccāni.
 These are the four truths.
tenāha bhagavā “yathāpi mūle”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "Just as when the root..."
♦ “sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā.
♦ "The non-doing of all evil, the undertaking of what is profitable,
♦ sacittapariyodāpanaṃ , etaṃ buddhāna sāsanan”ti.
♦ The purification of one's own mind, this is the teaching of the Buddhas."
♦ sabbapāpaṃ nāma tīṇi duccaritāni kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ, te dasa akusalakammapathā pāṇātipāto adinnādānaṃ kāmesumicchācāro musāvādo pisuṇā vācā pharusā vācā samphappalāpo abhijjhā byāpādo micchādiṭṭhi, tāni dve kammāni cetanā cetasikañca.
♦ "All evil" means the three kinds of misconduct: bodily misconduct, verbal misconduct, and mental misconduct. They are the ten unprofitable paths of action: killing living beings, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, false speech, slanderous speech, harsh speech, idle chatter, covetousness, ill will, and wrong view. They are two kinds of action: volitional and mental.
tattha yo ca pāṇātipāto yā ca pisuṇā vācā yā ca pharusā vācā, idaṃ dosasamuṭṭhānaṃ.
 Therein, killing living beings, slanderous speech, and harsh speech arise from hate.
yañca adinnādānaṃ yo ca kāmesumicchācāro yo ca musāvādo, idaṃ lobhasamuṭṭhānaṃ, yo samphappalāpo, idaṃ mohasamuṭṭhānaṃ.
 Taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, and false speech arise from greed. Idle chatter arises from delusion.
imāni satta kāraṇāni cetanākammaṃ.
 These seven causes are volitional action.
yā abhijjhā, ayaṃ lobho akusalamūlaṃ.
 Covetousness is the unprofitable root of greed.
yo byāpādo, ayaṃ doso akusalamūlaṃ.
 Ill will is the unprofitable root of hate.
yā micchādiṭṭhi, ayaṃ micchāmaggo.
 Wrong view is the wrong path.
imāni tīṇi kāraṇāni cetasikakammaṃ.
 These three causes are mental action.
tenāha “cetanākammaṃ cetasikakamman”ti.
 Therefore it is said, "volitional action and mental action."
♦ akusalamūlaṃ payogaṃ gacchantaṃ catubbidhaṃ agatiṃ gacchati chandā dosā bhayā mohā.
♦ The unprofitable root, going into action, goes to the four wrong courses: from desire, from hate, from fear, from delusion.
tattha yaṃ chandā agatiṃ gacchati, idaṃ lobhasamuṭṭhānaṃ.
 Therein, that it goes to a wrong course from desire, this arises from greed.
yaṃ dosā agatiṃ gacchati, idaṃ dosasamuṭṭhānaṃ.
 That it goes to a wrong course from hate, this arises from hate.
yaṃ bhayā ca mohā ca agatiṃ gacchati, idaṃ mohasamuṭṭhānaṃ.
 That it goes to a wrong course from fear and from delusion, this arises from delusion.
tattha lobho asubhāya pahīyati.
 Therein, greed is abandoned by foulness.
doso mettāya.
 Hate by loving-kindness.
moho paññāya.
 Delusion by wisdom.
tathā lobho upekkhāya pahīyati.
 Likewise, greed is abandoned by equanimity.
doso mettāya ca karuṇāya ca.
 Hate by loving-kindness and compassion.
moho muditāya pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchati.
 Delusion is abandoned and disappears by gladness.
tenāha bhagavā “sabbapāpassa akaraṇan”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "The non-doing of all evil."
♦ 31. sabbapāpaṃ nāma aṭṭha micchattāni micchādiṭṭhi micchāsaṅkappo micchāvācā micchākammanto micchāājīvo micchāvāyāmo micchāsati micchāsamādhi, idaṃ vuccati sabbapāpaṃ.
♦ 31. "All evil" means the eight wrongnesses: wrong view, wrong intention, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong mindfulness, and wrong concentration. This is called all evil.
imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ micchattānaṃ yā akiriyā akaraṇaṃ anajjhācāro, idaṃ vuccati sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ.
 The non-doing, the not-performing, the non-transgression of these eight wrongnesses, this is called the non-doing of all evil.
♦ aṭṭhasu micchattesu pahīnesu aṭṭha sammattāni sampajjanti.
♦ When the eight wrongnesses are abandoned, the eight rightnesses are accomplished.
aṭṭhannaṃ sammattānaṃ yā kiriyā karaṇaṃ sampādanaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati kusalassa upasampadā.
 The doing, the performing, the accomplishment of the eight rightnesses, this is called the undertaking of what is profitable.
sacittapariyodāpananti atītassa maggassa bhāvanākiriyaṃ dassayati, citte pariyodāpite pañcakkhandhā pariyodāpitā bhavanti, evañhi bhagavā āha “cetovisuddhatthaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgate brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti.
 "The purification of one's own mind" shows the action of cultivating the past path. When the mind is purified, the five aggregates are purified. For the Blessed One has said, "For the sake of purification of the mind, monks, the holy life is lived under the Tathāgata."
duvidhā hi pariyodāpanā nīvaraṇappahānañca anusayasamugghāto ca.
 Purification is twofold: the abandoning of hindrances and the uprooting of latent tendencies.
dve pariyodāpanabhūmiyo dassanabhūmi ca, bhāvanābhūmi ca, tattha yaṃ paṭivedhena pariyodāpeti, idaṃ dukkhaṃ.
 There are two planes of purification: the plane of vision and the plane of cultivation. Therein, what he purifies by penetration, this is suffering.
yato pariyodāpeti, ayaṃ samudayo.
 From what he purifies, this is the origin.
yena pariyodāpeti, ayaṃ maggo.
 By what he purifies, this is the path.
yaṃ pariyodāpitaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho.
 What is purified, this is cessation.
imāni cattāri saccāni.
 These are the four truths.
tenāha bhagavā “sabbapāpassa akaraṇan”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "The non-doing of all evil."
♦ “dhammo have rakkhati dhammacāriṃ, chattaṃ mahantaṃ yatha vassakāle.
♦ "The Dhamma indeed protects the Dhamma-farer, like a great umbrella in the rainy season.
♦ esānisaṃso dhamme suciṇṇe, na duggatiṃ gacchati dhammacārī”ti.
♦ This is the benefit of the well-practiced Dhamma; the Dhamma-farer does not go to a bad destination."
♦ dhammo nāma duvidho indriyasaṃvaro maggo ca.
♦ "Dhamma" is of two kinds: restraint of the faculties and the path.
duggati nāma duvidhā devamanusse vā upanidhāya apāyā duggati, nibbānaṃ vā upanidhāya sabbā upapattiyo duggati.
 "Bad destination" is of two kinds: with reference to gods and humans, the lower realms are a bad destination; with reference to Nibbāna, all states of rebirth are a bad destination.
tattha yā saṃvarasīle akhaṇḍakāritā, ayaṃ dhammo suciṇṇo apāyehi rakkhati.
 Therein, the unbroken practice of the virtue of restraint, this is the well-practiced Dhamma; it protects from the lower realms.
evaṃ bhagavā āha — dvemā, bhikkhave, sīlavato gatiyo devā ca manussā ca.
 Thus the Blessed One said: "There are these two destinations, monks, for one who is virtuous: gods and humans."
evañca nāḷandāyaṃ nigame asibandhakaputto gāmaṇi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca --
 And thus in the village of Nālandā, the headman Asibandhakaputta said this to the Blessed One:
♦ “brāhmaṇā, bhante, pacchābhūmakā kāmaṇḍalukā sevālamālikā udakorohakā aggiparicārakā, te mataṃ kālaṅkataṃ uyyāpenti nāma, saññāpenti nāma, saggaṃ nāma okkāmenti .
♦ "Venerable sir, the brahmins of the western lands, carrying water pots, wearing garlands of water-plants, worshipers of water, performers of fire-sacrifices, they say they send off the dead and departed, they say they make them conscious, they say they make them ascend to heaven.
bhagavā pana, bhante, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pahoti tathā kātuṃ, yathā sabbo loko kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyā”ti.
 But is the Blessed One, venerable sir, the Arahant, the Perfectly Enlightened One, able to do so, that the whole world, on the dissolution of the body, after death, might be reborn in a good destination, a heavenly world?"
♦ “tena hi, gāmaṇi, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya, tathā naṃ byākareyyāsīti.
♦ "In that case, headman, I will ask you a question in return. As it seems fit to you, so you should answer it.
♦ “taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, idhassa puriso pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavāco pharusavāco samphappalāpī abhijjhālu byāpannacitto micchādiṭṭhiko, tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ayaṃ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjatū’ti.
♦ "What do you think, headman? Suppose there were a man here who was a killer of living beings, a taker of what is not given, who engaged in sexual misconduct, a liar, a slanderer, of harsh speech, an idle chatterer, covetous, with a mind of ill will, and of wrong view. And a great crowd of people, having come together and assembled, were to pray, praise, and circumambulate with joined palms, saying, 'May this man, on the dissolution of the body, after death, be reborn in a good destination, a heavenly world!'
taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, api nu so puriso mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetuvā pañjalikaṃ anuparisakkanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyā”ti.
 What do you think, headman? Would that man, on account of the praying of the great crowd of people, or their praising, or their circumambulating with joined palms, on the dissolution of the body, after death, be reborn in a good destination, a heavenly world?"
“no hetaṃ, bhante”.
 "Certainly not, venerable sir."
♦ “seyyathāpi, gāmaṇi, puriso mahatiṃ puthusilaṃ gambhīre udakarahade pakkhipeyya, tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ummujja, bho, puthusile, uplava bho puthusile, thalamuplava, bho puthusile’ti.
♦ "Suppose, headman, a man were to throw a great rock into a deep pool of water. And a great crowd of people, having come together and assembled, were to pray, praise, and circumambulate with joined palms, saying, 'Emerge, good rock! Float up, good rock! Come to the shore, good rock!'
taṃ kiṃ maññasi gāmaṇi, api nu sā mahatī puthusilā mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu vā pañjalikaṃ anuparisakkanahetu vā ummujjeyya vā uplaveyya vā thalaṃ vā uplaveyyā”ti.
 What do you think, headman? Would that great rock, on account of the praying of the great crowd of people, or their praising, or their circumambulating with joined palms, emerge, or float up, or come to the shore?"
“no hetaṃ, bhante”.
 "Certainly not, venerable sir."
“evameva kho, gāmaṇi, yo so puriso pāṇātipātī .
 "So it is, headman, with that man who is a killer of living beings... etc... of wrong view. Even though a great crowd of people, having come together and assembled, were to pray, praise, and circumambulate with joined palms, saying, 'May this man, on the dissolution of the body, after death, be reborn in a good destination, a heavenly world!'
.. pe .
 Yet that man, on the dissolution of the body, after death, would be reborn in a state of loss, a bad destination, the downfall, in hell.
.. micchādiṭṭhiko, kiñcāpi naṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ayaṃ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjatū’ti.
atha kho so puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya.
♦ “taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, idhassa puriso pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato musāvādā paṭivirato pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato samphappalāpā paṭivirato anabhijjhālu abyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhiko, tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ayaṃ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjatū’ti.
♦ "What do you think, headman? Suppose there were a man here who had abstained from killing living beings, abstained from taking what is not given, abstained from sexual misconduct, abstained from false speech, abstained from slanderous speech, abstained from harsh speech, abstained from idle chatter, was not covetous, had a mind without ill will, and was of right view. And a great crowd of people, having come together and assembled, were to pray, praise, and circumambulate with joined palms, saying, 'May this man, on the dissolution of the body, after death, be reborn in a state of loss, a bad destination, the downfall, in hell!'
taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, api nu so puriso mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu vā pañjalikaṃ anuparisakkanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyyā”ti.
 What do you think, headman? Would that man, on account of the praying of the great crowd of people, or their praising, or their circumambulating with joined palms, on the dissolution of the body, after death, be reborn in a state of loss, a bad destination, the downfall, in hell?"
“no hetaṃ, bhante”.
 "Certainly not, venerable sir."
♦ “seyyathāpi, gāmaṇi, puriso sappikumbhaṃ vā telakumbhaṃ vā gambhīre udakarahade ogāhetvā bhindeyya.
♦ "Suppose, headman, a man were to sink a pot of ghee or a pot of oil into a deep pool of water and break it.
tatra yāssa sakkharā vā kaṭhalā , sā adhogāmī assa.
 Therein, whatever gravel or potsherds there were, they would go downwards.
yañca khvassa tatra sappi vā telaṃ vā, taṃ uddhaṃgāmi assa.
 And whatever ghee or oil there was, that would go upwards.
tamenaṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘osīda, bho sappitela, saṃsīda, bho sappitela, adho gaccha ‘bho sappitelā’ti.
 And a great crowd of people, having come together and assembled, were to pray, praise, and circumambulate with joined palms, saying, 'Sink, good ghee-and-oil! Subside, good ghee-and-oil! Go down, good ghee-and-oil!'
taṃ kiṃ maññasi gāmaṇi, api nu taṃ sappitelaṃ mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu vā pañjalikaṃ anuparisakkanahetu vā ‘osīdeyya vā saṃsīdeyya vā adho vā gaccheyyā’ti.
 What do you think, headman? Would that ghee-and-oil, on account of the praying of the great crowd of people, or their praising, or their circumambulating with joined palms, sink, or subside, or go down?"
“no hetaṃ, bhante”.
 "Certainly not, venerable sir."
♦ “evameva kho, gāmaṇi, yo so puriso pāṇātipātā paṭivirato .
♦ "So it is, headman, with that man who has abstained from killing living beings... etc... of right view. Even though a great crowd of people, having come together and assembled, were to pray, praise, and circumambulate with joined palms, saying, 'May this man, on the dissolution of the body, after death, be reborn in a state of loss, a bad destination, the downfall, in hell!'"
.. pe .
.. sammādiṭṭhiko, kiñcāpi naṃ mahājanakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya ‘ayaṃ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjatū’”ti.
atha kho so puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyya.
 Yet that man, on the dissolution of the body, after death, would be reborn in a good destination, a heavenly world.
iti dhammo suciṇṇo apāyehi rakkhati.
 Thus the well-practiced Dhamma protects from the lower realms.
tattha yā maggassa tikkhatā adhimattatā, ayaṃ dhammo suciṇṇo sabbāhi upapattīhi rakkhati.
 Therein, the keenness and intensity of the path, this is the well-practiced Dhamma; it protects from all states of rebirth.
evaṃ bhagavā āha —
 Thus the Blessed One said:
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa , sammāsaṅkappagocaro.
♦ "Therefore, of a protected mind, with right intention as his sphere,
♦ sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro, ñatvāna udayabbayaṃ.
♦ With right view as his forerunner, having known arising and passing away,
♦ thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhu, sabbā duggatiyo jahe”ti.
♦ A bhikkhu who has overcome sloth and torpor abandons all bad destinations."
♦ 32. tattha duggatīnaṃ hetu taṇhā ca avijjā ca, tāni cattāri upādānāni, tehi catūhi upādānehi ye saupādānā khandhā, idaṃ dukkhaṃ.
♦ 32. Therein, the cause of bad destinations is craving and ignorance. They are the four clingings. By these four clingings, the aggregates that are with clinging, this is suffering.
cattāri upādānāni, ayaṃ samudayo.
 The four clingings are the origin.
pañcakkhandhā dukkhaṃ, tesaṃ bhagavā pariññāya ca pahānāya ca dhammaṃ deseti dukkhassa pariññāya samudayassa pahānāya.
 The five aggregates are suffering. The Blessed One teaches the Dhamma for their full understanding and abandoning: for the full understanding of suffering, for the abandoning of the origin.
tattha taṇhāya pañcindriyāni rūpīni padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Therein, the five faculties which are form are the footing for craving.
avijjāya manindriyaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 The faculty of mind is the footing for ignorance.
pañcindriyāni rūpīni rakkhanto samādhiṃ bhāvayati, taṇhañca niggaṇhāti.
 Protecting the five faculties which are form, he develops concentration and restrains craving.
manindriyaṃ rakkhanto vipassanaṃ bhāvayati, avijjañca niggaṇhāti.
 Protecting the faculty of mind, he develops insight and restrains ignorance.
taṇhāniggahena dve upādānāni pahīyanti kāmupādānañca sīlabbatupādānañca.
 By the restraint of craving, two clingings are abandoned: clinging to sensual pleasures and clinging to rules and observances.
avijjāniggahena dve upādānāni pahīyanti diṭṭhupādānañca attavādupādānañca.
 By the restraint of ignorance, two clingings are abandoned: clinging to views and clinging to the doctrine of self.
catūsu upādānesu pahīnesu dve dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti samatho ca vipassanā ca.
 When the four clingings are abandoned, two dhammas reach fulfillment in development: calm and insight.
idaṃ vuccati brahmacariyanti.
 This is called the holy life.
♦ tattha brahmacariyassa phalaṃ cattāri sāmaññaphalāni sotāpattiphalaṃ sakadāgāmiphalaṃ anāgāmiphalaṃ arahattaṃ aggaphalaṃ.
♦ Therein, the fruit of the holy life is the four fruits of recluseship: the fruit of stream-entry, the fruit of once-returning, the fruit of non-returning, and the highest fruit, Arahantship.
imāni cattāri brahmacariyassa phalāni .
 These are the four fruits of the holy life.
iti purimakāni ca dve saccāni dukkhaṃ samudayo ca.
 Thus the first two truths are suffering and origin.
samatho ca vipassanā ca brahmacariyañca maggo, brahmacariyassa phalāni ca tadārammaṇā ca asaṅkhatādhātu nirodho.
 Calm and insight and the holy life are the path; and the fruits of the holy life and the unconditioned element as their object are cessation.
imāni cattāri saccāni.
 These are the four truths.
tenāha bhagavā “dhammo have rakkhatī”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "The Dhamma indeed protects."
♦ tattha yaṃ paṭivedhena rakkhati, idaṃ dukkhaṃ.
♦ Therein, what he protects by penetration, this is suffering.
yato rakkhati, ayaṃ samudayo.
 From what he protects, this is the origin.
yena rakkhati, ayaṃ maggo.
 By what he protects, this is the path.
yaṃ rakkhati, ayaṃ nirodho.
 What he protects, this is cessation.
imāni cattāri saccāni.
 These are the four truths.
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “ekamhi padaṭṭhāne”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "In one footing."
♦ niyutto āvaṭṭo hāro.
♦ The Revolving mode is concluded.
♦ 8. vibhattihāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 8. Analysis of the Analysis Mode
♦ 33. tattha katamo vibhattihāro?
♦ 33. Therein, what is the Analysis mode?
“dhammañca padaṭṭhānaṃ bhūmiñcā”ti.
 "The dhamma, the footing, and the plane."
♦ dve suttāni vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca.
♦ There are two suttas: that which partakes of the foundation and that which partakes of penetration.
dve paṭipadā puññabhāgiyā ca phalabhāgiyā ca.
 There are two paths: that which partakes of merit and that which partakes of fruit.
dve sīlāni saṃvarasīlañca pahānasīlañca, tattha bhagavā vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ puññabhāgiyāya paṭipadāya desayati, so saṃvarasīle ṭhito tena brahmacariyena brahmacārī bhavati, tattha bhagavā nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ phalabhāgiyāya paṭipadāya desayati, so pahānasīle ṭhito tena brahmacariyena brahmacārī bhavati.
 There are two kinds of virtue: the virtue of restraint and the virtue of abandoning. Therein, the Blessed One teaches the sutta partaking of the foundation by the path partaking of merit. He, established in the virtue of restraint, by that holy life becomes a holy-life-farer. Therein, the Blessed One teaches the sutta partaking of penetration by the path partaking of fruit. He, established in the virtue of abandoning, by that holy life becomes a holy-life-farer.
♦ tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ?
♦ Therein, what is the sutta partaking of the foundation?
vāsanābhāgiyaṃ nāma suttaṃ dānakathā sīlakathā saggakathā kāmānaṃ ādīnavo nekkhamme ānisaṃsoti.
 The sutta called "partaking of the foundation" is the talk on giving, the talk on virtue, the talk on heaven, the danger of sensual pleasures, and the benefit in renunciation.
♦ tattha katamaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ?
♦ Therein, what is the sutta partaking of penetration?
nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ nāma suttaṃ yā catusaccappakāsanā, vāsanābhāgiye sutte natthi pajānanā, natthi maggo, natthi phalaṃ.
 The sutta called "partaking of penetration" is the exposition of the four truths. In the sutta partaking of the foundation, there is no understanding, there is no path, there is no fruit.
nibbedhabhāgiye sutte atthi pajānanā, atthi maggo, atthi phalaṃ.
 In the sutta partaking of penetration, there is understanding, there is a path, there is a fruit.
imāni cattāri suttāni.
 These are the four suttas.
imesaṃ catunnaṃ suttānaṃ desanāya phalena sīlena brahmacariyena sabbato vicayena hārena vicinitvā yuttihārena yojayitabbā yāvatikā ñāṇassa bhūmi.
 Of these four suttas, by their teaching, fruit, virtue, and holy life, having been investigated in every way by the Investigation mode, they should be construed by the Construing mode, as far as the plane of knowledge extends.
♦ 34. tattha katame dhammā sādhāraṇā?
♦ 34. Therein, what dhammas are common?
dve dhammā sādhāraṇā nāmasādhāraṇā vatthusādhāraṇā ca.
 Two dhammas are common: common in name and common in substance.
yaṃ vā pana kiñci aññampi evaṃ jātiyaṃ, micchattaniyatānaṃ sattānaṃ aniyatānañca sattānaṃ dassanappahātabbā kilesā sādhāraṇā, puthujjanassa sotāpannassa ca kāmarāgabyāpādā sādhāraṇā, puthujjanassa anāgāmissa ca uddhaṃbhāgiyā saṃyojanā sādhāraṇā, yaṃ kiñci ariyasāvako lokiyaṃ samāpattiṃ samāpajjati, sabbā sā avītarāgehi sādhāraṇā, sādhāraṇā hi dhammā evaṃ aññamaññaṃ paraṃ paraṃ sakaṃ sakaṃ visayaṃ nātivattanti.
 Or whatever else is of this kind. For beings fixed in wrongness and for beings not fixed, the defilements to be abandoned by vision are common. For the worldling and the stream-enterer, sensual passion and ill will are common. For the worldling and the non-returner, the fetters partaking of the upper shore are common. Whatever worldly attainment a noble disciple attains, all that is common to those not free from passion. For common dhammas thus do not transgress each other's respective spheres.
yopi imehi dhammehi samannāgato na so taṃ dhammaṃ upātivattati.
 And whoever is endowed with these dhammas does not overcome that dhamma.
ime dhammā sādhāraṇā.
 These dhammas are common.
♦ tattha katame dhammā asādhāraṇā?
♦ Therein, what dhammas are uncommon?
yāva desanaṃ upādāya gavesitabbā sekkhāsekkhā bhabbābhabbāti, aṭṭhamakassa sotāpannassa ca kāmarāgabyāpādā sādhāraṇā dhammatā asādhāraṇā, aṭṭhamakassa anāgāmissa ca uddhambhāgiyā saṃyojanā sādhāraṇā dhammatā asādhāraṇā.
 They should be investigated up to the teaching, as learners and adepts, capable and incapable. For one at the eighth stage and a stream-enterer, sensual passion and ill will are common; the nature of things is uncommon. For one at the eighth stage and a non-returner, the fetters partaking of the upper shore are common; the nature of things is uncommon.
sabbesaṃ sekkhānaṃ nāmaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ dhammatā asādhāraṇā.
 For all learners, the name is common; the nature of things is uncommon.
sabbesaṃ paṭipannakānaṃ nāmaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ dhammatā asādhāraṇā.
 For all those on the path, the name is common; the nature of things is uncommon.
sabbesaṃ sekkhānaṃ sekkhasīlaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ dhammatā asādhāraṇā.
 For all learners, the learners' virtue is common; the nature of things is uncommon.
evaṃ visesānupassinā hīnukkaṭṭhamajjhimaṃ upādāya gavesitabbaṃ.
 Thus it should be investigated by one who sees the distinctions, with reference to the inferior, superior, and middling.
♦ dassanabhūmi niyāmāvakkantiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, bhāvanābhūmi uttarikānaṃ phalānaṃ pattiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā samathassa padaṭṭhānaṃ, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā vipassanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ, dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu parato ghosassa sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu cintāmayiyā paññāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu bhāvanāmayiyā paññāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ The plane of vision is the footing for entry into the fixed course. The plane of cultivation is the footing for the attainment of the higher fruits. The painful path with slow direct-knowledge is the footing for calm. The pleasant path with swift direct-knowledge is the footing for insight. The meritorious-work-basis of giving is the common footing for the voice of another. The meritorious-work-basis of virtue is the common footing for wisdom based on thinking. The meritorious-work-basis of cultivation is the common footing for wisdom based on cultivation.
dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu parato ca ghosassa sutamayiyā ca paññāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu cintāmayiyā ca paññāya yoniso ca manasikārassa sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu bhāvanāmayiyā ca paññāya sammādiṭṭhiyā ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 The meritorious-work-basis of giving is the common footing for the voice of another and for wisdom based on hearing. The meritorious-work-basis of virtue is the common footing for wisdom based on thinking and for radical attention. The meritorious-work-basis of cultivation is the common footing for wisdom based on cultivation and for right view.
patirūpadesavāso vivekassa ca samādhissa ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, sappurisūpanissayo tiṇṇañca aveccappasādānaṃ samathassa ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, attasammāpaṇidhānaṃ hiriyā ca vipassanāya ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, akusalapariccāgo kusalavīmaṃsāya ca samādhindriyassa ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, dhammasvākkhātatā kusalamūlaropanāya ca phalasamāpattiyā ca sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, saṅghasuppaṭipannatā saṅghasuṭṭhutāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, satthusampadā appasannānañca pasādāya pasannānañca bhiyyobhāvāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, appaṭihatapātimokkhatā dummaṅkūnañca puggalānaṃ niggahāya pesalānañca puggalānaṃ phāsuvihārāya sādhāraṇaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 Living in a suitable region is the common footing for seclusion and for concentration. Association with good people is the common footing for the three kinds of confident faith and for calm. Right self-application is the common footing for shame and for insight. The abandoning of the unprofitable is the common footing for profitable investigation and for the faculty of concentration. The well-proclaimed nature of the Dhamma is the common footing for the planting of profitable roots and for the attainment of fruit. The well-practiced nature of the Sangha is the common footing for the praise of the Sangha. The perfection of the Teacher is the common footing for inspiring faith in the uninspired and for the increase of the inspired. The unimpeded Pātimokkha is the common footing for the censure of unruly persons and for the pleasant abiding of well-behaved persons.
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “dhammañca padaṭṭhānan”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "The dhamma and the footing."
♦ niyutto vibhatti hāro.
♦ The Analysis mode is concluded.
♦ 9. parivattanahāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 9. Analysis of the Conversion Mode
♦ 35. tattha katamo parivattano hāro?
♦ 35. Therein, what is the Conversion mode?
“kusalākusale dhamme”ti.
 "Profitable and unprofitable dhammas."
sammādiṭṭhissa purisapuggalassa micchādiṭṭhi nijjiṇṇā bhavati.
 For a person of right view, wrong view is worn out.
ye cassa micchādiṭṭhipaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā, te cassa nijjiṇṇā honti.
 And whatever many evil, unprofitable states would arise conditioned by his wrong view, they are worn out for him.
sammādiṭṭhipaccayā cassa aneke kusalā dhammā sambhavanti, te cassa bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.
 And conditioned by right view, many profitable states arise for him, and they reach fulfillment in development.
sammāsaṅkappassa purisapuggalassa micchāsaṅkappo nijjiṇṇo bhavati.
 For a person of right intention, wrong intention is worn out.
ye cassa micchāsaṅkappapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā, te cassa nijjiṇṇā honti.
 And whatever many evil, unprofitable states would arise conditioned by his wrong intention, they are worn out for him.
sammāsaṅkappapaccayā cassa aneke kusalā dhammā sambhavanti.
 And conditioned by right intention, many profitable states arise for him,
te cassa bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.
 and they reach fulfillment in development.
evaṃ sammāvācassa sammākammantassa sammāājīvassa sammāvāyāmassa sammāsatissa sammāsamādhissa sammāvimuttassa sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanassa purisapuggalassa micchāvimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ nijjiṇṇaṃ bhavati.
 So for a person of right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, right concentration, right liberation, right knowledge and vision of liberation, wrong knowledge and vision of liberation is worn out.
ye cassa micchāvimuttiñāṇadassanapaccayā uppajjeyyuṃ aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā, te cassa nijjiṇṇā honti.
 And whatever many evil, unprofitable states would arise conditioned by his wrong knowledge and vision of liberation, they are worn out for him.
sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanapaccayā cassa aneke kusalā dhammā sambhavanti, te cassa bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.
 And conditioned by right knowledge and vision of liberation, many profitable states arise for him, and they reach fulfillment in development.
♦ 36. yassa vā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa pāṇātipāto pahīno hoti.
♦ 36. For one who has abstained from killing living beings, killing living beings is abandoned.
adinnādānā paṭiviratassa adinnādānaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti.
 For one who has abstained from taking what is not given, taking what is not given is abandoned.
brahmacārissa abrahmacariyaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti.
 For one who lives the holy life, unchastity is abandoned.
saccavādissa musāvādo pahīno hoti.
 For one who speaks the truth, false speech is abandoned.
apisuṇavācassa pisuṇā vācā pahīnā hoti.
 For one who does not use slanderous speech, slanderous speech is abandoned.
saṇhavācassa pharusā vācā pahīnā hoti.
 For one of gentle speech, harsh speech is abandoned.
kālavādissa samphappalāpo pahīno hoti.
 For one who speaks at the right time, idle chatter is abandoned.
anabhijjhālussa abhijjhā pahīnā hoti.
 For one without covetousness, covetousness is abandoned.
abyāpannacittassa byāpādo pahīno hoti.
 For one with a mind free from ill will, ill will is abandoned.
sammādiṭṭhissa micchādiṭṭhi pahīnā hoti.
 For one of right view, wrong view is abandoned.
♦ ye ca kho keci ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ garahanti, nesaṃ sandiṭṭhikā sahadhammikā gārayhā vādānuvādā āgacchanti.
♦ And whoever criticizes the noble eightfold path, for them come blameworthy doctrines and counter-doctrines, present and in accordance with the Dhamma.
sammādiṭṭhiñca te bhavanto dhammaṃ garahanti.
 You sirs criticize the Dhamma of right view.
tena hi ye micchādiṭṭhikā, tesaṃ bhavantānaṃ pujjā ca pāsaṃsā ca.
 Therefore, for those who have wrong view, there is praise and commendation from you sirs.
evaṃ sammāsaṅkappaṃ sammāvācaṃ sammākammantaṃ sammāājīvaṃ sammāvāyāmaṃ sammāsatiṃ sammāsamādhiṃ sammāvimuttiṃ sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanañca te bhavanto dhammaṃ garahanti.
 Thus you sirs criticize the Dhamma of right intention, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, right concentration, right liberation, and right knowledge and vision of liberation.
tena hi ye micchāvimuttiñāṇadassanā, tesaṃ bhavantānaṃ pujjā ca pāsaṃsā ca.
 Therefore, for those who have wrong knowledge and vision of liberation, there is praise and commendation from you sirs.
♦ ye ca kho keci evamāhaṃsu “bhuñjitabbā kāmā, paribhuñjitabbā kāmā, āsevitabbā kāmā, nisevitabbā kāmā, bhāvayitabbā kāmā, bahulīkātabbā kāmā”ti.
♦ And whoever has said thus: "Sensual pleasures should be enjoyed, sensual pleasures should be consumed, sensual pleasures should be frequented, sensual pleasures should be served, sensual pleasures should be developed, sensual pleasures should be made much of."
kāmehi veramaṇī tesaṃ adhammo.
 For them, abstention from sensual pleasures is not the Dhamma.
♦ ye vā pana keci evamāhaṃsu “attakilamathānuyogo dhammo”ti.
♦ Or whoever has said thus: "The practice of self-mortification is the Dhamma."
niyyāniko tesaṃ dhammo adhammo.
 For them, the liberating Dhamma is not the Dhamma.
ye ca kho keci evamāhaṃsu “dukkho dhammo”ti.
 And whoever has said thus: "The Dhamma is suffering."
sukho tesaṃ dhammo adhammo.
 For them, the blissful Dhamma is not the Dhamma.
yathā vā pana bhikkhuno sabbasaṅkhāresu asubhānupassino viharato subhasaññā pahīyanti.
 Or, for a bhikkhu dwelling contemplating foulness in all formations, the perception of beauty is abandoned.
dukkhānupassino viharato sukhasaññā pahīyanti.
 For one dwelling contemplating suffering, the perception of pleasure is abandoned.
aniccānupassino viharato niccasaññā pahīyanti.
 For one dwelling contemplating impermanence, the perception of permanence is abandoned.
anattānupassino viharato attasaññā pahīyanti.
 For one dwelling contemplating not-self, the perception of self is abandoned.
yaṃ yaṃ vā pana dhammaṃ rocayati vā upagacchati vā, tassa tassa dhammassa yo paṭipakkho, svassa aniṭṭhato ajjhāpanno bhavati.
 Whatever dhamma one approves of or accepts, the opposite of that dhamma becomes disagreeable to him.
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “kusalākusaladhamme”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "Profitable and unprofitable dhammas."
♦ niyutto parivattano hāro.
♦ The Conversion mode is concluded.
♦ 10. vevacanahāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 10. Analysis of the Synonym Mode
♦ 37. tattha katamo vevacano hāro?
♦ 37. Therein, what is the Synonym mode?
“vevacanāni bahūnī”ti.
 "Many synonyms."
yathā ekaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ aññamaññehi vevacanehi niddisati.
 As the Blessed One indicates one dhamma with various synonyms.
yathāha bhagavā —
 As the Blessed One said:
♦ “āsā ca pihā abhinandanā ca, anekadhātūsu sarā patiṭṭhitā.
♦ "Hope and longing and delight, and desires established in the many elements,
♦ aññāṇamūlappabhavā pajappitā, sabbā mayā byantikatā samūlikā”ti.
♦ Arising from the root of ignorance, born of craving, all by me are done away with, together with their root."
♦ āsā nāma vuccati yā bhavissassa atthassa āsīsanā avassaṃ āgamissatīti āsāssa uppajjati.
♦ Hope is called the wishing for a future thing, "it will surely come," thus hope arises for him.
pihā nāma yā vattamānassa atthassa patthanā, seyyataraṃ vā disvā “ediso bhaveyyan”ti pihāssa uppajjati.
 Longing is the wishing for a present thing, or seeing a better thing, "may I be like this," thus longing arises for him.
atthanipphattipaṭipālanā abhinandanā nāma, piyaṃ vā ñātiṃ abhinandati, piyaṃ vā dhammaṃ abhinandati, appaṭikūlato vā abhinandati.
 Waiting for the accomplishment of a thing is called delight. He delights in a dear relative, or he delights in a dear dhamma, or he delights from what is not disagreeable.
♦ anekadhātūti cakkhudhātu rūpadhātu cakkhuviññāṇadhātu, sotadhātu saddadhātu sotaviññāṇadhātu, ghānadhātu gandhadhātu ghānaviññāṇadhātu, jivhādhātu rasadhātu jivhāviññāṇadhātu, kāyadhātu phoṭṭhabbadhātu kāyaviññāṇadhātu, manodhātu dhammadhātu manoviññāṇadhātu.
♦ "Many elements" means the eye-element, form-element, eye-consciousness-element; the ear-element, sound-element, ear-consciousness-element; the nose-element, smell-element, nose-consciousness-element; the tongue-element, taste-element, tongue-consciousness-element; the body-element, tangible-element, body-consciousness-element; the mind-element, mind-object-element, mind-consciousness-element.
♦ sarāti keci rūpādhimuttā keci saddādhimuttā keci gandhādhimuttā keci rasādhimuttā keci phoṭṭhabbādhimuttā keci dhammādhimuttā.
♦ "Desires" means some are attached to forms, some are attached to sounds, some are attached to smells, some are attached to tastes, some are attached to tangibles, some are attached to mind-objects.
tattha yāni cha gehasitāni domanassāni yāni ca cha gehasitāni somanassāni yāni ca cha nekkhammasitāni domanassāni yāni ca cha nekkhammasitāni somanassāni, imāni catuvīsapadāni taṇhāpakkho, taṇhāya etaṃ vevacanaṃ.
 Therein, the six kinds of grief based on the household life, and the six kinds of joy based on the household life, and the six kinds of grief based on renunciation, and the six kinds of joy based on renunciation, these twenty-four terms are the side of craving; this is a synonym for craving.
yā cha upekkhā gehasitā, ayaṃ diṭṭhipakkho.
 The six kinds of equanimity based on the household life, this is the side of views.
♦ 38. sāyeva patthanākārena dhammanandī dhammapemaṃ dhammajjhosānanti taṇhāya etaṃ vevacanaṃ.
♦ 38. That very thing, in the manner of wishing, is delight in the Dhamma, love for the Dhamma, clinging to the Dhamma; this is a synonym for craving.
cittaṃ mano viññāṇanti cittassa etaṃ vevacanaṃ.
 Mind, mentality, consciousness; this is a synonym for mind.
manindriyaṃ manodhātu manāyatanaṃ vijānanāti manassetaṃ vevacanaṃ.
 The faculty of mind, the mind-element, the mind-base, knowing; this is a synonym for mind.
paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ adhipaññā sikkhā paññā paññākkhandho dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo ñāṇaṃ sammādiṭṭhi tīraṇā vipassanā dhamme ñāṇaṃ atthe ñāṇaṃ anvaye ñāṇaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ anuppāde ñāṇaṃ anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ aññindriyaṃ aññātāvindriyaṃ cakkhu vijjā buddhi bhūri medhā āloko, yaṃ vā pana yaṃ kiñci aññaṃpi evaṃ jātiyaṃ, paññāya etaṃ vevacanaṃ.
 The faculty of wisdom, the power of wisdom, the training in higher wisdom, the wisdom-aggregate, the enlightenment-factor of investigation of phenomena, knowledge, right view, discrimination, insight, knowledge of the Dhamma, knowledge of the meaning, knowledge of the consequence, knowledge of destruction, knowledge of non-arising, the faculty "I shall know the unknown," the faculty of final knowledge, the faculty of one who has final knowledge, the eye, knowledge, enlightenment, sagacity, intelligence, light; or whatever other thing of this kind there is, this is a synonym for wisdom.
pañcindriyāni lokuttarāni, sabbā paññā.
 The five faculties are supramundane, all are wisdom.
api ca ādhipateyyaṭṭhena saddhā, ārambhaṭṭhena vīriyaṃ, apilāpanaṭṭhena sati, avikkhepaṭṭhena samādhi, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā.
 And also, in the sense of dominance, faith; in the sense of striving, energy; in the sense of not-forgetting, mindfulness; in the sense of non-distraction, concentration; in the sense of understanding, wisdom.
♦ yathā ca buddhānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā.
♦ And as is said in the recollection of the Buddha: "Such indeed is the Blessed One: he is the Arahant, the perfectly enlightened one, the one endowed with knowledge and conduct, the well-farer, the knower of the world, the unsurpassed leader of persons to be tamed, the teacher of gods and humans, the Buddha, the Blessed One."
balanipphattigato vesārajjappatto adhigatappaṭisambhido catuyogavippahīno agatigamanavītivatto uddhaṭasallo nirūḷhavaṇo madditakaṇḍako nibbāpitapariyuṭṭhāno bandhanātīto ganthaviniveṭhano ajjhāsayavītivatto bhinnandhakāro cakkhumā lokadhammasamatikkanto anurodhavirodhavippayutto iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu dhammesu asaṅkhepagato bandhanātivatto ṭhapitasaṅgāmo abhikkantataro ukkādharo ālokakaro pajjotakaro tamonudo raṇañjaho aparimāṇavaṇṇo appameyyavaṇṇo asaṅkheyyavaṇṇo ābhaṃkaro pabhaṃkaro dhammobhāsapajjotakaroti ca buddhā bhagavantoti ca buddhānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ.
 He has attained the perfection of power, has reached fearlessness, has acquired the analytical knowledges, is freed from the four yokes, has transcended coming and going, has pulled out the dart, has a healed wound, has crushed the thorn, has extinguished the obsession, is beyond bondage, has unraveled the knots, has transcended intention, has dispelled the darkness, has the eye, has transcended the ways of the world, is free from attraction and repulsion, is not contracted in regard to agreeable and disagreeable things, has passed beyond bondage, has laid down the battle, is the most excellent, the torch-bearer, the light-maker, the dispeller of darkness, the one who has abandoned conflict, of immeasurable virtue, of incomparable virtue, of incalculable virtue, the light-bringer, the illuminator, the one who brings the light and splendor of the Dhamma, and the Buddhas, the Blessed Ones. This is a synonym in the recollection of the Buddha.
♦ yathā ca dhammānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi.
♦ And as is said in the recollection of the Dhamma: "The Dhamma is well-proclaimed by the Blessed One, visible here and now, timeless, inviting inspection, leading onward, to be experienced by the wise for themselves."
yadidaṃ madanimmadano pipāsavinayo ālayasamugghāṭo vaṭṭūpacchedo suññato atidullabho taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ.
 That is, the subduing of intoxication, the dispelling of thirst, the uprooting of clinging, the cutting off of the round, emptiness, extremely rare, the destruction of craving, dispassion, cessation, Nibbāna.
♦ “asaṅkhataṃ anataṃ anāsavañca, saccañca pāraṃ nipuṇaṃ sududdasaṃ.
♦ "The unconditioned, the endless, the cankerless, and the truth, the further shore, subtle, very hard to see.
♦ ajajjaraṃ dhuvaṃ apalokitaṃ , anidassanaṃ nippapañca santaṃ.
♦ The undecaying, the constant, the unperishing, the unmanifest, the unproliferated, the peaceful.
♦ “amataṃ paṇītañca sivañca khemaṃ, taṇhākkhayo acchariyañca abbhutaṃ.
♦ "The deathless, the sublime, and the secure, the safe, the destruction of craving, the wonderful, and the marvelous.
♦ anītikaṃ anītikadhammaṃ , nibbānametaṃ sugatena desitaṃ.
♦ The trouble-free, the trouble-free state, this Nibbāna taught by the Well-farer.
♦ “ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ anupaddavañca, akataṃ asokañca atho visokaṃ.
♦ "The unborn, the unbecome, the uncreated, the unmade, the sorrowless, and then the griefless.
♦ anūpasaggaṃnupasaggadhammaṃ, nibbānametaṃ sugatena desitaṃ.
♦ The calamity-free, the calamity-free state, this Nibbāna taught by the Well-farer.
♦ “gambhīrañceva duppassaṃ, uttarañca anuttaraṃ.
♦ "Profound and hard to see, superior and unsurpassed.
♦ asamaṃ appaṭisamaṃ, jeṭṭhaṃ seṭṭhanti vuccati.
♦ The unequal, the incomparable, the greatest, the best it is called.
♦ “leṇañca tāṇaṃ araṇaṃ anaṅgaṇaṃ, akāca metaṃ vimalanti vuccati.
♦ "The shelter, the refuge, the unattached, the stainless, this is called the spotless, without blemish.
♦ dīpo sukhaṃ appamāṇaṃ patiṭṭhā, akiñcanaṃ appapañcanti vuttan”ti.
♦ The island, happiness, the immeasurable, the support, the state of having nothing, the unproliferated it is called."
♦ dhammānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ.
♦ This is a synonym in the recollection of the Dhamma.
♦ yathā ca saṅghānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ suppaṭipanno ujuppaṭipanno ñāyappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa, sīlasampanno samādhisampanno paññāsampanno vimuttisampanno vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno sattānaṃ sāro sattānaṃ maṇḍo sattānaṃ uddhāro sattānaṃ esikā sattānaṃ surabhipasūnaṃ pujjo devānañca manussānañcāti saṅghānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ.
♦ And as is said in the recollection of the Sangha: "Well-practiced, rightly-practiced, practiced on the right path, practiced correctly, that is, the four pairs of men, the eight types of individuals, this is the Blessed One's community of disciples: worthy of gifts, worthy of hospitality, worthy of offerings, worthy of reverential salutation, the unsurpassed field of merit for the world. Endowed with virtue, endowed with concentration, endowed with wisdom, endowed with liberation, endowed with the knowledge and vision of liberation, the essence of beings, the cream of beings, the uplift of beings, the guide of beings, the fragrant flower of beings, worthy of worship by gods and humans." This is a synonym in the recollection of the Sangha.
♦ yathā ca sīlānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni ariyāni ariyakantāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni, alaṅkāro ca sīlaṃ uttamaṅgopasobhaṇatāya, nidhānañca sīlaṃ sabbadobhaggasamatikkamanaṭṭhena, sippañca sīlaṃ akkhaṇavedhitāya, velā ca sīlaṃ anatikkamanaṭṭhena, dhaññañca sīlaṃ daliddopacchedanaṭṭhena , ādāso ca sīlaṃ dhammavolokanatāya, pāsādo ca sīlaṃ volokanaṭṭhena, sabbabhūmānuparivatti ca sīlaṃ amatapariyosānanti sīlānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ.
♦ And as is said in the recollection of virtue: "Those virtues which are unbroken, unbreached, unspotted, unblemished, noble, praised by the noble, unattached, leading to concentration. And virtue is an ornament, by its adornment of the highest limb. And virtue is a foundation, in the sense of transcending all misfortune. And virtue is a skill, by its unerring aim. And virtue is a shore, in the sense of not being transgressed. And virtue is wealth, in the sense of cutting off poverty. And virtue is a mirror, by its reflection of the Dhamma. And virtue is a palace, in the sense of being looked upon. And virtue pervades all planes, ending in the deathless." This is a synonym in the recollection of virtue.
♦ yathā ca cāgānussatiyaṃ vuttaṃ yasmiṃ samaye ariyasāvako agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgaratoti cāgānussatiyā etaṃ vevacanaṃ.
♦ And as is said in the recollection of generosity: "At whatever time a noble disciple dwells at home with open-handed generosity, with ready hands, delighting in relinquishment, a fit person to ask from, delighting in sharing gifts." This is a synonym in the recollection of generosity.
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “vevacanāni bahūnī”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "Many synonyms."
♦ niyutto vevacano hāro.
♦ The Synonym mode is concluded.
♦ 11. paññattihāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 11. Analysis of the Designation Mode
♦ 39. tattha katamo paññattihāro?
♦ 39. Therein, what is the Designation mode?
“ekaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ paññattīhi vividhāhi desetī”ti.
 "The Blessed One teaches one dhamma with various designations."
♦ yā pakatikathāya desanā.
♦ The teaching in ordinary speech.
ayaṃ nikkhepapaññatti.
 This is the designation of exposition.
kā ca pakatikathāya desanā, cattāri saccāni.
 And what is the teaching in ordinary speech? The four truths.
yathā bhagavā āha “idaṃ dukkhan”ti ayaṃ paññatti pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ channaṃ dhātūnaṃ aṭṭhārasannaṃ dhātūnaṃ dvādasannaṃ āyatanānaṃ dasannaṃ indriyānaṃ nikkhepapaññatti.
 As the Blessed One said, "This is suffering." This designation is the designation of exposition of the five aggregates, the six elements, the eighteen elements, the twelve bases, and the ten faculties.
♦ kabaḷīkāre ce, bhikkhave, āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī atthi taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ.
♦ If, monks, in solid food there is passion, there is delight, there is craving, consciousness is established there and has grown.
yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ, atthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti.
 Where consciousness is established and has grown, there is the descent of name-and-form.
yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi .
 Where there is the descent of name-and-form, there is the growth of formations.
yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti.
 Where there is the growth of formations, there is the production of a future new existence.
yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ.
 Where there is the production of a future new existence, there is future birth, aging, and death.
yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, sasokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, sadaraṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmi.
 Where there is future birth, aging, and death, that, monks, I say is with sorrow, with despair, with trouble.
♦ phasse ce .
♦ If in contact... etc... if, monks, in mental volition as food.
.. pe .
.. manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre.
viññāṇe ce, bhikkhave, āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī atthi taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ.
 If, monks, in consciousness as food there is passion, there is delight, there is craving, consciousness is established there and has grown.
yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ, atthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti.
 Where consciousness is established and has grown, there is the descent of name-and-form.
yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi.
 Where there is the descent of name-and-form, there is the growth of formations.
yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti.
 Where there is the growth of formations, there is the production of a future new existence.
yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ.
 Where there is the production of a future new existence, there is future birth, aging, and death.
yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, sasokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, sadaraṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmi.
 Where there is future birth, aging, and death, that, monks, I say is with sorrow, with despair, with trouble.
ayaṃ pabhavapaññatti dukkhassa ca samudayassa ca.
 This is the designation of origin of suffering and its origin.
♦ kabaḷīkāre ce, bhikkhave , āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandī natthi taṇhā, appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ.
♦ If, monks, in solid food there is no passion, no delight, no craving, consciousness is not established there and has not grown.
yattha appatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ, natthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti.
 Where consciousness is not established and has not grown, there is no descent of name-and-form.
yattha natthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi.
 Where there is no descent of name-and-form, there is no growth of formations.
yattha natthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, natthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti.
 Where there is no growth of formations, there is no production of a future new existence.
yattha natthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, natthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ.
 Where there is no production of a future new existence, there is no future birth, aging, and death.
yattha natthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, asokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, adaraṃ anupāyāsanti vadāmi.
 Where there is no future birth, aging, and death, that, monks, I say is without sorrow, without despair, without trouble.
♦ phasse ce .
♦ If in contact... etc... if, monks, in mental volition as food.
.. pe .
.. manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre.
viññāṇe ce, bhikkhave, āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandī natthi taṇhā, appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ.
 If, monks, in consciousness as food there is no passion, no delight, no craving, consciousness is not established there and has not grown.
yattha appatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ, natthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti.
 Where consciousness is not established and has not grown, there is no descent of name-and-form.
yattha natthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi.
 Where there is no descent of name-and-form, there is no growth of formations.
yattha natthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, natthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti.
 Where there is no growth of formations, there is no production of a future new existence.
yattha natthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, natthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ.
 Where there is no production of a future new existence, there is no future birth, aging, and death.
yattha natthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, asokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, adaraṃ anupāyāsanti vadāmi.
 Where there is no future birth, aging, and death, that, monks, I say is without sorrow, without despair, without trouble.
♦ ayaṃ pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa, pahānapaññatti samudayassa, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, sacchikiriyāpaññatti nirodhassa.
♦ This is the designation of full understanding of suffering, the designation of abandoning of the origin, the designation of cultivation of the path, the designation of realization of cessation.
♦ 40. samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvetha.
♦ 40. Develop concentration, monks.
appamatto nipako sato, samāhito, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
 Diligent, skilled, mindful, and concentrated, monks, a bhikkhu understands things as they have come to be.
kiñca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti?
 And what does he understand as it has come to be?
“cakkhu aniccan”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
 He understands "the eye is impermanent" as it has come to be.
“rūpā aniccā”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti “cakkhuviññāṇaṃ aniccan”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
 He understands "forms are impermanent" as it has come to be. He understands "eye-consciousness is impermanent" as it has come to be.
“cakkhusamphasso anicco”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
 He understands "eye-contact is impermanent" as it has come to be.
yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tampi aniccanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
 And whatever feeling arises conditioned by eye-contact, whether pleasant or painful or neither-painful-nor-pleasant, that too he understands as impermanent, as it has come to be.
♦ sotaṃ .
♦ The ear... etc... the nose... etc... the tongue... etc... the body... etc... He understands "the mind is impermanent" as it has come to be.
.. pe .
.. ghānaṃ .
.. pe .
.. jivhā .
.. pe .
.. kāyo .
.. pe .
.. “mano anicco”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
 He understands "mind-objects are impermanent" as it has come to be.
“dhammā aniccā”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
 He understands "mind-consciousness is impermanent" as it has come to be.
“manoviññāṇaṃ aniccan”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
 He understands "mind-contact is impermanent" as it has come to be.
“manosamphasso anicco”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
 And whatever feeling arises conditioned by mind-contact, whether pleasant or painful or neither-painful-nor-pleasant, that too he understands as impermanent, as it has come to be.
yampidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tampi aniccanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
♦ ayaṃ bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa, pahānapaññatti samudayassa, sacchikiriyāpaññatti nirodhassa.
♦ This is the designation of cultivation of the path, the designation of full understanding of suffering, the designation of abandoning of the origin, the designation of realization of cessation.
♦ rūpaṃ, rādha, vikiratha vidhamatha viddhaṃsetha vikīḷaniyaṃ karotha, paññāya taṇhakkhayāya paṭipajjatha.
♦ Form, Rādha, you should scatter, demolish, destroy, make a plaything of; with wisdom you should practice for the destruction of craving.
taṇhakkhayā dukkhakkhayo, dukkhakkhayā nibbānaṃ.
 With the destruction of craving is the destruction of suffering; with the destruction of suffering is Nibbāna.
vedanaṃ ..
 Feeling... etc... perception... etc... formations... consciousness you should scatter, demolish, destroy, make a plaything of; with wisdom you should practice for the destruction of craving.
. pe ..
.. saññaṃ .
.. pe .
.. saṅkhāre viññāṇaṃ vikiratha vidhamatha viddhaṃsetha vikīḷaniyaṃ karotha, paññāya taṇhakkhayāya paṭipajjatha.
taṇhakkhayā dukkhakkhayo, dukkhakkhayā nibbānaṃ.
 With the destruction of craving is the destruction of suffering; with the destruction of suffering is Nibbāna.
♦ ayaṃ nirodhapaññatti nirodhassa, nibbidāpaññatti assādassa, pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa, pahānapaññatti samudayassa, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, sacchikiriyāpaññatti nirodhassa.
♦ This is the designation of cessation of cessation, the designation of revulsion for gratification, the designation of full understanding of suffering, the designation of abandoning of the origin, the designation of cultivation of the path, the designation of realization of cessation.
♦ “so idaṃ dukkhan”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, “ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, “ayaṃ dukkhanirodho”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti “ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
♦ "He understands 'this is suffering' as it has come to be, he understands 'this is the origin of suffering' as it has come to be, he understands 'this is the cessation of suffering' as it has come to be, he understands 'this is the path leading to the cessation of suffering' as it has come to be."
♦ ayaṃ paṭivedhapaññatti saccānaṃ, nikkhepapaññatti dassanabhūmiyā, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, sacchikiriyāpaññatti sotāpattiphalassa.
♦ This is the designation of penetration of the truths, the designation of exposition of the plane of vision, the designation of cultivation of the path, the designation of realization of the fruit of stream-entry.
“so ime āsavā”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, “ayaṃ āsavasamudayo”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, “ayaṃ āsavanirodho”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
 "He understands 'these are the cankers' as it has come to be, he understands 'this is the origin of the cankers' as it has come to be, he understands 'this is the cessation of the cankers' as it has come to be."
“ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
 "He understands 'this is the path leading to the cessation of the cankers' as it has come to be."
“ime āsavā asesaṃ nirujjhantī”ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
 "He understands 'these cankers cease without remainder' as it has come to be."
♦ ayaṃ uppādapaññatti khaye ñāṇassa, okāsapaññatti anuppāde ñāṇassa, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa, pahānapaññatti samudayassa, ārambhapaññatti vīriyindriyassa, āsāṭanapaññatti āsāṭikānaṃ, nikkhepapaññatti bhāvanābhūmiyā, abhinighātapaññatti pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ.
♦ This is the designation of arising of the knowledge of destruction, the designation of occasion of the knowledge of non-arising, the designation of cultivation of the path, the designation of full understanding of suffering, the designation of abandoning of the origin, the designation of beginning of the faculty of energy, the designation of crushing of the crushed, the designation of exposition of the plane of cultivation, the designation of striking down of evil, unprofitable states.
♦ 41. idaṃ “dukkhan”ti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
♦ 41. "This is suffering," monks, in me, concerning things unheard before, the eye arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose, knowledge arose, light arose.
ayaṃ “dukkhasamudayo”ti me, bhikkhave .
 "This is the origin of suffering," monks... etc... "This is the cessation of suffering," monks... etc... "This is the path leading to the cessation of suffering," monks, in me, concerning things unheard before, the eye arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose, knowledge arose, light arose.
.. pe .
.. ayaṃ “dukkhanirodho”ti me, bhikkhave .
.. pe .
... ayaṃ “dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā”ti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
♦ ayaṃ desanāpaññatti saccānaṃ, nikkhepapaññatti sutamayiyā paññāya sacchikiriyāpaññatti anaññātaññassāmītindriyassa, pavattanāpaññatti dhammacakkassa.
♦ This is the designation of teaching of the truths, the designation of exposition of wisdom based on hearing, the designation of realization of the faculty "I shall know the unknown," the designation of setting in motion of the Wheel of Dhamma.
♦ “taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ pariññeyyan”ti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
♦ "But this suffering should be fully understood," monks, in me, concerning things unheard before, the eye arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose, knowledge arose, light arose.
“so kho panāyaṃ dukkhasamudayo pahātabbo”ti me, bhikkhave .
 "But this origin of suffering should be abandoned," monks... etc... "But this cessation of suffering should be realized," monks... etc... "But this path leading to the cessation of suffering should be cultivated," monks, in me, concerning things unheard before, the eye arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose, knowledge arose, light arose.
.. pe .
.. “so kho panāyaṃ dukkhanirodho sacchikātabbo”ti me, bhikkhave .
.. pe .
.. “sā kho panāyaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā bhāvetabbā”ti me, bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
♦ ayaṃ bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, nikkhepapaññatti cintāmayiyā paññāya, sacchikiriyāpaññatti aññindriyassa.
♦ This is the designation of cultivation of the path, the designation of exposition of wisdom based on thinking, the designation of realization of the faculty of final knowledge.
♦ “taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ pariññātan”ti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
♦ "But this suffering has been fully understood," monks, in me, concerning things unheard before, the eye arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose, knowledge arose, light arose.
“so kho panāyaṃ dukkhasamudayo pahīno”ti me, bhikkhave .
 "But this origin of suffering has been abandoned," monks... etc... "But this cessation of suffering has been realized," monks... etc... "But this path leading to the cessation of suffering has been cultivated," monks, in me, concerning things unheard before, the eye arose, knowledge arose, wisdom arose, knowledge arose, light arose.
.. pe .
.. “so kho panāyaṃ dukkhanirodho sacchikato”ti me, bhikkhave .
.. pe .
.. “sā kho panāyaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā bhāvitā”ti me, bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
ayaṃ bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa, nikkhepapaññatti bhāvanāmayiyā paññāya, sacchikiriyāpaññatti aññātāvino indriyassa, pavattanāpaññatti dhammacakkassa.
 This is the designation of cultivation of the path, the designation of exposition of wisdom based on cultivation, the designation of realization of the faculty of one who has final knowledge, the designation of setting in motion of the Wheel of Dhamma.
♦ “tulamatulañca sambhavaṃ, bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni.
♦ "The measurable and the immeasurable, and becoming, the sage renounced the formations of existence.
♦ ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi kavacamivattasambhavan”ti.
♦ Delighting in the internal, concentrated, he broke the armor of self-becoming."
♦ “tulan”ti saṅkhāradhātu.
♦ "The measurable" is the formation-element.
“atulan”ti nibbānadhātu, “tulamatulañca sambhavan”ti abhiññāpaññatti sabbadhammānaṃ.
 "The immeasurable" is the Nibbāna-element. "The measurable and the immeasurable, and becoming" is the designation of direct knowledge of all dhammas.
nikkhepapaññatti dhammapaṭisambhidāya.
 The designation of exposition of the analytical knowledge of the Dhamma.
“bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji munī”ti pariccāgapaññatti samudayassa.
 "The sage renounced the formations of existence" is the designation of relinquishment of the origin.
pariññāpaññatti dukkhassa.
 The designation of full understanding of suffering.
“ajjhattarato samāhito”ti bhāvanāpaññatti kāyagatāya satiyā.
 "Delighting in the internal, concentrated" is the designation of cultivation of mindfulness directed to the body.
ṭhitipaññatti cittekaggatāya.
 The designation of stability of one-pointedness of mind.
“abhindi kavacamivattasambhavan”ti abhinibbidāpaññatti cittassa, upādānapaññatti sabbaññutāya, padālanāpaññatti avijjaṇḍakosānaṃ.
 "He broke the armor of self-becoming" is the designation of utter revulsion of the mind, the designation of clinging to all-knowingness, the designation of shattering of the egg-shell of ignorance.
tenāha bhagavā “tulamatulañca sambhavan”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "The measurable and the immeasurable, and becoming."
♦ yo dukkhamaddakkhi yatonidānaṃ, kāmesu so jantu kathaṃ nameyya.
♦ He who has seen suffering and its origin, how could that being incline to sensual pleasures?
♦ kāmā hi loke saṅgoti ñatvā, tesaṃ satīmā vinayāya sikkheti.
♦ Having known that sensual pleasures in the world are a bond, being mindful, he trains for their removal.
♦ “yo dukkhan”ti vevacanapaññatti ca dukkhassa pariññāpaññatti ca.
♦ "He who suffering" is the designation of synonym for and the designation of full understanding of suffering.
“yatonidāna”nti pabhavapaññatti ca samudayassa pahānapaññatti ca.
 "And its origin" is the designation of origin for and the designation of abandoning of the origin.
“addakkhī”ti vevacanapaññatti ca ñāṇacakkhussa paṭivedhapaññatti ca.
 "Has seen" is the designation of synonym for and the designation of penetration of the eye of knowledge.
“kāmesu so jantukathaṃ nameyyā”ti vevacanapaññatti ca kāmataṇhāya abhinivesapaññatti ca.
 "How could that being incline to sensual pleasures" is the designation of synonym for and the designation of clinging to sensual craving.
“kāmā hi loke saṅgoti ñatvā”ti paccatthikato dassanapaññatti kāmānaṃ.
 "Having known that sensual pleasures in the world are a bond" is the designation of seeing sensual pleasures from the point of view of the adversary.
kāmā hi aṅgārakāsūpamā maṃsapesūpamā pāvakakappā papātauragopamā ca.
 For sensual pleasures are like a pit of hot coals, like a piece of meat, like a fire, like a pit of snakes.
“tesaṃ satīmā”ti apacayapaññatti pahānāya, nikkhepapaññatti kāyagatāya satiyā, bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa.
 "Being mindful of them" is the designation of reduction for abandoning, the designation of exposition of mindfulness directed to the body, the designation of cultivation of the path.
“vinayāya sikkhe”ti paṭivedhapaññatti rāgavinayassa dosavinayassa mohavinayassa.
 "He trains for removal" is the designation of penetration of the removal of passion, the removal of hate, the removal of delusion.
“jantū”ti vevacanapaññatti yogissa.
 "Being" is the designation of synonym for the yogi.
yadā hi yogī kāmā saṅgoti pajānāti.
 For when the yogi understands that sensual pleasures are a bond,
so kāmānaṃ anuppādāya kusale dhamme uppādayati, so anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya vāyamati.
 he gives rise to profitable states for the non-arising of sensual pleasures; he strives for the arising of unarisen profitable states.
ayaṃ vāyāmapaññatti appattassa pattiyā.
 This is the designation of striving for the attainment of the unnattained.
nikkhepapaññatti oramattikāya asantuṭṭhiyā.
 The designation of exposition of discontent with what is limited.
tattha so uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā vāyamatīti ayaṃ appamādapaññatti bhāvanāya, nikkhepapaññatti vīriyindriyassa, ārakkhapaññatti kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ, ṭhitipaññatti adhicittasikkhāya.
 Therein, that he strives for the stability of arisen profitable states, this is the designation of diligence for cultivation, the designation of exposition of the faculty of energy, the designation of protection of profitable states, the designation of stability of the training in higher mind.
tenāha bhagavā “yo dukkhamaddakkhi yatonidānan”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "He who has seen suffering and its origin."
♦ “mohasambandhano loko, bhabbarūpova dissati.
♦ "The world is bound by delusion, it appears as if it were real.
♦ upadhibandhano bālo, tamasā parivārito.
♦ The fool is bound by acquisition, enveloped by darkness.
♦ assirī viya khāyati, passato natthi kiñcanan”ti.
♦ It appears as if it were without splendor; for one who sees, there is nothing."
♦ “mohasambandhano loko”ti desanāpaññatti vipallāsānaṃ.
♦ "The world is bound by delusion" is the designation of teaching of the perversions.
“bhabbarūpova dissatī”ti viparītapaññatti lokassa.
 "It appears as if it were real" is the designation of perversion of the world.
“upadhibandhano bālo”ti pabhavapaññatti pāpakānaṃ icchāvacarānaṃ, kiccapaññatti pariyuṭṭhānānaṃ.
 "The fool is bound by acquisition" is the designation of origin of evil, wish-fulfilling things, the designation of function of obsessions.
balavapaññatti kilesānaṃ.
 The designation of strength of defilements.
virūhanāpaññatti saṅkhārānaṃ.
 The designation of growth of formations.
“tamasā parivārito”ti desanāpaññatti avijjandhakārassa vevacanapaññatti ca.
 "Enveloped by darkness" is the designation of teaching of the darkness of ignorance and its synonym.
“assirī viya khāyatī”ti dassanapaññatti dibbacakkhussa, nikkhepapaññatti paññācakkhussa.
 "It appears as if it were without splendor" is the designation of seeing of the divine eye, the designation of exposition of the wisdom eye.
“passato natthi kiñcana”nti paṭivedhapaññatti sattānaṃ, rāgo kiñcanaṃ doso kiñcanaṃ moho kiñcanaṃ.
 "For one who sees, there is nothing" is the designation of penetration of beings; passion is something, hate is something, delusion is something.
tenāha bhagavā “mohasambandhano loko”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "The world is bound by delusion."
♦ “atthi, bhikkhave, ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhataṃ, no cetaṃ, bhikkhave, abhavissa ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhataṃ.
♦ "There is, monks, an unborn, unbecome, unmade, unconditioned. If, monks, there were not this unborn, unbecome, unmade, unconditioned,
nayidha jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyetha.
 there would not be discerned here an escape from the born, become, made, conditioned.
yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, atthi ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhataṃ, tasmā jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyatī”ti.
 But because, monks, there is an unborn, unbecome, unmade, unconditioned, therefore an escape from the born, become, made, conditioned is discerned."
♦ “no cetaṃ, bhikkhave, abhavissa ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhatan”ti desanāpaññatti nibbānassa vevacanapaññatti ca.
♦ "If, monks, there were not this unborn, unbecome, unmade, unconditioned" is the designation of teaching of Nibbāna and its synonym.
“nayidha jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyethā”ti vevacanapaññatti saṅkhatassa upanayanapaññatti ca.
 "There would not be discerned here an escape from the born, become, made, conditioned" is the designation of synonym for the conditioned and the designation of bringing near.
“yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, atthi ajātaṃ abhūtaṃ akataṃ asaṅkhatan”ti vevacanapaññatti nibbānassa jotanāpaññatti ca.
 "But because, monks, there is an unborn, unbecome, unmade, unconditioned" is the designation of synonym for Nibbāna and the designation of illumination.
“tasmā jātassa bhūtassa katassa saṅkhatassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyatī”ti ayaṃ vevacanapaññatti nibbānassa, niyyānikapaññatti maggassa, nissaraṇapaññatti saṃsārato.
 "Therefore an escape from the born, become, made, conditioned is discerned" is this designation of synonym for Nibbāna, the designation of leading out of the path, the designation of escape from the round of rebirths.
tenāha bhagavā “no cetaṃ, bhikkhave, abhavissā”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "If, monks, there were not this..."
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “ekaṃ bhagavā dhammaṃ, paññattīhi vividhāhi desetī”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "The Blessed One teaches one dhamma with various designations."
♦ niyutto paññatti hāro.
♦ The Designation mode is concluded.
♦ 12. otaraṇahāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 12. Analysis of the Penetration Mode
♦ 42. tattha katamo otaraṇo hāro?
♦ 42. Therein, what is the Penetration mode?
“yo ca paṭiccuppādo”ti.
 "And that which is dependently arisen."
♦ “uddhaṃ adho sabbadhi vippamutto, ayaṃ ahasmīti anānupassī.
♦ "Above, below, everywhere freed, not seeing 'I am this,'
♦ evaṃ vimutto udatāri oghaṃ, atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāyā”ti.
♦ Thus liberated, he crossed the flood, not crossed before, for no future existence."
♦ “uddhan”ti rūpadhātu ca arūpadhātu ca.
♦ "Above" is the form-element and the formless-element.
“adho”ti kāmadhātu.
 "Below" is the desire-element.
“sabbadhi vippamutto”ti tedhātuke ayaṃ asekkhāvimutti.
 "Everywhere freed" is this adept's liberation in the three elements.
tāniyeva asekkhāni pañcindriyāni, ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
 They are the five adept's faculties; this is the penetration by the faculties.
♦ tāniyeva asekkhāni pañcindriyāni vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti.
♦ They are the five adept's faculties, knowledge; with the arising of knowledge is the cessation of ignorance; with the cessation of ignorance is the cessation of formations; with the cessation of formations is the cessation of consciousness; with the cessation of consciousness is the cessation of name-and-form; with the cessation of name-and-form is the cessation of the sixfold base; with the cessation of the sixfold base is the cessation of contact; with the cessation of contact is the cessation of feeling; with the cessation of feeling is the cessation of craving; with the cessation of craving is the cessation of clinging; with the cessation of clinging is the cessation of existence; with the cessation of existence is the cessation of birth; with the cessation of birth, aging-and-death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief, and despair cease.
evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
 Thus is the cessation of this whole mass of suffering.
ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by dependent origination.
♦ tāniyeva asekkhāni pañcindriyāni tīhi khandhehi saṅgahitāni — sīlakkhandhena samādhikkhandhena paññākkhandhena, ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
♦ They are the five adept's faculties, comprised in the three aggregates: the aggregate of virtue, the aggregate of concentration, and the aggregate of wisdom. This is the penetration by the aggregates.
♦ tāniyeva asekkhāni pañcindriyāni saṅkhārapariyāpannāni ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā.
♦ They are the five adept's faculties, included in formations, which formations are cankerless but not components of existence; those formations are included in the Dhamma-element.
ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the elements.
♦ sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ.
♦ That Dhamma-element is included in the Dhamma-base, which base is cankerless but not a component of existence.
ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the bases.
♦ “ayaṃ ahasmīti anānupassī”ti ayaṃ sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā samugghāto, sā sekkhāvimutti, tāniyeva sekkhāni pañcindriyāni.
♦ "Not seeing 'I am this'" is this uprooting of identity-view; that is the learner's liberation; they are the five learner's faculties.
ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the faculties.
♦ tāniyeva sekkhāni pañcindriyāni vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, evaṃ sabbo paṭiccasamuppādo.
♦ They are the five learner's faculties, knowledge; with the arising of knowledge is the cessation of ignorance; with the cessation of ignorance is the cessation of formations; thus the whole of dependent origination.
ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by dependent origination.
♦ sāyeva vijjā paññākkhandho.
♦ That very knowledge is the wisdom-aggregate.
ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the aggregates.
♦ sāyeva vijjā saṅkhārapariyāpannā, ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā, ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
♦ That very knowledge, included in formations, which formations are cankerless but not components of existence, those formations are included in the Dhamma-element. This is the penetration by the elements.
♦ sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ, ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
♦ That Dhamma-element is included in the Dhamma-base, which base is cankerless but not a component of existence. This is the penetration by the bases.
♦ sekkhāya ca vimuttiyā asekkhāya ca vimuttiyā vimutto udatāri oghaṃ atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāya.
♦ By the learner's liberation and the adept's liberation, liberated, he crossed the flood, not crossed before, for no future existence.
tenāha bhagavā “uddhaṃ adho”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "Above, below."
♦ 43. “nissitassa calitaṃ, anissitassa calitaṃ natthi, calite asati passaddhi, passaddhiyā sati nati na hoti, natiyā asati āgatigati na hoti, āgatigatiyā asati cutūpapāto na hoti, cutūpapāte asati nevidha na huraṃ na ubhayamantarena esevanto dukkhassā”ti.
♦ 43. "For the dependent there is trembling; for the independent there is no trembling. When there is no trembling, there is serenity. When there is serenity, there is no inclination. When there is no inclination, there is no coming and going. When there is no coming and going, there is no passing away and re-arising. When there is no passing away and re-arising, there is neither here nor hereafter nor in between. This is the end of suffering."
♦ “nissitassa calitan”ti nissayo nāma duvidho taṇhānissayo ca diṭṭhinissayo ca.
♦ "For the dependent there is trembling": dependence is twofold, dependence on craving and dependence on views.
tattha yā rattassa cetanā, ayaṃ taṇhānissayo;
 Therein, the volition of one who is impassioned is dependence on craving;
yā mūḷhassa cetanā, ayaṃ diṭṭhinissayo.
 the volition of one who is deluded is dependence on views.
cetanā pana saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, evaṃ sabbo paṭiccasamuppādo.
 But volition is formations; with formations as condition, consciousness; with consciousness as condition, name-and-form; thus the whole of dependent origination.
ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by dependent origination.
♦ tattha yā rattassa vedanā, ayaṃ sukhā vedanā.
♦ Therein, the feeling of one who is impassioned is pleasant feeling.
yā sammūḷhassa vedanā, ayaṃ adukkhamasukhā vedanā, imā dve vedanā vedanākkhandho.
 The feeling of one who is completely deluded is neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling. These two feelings are the feeling-aggregate.
ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the aggregates.
♦ tattha sukhā vedanā dve indriyāni sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyañca, adukkhamasukhā vedanā upekkhindriyaṃ.
♦ Therein, pleasant feeling is two faculties: the faculty of pleasure and the faculty of joy. Neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling is the faculty of equanimity.
ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the faculties.
♦ tāniyeva indriyāni saṅkhārapariyāpannāni, ye saṅkhārā sāsavā bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā.
♦ They are the faculties, included in formations, which formations are cankerous and components of existence; those formations are included in the Dhamma-element.
ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the elements.
♦ sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ sāsavaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ, ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
♦ That Dhamma-element is included in the Dhamma-base, which base is cankerous and a component of existence. This is the penetration by the bases.
♦ “anissitassa calitaṃ natthī”ti samathavasena vā taṇhāya anissito vipassanāvase vā diṭṭhiyā anissito.
♦ "For the independent there is no trembling": either by way of calm he is independent of craving, or by way of insight he is independent of views.
yā vipassanā ayaṃ vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, evaṃ sabbo paṭiccasamuppādo.
 That which is insight is knowledge; with the arising of knowledge is the cessation of ignorance; with the cessation of ignorance is the cessation of formations; with the cessation of formations is the cessation of consciousness; thus the whole of dependent origination.
ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by dependent origination.
♦ sāyeva vipassanā paññākkhandho.
♦ That very insight is the wisdom-aggregate.
ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the aggregates.
♦ sāyeva vipassanā dve indriyāni — vīriyindriyañca paññindriyañca.
♦ That very insight is two faculties: the faculty of energy and the faculty of wisdom.
ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the faculties.
♦ sāyeva vipassanā saṅkhārapariyāpannā, ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā.
♦ That very insight, included in formations, which formations are cankerless but not components of existence, those formations are included in the Dhamma-element.
ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the elements.
♦ sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ.
♦ That Dhamma-element is included in the Dhamma-base, which base is cankerless but not a component of existence.
ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the bases.
♦ “passaddhiyā satī”ti duvidhā passaddhi kāyikā ca cetasikā ca.
♦ "When there is serenity": serenity is twofold, bodily and mental.
yaṃ kāyikaṃ sukhaṃ, ayaṃ kāyapassaddhi.
 What is bodily pleasure is bodily serenity.
yaṃ cetasikaṃ sukhaṃ, ayaṃ cetasikā passaddhi.
 What is mental pleasure is mental serenity.
passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati , sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati, samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, yathābhūtaṃ pajānanto nibbindati, nibbindanto virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ “vimutta”miti ñāṇaṃ hoti, “khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā”ti pajānāti.
 One with a serene body feels pleasure; the mind of one who is happy becomes concentrated; being concentrated, he understands things as they have come to be; understanding things as they have come to be, he becomes disenchanted; being disenchanted, he becomes dispassionate; through dispassion he is liberated; in the liberated one, the knowledge arises, "I am liberated"; he understands, "Birth is destroyed, the holy life has been lived, what had to be done has been done, there is no more of this state."
so na namati rūpesu, na saddesu, na gandhesu, na rasesu, na phoṭṭhabbesu, na dhammesu khayā rāgassa khayā dosassa khayā mohassa yena rūpena tathāgataṃ tiṭṭhantaṃ carantaṃ paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya, tassa rūpassa khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā rūpasaṅkhaye vimutto, tathāgato atthītipi na upeti, natthītipi na upeti, atthi natthītipi na upeti, nevatthi no natthītipi na upeti.
 He does not incline to forms, nor to sounds, nor to smells, nor to tastes, nor to tangibles, nor to mind-objects, through the destruction of passion, the destruction of hate, the destruction of delusion. The form by which one, designating a Tathāgata standing or moving, would designate him, with the destruction, fading, cessation, giving up, and relinquishment of that form, he is liberated in the destruction of form. He does not admit that a Tathāgata exists, nor that he does not exist, nor that he both exists and does not exist, nor that he neither exists nor does not exist.
atha kho gambhīro appameyyo asaṅkheyyo nibbutotiyeva saṅkhaṃ gacchati khayā rāgassa, khayā dosassa, khayā mohassa.
 But he is reckoned as profound, immeasurable, incalculable, extinguished, through the destruction of passion, the destruction of hate, the destruction of delusion.
♦ yāya vedanāya .
♦ The feeling by which... etc... the perception by which...
.. pe .
.. yāya saññāya.
yehi saṅkhārehi.
 The formations by which...
yena viññāṇena tathāgataṃ tiṭṭhantaṃ carantaṃ paññāpayamāno paññāpeyya, tassa viññāṇassa khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā viññāṇasaṅkhaye vimutto, tathāgato atthītipi na upeti, natthītipi na upeti, atthi natthītipi na upeti, nevatthi no natthītipi na upeti.
 The consciousness by which one, designating a Tathāgata standing or moving, would designate him, with the destruction, fading, cessation, giving up, and relinquishment of that consciousness, he is liberated in the destruction of consciousness. He does not admit that a Tathāgata exists, nor that he does not exist, nor that he both exists and does not exist, nor that he neither exists nor does not exist.
atha kho gambhīro appameyyo asaṅkheyyo nibbutotiyeva saṅkhaṃ gacchati khayā rāgassa, khayā dosassa, khayā mohassa.
 But he is reckoned as profound, immeasurable, incalculable, extinguished, through the destruction of passion, the destruction of hate, the destruction of delusion.
“āgatī”ti idhāgati.
 "Coming" is coming here.
“gatī”ti peccabhavo.
 "Going" is future existence.
āgatigatīpi na bhavanti, “nevidhā”ti chasu ajjhattikesu āyatanesu.
 Coming and going also do not exist. "Neither here" means in the six internal bases.
“na huran”ti chasu bāhiresu āyatanesu.
 "Nor hereafter" means in the six external bases.
“na ubhayamantarenā”ti phassasamuditesu dhammesu attānaṃ na passati.
 "Nor in between" means he does not see a self in things arisen from contact.
“esevanto dukkhassā”ti paṭiccasamuppādo.
 "This is the end of suffering" is dependent origination.
so duvidho lokiyo ca lokuttaro ca.
 It is twofold: worldly and supramundane.
tattha lokiyo avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, yāva jarāmaraṇā.
 Therein, the worldly is: with ignorance as condition, formations, up to aging-and-death.
lokuttaro sīlavato avippaṭisāro jāyati, yāva nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti.
 The supramundane is: for one who is virtuous, absence of remorse arises, up to he understands, "there is no more of this state."
tenāha bhagavā “nissitassa calitaṃ anissitassa calitaṃ natthi .
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "For the dependent there is trembling; for the independent there is no trembling... etc... this is the end of suffering."
.. pe .
.. esevanto dukkhassā”ti.
♦ 44.
♦ 44.
♦ “ye keci sokā paridevitā vā, dukkhā ca lokasmimanekarūpā.
♦ "Whatever sorrows and lamentations, and sufferings of many kinds in the world,
♦ piyaṃ paṭiccappabhavanti ete, piye asante na bhavanti ete.
♦ They arise in dependence on what is dear; when there is nothing dear, they do not exist.
♦ tasmā hi te sukhino vītasokā, yesaṃ piyaṃ natthi kuhiñci loke.
♦ Therefore they are happy and free from sorrow, for whom there is nothing dear anywhere in the world.
♦ tasmā asokaṃ virajaṃ patthayāno, piyaṃ na kayirātha kuhiñci loke”ti.
♦ Therefore, wishing for the sorrowless and dustless state, one should not hold anything dear anywhere in the world."
♦ “ye keci sokā paridevitā vā, dukkhā ca lokasmimanekarūpā piyaṃ paṭiccappabhavanti ete”ti — ayaṃ dukkhā vedanā.
♦ "Whatever sorrows and lamentations, and sufferings of many kinds in the world, they arise in dependence on what is dear" — this is painful feeling.
“piye asante na bhavanti ete”ti — ayaṃ sukhā vedanā.
 "When there is nothing dear, they do not exist" — this is pleasant feeling.
vedanā vedanākkhandho.
 Feeling is the feeling-aggregate.
ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the aggregates.
♦ vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ, evaṃ sabbaṃ.
♦ With feeling as condition, craving; with craving as condition, clinging; with clinging as condition, existence; with existence as condition, birth; with birth as condition, aging-and-death; thus the whole.
ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by dependent origination.
♦ tattha sukhā vedanā dve indriyāni — sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyañca.
♦ Therein, pleasant feeling is two faculties: the faculty of pleasure and the faculty of joy.
dukkhā vedanā dve indriyāni — dukkhindriyaṃ domanassindriyañca.
 Painful feeling is two faculties: the faculty of pain and the faculty of grief.
ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the faculties.
♦ tāniyeva indriyāni saṅkhārapariyāpannāni, ye saṅkhārā sāsavā bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā.
♦ They are the faculties, included in formations, which formations are cankerous and components of existence; those formations are included in the Dhamma-element.
ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the elements.
♦ sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ sāsavaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ.
♦ That Dhamma-element is included in the Dhamma-base, which base is cankerous and a component of existence.
ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the bases.
♦ tasmā hi te sukhino vītasokā, yesaṃ piyaṃ natthi kuhiñci loke.
♦ Therefore they are happy and free from sorrow, for whom there is nothing dear anywhere in the world.
♦ tasmā asokaṃ virajaṃ patthayāno, piyaṃ na kayirātha kuhiñci loketi.
♦ Therefore, wishing for the sorrowless and dustless state, one should not hold anything dear anywhere in the world.
♦ idaṃ taṇhāpahānaṃ.
♦ This is the abandoning of craving.
taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, evaṃ sabbaṃ.
 With the cessation of craving is the cessation of clinging; with the cessation of clinging is the cessation of existence; thus the whole.
ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by dependent origination.
♦ taṃyeva taṇhāpahānaṃ samatho.
♦ That very abandoning of craving is calm.
so samatho dve indriyāni satindriyaṃ samādhindriyañca.
 That calm is two faculties: the faculty of mindfulness and the faculty of concentration.
ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the faculties.
♦ soyeva samatho samādhikkhandho.
♦ That very calm is the concentration-aggregate.
ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the aggregates.
♦ soyeva samatho saṅkhārapariyāpanno, ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā.
♦ That very calm, included in formations, which formations are cankerless but not components of existence, those formations are included in the Dhamma-element.
ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the elements.
♦ sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ.
♦ That Dhamma-element is included in the Dhamma-base, which base is cankerless but not a component of existence.
ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the bases.
tenāha bhagavā “ye keci sokā”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "Whatever sorrows..."
♦ kāmaṃ kāmayamānassa, tassa ce taṃ samijjhati.
♦ For one desiring sensual pleasures, if that succeeds for him,
♦ addhā pītimano hoti, laddhā macco yadicchati.
♦ Truly he is joyful-minded, having obtained what a mortal wishes.
♦ tassa ce kāmayānassa, chandajātassa jantuno.
♦ But for that person, desiring, for the creature in whom desire has arisen,
♦ te kāmā parihāyanti, sallaviddhova ruppati.
♦ If those sensual pleasures diminish, he suffers as if pierced by a dart.
♦ yo kāme parivajjeti, sappasseva padā siro.
♦ He who avoids sensual pleasures, as one's foot avoids a snake's head,
♦ somaṃ visattikaṃ loke, sato samativattatīti.
♦ Being mindful, he transcends this attachment in the world.
♦ tattha yā pītimanatā, ayaṃ anunayo.
♦ Therein, the joyfulness is attraction.
yadāha sallaviddhova ruppatīti, idaṃ paṭighaṃ.
 When he says, "he suffers as if pierced by a dart," this is repulsion.
anunayaṃ paṭighañca pana taṇhāpakkho, taṇhāya ca pana dasarūpīni āyatanāni padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 But attraction and repulsion are the side of craving, and the ten form-bases are the footing for craving.
ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the bases.
♦ tāniyeva dasa rūpīni rūpakāyo nāmasampayutto, tadubhayaṃ nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, evaṃ sabbaṃ.
♦ They are the ten forms, the physical body conjoined with name; both of these are name-and-form; with name-and-form as condition, the sixfold base; with the sixfold base as condition, contact; with contact as condition, feeling; with feeling as condition, craving; thus the whole.
ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by dependent origination.
♦ tadeva nāmarūpaṃ pañcakkhandho.
♦ That very name-and-form is the five aggregates.
ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the aggregates.
♦ tadeva nāmarūpaṃ aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo.
♦ That very name-and-form is the eighteen elements.
ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the elements.
♦ tattha yo rūpakāyo imāni pañca rūpīni indriyāni, yo nāmakāyo imāni pañca arūpīni indriyāni, imāni dasa indriyāni.
♦ Therein, the physical body is these five form-faculties; the mental body is these five formless faculties; these are the ten faculties.
ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the faculties.
♦ tattha yadāha —
♦ Therein, when he says:
♦ “yo kāme parivajjeti, sappasseva padā siro.
♦ "He who avoids sensual pleasures, as one's foot avoids a snake's head,
♦ somaṃ visattikaṃ loke, sato samativattatī”ti.
♦ Being mindful, he transcends this attachment in the world."
♦ ayaṃ saupādisesā nibbānadhātu, ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
♦ This is the Nibbāna-element with residue remaining; this is the penetration by the elements.
♦ sāyeva saupādisesā nibbānadhātu vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, evaṃ sabbaṃ.
♦ That very Nibbāna-element with residue remaining is knowledge; with the arising of knowledge is the cessation of ignorance; with the cessation of ignorance is the cessation of formations; thus the whole.
ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by dependent origination.
♦ sāyeva vijjā paññākkhandho.
♦ That very knowledge is the wisdom-aggregate.
ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the aggregates.
♦ sāyeva vijjā dve indriyāni — vīriyindriyaṃ paññindriyañca.
♦ That very knowledge is two faculties: the faculty of energy and the faculty of wisdom.
ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the faculties.
♦ sāyeva vijjā saṅkhārapariyāpannā, ye saṅkhārā anāsavā, no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā.
♦ That very knowledge, included in formations, which formations are cankerless but not components of existence, those formations are included in the Dhamma-element.
ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the elements.
♦ sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ, no ca bhavaṅgaṃ.
♦ That Dhamma-element is included in the Dhamma-base, which base is cankerless but not a component of existence.
ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
 This is the penetration by the bases.
tenāha bhagavā “kāmaṃ kāmayamānassā”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "For one desiring sensual pleasures."
♦ ettāvatā paṭicca indriyakhandhadhātuāyatanāni samosaraṇotaraṇāni bhavanti.
♦ Thus far are the convergences and penetrations of dependent origination, faculties, aggregates, elements, and bases.
evaṃ paṭicca indriyakhandhadhātuāyatanāni otāretabbāni.
 Thus dependent origination, faculties, aggregates, elements, and bases should be penetrated.
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “yo ca paṭiccuppādo”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "And that which is dependently arisen."
♦ niyutto otaraṇo hāro.
♦ The Penetration mode is concluded.
♦ 13. sodhanahāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 13. Analysis of the Cleansing Mode
♦ 45. tattha katamo sodhano hāro?
♦ 45. Therein, what is the Cleansing mode?
“vissajjitamhi pañhe”tigāthā.
 "In a question answered" verse.
yathā āyasmā ajito pārāyane bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ pucchati —
 As the venerable Ajita in the Pārāyana asks the Blessed One a question:
♦ “kenassu nivuto loko, kenassu nappakāsati.
♦ "By what is the world shrouded, by what does it not shine?
♦ kissābhilepanaṃ brūsi, kiṃsu tassa mahabbhayan”ti.
♦ What do you call its plastering, what is its great fear?"
♦ “avijjāya nivuto loko, [ajitāti bhagavā]
♦ "The world is shrouded by ignorance, [Ajita, said the Blessed One]
♦ vivicchā pamādā nappakāsati.
♦ From doubt and negligence it does not shine.
♦ jappābhilepanaṃ brūmi, dukkhamassa mahabbhayan”ti.
♦ I call craving its plastering, suffering is its great fear."
♦ “kenassu nivuto loko”ti pañhe “avijjāya nivuto loko”ti bhagavā padaṃ sodheti, no ca ārambhaṃ.
♦ In the question, "By what is the world shrouded?" the Blessed One cleanses the term, "The world is shrouded by ignorance," but not the starting-point.
“kenassu nappakāsatī”ti pañhe “vivicchā pamādā nappakāsatī”ti bhagavā padaṃ sodheti, no ca ārambhaṃ.
 In the question, "By what does it not shine?" the Blessed One cleanses the term, "From doubt and negligence it does not shine," but not the starting-point.
“kissābhilepanaṃ brūsī”ti pañhe “jappābhilepanaṃ brūmī”ti bhagavā padaṃ sodheti, no ca ārambhaṃ.
 In the question, "What do you call its plastering?" the Blessed One cleanses the term, "I call craving its plastering," but not the starting-point.
“kiṃsu tassa mahabbhayan”ti pañhe “dukkhamassa mahabbhayan”ti suddho ārambho.
 In the question, "What is its great fear?" the starting-point is cleansed with "suffering is its great fear."
tenāha bhagavā “avijjāya nivuto loko”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "The world is shrouded by ignorance."
♦ “savanti sabbadhi sotā, [iccāyasmā ajito]
♦ "Streams flow everywhere, [thus the venerable Ajita]
♦ sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ.
♦ What is the obstruction for the streams?
♦ sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhīyare”ti.
♦ Tell me the restraint for the streams, by what are the streams closed?"
♦ “yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, [ajitāti bhagavā]
♦ "Whatever streams there are in the world, [Ajita, said the Blessed One]
♦ sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ.
♦ Mindfulness is their obstruction.
♦ sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāyete pidhīyare”ti.
♦ I speak of the restraint of the streams; by wisdom they are closed."
♦ “savanti sabbadhi sotā, sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇan”ti pañhe “yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, sati tesaṃ nivāraṇan”ti bhagavā padaṃ sodheti, no ca ārambhaṃ.
♦ In the question, "Streams flow everywhere, what is the obstruction for the streams?" the Blessed One cleanses the term, "Whatever streams there are in the world, mindfulness is their obstruction," but not the starting-point.
“sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhīyare”ti pañhe “sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāyete pidhīyare”ti suddho ārambho.
 In the question, "Tell me the restraint for the streams, by what are the streams closed?" the starting-point is cleansed with "I speak of the restraint of the streams; by wisdom they are closed."
tenāha bhagavā “yāni sotāni lokasmin”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "Whatever streams there are in the world."
♦ “paññā ceva sati ca, [iccāyasmā ajito]
♦ "Wisdom and mindfulness, [thus the venerable Ajita]
♦ nāmarūpañca mārisa.
♦ And name-and-form, sir.
♦ etaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi, katthetaṃ uparujjhatī”ti.
♦ Being asked, explain this to me: where does this cease?"
♦ pañhe —
♦ In the question:
♦ “yametaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi, ajita taṃ vadāmi te.
♦ "This question you have asked, Ajita, I will tell you.
♦ yattha nāmañca rūpañca, asesaṃ uparujjhati.
♦ Where name-and-form cease without remainder.
♦ viññāṇassa nirodhena, etthetaṃ uparujjhatī”ti.
♦ With the cessation of consciousness, there this ceases."
♦ suddho ārambho.
♦ The starting-point is cleansed.
tenāha bhagavā “yametaṃ pañhaṃ apucchī”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "This question you have asked."
yattha evaṃ suddho ārambho, so pañho visajjito bhavati.
 Where the starting-point is thus cleansed, that question is answered.
yattha pana ārambho asuddho, na tāva so pañho visajjito bhavati.
 But where the starting-point is not cleansed, that question is not yet answered.
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “vissajjitamhi pañhe”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "In a question answered."
♦ niyutto sodhano hāro.
♦ The Cleansing mode is concluded.
♦ 14. adhiṭṭhānahāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 14. Analysis of the Resolution Mode
♦ 46. tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno hāro?
♦ 46. Therein, what is the Resolution mode?
“ekattatāya dhammā, yepi ca vemattatāya niddiṭṭhā”ti.
 "Dhammas of oneness, and also those stated with difference."
♦ ye tattha niddiṭṭhā, tathā te dhārayitabbā.
♦ As they are stated there, so they should be held.
♦ “dukkhan”ti ekattatā.
♦ "Suffering" is oneness.
tattha katamaṃ dukkhaṃ?
 Therein, what is suffering?
jāti dukkhā, jarā dukkhā, byādhi dukkho, maraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho, yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ, saṃkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā, rūpā dukkhā, vedanā dukkhā, saññā dukkhā, saṅkhārā dukkhā, viññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ.
 Birth is suffering, aging is suffering, sickness is suffering, death is suffering, association with the unloved is suffering, separation from the loved is suffering, not getting what one wants is also suffering; in brief, the five aggregates of clinging are suffering. Forms are suffering, feeling is suffering, perception is suffering, formations are suffering, consciousness is suffering.
ayaṃ vemattatā.
 This is difference.
♦ “dukkhasamudayo”ti ekattatā.
♦ "The origin of suffering" is oneness.
tattha katamo dukkhasamudayo?
 Therein, what is the origin of suffering?
yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobhavikā nandīrāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī.
 This craving which leads to renewed existence, accompanied by delight and lust, relishing this and that.
seyyathidaṃ, kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā.
 That is, craving for sensual pleasures, craving for existence, craving for non-existence.
ayaṃ vemattatā.
 This is difference.
♦ “dukkhanirodho”ti ekattatā.
♦ "The cessation of suffering" is oneness.
tattha katamo dukkhanirodho?
 Therein, what is the cessation of suffering?
yo tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo.
 The remainderless fading away and cessation of that same craving, the giving up, the relinquishing, the release, the non-adherence.
ayaṃ vemattatā.
 This is difference.
♦ “dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā”ti ekattatā.
♦ "The path leading to the cessation of suffering" is oneness.
tattha katamā dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā?
 Therein, what is the path leading to the cessation of suffering?
ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.
 This is the noble eightfold path.
seyyathidaṃ, sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi.
 That is, right view, right intention, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right concentration.
ayaṃ vemattatā.
 This is difference.
♦ “maggo”ti ekattatā.
♦ "Path" is oneness.
tattha katamo maggo?
 Therein, what is the path?
nirayagāmī maggo tiracchānayonigāmī maggo pettivisayagāmī maggo asurayoniyo maggo saggagāmiyo maggo manussagāmī maggo nibbānagāmī maggo.
 The path leading to hell, the path leading to the animal realm, the path leading to the realm of ghosts, the path to the realm of asuras, the path leading to heaven, the path leading to the human world, the path leading to Nibbāna.
ayaṃ vemattatā.
 This is difference.
♦ “nirodho”ti ekattatā.
♦ "Cessation" is oneness.
tattha katamo nirodho?
 Therein, what is cessation?
paṭisaṅkhānirodho appaṭisaṅkhānirodho anunayanirodho paṭighanirodho mānanirodho makkhanirodho paḷāsanirodho issānirodho macchariyanirodho sabbakilesanirodho.
 Cessation through reflection, cessation without reflection, cessation of attraction, cessation of repulsion, cessation of conceit, cessation of denigration, cessation of contention, cessation of envy, cessation of stinginess, cessation of all defilements.
ayaṃ vemattatā.
 This is difference.
♦ “rūpan”ti ekattatā.
♦ "Form" is oneness.
tattha katamaṃ rūpaṃ?
 Therein, what is form?
cātumahābhūtikaṃ rūpaṃ catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpassa paññatti.
 The form of the four great elements, and the designation of form derived from the four great elements.
tattha katamāni cattāri mahābhūtāni?
 Therein, what are the four great elements?
pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātu.
 The earth element, the water element, the fire element, the air element.
♦ 47. dvīhi ākārehi dhātuyo pariggaṇhāti saṅkhepena ca vitthārena ca.
♦ 47. He comprehends the elements in two ways: in brief and in detail.
kathaṃ vitthārena dhātuyo pariggaṇhāti?
 How does he comprehend the elements in detail?
vīsatiyā ākārehi pathavīdhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti, dvādasahi ākārehi āpodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti, catūhi ākārehi tejodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti, chahi ākārehi vāyodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.
 He comprehends the earth element in detail in twenty ways, he comprehends the water element in detail in twelve ways, he comprehends the fire element in detail in four ways, he comprehends the air element in detail in six ways.
♦ katamehi vīsatiyā ākārehi pathavīdhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti?
♦ In what twenty ways does he comprehend the earth element in detail?
atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco, maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ, hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ, antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ matthake matthaluṅganti imehi vīsatiyā ākārehi pathavīdhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.
 There are in this body: head hairs, body hairs, nails, teeth, skin; flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys; heart, liver, pleura, spleen, lungs; intestines, intestinal tract, stomach contents, feces, and in the head, the brain. In these twenty ways he comprehends the earth element in detail.
♦ katamehi dvādasahi ākārehi āpodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti?
♦ In what twelve ways does he comprehend the water element in detail?
atthi imasmiṃ kāye pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttanti imehi dvādasahi ākārehi āpodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.
 There are in this body: bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, and urine. In these twelve ways he comprehends the water element in detail.
♦ katamehi catūhi ākārehi tejodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti?
♦ In what four ways does he comprehend the fire element in detail?
yena ca santappati, yena ca jīrīyati , yena ca pariḍayhati, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati, imehi catūhi ākārehi tejodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.
 That by which one is warmed, that by which one ages, that by which one is consumed with fever, and that by which what is eaten, drunk, chewed, and tasted is properly digested. In these four ways he comprehends the fire element in detail.
♦ katamehi chahi ākārehi vāyodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti?
♦ In what six ways does he comprehend the air element in detail?
uddhaṅgamā vātā, adhogamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā, koṭṭhāsayā vātā, aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā, assāso passāso iti, imehi chahi ākārehi vāyodhātuṃ vitthārena pariggaṇhāti.
 Up-going winds, down-going winds, winds in the belly, winds in the bowels, winds that course through the limbs, and in-breath and out-breath. In these six ways he comprehends the air element in detail.
♦ evaṃ imehi dvācattālīsāya ākārehi vitthārena dhātuyo sabhāvato upalakkhayanto tulayanto parivīmaṃsanto pariyogāhanto paccavekkhanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passati kāyaṃ vā kāyapadesaṃ vā, yathā candanikaṃ pavicinanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passeyya, yathā saṅkāraṭṭhānaṃ pavicinanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passeyya, yathā vaccakuṭiṃ pavicinanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passeyya, yathā sivathikaṃ pavicinanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passeyya.
♦ Thus, in these forty-two ways, observing, weighing, investigating, examining, and reflecting on the elements in detail according to their nature, he sees nothing to be grasped, neither the body nor any part of the body. Just as one investigating a sandalwood log would see nothing to be grasped, just as one investigating a rubbish heap would see nothing to be grasped, just as one investigating a latrine would see nothing to be grasped, just as one investigating a charnel ground would see nothing to be grasped.
evameva imehi dvācattālīsāya ākārehi evaṃ vitthārena dhātuyo sabhāvato upalakkhayanto tulayanto parivīmaṃsanto pariyogāhanto paccavekkhanto na kiñci gayhūpagaṃ passati kāyaṃ vā kāyapadesaṃ vā.
 Even so, in these forty-two ways, thus observing, weighing, investigating, examining, and reflecting on the elements in detail according to their nature, he sees nothing to be grasped, neither the body nor any part of the body.
tenāha bhagavā yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu , yā ca bāhirā pathavīdhātu, pathavīdhāturevesā.
 Therefore the Blessed One said: "Whatever internal earth element there is, and whatever external earth element there is, it is just the earth element.
taṃ “netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā”ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ, evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā pathavīdhātuyā nibbindati, pathavīdhātuyā cittaṃ virājeti.
 That should be seen with right wisdom as it has come to be: 'This is not mine, this I am not, this is not my self.' Having seen this with right wisdom as it has come to be, he becomes disenchanted with the earth element, his mind becomes dispassionate towards the earth element.
yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā āpodhātu, yā ca bāhirā āpodhātu .
 Whatever internal water element there is, and whatever external water element there is... etc... whatever internal fire element there is, and whatever external fire element there is... etc... whatever internal air element there is, and whatever external air element there is, it is just the air element.
.. pe .
 That should be seen with right wisdom as it has come to be: 'This is not mine, this I am not, this is not my self.' Having seen this with right wisdom as it has come to be, he becomes disenchanted with the air element, his mind becomes dispassionate towards the air element."
.. yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā tejodhātu, yā ca bāhirā tejodhātu .
 This is difference.
.. pe .
.. yā ceva kho pana ajjhattikā vāyodhātu, yā ca bāhirā vāyodhātu, vāyodhāturevesā.
taṃ “netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā”ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ, evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā vāyodhātuyā nibbindati, vāyodhātuyā cittaṃ virājeti.
ayaṃ vemattatā.
♦ 48. “avijjā”ti ekattatā.
♦ 48. "Ignorance" is oneness.
tattha katamā avijjā?
 Therein, what is ignorance?
dukkhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ, pubbante aññāṇaṃ, aparante aññāṇaṃ, pubbantāparante aññāṇaṃ, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu aññāṇaṃ, yaṃ evarūpaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ anabhisamayo ananubodho asambodho appaṭivedho asallakkhaṇā anupalakkhaṇā apaccupalakkhaṇā asamavekkhaṇaṃ apaccakkhakammaṃ dummejjhaṃ bālyaṃ asampajaññaṃ moho pamoho sammoho avijjā avijjogho avijjāyogo avijjānusayo avijjāpariyuṭṭhānaṃ avijjālaṅgī moho akusalamūlaṃ.
 Ignorance concerning suffering, ignorance concerning the origin of suffering, ignorance concerning the cessation of suffering, ignorance concerning the path leading to the cessation of suffering. Ignorance concerning the past, ignorance concerning the future, ignorance concerning the past and future. Ignorance concerning things dependently arisen from this condition. Whatever such ignorance, not seeing, not comprehending, not awakening, not awakening to, not penetrating, not discerning, not perceiving, not reflecting upon, not directly experiencing, foolishness, childishness, lack of clear comprehension, delusion, bewilderment, complete delusion, ignorance, the flood of ignorance, the yoke of ignorance, the latent tendency of ignorance, the obsession of ignorance, the fetter of ignorance, delusion, the unprofitable root.
ayaṃ vemattatā.
 This is difference.
♦ “vijjā”ti ekattatā.
♦ "Knowledge" is oneness.
tattha katamā vijjā?
 Therein, what is knowledge?
dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ, pubbante ñāṇaṃ, aparante ñāṇaṃ, pubbantāparante ñāṇaṃ, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ, yā evarūpā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo saṃlakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūrī medhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo maggaṅgaṃ maggapariyāpannaṃ.
 Knowledge of suffering, knowledge of the origin of suffering, knowledge of the cessation of suffering, knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of suffering. Knowledge of the past, knowledge of the future, knowledge of the past and future. Knowledge of things dependently arisen from this condition. Whatever such wisdom, understanding, investigation, inquiry, investigation of phenomena, discernment, perception, reflection, sagacity, skill, cleverness, ingenuity, thought, examination, breadth, intelligence, guidance, insight, clear comprehension, goad, wisdom, the faculty of wisdom, the power of wisdom, the sword of wisdom, the palace of wisdom, the light of wisdom, the radiance of wisdom, the splendor of wisdom, the jewel of wisdom, non-delusion, investigation of phenomena, right view, the enlightenment factor of investigation of phenomena, a factor of the path, included in the path.
ayaṃ vemattatā.
 This is difference.
♦ “samāpattī”ti ekattatā.
♦ "Attainment" is oneness.
tattha katamā samāpatti?
 Therein, what is attainment?
saññāsamāpatti asaññāsamāpatti, nevasaññānāsaññāsamāpatti.
 The attainment of perception, the attainment of non-perception, the attainment of neither-perception-nor-non-perception.
vibhūtasaññāsamāpatti nirodhasamāpattīti.
 The attainment of manifest perception, the attainment of cessation.
ayaṃ vemattatā.
 This is difference.
♦ “jhāyī”ti ekattatā.
♦ "Meditator" is oneness.
tattha katamo jhāyī?
 Therein, what is a meditator?
atthi sekkho jhāyī, atthi asekkho jhāyī, nevasekkhanāsekkho jhāyī, ājāniyo jhāyī, assakhaluṅko jhāyī, diṭṭhuttaro jhāyī, taṇhuttaro jhāyī, paññuttaro jhāyī.
 There is the learner meditator, there is the adept meditator, the neither-learner-nor-adept meditator, the thoroughbred meditator, the un-stumbling meditator, the one for whom view is supreme, the one for whom craving is supreme, the one for whom wisdom is supreme.
ayaṃ vemattatā.
 This is difference.
♦ “samādhī”ti ekattatā.
♦ "Concentration" is oneness.
tattha katamo samādhi?
 Therein, what is concentration?
saraṇo samādhi, araṇo samādhi, savero samādhi, avero samādhi, sabyāpajjo samādhi, abyāpajjo samādhi, sappītiko samādhi, nippītiko samādhi, sāmiso samādhi, nirāmiso samādhi, sasaṅkhāro samādhi, asaṅkhāro samādhi, ekaṃsabhāvito samādhi, ubhayaṃsabhāvito samādhi, ubhayato bhāvitabhāvano samādhi, savitakkasavicāro samādhi, avitakkavicāramatto samādhi, avitakkāvicāro samādhi, hānabhāgiyo samādhi, ṭhitibhāgiyo samādhi, visesabhāgiyo samādhi, nibbedhabhāgiyo samādhi, lokiyo samādhi, lokuttaro samādhi, micchāsamādhi, sammāsamādhi.
 Concentration with conflict, concentration without conflict, concentration with enmity, concentration without enmity, concentration with ill will, concentration without ill will, concentration with joy, concentration without joy, concentration with material acquisitions, concentration without material acquisitions, concentration with effort, concentration without effort, concentration developed in one aspect, concentration developed in both aspects, concentration developed from both sides, concentration with thought and examination, concentration with only examination, concentration without thought and examination, concentration partaking of decline, concentration partaking of stability, concentration partaking of distinction, concentration partaking of penetration, worldly concentration, supramundane concentration, wrong concentration, right concentration.
ayaṃ vemattatā.
 This is difference.
♦ “paṭipadā”ti ekattatā.
♦ "Path" is oneness.
tattha katamā paṭipadā?
 Therein, what is the path?
āgāḷhapaṭipadā , nijjhāmapaṭipadā, majjhimapaṭipadā, akkhamā paṭipadā, khamā paṭipadā, samā paṭipadā, damā paṭipadā, dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, dukkhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā, sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññāti.
 The strenuous path, the consuming path, the middle path, the intolerant path, the tolerant path, the even path, the restrained path, the painful path with slow direct-knowledge, the painful path with swift direct-knowledge, the pleasant path with slow direct-knowledge, the pleasant path with swift direct-knowledge.
ayaṃ vemattatā.
 This is difference.
♦ “kāyo”ti ekattatā.
♦ "Body" is oneness.
tattha katamo kāyo?
 Therein, what is the body?
nāmakāyo rūpakāyo ca.
 The mental body and the physical body.
tattha katamo rūpakāyo?
 Therein, what is the physical body?
kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttaṃ matthaluṅganti — ayaṃ rūpakāyo.
 Head hairs, body hairs, nails, teeth, skin, flesh, sinews, bones, bone marrow, kidneys, heart, liver, pleura, spleen, lungs, intestines, intestinal tract, stomach contents, feces, bile, phlegm, pus, blood, sweat, fat, tears, grease, saliva, snot, synovial fluid, urine, and brain — this is the physical body.
nāmakāyo nāma vedanā saññā cetanā cittaṃ phasso manasikāroti — ayaṃ nāmakāyoti.
 The mental body means feeling, perception, volition, consciousness, contact, and attention — this is the mental body.
ayaṃ vemattatā.
 This is difference.
♦ evaṃ yo dhammo yassa dhammassa samānabhāvo, so dhammo tassa dhammassa ekattatāya ekī bhavati.
♦ Thus, whatever dhamma has the same nature as another dhamma, that dhamma becomes one with that other dhamma in oneness.
yena yena vā pana vilakkhaṇo, tena tena vemattaṃ gacchati.
 But by whatever it is different, by that it goes to difference.
evaṃ sutte vā veyyākaraṇe vā gāthāyaṃ vā pucchitena vīmaṃsayitabbaṃ, kiṃ ekattatāya pucchati, udāhu vemattatāyāti.
 Thus, in a sutta or a veyyākaraṇa or a gāthā, it should be investigated by the questioner: does he ask about oneness, or about difference?
yadi ekattatāya pucchitaṃ, ekattatāya visajjayitabbaṃ.
 If it is asked about oneness, it should be answered with oneness.
yadi vemattatāya pucchitaṃ, vemattatāya visajjayitabbaṃ.
 If it is asked about difference, it should be answered with difference.
yadi sattādhiṭṭhānena pucchitaṃ, sattādhiṭṭhānena visajjayitabbaṃ.
 If it is asked with reference to a being, it should be answered with reference to a being.
yadi dhammādhiṭṭhānena pucchitaṃ, dhammādhiṭṭhānena visajjayitabbaṃ.
 If it is asked with reference to the Dhamma, it should be answered with reference to the Dhamma.
yathā yathā vā pana pucchitaṃ, tathā tathā visajjayitabbaṃ.
 Or as it is asked, so it should be answered.
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “ekattatāya dhammā”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "Dhammas of oneness."
♦ niyutto adhiṭṭhāno hāro.
♦ The Resolution mode is concluded.
♦ 15. parikkhārahāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 15. Analysis of the Requisite Mode
♦ 49. tattha katamo parikkhāro hāro?
♦ 49. Therein, what is the Requisite mode?
“ye dhammā yaṃ dhammaṃ janayantī”ti.
 "The dhammas which produce a dhamma."
♦ yo dhammo yaṃ dhammaṃ janayati, tassa so parikkhāro.
♦ Whatever dhamma produces another dhamma, that is its requisite.
kiṃlakkhaṇo parikkhāro?
 What is the characteristic of a requisite?
janakalakkhaṇo parikkhāro.
 The characteristic of producing is the requisite.
dve dhammā janayanti hetu ca paccayo ca.
 Two dhammas produce: cause and condition.
tattha kiṃlakkhaṇo hetu, kiṃlakkhaṇo paccayo?
 Therein, what is the characteristic of a cause, what is the characteristic of a condition?
asādhāraṇalakkhaṇo hetu, sādhāraṇalakkhaṇo paccayo.
 The characteristic of being uncommon is the cause; the characteristic of being common is the condition.
yathā kiṃ bhave?
 As what might it be?
yathā aṅkurassa nibbattiyā bījaṃ asādhāraṇaṃ, pathavī āpo ca sādhāraṇā.
 As for the arising of a sprout, the seed is uncommon; earth and water are common.
aṅkurassa hi pathavī āpo ca paccayo sabhāvo hetu.
 For the sprout, earth and water are the condition; its own nature is the cause.
yathā vā pana ghaṭe duddhaṃ pakkhittaṃ dadhi bhavati, na catthi ekakālasamavadhānaṃ duddhassa ca dadhissa ca.
 Or as milk put in a pot becomes curd, and there is no simultaneous existence of the milk and the curd.
evamevaṃ natthi ekakālasamavadhānaṃ hetussa ca paccayassa ca.
 Even so, there is no simultaneous existence of the cause and the condition.
♦ ayañhi saṃsāro sahetu sappaccayo nibbatto.
♦ This round of rebirths has arisen with a cause and with a condition.
vuttaṃ hi avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, evaṃ sabbo paṭiccasamuppādo.
 It is said: with ignorance as condition, formations; with formations as condition, consciousness; thus the whole of dependent origination.
iti avijjā avijjāya hetu ayoniso manasikāro paccayo.
 Thus, for ignorance, ignorance is the cause; non-radical attention is the condition.
purimikā avijjā pacchimikāya avijjāya hetu.
 The preceding ignorance is the cause for the subsequent ignorance.
tattha purimikā avijjā avijjānusayo pacchimikā avijjā avijjāpariyuṭṭhānaṃ, purimiko avijjānusayo pacchimikassa avijjāpariyuṭṭhānassa hetubhūto paribrūhanāya, bījaṅkuro viya samanantarahetutāya.
 Therein, the preceding ignorance is the latent tendency to ignorance; the subsequent ignorance is the obsession of ignorance. The preceding latent tendency to ignorance is the cause for the growth of the subsequent obsession of ignorance, like a seed for a sprout, by way of immediate cause.
yaṃ pana yattha phalaṃ nibbattati, idamassa paramparahetutāya hetubhūtaṃ.
 But whatever fruit arises there, this is its cause by way of remote cause.
duvidho hi hetu samanantarahetu paramparahetu ca, evaṃ avijjāyapi duvidho hetu samanantarahetu paramparahetu ca.
 For a cause is twofold: immediate cause and remote cause. Thus for ignorance also, the cause is twofold: immediate cause and remote cause.
♦ yathā vā pana thālakañca vaṭṭi ca telañca padīpassa paccayabhūtaṃ na sabhāvahetu, na hi sakkā thālakañca vaṭṭiñca telañca anaggikaṃ dīpetuṃ padīpassa paccayabhūtaṃ.
♦ Or as the bowl, the wick, and the oil are the condition for a lamp, but not the intrinsic cause. For it is not possible to light the bowl, the wick, and the oil without fire as the condition for the lamp.
padīpo viya sabhāvo hetu hoti.
 Like the lamp, the intrinsic nature is the cause.
iti sabhāvo hetu, parabhāvo paccayo.
 Thus, the intrinsic nature is the cause; another nature is the condition.
ajjhattiko hetu, bāhiro paccayo.
 The internal is the cause; the external is the condition.
janako hetu, pariggāhako paccayo.
 The producer is the cause; the supporter is the condition.
asādhāraṇo hetu, sādhāraṇo paccayo.
 The uncommon is the cause; the common is the condition.
♦ avupacchedattho santati attho, nibbatti attho phalattho, paṭisandhi attho punabbhavattho, palibodhattho pariyuṭṭhānattho, asamugghātattho anusayattho, asampaṭivedhattho avijjattho, apariññātattho viññāṇassa bījattho.
♦ The meaning of non-interruption is the meaning of continuity; the meaning of arising is the meaning of fruit; the meaning of linking is the meaning of rebirth; the meaning of obstruction is the meaning of obsession; the meaning of not-uprooting is the meaning of latent tendency; the meaning of not-penetrating is the meaning of ignorance; the meaning of not-fully-understanding is the meaning of the seed of consciousness.
yattha avupacchedo tattha santati, yattha santati tattha nibbatti, yattha nibbatti tattha phalaṃ, yattha phalaṃ tattha paṭisandhi, yattha paṭisandhi tattha punabbhavo, yattha punabbhavo tattha palibodho, yattha palibodho tattha pariyuṭṭhānaṃ, yattha pariyuṭṭhānaṃ tattha asamugghāto.
 Where there is non-interruption, there is continuity; where there is continuity, there is arising; where there is arising, there is fruit; where there is fruit, there is linking; where there is linking, there is rebirth; where there is rebirth, there is obstruction; where there is obstruction, there is obsession; where there is obsession, there is not-uprooting.
yattha asamugghāto tattha anusayo, yattha anusayo tattha asampaṭivedho, yattha asampaṭivedho tattha avijjā, yattha avijjā tattha sāsavaṃ viññāṇaṃ apariññātaṃ, yattha sāsavaṃ viññāṇaṃ apariññātaṃ tattha bījattho.
 Where there is not-uprooting, there is latent tendency; where there is latent tendency, there is not-penetrating; where there is not-penetrating, there is ignorance; where there is ignorance, there is cankerous consciousness, not fully understood; where there is cankerous consciousness not fully understood, there is the meaning of a seed.
♦ sīlakkhandho samādhikkhandhassa paccayo, samādhikkhandho paññākkhandhassa paccayo, paññākkhandho vimuttikkhandhassa paccayo, vimuttikkhandho vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhassa paccayo.
♦ The aggregate of virtue is the condition for the aggregate of concentration; the aggregate of concentration is the condition for the aggregate of wisdom; the aggregate of wisdom is the condition for the aggregate of liberation; the aggregate of liberation is the condition for the aggregate of the knowledge and vision of liberation.
titthaññutā pītaññutāya paccayo, pītaññutā pattaññutāya paccayo, pattaññutā attaññutāya paccayo.
 Knowledge of what is right is the condition for knowledge of what is drunk; knowledge of what is drunk is the condition for knowledge of what is attained; knowledge of what is attained is the condition for self-knowledge.
♦ yathā vā pana cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ.
♦ Or, depending on the eye and on forms, eye-consciousness arises.
tattha cakkhu ādhipateyyapaccayatāya paccayo, rūpā ārammaṇapaccayatāya paccayo.
 Therein, the eye is the condition by way of dominance; forms are the condition by way of object.
āloko sannissayatāya paccayo, manasikāro sabhāvo hetu .
 Light is the condition by way of support; attention is the intrinsic cause.
saṅkhārā viññāṇassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 Formations are the condition for consciousness; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 Consciousness is the condition for name-and-form; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
nāmarūpaṃ saḷāyatanassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 Name-and-form is the condition for the sixfold base; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
saḷāyatanaṃ phassassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 The sixfold base is the condition for contact; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
phasso vedanāya paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 Contact is the condition for feeling; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
vedanā taṇhāya paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 Feeling is the condition for craving; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
taṇhā upādānassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 Craving is the condition for clinging; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
upādānaṃ bhavassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 Clinging is the condition for existence; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
bhavo jātiyā paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 Existence is the condition for birth; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
jāti jarāmaraṇassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 Birth is the condition for aging-and-death; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
jarāmaraṇaṃ sokassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 Aging-and-death is the condition for sorrow; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
soko paridevassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 Sorrow is the condition for lamentation; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
paridevo dukkhassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 Lamentation is the condition for suffering; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
dukkhaṃ domanassassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 Suffering is the condition for grief; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
domanassaṃ upāyāsassa paccayo, sabhāvo hetu.
 Grief is the condition for despair; the intrinsic nature is the cause.
evaṃ yo koci upanissayo sabbo so parikkhāro.
 Thus whatever support there is, all that is a requisite.
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano “ye dhammā yaṃ dhammaṃ janayantī”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "The dhammas which produce a dhamma."
♦ niyutto parikkhāro hāro.
♦ The Requisite mode is concluded.
♦ 16. samāropanahāravibhaṅgo
    ♦ 16. Analysis of the Imputation Mode
♦ 50. tattha katamo samāropano hāro?
♦ 50. Therein, what is the Imputation mode?
“ye dhammā yaṃmūlā, ye cekatthā pakāsitā muninā”ti.
 "The dhammas which are rooted in what, and which are declared by the sage as having one meaning."
♦ ekasmiṃ padaṭṭhāne yattakāni padaṭṭhānāni otaranti, sabbāni tāni samāropayitabbāni.
♦ In one footing, however many footings enter, all of them should be imputed.
yathā āvaṭṭe hāre bahukāni padaṭṭhānāni otarantīti.
 As in the Revolving mode, many footings enter.
tattha samāropanā catubbidhā padaṭṭhānaṃ, vevacanaṃ, bhāvanā, pahānamiti.
 Therein, imputation is fourfold: footing, synonym, cultivation, and abandoning.
♦ tattha katamā padaṭṭhānena samāropanā?
♦ Therein, what is imputation by footing?
♦ “sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā.
♦ "The non-doing of all evil, the undertaking of what is profitable,
♦ sacittapariyodapanaṃ, etaṃ buddhāna sāsanan”ti.
♦ The purification of one's own mind, this is the teaching of the Buddhas."
♦ tassa kiṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ?
♦ What is its footing?
tīṇi sucaritāni — kāyasucaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manosucaritaṃ — idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ;
 The three kinds of good conduct: bodily good conduct, verbal good conduct, and mental good conduct — this is the footing.
tattha yaṃ kāyikañca vācasikañca sucaritaṃ, ayaṃ sīlakkhandho.
 Therein, what is bodily and verbal good conduct is the aggregate of virtue.
manosucarite yā anabhijjhā abyāpādo ca, ayaṃ samādhikkhandho.
 In mental good conduct, what is non-covetousness and non-ill will is the aggregate of concentration.
yā sammādiṭṭhi, ayaṃ paññākkhandho.
 What is right view is the aggregate of wisdom.
idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, tattha sīlakkhandho ca samādhikkhandho ca samatho, paññākkhandho vipassanā.
 This is the footing. Therein, the aggregate of virtue and the aggregate of concentration are calm; the aggregate of wisdom is insight.
idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, tattha samathassa phalaṃ rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, vipassanā phalaṃ avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti.
 This is the footing. Therein, the fruit of calm is the liberation of mind through the fading of passion; the fruit of insight is the liberation by wisdom through the fading of ignorance.
idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 This is the footing.
♦ vanaṃ vanathassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ The forest is the footing for the thicket.
kiñca vanaṃ?
 And what is the forest?
ko ca vanatho?
 And what is the thicket?
vanaṃ nāma pañca kāmaguṇā, taṇhā vanatho.
 The forest is the five strands of sensual pleasure; craving is the thicket.
idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 This is the footing.
vanaṃ nāma nimittaggāho “itthī”ti vā “puriso”ti vā.
 The forest is the grasping of the sign "woman" or "man."
vanatho nāma tesaṃ tesaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ anubyañjanaggāho “aho cakkhu, aho sotaṃ, aho ghānaṃ, aho jivhā, aho kāyo, iti.
 The thicket is the grasping of the details of their various limbs and features: "Oh, the eye! Oh, the ear! Oh, the nose! Oh, the tongue! Oh, the body!" Thus.
idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 This is the footing.
vanaṃ nāma cha ajjhattikabāhirāni āyatanāni apariññātāni.
 The forest is the six internal and external bases, not fully understood.
yaṃ tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojanaṃ, ayaṃ vanatho.
 Whatever fetter arises depending on both of these, this is the thicket.
idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 This is the footing.
vanaṃ nāma anusayo.
 The forest is the latent tendency.
vanatho nāma pariyuṭṭhānaṃ.
 The thicket is the obsession.
idaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
 This is the footing.
tenāha bhagavā “chetvā vanañca vanathañcā”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "Having cut down the forest and the thicket."
ayaṃ padaṭṭhānena samāropanā.
 This is imputation by footing.
♦ 51. tattha katamā vevacanena samāropanā?
♦ 51. Therein, what is imputation by synonym?
rāgavirāgā cetovimutti sekkhaphalaṃ;
 The liberation of mind through the fading of passion is the fruit of the learner;
avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti asekkhaphalaṃ.
 the liberation by wisdom through the fading of ignorance is the fruit of the adept.
idaṃ vevacanaṃ.
 This is a synonym.
rāgavirāgā cetovimutti anāgāmiphalaṃ;
 The liberation of mind through the fading of passion is the fruit of the non-returner;
avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ.
 the liberation by wisdom through the fading of ignorance is the highest fruit, Arahantship.
idaṃ vevacanaṃ.
 This is a synonym.
rāgavirāgā cetovimutti kāmadhātusamatikkamanaṃ;
 The liberation of mind through the fading of passion is the transcending of the desire-element;
avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti tedhātusamatikkamanaṃ.
 the liberation by wisdom through the fading of ignorance is the transcending of the three elements.
idaṃ vevacanaṃ.
 This is a synonym.
paññindriyaṃ, paññābalaṃ, adhipaññāsikkhā, paññākkhandho, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo, upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo, ñāṇaṃ, sammādiṭṭhi, tīraṇā, santīraṇā, hirī, vipassanā, dhamme ñāṇaṃ, sabbaṃ, idaṃ vevacanaṃ.
 The faculty of wisdom, the power of wisdom, the training in higher wisdom, the wisdom-aggregate, the enlightenment-factor of investigation of phenomena, the enlightenment-factor of equanimity, knowledge, right view, discrimination, thorough discrimination, shame, insight, knowledge of the Dhamma, all, this is a synonym.
ayaṃ vevacanena samāropanā.
 This is imputation by synonym.
♦ tattha katamā bhāvanāya samāropanā?
♦ Therein, what is imputation by cultivation?
yathāha bhagavā “tasmātiha tvaṃ bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharāhi, ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ”.
 As the Blessed One said: "Therefore, bhikkhu, dwell contemplating the body in the body, ardent, clearly comprehending, mindful, having subdued covetousness and grief in the world."
ātāpīti vīriyindriyaṃ.
 "Ardent" is the faculty of energy.
sampajānoti paññindriyaṃ.
 "Clearly comprehending" is the faculty of wisdom.
satimāti satindriyaṃ.
 "Mindful" is the faculty of mindfulness.
vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassanti samādhindriyaṃ.
 "Having subdued covetousness and grief in the world" is the faculty of concentration.
evaṃ kāye kāyānupassino viharato cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.
 Thus, for one dwelling contemplating the body in the body, the four foundations of mindfulness reach fulfillment in development.
kena kāraṇena?
 For what reason?
ekalakkhaṇattā catunnaṃ indriyānaṃ.
 Because of the single characteristic of the four faculties.
catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu bhāviyamānesu cattāro sammappadhānā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.
 When the four foundations of mindfulness are being developed, the four right strivings reach fulfillment in development.
catūsu sammappadhānesu bhāviyamānesu cattāro iddhipādā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.
 When the four right strivings are being developed, the four bases of psychic power reach fulfillment in development.
catūsu iddhipādesu bhāviyamānesu pañcindriyāni bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.
 When the four bases of psychic power are being developed, the five faculties reach fulfillment in development.
evaṃ sabbe .
 Thus all.
kena kāraṇena?
 For what reason?
sabbe hi bodhaṅgamā dhammā bodhipakkhiyā niyyānikalakkhaṇena ekalakkhaṇā, te ekalakkhaṇattā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchanti.
 For all dhammas that are factors of awakening, pertaining to awakening, have a single characteristic in the sense of leading out; because of their single characteristic, they reach fulfillment in development.
ayaṃ bhāvanāya samāropanā.
 This is imputation by cultivation.
♦ tattha katamā pahānena samāropanā?
♦ Therein, what is imputation by abandoning?
kāye kāyānupassī viharanto “asubhe subhan”ti vipallāsaṃ pajahati, kabaḷīkāro cassa āhāro pariññaṃ gacchati, kāmupādānena ca anupādāno bhavati, kāmayogena ca visaṃyutto bhavati, abhijjhākāyaganthena ca vippayujjati, kāmāsavena ca anāsavo bhavati, kāmoghañca uttiṇṇo bhavati, rāgasallena ca visallo bhavati, rūpūpikā cassa viññāṇaṭṭhiti pariññaṃ gacchati, rūpadhātuyaṃ cassa rāgo pahīno bhavati, na ca chandāgatiṃ gacchati.
 Dwelling contemplating the body in the body, he abandons the perversion of "beauty in the foul." His food of solid morsels is fully understood. He is without clinging to the clinging to sensual pleasures. He is disjoined from the yoke of sensual pleasures. He is dissociated from the bodily bond of covetousness. He is cankerless from the canker of sensuality. He has crossed the flood of sensuality. He is without the dart of passion. His station of consciousness founded on form is fully understood. His passion for the form-element is abandoned. And he does not go the way of desire.
♦ vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharanto “dukkhe sukhan”ti vipallāsaṃ pajahati, phasso cassa āhāro pariññaṃ gacchati, bhavūpādānena ca anupādāno bhavati, bhavayogena ca visaṃyutto bhavati, byāpādakāyaganthena ca vippayujjati, bhavāsavena ca anāsavo bhavati, bhavoghañca uttiṇṇo bhavati, dosasallena ca visallo bhavati, vedanūpikā cassa viññāṇaṭṭhiti pariññaṃ gacchati, vedanādhātuyaṃ cassa rāgo pahīno bhavati, na ca dosāgatiṃ gacchati.
♦ Dwelling contemplating feelings in feelings, he abandons the perversion of "pleasure in the painful." His food of contact is fully understood. He is without clinging to the clinging to existence. He is disjoined from the yoke of existence. He is dissociated from the bodily bond of ill will. He is cankerless from the canker of existence. He has crossed the flood of existence. He is without the dart of hate. His station of consciousness founded on feeling is fully understood. His passion for the feeling-element is abandoned. And he does not go the way of hate.
♦ citte cittānupassī viharanto “anicce niccan”ti vipallāsaṃ pajahati, viññāṇaṃ cassa āhāro pariññaṃ gacchati, diṭṭhupādānena ca anupādāno bhavati, diṭṭhiyogena ca visaṃyutto bhavati, sīlabbataparāmāsakāyaganthena ca vippayujjati, diṭṭhāsavena ca anāsavo bhavati, diṭṭhoghañca uttiṇṇo bhavati, mānasallena ca visallo bhavati, saññūpikā cassa viññāṇaṭṭhiti pariññaṃ gacchati, saññādhātuyaṃ cassa rāgo pahīno bhavati, na ca bhayāgatiṃ gacchati.
♦ Dwelling contemplating the mind in the mind, he abandons the perversion of "permanence in the impermanent." His food of consciousness is fully understood. He is without clinging to the clinging to views. He is disjoined from the yoke of views. He is dissociated from the bodily bond of clinging to rules and observances. He is cankerless from the canker of views. He has crossed the flood of views. He is without the dart of conceit. His station of consciousness founded on perception is fully understood. His passion for the perception-element is abandoned. And he does not go the way of fear.
♦ dhammesu dhammānupassī viharanto “anattani attā”ti vipallāsaṃ pajahati, manosañcetanā cassa āhāro pariññaṃ gacchati, attavādupādānena ca anupādāno bhavati, avijjāyogena ca visaṃyutto bhavati, idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyaganthena ca vippayujjati, avijjāsavena ca anāsavo bhavati, avijjoghañca uttiṇṇo bhavati, mohasallena ca visallo bhavati, saṅkhārūpikā cassa viññāṇaṭṭhiti pariññaṃ gacchati, saṅkhāradhātuyaṃ cassa rāgo pahīno bhavati, na ca mohāgatiṃ gacchati.
♦ Dwelling contemplating dhammas in dhammas, he abandons the perversion of "self in the not-self." His food of mental volition is fully understood. He is without clinging to the clinging to the doctrine of self. He is disjoined from the yoke of ignorance. He is dissociated from the bodily bond of clinging to this-truth-as-the-only-truth. He is cankerless from the canker of ignorance. He has crossed the flood of ignorance. He is without the dart of delusion. His station of consciousness founded on formations is fully understood. His passion for the formation-element is abandoned. And he does not go the way of delusion.
ayaṃ pahānena samāropanā.
 This is imputation by abandoning.
♦ tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano —
♦ Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said:
♦ “ye dhammā yaṃ mūlā, ye cekatthā pakāsitā muninā.
♦ "The dhammas which are rooted in what, and which are declared by the sage as having one meaning,
♦ te samāropayitabbā, esa samāropano hāro”ti.
♦ They should be imputed; this is the Imputation mode."
♦ niyutto samāropano hāro.
♦ The Imputation mode is concluded.
♦ niṭṭhito ca hāravibhaṅgo.
♦ And the Analysis of the Modes is finished.
♦ 1. desanāhārasampāto
    ♦ 1. Convergence of the Teaching Mode
♦ 52.
♦ 52.
♦ “soḷasa hārā paṭhamaṃ, disalocanato disā viloketvā.
♦ "First the sixteen modes, having surveyed the directions by Disālocana,
♦ saṅkhipiya aṅkusena hi, nayehi tīhi niddise suttan”ti.
♦ Having summarized with the Aṅkusa, he should demonstrate the Sutta with the three methods."
♦ vuttā, tassā niddeso kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbo?
♦ It has been said. Where is its demonstration to be seen?
hārasampāte. tattha katamo desanāhārasampāto?
 In the convergence of the modes. Therein, what is the convergence of the Teaching mode?
♦ “arakkhitena cittena , micchādiṭṭhihatena ca.
♦ "With an unprotected mind, struck down by wrong view,
♦ thinamiddhābhibhūtena, vasaṃ mārassa gacchatī”ti.
♦ Overcome by sloth and torpor, one goes under the sway of Māra."
♦ arakkhitena cittenāti kiṃ desayati, pamādaṃ taṃ maccuno padaṃ.
♦ "With an unprotected mind," what does it teach? Negligence, that is the path of death.
micchādiṭṭhihatena cāti micchādiṭṭhihataṃ nāma vuccati yadā “anicce niccan”ti passati, so vipallāso.
 "Struck down by wrong view," what is called "struck down by wrong view" is when one sees "permanence in the impermanent"; that is perversion.
so pana vipallāso kiṃlakkhaṇo?
 But what is the characteristic of that perversion?
viparītaggāhalakkhaṇo vipallāso.
 The characteristic of wrong grasping is perversion.
so kiṃ vipallāsayati?
 What does it pervert?
tayo dhamme saññaṃ cittaṃ diṭṭhimiti.
 Three things: perception, mind, and view.
so kuhiṃ vipallāsayati?
 Where does it pervert?
catūsu attabhāvavatthūsu, rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ.
 In the four bases of the self-body: he perceives form as self, or the self as having form, or form in the self, or the self in form.
evaṃ vedanaṃ .
 So with feeling... etc... perception... etc... formations... etc... he perceives consciousness as self, or the self as having consciousness, or consciousness in the self, or the self in consciousness.
.. pe .
.. saññaṃ .
.. pe .
.. saṅkhāre .
.. pe .
.. viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati, viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ, attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ.
♦ tattha rūpaṃ paṭhamaṃ vipallāsavatthu “asubhe subhan”ti.
♦ Therein, form is the first basis of perversion: "beauty in the foul."
vedanā dutiyaṃ vipallāsavatthu “dukkhe sukhan”ti.
 Feeling is the second basis of perversion: "pleasure in the painful."
saññā saṅkhārā ca tatiyaṃ vipallāsavatthu “anattani attā”ti.
 Perception and formations are the third basis of perversion: "self in the not-self."
viññāṇaṃ catutthaṃ vipallāsavatthu “anicce niccan”ti.
 Consciousness is the fourth basis of perversion: "permanence in the impermanent."
dve dhammā cittassa saṃkilesā — taṇhā ca avijjā ca.
 Two things are defilements of the mind: craving and ignorance.
taṇhānivutaṃ cittaṃ dvīhi vipallāsehi vipallāsīyati “asubhe subhan”ti “dukkhe sukhan”ti.
 A mind shrouded by craving is perverted by two perversions: "beauty in the foul" and "pleasure in the painful."
diṭṭhinivutaṃ cittaṃ dvīhi vipallāsehi vipallāsīyati “anicce niccan”ti “anattani attā”ti.
 A mind shrouded by views is perverted by two perversions: "permanence in the impermanent" and "self in the not-self."
♦ tattha yo diṭṭhivipallāso, so atītaṃ rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, atītaṃ vedanaṃ .
♦ Therein, the perversion of view is that he perceives past form as self, past feeling... etc... past perception, past formations... etc... past consciousness as self.
.. pe .
.. atītaṃ saññaṃ, atīte saṅkhāre .
.. pe .
.. atītaṃ viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati.
tattha yo taṇhāvipallāso, so anāgataṃ rūpaṃ abhinandati, anāgataṃ vedanaṃ .
 Therein, the perversion of craving is that he delights in future form, delights in future feeling... etc... future perception, future formations, future consciousness.
.. pe .
.. anāgataṃ saññaṃ, anāgate saṅkhāre, anāgataṃ viññāṇaṃ abhinandati.
dve dhammā cittassa upakkilesā — taṇhā ca avijjā ca.
 Two things are impurities of the mind: craving and ignorance.
tāhi visujjhantaṃ cittaṃ visujjhati.
 The mind, being purified from them, is purified.
tesaṃ avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ pubbā koṭi na paññāyati sandhāvantānaṃ saṃsarantānaṃ sakiṃ nirayaṃ sakiṃ tiracchānayoniṃ sakiṃ pettivisayaṃ sakiṃ asurakāyaṃ sakiṃ deve sakiṃ manusse.
 Of these hindrances of ignorance and fetters of craving, the first beginning is not discerned for those running on and wandering, now to hell, now to the animal realm, now to the realm of ghosts, now to the host of asuras, now to the gods, now to humans.
♦ thinamiddhābhibhūtenāti.
♦ "Overcome by sloth and torpor."
thinaṃ nāma yā cittassa akallatā akammaniyatā;
 Sloth is the unreadiness, the unworkability of the mind;
middhaṃ nāma yaṃ kāyassa līnattaṃ.
 torpor is the sluggishness of the body.
vasaṃ mārassa gacchatīti kilesamārassa ca sattamārassa ca vasaṃ gacchati, so hi nivuto saṃsārābhimukho hoti.
 "One goes under the sway of Māra" means one goes under the sway of the Māra of defilements and the Māra of beings. For he, being shrouded, is headed for the round of rebirths.
imāni bhagavatā dve saccāni desitāni dukkhaṃ samudayo ca.
 The Blessed One has taught these two truths: suffering and its origin.
tesaṃ bhagavā pariññāya ca pahānāya ca dhammaṃ deseti dukkhassa pariññāya samudayassa pahānāya.
 The Blessed One teaches the Dhamma for their full understanding and abandoning: for the full understanding of suffering, for the abandoning of the origin.
yena ca parijānāti yena ca pajahati, ayaṃ maggo.
 And that by which one fully understands and by which one abandons, this is the path.
yaṃ taṇhāya avijjāya ca pahānaṃ, ayaṃ nirodho.
 The abandoning of craving and ignorance, this is cessation.
imāni cattāri saccāni.
 These are the four truths.
tenāha bhagavā “arakkhitena cittenā”ti.
 Therefore the Blessed One said, "With an unprotected mind."
tenāhāyasmā mahākaccāyano “assādādīnavatā”ti.
 Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said, "Gratification and danger."
♦ niyutto desanā hārasampāto.
♦ The convergence of the Teaching mode is concluded.
♦ 2. vicayahārasampāto
    ♦ 2. Convergence of the Investigation Mode
♦ 53. tattha katamo vicayo hārasampāto?
♦ 53. Therein, what is the convergence of the Investigation mode?
tattha taṇhā duvidhā kusalāpi akusalāpi.
 Therein, craving is twofold: profitable and unprofitable.
akusalā saṃsāragāminī, kusalā apacayagāminī pahānataṇhā.
 Unprofitable craving leads to the round of rebirths; profitable craving is the craving for abandoning, leading to reduction.
mānopi duvidho kusalopi akusalopi.
 Conceit is also twofold: profitable and unprofitable.
yaṃ mānaṃ nissāya mānaṃ pajahati, ayaṃ māno kusalo.
 The conceit by which one abandons conceit, this conceit is profitable.
yo pana māno dukkhaṃ nibbattayati, ayaṃ māno akusalo.
 But the conceit which produces suffering, this conceit is unprofitable.
tattha yaṃ nekkhammasitaṃ domanassaṃ kudāssunāmāhaṃ taṃ āyatanaṃ sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissaṃ yaṃ ariyā santaṃ āyatanaṃ sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti tassa uppajjati pihā, pihāpaccayā domanassaṃ, ayaṃ taṇhā kusalā rāgavirāgā cetovimutti, tadārammaṇā kusalā avijjāvirāgā paññāvimutti.
 Therein, the grief based on renunciation: "When shall I, having realized that base, enter upon and dwell in it, which base the noble ones, being peaceful, having realized, enter upon and dwell in?" Thus longing arises in him; with longing as condition, grief. This craving is profitable, the liberation of mind through the fading of passion; with that as object, the liberation by wisdom through the fading of ignorance is profitable.
♦ tassā ko pavicayo?
♦ What is its investigation?
aṭṭha maggaṅgāni sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi.
 The eight factors of the path: right view, right intention, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right concentration.
so kattha daṭṭhabbo?
 Where is it to be seen?
catutthe jhāne pāramitāya.
 In the perfection of the fourth jhāna.
catutthe hi jhāne aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ cittaṃ bhāvayati parisuddhaṃ pariyodātaṃ anaṅgaṇaṃ vigatūpakkilesaṃ mudu kammaniyaṃ ṭhitaṃ āneñjappattaṃ.
 For in the fourth jhāna, he develops a mind endowed with eight factors, purified, bright, unblemished, rid of imperfection, malleable, workable, fixed, and attained to imperturbability.
so tattha aṭṭhavidhaṃ adhigacchati cha abhiññā dve ca visese, taṃ cittaṃ yato parisuddhaṃ, tato pariyodātaṃ, yato pariyodātaṃ, tato anaṅgaṇaṃ, yato anaṅgaṇaṃ, tato vigatūpakkilesaṃ, yato vigatūpakkilesaṃ, tato mudu, yato mudu, tato kammaniyaṃ, yato kammaniyaṃ, tato ṭhitaṃ, yato ṭhitaṃ, tato āneñjappattaṃ.
 There he attains eight things: the six super-knowledges and two special qualities. That mind, from being purified, is then bright; from being bright, is then unblemished; from being unblemished, is then rid of imperfection; from being rid of imperfection, is then malleable; from being malleable, is then workable; from being workable, is then fixed; from being fixed, is then attained to imperturbability.
tattha aṅgaṇā ca upakkilesā ca tadubhayaṃ taṇhāpakkho.
 Therein, blemishes and imperfections, both are the side of craving.
yā ca iñjanā yā ca cittassa aṭṭhiti, ayaṃ diṭṭhipakkho.
 And trembling and the instability of the mind, this is the side of views.
♦ cattāri indriyāni dukkhindriyaṃ domanassindriyaṃ sukhindriyaṃ somanassindriyañca catutthajjhāne nirujjhanti, tassa upekkhindriyaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ bhavati.
♦ Four faculties—the faculty of pain, the faculty of grief, the faculty of pleasure, and the faculty of joy—cease in the fourth jhāna. His faculty of equanimity remains.
so uparimaṃ samāpattiṃ santato manasikaroti, tassa uparimaṃ samāpattiṃ santato manasikaroto catutthajjhāne oḷārikā saññā saṇṭhahati ukkaṇṭhā ca paṭighasaññā, so sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā “anantaṃ ākāsan”ti ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.
 He attends to the higher attainment as a continuity. For him attending to the higher attainment as a continuity, in the fourth jhāna the gross perception stands still, and the perceptions of longing and resistance. He, with the complete transcending of perceptions of form, with the disappearance of perceptions of resistance, with the non-attention to perceptions of diversity, thinking "space is infinite," having realized the attainment of the base of infinite space, enters upon and dwells in it.
abhiññābhinīhāro rūpasaññā vokāro nānattasaññā samatikkamati paṭighasaññā cassa abbhatthaṃ gacchati, evaṃ samādhi tassa samāhitassa obhāso antaradhāyati dassanañca rūpānaṃ, so samādhi chaḷaṅgasamannāgato paccavekkhitabbo .
 The exertion for super-knowledge, the perception of form, the sphere of perception of diversity he transcends; and his perception of resistance disappears. Thus his concentration, his light disappears, and the vision of forms. That concentration should be reviewed as endowed with six factors.
anabhijjhāsahagataṃ me mānasaṃ sabbaloke, abyāpannaṃ me cittaṃ sabbasattesu, āraddhaṃ me vīriyaṃ paggahitaṃ, passaddho me kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ me cittaṃ avikkhittaṃ, upaṭṭhitā me sati asammuṭṭhā , tattha yañca anabhijjhāsahagataṃ mānasaṃ sabbaloke yañca abyāpannaṃ cittaṃ sabbasattesu yañca āraddhaṃ vīriyaṃ paggahitaṃ yañca samāhitaṃ cittaṃ avikkhittaṃ, ayaṃ samatho.
 My mind is accompanied by non-covetousness in the whole world; my mind is without ill will towards all beings; my energy is aroused and exerted; my body is serene and not agitated; my mind is concentrated and not distracted; my mindfulness is established and not forgotten. Therein, both the mind accompanied by non-covetousness in the whole world, and the mind without ill will towards all beings, and the aroused and exerted energy, and the concentrated and not distracted mind, this is calm.
yo passaddho kāyo asāraddho, ayaṃ samādhiparikkhāro.
 The serene and not agitated body is the requisite for concentration.
yā upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā ayaṃ vipassanā.
 The established and not forgotten mindfulness is insight.
♦ 54. so samādhi pañcavidhena veditabbo.
♦ 54. That concentration should be understood in five ways.
ayaṃ samādhi “paccuppannasukho”ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati, ayaṃ samādhi “āyatiṃ sukhavipāko”ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati, ayaṃ samādhi “ariyo nirāmiso”ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati, ayaṃ samādhi “akāpurisasevito”ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati, ayaṃ samādhi “santo ceva paṇīto ca paṭippassaddhiladdho ca ekodibhāvādhigato ca na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato cā”ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati.
 "This concentration has present happiness," thus the knowledge and vision concerning it is present to him. "This concentration has a happy result in the future," thus the knowledge and vision concerning it is present to him. "This concentration is noble and without material acquisitions," thus the knowledge and vision concerning it is present to him. "This concentration is not practiced by base persons," thus the knowledge and vision concerning it is present to him. "This concentration is peaceful and sublime, attained through serenity, and achieved through one-pointedness, and is not a state maintained by forceful suppression with effort," thus the knowledge and vision concerning it is present to him.
taṃ kho panimaṃ samādhiṃ “sato samāpajjāmi sato vuṭṭhahāmī”ti itissa paccattameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavati.
 "And indeed I enter and emerge from this concentration mindfully," thus the knowledge and vision concerning it is present to him.
tattha yo ca samādhi paccuppannasukho yo ca samādhi āyatiṃ sukhavipāko ayaṃ samatho.
 Therein, both the concentration that has present happiness and the concentration that has a happy result in the future, this is calm.
yo ca samādhi ariyo nirāmiso, yo ca samādhi akāpurisasevito, yo ca samādhi santo ceva paṇīto paṭippassaddhiladdho ca ekodibhāvādhigato ca na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato ca yañcāhaṃ taṃ kho panimaṃ samādhiṃ sato samāpajjāmi sato vuṭṭhahāmīti, ayaṃ vipassanā.
 Both the concentration that is noble and without material acquisitions, and the concentration that is not practiced by base persons, and the concentration that is peaceful and sublime, attained through serenity, and achieved through one-pointedness, and is not a state maintained by forceful suppression with effort, and that "I enter and emerge from this concentration mindfully," this is insight.
♦ so samādhi pañcavidhena veditabbo pītipharaṇatā sukhapharaṇatā cetopharaṇatā ālokapharaṇatā paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ.
♦ That concentration should be understood in five ways: by the suffusion of joy, by the suffusion of pleasure, by the suffusion of the mind, by the suffusion of light, and by the sign of reviewing.
tattha yo ca pītipharaṇo yo ca sukhapharaṇo yo ca cetopharaṇo, ayaṃ samatho.
 Therein, both the suffusion of joy, and the suffusion of pleasure, and the suffusion of the mind, this is calm.
yo ca ālokapharaṇo yañca paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ.
 Both the suffusion of light and the sign of reviewing,
ayaṃ vipassanā.
 this is insight.
♦ 55. dasa kasiṇāyatanāni pathavīkasiṇaṃ āpokasiṇaṃ tejokasiṇaṃ vāyokasiṇaṃ nīlakasiṇaṃ pītakasiṇaṃ lohitakasiṇaṃ odātakasiṇaṃ ākāsakasiṇaṃ viññāṇakasiṇaṃ.
♦ 55. The ten kasina-bases: the earth-kasina, the water-kasina, the fire-kasina, the air-kasina, the blue-kasina, the yellow-kasina, the red-kasina, the white-kasina, the space-kasina, the consciousness-kasina.
tattha yañca pathavīkasiṇaṃ yañca āpokasiṇaṃ evaṃ sabbaṃ, yañca odātakasiṇaṃ.
 Therein, both the earth-kasina and the water-kasina, and so on for all, and the white-kasina.
imāni aṭṭha kasiṇāni samatho.
 These eight kasinas are calm.
yañca ākāsakasiṇaṃ yañca viññāṇakasiṇaṃ, ayaṃ vipassanā.
 Both the space-kasina and the consciousness-kasina, this is insight.
evaṃ sabbo ariyo maggo yena yena ākārena vutto, tena tena samathavipassanena yojayitabbo.
 Thus the whole noble path, in whatever way it is spoken of, should be construed by that calm and insight.
te tīhi dhammehi saṅgahitā aniccatāya dukkhatāya anattatāya.
 They are comprised in three things: impermanence, suffering, and not-self.
so samathavipassanaṃ bhāvayamāno tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni bhāvayati.
 He, developing calm and insight, develops the three liberation-doors.
tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni bhāvayanto tayo khandhe bhāvayati.
 Developing the three liberation-doors, he develops the three aggregates.
tayo khandhe bhāvayanto ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvayati.
 Developing the three aggregates, he develops the noble eightfold path.
♦ rāgacarito puggalo animittena vimokkhamukhena niyyāti adhicittasikkhāya sikkhanto lobhaṃ akusalamūlaṃ pajahanto sukhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ anupagacchanto sukhaṃ vedanaṃ parijānanto rāgamalaṃ pavāhento rāgarajaṃ niddhunanto rāgavisaṃ vamento rāgaggiṃ nibbāpento rāgasallaṃ uppāṭento rāgajaṭaṃ vijaṭento.
♦ A person of passionate temperament proceeds by the signless liberation-door, training in the training of higher mind, abandoning the unprofitable root of greed, not approaching contact that is to be felt as pleasant, fully understanding pleasant feeling, washing away the stain of passion, shaking off the dust of passion, vomiting the poison of passion, extinguishing the fire of passion, extracting the dart of passion, untangling the tangle of passion.
dosacarito puggalo appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena niyyāti adhisīlasikkhāya sikkhanto dosaṃ akusalamūlaṃ pajahanto dukkhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ anupagacchanto dukkhavedanaṃ parijānanto dosamalaṃ pavāhento dosarajaṃ niddhunanto dosavisaṃ vamento dosaggiṃ nibbāpento dosasallaṃ uppāṭento dosajaṭaṃ vijaṭento.
 A person of hateful temperament proceeds by the desireless liberation-door, training in the training of higher virtue, abandoning the unprofitable root of hate, not approaching contact that is to be felt as painful, fully understanding painful feeling, washing away the stain of hate, shaking off the dust of hate, vomiting the poison of hate, extinguishing the fire of hate, extracting the dart of hate, untangling the tangle of hate.
mohacarito puggalo suññatavimokkhamukhena niyyāti adhipaññāsikkhāya sikkhanto mohaṃ akusalamūlaṃ pajahanto adukkhamasukhavedanīyaṃ phassaṃ anupagacchanto adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ parijānanto mohamalaṃ pavāhento moharajaṃ niddhunanto mohavisaṃ vamento mohaggiṃ nibbāpento mohasallaṃ uppāṭento mohajaṭaṃ vijaṭento.
 A person of deluded temperament proceeds by the emptiness liberation-door, training in the training of higher wisdom, abandoning the unprofitable root of delusion, not approaching contact that is to be felt as neither-painful-nor-pleasant, fully understanding neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling, washing away the stain of delusion, shaking off the dust of delusion, vomiting the poison of delusion, extinguishing the fire of delusion, extracting the dart of delusion, untangling the tangle of delusion.
♦ tattha suññatavimokkhamukhaṃ paññākkhandho, animittavimokkhamukhaṃ samādhikkhandho, appaṇihitavimokkhamukhaṃ sīlakkhandho.
♦ Therein, the emptiness liberation-door is the wisdom-aggregate; the signless liberation-door is the concentration-aggregate; the desireless liberation-door is the virtue-aggregate.
so tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni bhāvayanto tayo khandhe bhāvayati, tayo khandhe bhāvayanto ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ bhāvayati.
 He, developing the three liberation-doors, develops the three aggregates. Developing the three aggregates, he develops the noble eightfold path.
tattha yā ca sammāvācā yo ca sammākammanto yo ca sammāājīvo, ayaṃ sīlakkhandho, yo ca sammāvāyāmo yā ca sammāsati yo ca sammāsamādhi, ayaṃ samādhikkhandho, yā ca sammādiṭṭhi yo ca sammāsaṅkappo, ayaṃ paññākkhandho.
 Therein, both right speech, and right action, and right livelihood, this is the virtue-aggregate. Both right effort, and right mindfulness, and right concentration, this is the concentration-aggregate. Both right view and right intention, this is the wisdom-aggregate.
♦ tattha sīlakkhandho ca samādhikkhandho ca samatho, paññākkhandho vipassanā.
♦ Therein, the aggregate of virtue and the aggregate of concentration are calm; the aggregate of wisdom is insight.
yo samathavipassanaṃ bhāveti, tassa dve bhavaṅgāni bhāvanaṃ gacchanti kāyo cittañca, bhavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā dve padāni sīlaṃ samādhi ca.
 He who develops calm and insight, for him two components of existence undergo development: body and mind. The path leading to the cessation of existence is two terms: virtue and concentration.
so hoti bhikkhu bhāvitakāyo bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapañño.
 That bhikkhu has a developed body, developed virtue, a developed mind, and developed wisdom.
kāye bhāviyamāne dve dhammā bhāvanaṃ gacchanti sammākammanto sammāvāyāmo ca, sīle bhāviyamāne dve dhammā bhāvanaṃ gacchanti sammāvācā sammāājīvo ca, citte bhāviyamāne dve dhammā bhāvanaṃ gacchanti sammāsati sammāsamādhi ca, paññāya bhāviyamānāya dve dhammā bhāvanaṃ gacchanti sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo ca.
 When the body is being developed, two dhammas undergo development: right action and right effort. When virtue is being developed, two dhammas undergo development: right speech and right livelihood. When the mind is being developed, two dhammas undergo development: right mindfulness and right concentration. When wisdom is being developed, two dhammas undergo development: right view and right intention.
♦ tattha yo ca sammākammanto yo ca sammāvāyāmo siyā kāyiko siyā cetasiko, tattha yo kāyasaṅgaho, so kāye bhāvite bhāvanaṃ gacchati, yo cittasaṅgaho, so citte bhāvite bhāvanaṃ gacchati.
♦ Therein, both right action and right effort may be bodily or mental. Therein, what is included in the body undergoes development when the body is developed; what is included in the mind undergoes development when the mind is developed.
so samathavipassanaṃ bhāvayanto pañcavidhaṃ adhigamaṃ gacchati khippādhigamo ca hoti, vimuttādhigamo ca hoti, mahādhigamo ca hoti, vipulādhigamo ca hoti, anavasesādhigamo ca hoti.
 He, developing calm and insight, attains a fivefold attainment: he has swift attainment, he has liberation-attainment, he has great attainment, he has vast attainment, and he has attainment without remainder.
tattha samathena khippādhigamo ca mahādhigamo ca vipulādhigamo ca hoti, vipassanāya vimuttādhigamo ca anavasesādhigamo ca hoti.
 Therein, by calm there is swift attainment, and great attainment, and vast attainment. By insight there is liberation-attainment, and attainment without remainder.
♦ 56. tattha yo desayati, so dasabalasamannāgato satthā ovādena sāvake na visaṃvādayati.
♦ 56. Herein, he who teaches is the Teacher possessed of the ten powers, who does not deceive disciples with his advice.
so tividhaṃ idaṃ karotha iminā upāyena karotha idaṃ vo kurumānānaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati, so tathā ovadito tathānusiṭṭho tathākaronto tathāpaṭipajjanto taṃ bhūmiṃ na pāpuṇissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
It is no situation for one so advised and so instructed, so doing and so practising, not to reach that plane, when he (the Teacher) has said, 'Do this in this threefold way; do it by this means; this will be for your welfare and happiness as you do it'.
so tathā ovadito tathānusiṭṭho sīlakkhandhaṃ aparipūrayanto taṃ bhūmiṃ anupāpuṇissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
It is no situation for one so advised and so instructed not to arrive at that plane without having fulfilled the aggregate of virtue.
so tathā ovadito tathānusiṭṭho sīlakkhandhaṃ paripūrayanto taṃ bhūmiṃ anupāpuṇissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
It is a situation for one so advised and so instructed to arrive at that plane, having fulfilled the aggregate of virtue.
♦ sammāsambuddhassa te sato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
♦ It is no situation for you, being a rightly enlightened one, not to have fully discovered these things.
sabbāsavaparikkhīṇassa te sato ime āsavā aparikkhīṇāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
It is no situation for you, being one whose taints are utterly extinguished, not to have utterly extinguished these taints.
yassa te atthāya dhammo desito, so na niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
It is no situation for him for whose benefit the Dhamma is taught not to be guided out for the right exhaustion of suffering for the doer.
sāvako kho pana te dhammānudhammappaṭipanno sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī so pubbena aparaṃ uḷāraṃ visesādhigamaṃ na sacchikarissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
It is no situation for a disciple of yours, practising the Dhamma in conformity with the Dhamma, practising in the right way, faring in conformity with the Dhamma, not to realize a sublime distinction from a former (state) by a latter.
♦ ye kho pana dhammā antarāyikā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
♦ It is no situation for things that are obstructive, when indulged in, not to be able to form an obstruction.
ye kho pana dhammā aniyyānikā, te niyyanti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
It is no situation for things that are not leading out to lead out for the right exhaustion of suffering for the doer.
ye kho pana dhammā niyyānikā, te niyyanti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
It is a situation for things that are leading out to lead out for the right exhaustion of suffering for the doer.
sāvako kho pana te saupādiseso anupādisesaṃ nibbānadhātuṃ anupāpuṇissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
It is no situation for a disciple of yours with a residue remaining to arrive at the Nibbāna element with no residue remaining.
♦ diṭṭhisampanno mātaraṃ jīvitā voropeyya hatthehi vā pādehi vā suhataṃ kareyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puthujjano mātaraṃ jīvitā voropeyya hatthehi vā pādehi vā suhataṃ kareyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
♦ It is no situation that one accomplished in view would deprive his mother of life, would kill her with his hands or feet; it is a situation that a worldling would deprive his mother of life, would kill her with his hands or feet.
evaṃ pitaraṃ, arahantaṃ, bhikkhuṃ.
Likewise his father, an Arahant, a bhikkhu.
diṭṭhisampanno puggalo saṅghaṃ bhindeyya saṅghe vā saṅgharājiṃ janeyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puthujjano saṅghaṃ bhindeyya saṅghe vā saṅgharājiṃ janeyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, diṭṭhisampanno tathāgatassa duṭṭhacitto lohitaṃ uppādeyya, parinibbutassa vā tathāgatassa duṭṭhacitto thūpaṃ bhindeyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
It is no situation that a person accomplished in view would break up the Sangha or would create a schism in the Sangha; it is a situation that a worldling would break up the Sangha or would create a schism in the Sangha; it is no situation that a person accomplished in view with a mind of hate would cause the Tathāgata's blood to flow, or with a mind of hate would break a stūpa of a Tathāgata who has attained final Nibbāna.
puthujjano tathāgatassa duṭṭhacitto lohitaṃ uppādeyya, parinibbutassa vā tathāgatassa duṭṭhacitto thūpaṃ bhindeyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
It is a situation that a worldling with a mind of hate would cause the Tathāgata's blood to flow, or with a mind of hate would break a stūpa of a Tathāgata who has attained final Nibbāna.
diṭṭhisampanno aññaṃ satthāraṃ apadiseyya api jīvitahetūti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puthujjano aññaṃ satthāraṃ apadiseyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
It is no situation that one accomplished in view would point to another teacher, even for the sake of his life; it is a situation that a worldling would point to another teacher.
diṭṭhisampanno ito bahiddhā aññaṃ dakkhiṇeyyaṃ pariyeseyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puthujjano ito bahiddhā aññaṃ dakkhiṇeyyaṃ pariyeseyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati, diṭṭhisampanno kutūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṃ pacceyyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
It is no situation that one accomplished in view would seek for one worthy of gifts outside of this; it is a situation that a worldling would seek for one worthy of gifts outside of this; it is no situation that one accomplished in view would expect purity through commotion and auspicious signs.
puthujjano kutūhalamaṅgalena suddhiṃ pacceyyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
It is a situation that a worldling would expect purity through commotion and auspicious signs.
♦ 57. itthī rājā cakkavattī siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso rājā cakkavattī siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati;
♦ 57. It is no situation that a woman would be a wheel-turning king; it is a situation that a man would be a wheel-turning king;
itthī sakko devānamindo siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso sakko devānamindo siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati;
It is no situation that a woman would be Sakka, king of the devas; it is a situation that a man would be Sakka, king of the devas;
itthī māro pāpimā siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso māro pāpimā siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati;
It is no situation that a woman would be Māra the evil one; it is a situation that a man would be Māra the evil one;
itthī mahābrahmā siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso mahābrahmā siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati;
It is no situation that a woman would be a Mahābrahmā; it is a situation that a man would be a Mahābrahmā;
itthī tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho siyāti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, puriso tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho siyāti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
It is no situation that a woman would be a Tathāgata, an Arahant, a Rightly Enlightened One; it is a situation that a man would be a Tathāgata, an Arahant, a Rightly Enlightened One.
♦ dve tathāgatā arahanto sammāsambuddhā apubbaṃ acarimaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā uppajjeyyuṃ vā dhammaṃ vā deseyyunti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, ekova tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho ekissā lokadhātuyā uppajjissati vā dhammaṃ vā desessatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
♦ It is no situation that two Tathāgatas, Arahants, Rightly Enlightened Ones would arise in a single world-system, not before and not after, or would teach the Dhamma; it is a situation that one Tathāgata, an Arahant, a Rightly Enlightened One will arise in a single world-system or will teach the Dhamma.
♦ tiṇṇaṃ duccaritānaṃ iṭṭho kanto piyo manāpo vipāko bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, tiṇṇaṃ duccaritānaṃ aniṭṭho akanto appiyo amanāpo vipāko bhavissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati .
♦ It is no situation that the result of the three kinds of misconduct will be wished for, desired, dear, and pleasant; it is a situation that the result of the three kinds of misconduct will be unwished for, undesired, un-dear, and unpleasant.
tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ aniṭṭho akanto appiyo amanāpo vipāko bhavissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ iṭṭho kanto piyo manāpo vipāko bhavissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
It is no situation that the result of the three kinds of good conduct will be unwished for, undesired, un-dear, and unpleasant; it is a situation that the result of the three kinds of good conduct will be wished for, desired, dear, and pleasant.
♦ aññataro samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā kuhako lapako nemittako kuhanalapananemittakattaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ katvā pañca nīvaraṇe appahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu anupaṭṭhitassati viharanto satta bojjhaṅge abhāvayitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati, aññataro samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā sabbadosāpagato pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu upaṭṭhitassati viharanto satta bojjhaṅge bhāvayitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissatīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati.
♦ It is no situation that some recluse or brahmin who is a deceiver, a talker, a diviner, having made deceit, talk, and divination his prerequisite, without abandoning the five hindrances, the defilements of the heart that weaken wisdom, dwelling with mindfulness unestablished in the four foundations of mindfulness, without having developed the seven factors of enlightenment, will fully awaken to the supreme right enlightenment; it is a situation that some recluse or brahmin who is devoid of all faults, having abandoned the five hindrances, the defilements of the heart that weaken wisdom, dwelling with mindfulness established in the four foundations of mindfulness, having developed the seven factors of enlightenment, will fully awaken to the supreme right enlightenment.
yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso idaṃ vuccati ṭhānāṭṭhānañāṇaṃ paṭhamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
Herein, the knowledge of cause, of instance, without limitation, this is called the knowledge of instances and non-instances, the first power of the Tathāgata.
♦ iti ṭhānāṭṭhānagatā sabbe khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā keci saggūpagā keci apāyūpagā keci nibbānūpagā, evaṃ bhagavā āha —
♦ Thus, all things that have gone to instances and non-instances are subject to destruction, subject to passing away, subject to fading away, subject to cessation; some lead to heaven, some lead to the states of deprivation, some lead to Nibbāna, so the Blessed One said —
♦ 58.
♦ 58.
♦ sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ.
♦ All beings will die, for life has its end in death.
♦ yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā.
♦ They will go according to their kamma, experiencing the fruit of merit and demerit.
♦ nirayaṃ pāpakammantā, puññakammā ca suggatiṃ.
♦ Those who have done evil go to hell, and those who have done meritorious kamma to a good destination.
♦ apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavāti .
♦ And others, having developed the path, attain final Nibbāna, their taints extinguished.
♦ sabbe sattāti ariyā ca anariyā ca sakkāyapariyāpannā ca sakkāyavītivattā ca.
♦ All beings: noble ones and ignoble ones, those included in the personal identity and those who have passed beyond the personal identity.
marissantīti dvīhi maraṇehi dandhamaraṇena ca adandhamaraṇena ca, sakkāyapariyāpannānaṃ adandhamaraṇaṃ sakkāyavītivattānaṃ dandhamaraṇaṃ.
Will die: by two kinds of death, the slow death and the not-slow death; for those included in the personal identity there is the not-slow death, for those who have passed beyond the personal identity there is the slow death.
maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitanti khayā āyussa indriyānaṃ uparodhā jīvitapariyanto maraṇapariyanto.
For life has its end in death: the end of life is the end of death due to the exhaustion of life-span, the cessation of the faculties.
yathākammaṃ gamissantīti kammassakatā.
They will go according to their kamma: the ownership of kamma.
puññapāpaphalūpagāti kammānaṃ phaladassāvitā ca avippavāso ca.
Experiencing the fruit of merit and demerit: the showing of the fruit of kamma and its non-disappearance.
♦ nirayaṃ pāpakammantāti apuññasaṅkhārā.
♦ Those who have done evil go to hell: demeritorious formations.
puññakammā ca suggatinti puññasaṅkhārā sugatiṃ gamissanti.
And those who have done meritorious kamma to a good destination: meritorious formations will go to a good destination.
apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavāti sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ samatikkamanaṃ.
And others, having developed the path, attain final Nibbāna, their taints extinguished: the transcending of all formations.
tenāha bhagavā — “sabbe .
Therefore the Blessed One said: "All... pe... their taints extinguished."
.. pe .
.. nāsavā”ti.
♦ “sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ.
♦ "All beings will die, for life has its end in death. They will go according to their kamma, experiencing the fruit of merit and demerit. Those who have done evil go to hell" is the course that is deep and hard to see.
yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā.
"And others, having developed the path, attain final Nibbāna, their taints extinguished" is the middle way.
nirayaṃ pāpakammantā”ti āgāḷhā ca nijjhāmā ca paṭipadā.
"All beings will die, for life has its end in death, they will go according to their kamma, experiencing the fruit of merit and demerit, those who have done evil go to hell" this is defilement.
“apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā”ti majjhimā paṭipadā.
Thus it produces saṃsāra.
“sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ, yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā, nirayaṃ pāpakammantā”ti ayaṃ saṃkileso.
"All beings will die... pe... those who have done evil go to hell" these are the three cycles: the cycle of suffering, the cycle of kamma, the cycle of defilements.
evaṃ saṃsāraṃ nibbattayati.
"And others, having developed the path, attain final Nibbāna, their taints extinguished" is the turning away from the three cycles.
“sabbe sattā marissanti .
"All beings will die... pe... those who have done evil go to hell" is the danger; "and those who have done meritorious kamma to a good destination" is the gratification; "and others, having developed the path, attain final Nibbāna, their taints extinguished" is the escape.
.. pe .
"All beings will die... pe... those who have done evil go to hell" are cause and fruit; the five aggregates are the fruit, craving is the cause; "and others, having developed the path, attain final Nibbāna, their taints extinguished" are the path and the fruit.
.. nirayaṃ pāpakammantā”ti ime tayo vaṭṭā dukkhavaṭṭo kammavaṭṭo kilesavaṭṭo.
"All beings will die, for life has its end in death. They will go according to their kamma, experiencing the fruit of merit and demerit, those who have done evil go to hell" this is defilement; that defilement is of three kinds: the defilement of craving, the defilement of views, and the defilement of misconduct.
“apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā”ti tiṇṇaṃ vaṭṭānaṃ vivaṭṭanā.
“sabbe sattā marissanti .
.. pe .
.. nirayaṃ pāpakammantā”ti ādīnavo, “puññakammā ca suggatin”ti assādo, “apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā”ti nissaraṇaṃ.
“sabbe sattā marissanti .
.. pe .
.. nirayaṃ pāpakammantā”ti hetu ca phalañca, pañcakkhandhā phalaṃ, taṇhā hetu, “apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā”ti maggo ca phalañca.
“sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ.
yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā, nirayaṃ pāpakammantā”ti ayaṃ saṃkileso, so saṃkileso tividho taṇhāsaṃkileso diṭṭhisaṃkileso duccaritasaṃkilesoti.
♦ 59. tattha taṇhāsaṃkileso tīhi taṇhāhi niddisitabbo — kāmataṇhāya bhavataṇhāya vibhavataṇhāya.
♦ 59. Herein, the defilement of craving is to be indicated by the three cravings — for sensual pleasure, for existence, for non-existence.
yena yena vā pana vatthunā ajjhosito, tena teneva niddisitabbo, tassā vitthāro chattiṃsāya taṇhāya jāliniyā vicaritāni.
Or by whatever object he is attached to, by that it is to be indicated; its detailed treatment is the thirty-six courses of the web of craving.
tattha diṭṭhisaṃkileso ucchedasassatena niddisitabbo, yena yena vā pana vatthunā diṭṭhivasena abhinivisati, “idameva saccaṃ moghamaññan”ti tena teneva niddisitabbo, tassā vitthāro dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni.
Herein, the defilement of views is to be indicated by annihilationism and eternalism, or by whatever object he clings to by way of view, "This alone is true, all else is false," by that it is to be indicated; its detailed treatment is the sixty-two kinds of wrong view.
tattha duccaritasaṃkileso cetanā cetasikakammena niddisitabbo, tīhi duccaritehi kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, tassā vitthāro dasa akusalakammapathā.
Herein, the defilement of misconduct is to be indicated by volition and mental kamma, by the three kinds of misconduct: bodily misconduct, verbal misconduct, and mental misconduct; its detailed treatment is the ten paths of unwholesome kamma.
apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavāti idaṃ vodānaṃ.
And others, having developed the path, attain final Nibbāna, their taints extinguished: this is cleansing.
♦ tayidaṃ vodānaṃ tividhaṃ;
♦ This cleansing is threefold;
taṇhāsaṃkileso samathena visujjhati, so samatho samādhikkhandho, diṭṭhisaṃkileso vipassanāya visujjhati, sā vipassanā paññākkhandho, duccaritasaṃkileso sucaritena visujjhati, taṃ sucaritaṃ sīlakkhandho.
The defilement of craving is purified by serenity, that serenity is the aggregate of concentration; the defilement of views is purified by insight, that insight is the aggregate of wisdom; the defilement of misconduct is purified by good conduct, that good conduct is the aggregate of virtue.
♦ “sabbe sattā marissanti, maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ, yathākammaṃ gamissanti, puññapāpaphalūpagā, nirayaṃ pāpakammantā”ti apuññappaṭipadā, “puññakammā ca suggatin”ti puññappaṭipadā, “apare ca maggaṃ bhāvetvā, parinibbantināsavā”ti puññapāpasamatikkamappaṭipadā, tattha yā ca puññappaṭipadā yā ca apuññappaṭipadā, ayaṃ ekā paṭipadā sabbatthagāminī ekā apāyesu, ekā devesu, yā ca puññapāpasamatikkamā paṭipadā ayaṃ tattha tattha gāminī paṭipadā.
♦ "All beings will die, for life has its end in death, they will go according to their kamma, experiencing the fruit of merit and demerit, those who have done evil go to hell" is the path of demerit; "and those who have done meritorious kamma to a good destination" is the path of merit; "and others, having developed the path, attain final Nibbāna, their taints extinguished" is the path of transcending merit and demerit; herein, the path of merit and the path of demerit, this is one path leading everywhere, one to the states of deprivation, one to the devas; and the path of transcending merit and demerit, this is the path leading to this or that.
♦ tayo rāsī — micchattaniyato rāsi, sammattaniyato rāsi, aniyato rāsi, tattha yo ca micchattaniyato rāsi yo ca sammattaniyato rāsi ekā paṭipadā tattha tattha gāminī, tattha yo aniyato rāsi, ayaṃ sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā.
♦ There are three groups: the group fixed in wrongness, the group fixed in rightness, and the unfixed group; herein, the group fixed in wrongness and the group fixed in rightness are one path leading to this or that; herein, the unfixed group, this is the path leading everywhere.
kena kāraṇena?
For what reason?
paccayaṃ labhanto niraye upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto tiracchānayonīsu upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto pettivisayesu upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto asuresu upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto devesu upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto manussesu upapajjeyya, paccayaṃ labhanto parinibbāyeyya, tasmāyaṃ sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā, yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, idaṃ vuccati sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā ñāṇaṃ dutiyaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
Obtaining a condition, he might be reborn in hell; obtaining a condition, he might be reborn in the animal womb; obtaining a condition, he might be reborn in the realm of ghosts; obtaining a condition, he might be reborn among the asuras; obtaining a condition, he might be reborn among the devas; obtaining a condition, he might be reborn among humans; obtaining a condition, he might attain final Nibbāna; therefore this is the path leading everywhere; the knowledge herein of cause, of instance, without limitation, this is called the knowledge of the path leading everywhere, the second power of the Tathāgata.
♦ iti sabbatthagāminī paṭipadā anekadhātuloko, tattha tattha gāminī paṭipadā nānādhātuloko.
♦ Thus the path leading everywhere is the world of many elements; the path leading to this or that is the world of various elements.
tattha katamo anekadhātuloko?
Herein, what is the world of many elements?
cakkhudhātu rūpadhātu cakkhuviññāṇadhātu, sotadhātu saddadhātu sotaviññāṇadhātu, ghānadhātu gandhadhātu ghānaviññāṇadhātu, jivhādhātu rasadhātu jivhāviññāṇadhātu, kāyadhātu phoṭṭhabbadhātu kāyaviññāṇadhātu, manodhātu dhammadhātu manoviññāṇadhātu, pathavīdhātu, āpodhātu, tejodhātu, vāyodhātu, ākāsadhātu, viññāṇadhātu, kāmadhātu, byāpādadhātu, vihiṃsādhātu, nekkhammadhātu, abyāpādadhātu, avihiṃsādhātu, dukkhadhātu, domanassadhātu, avijjādhātu, sukhadhātu, somanassadhātu, upekkhādhātu, rūpadhātu, arūpadhātu, nirodhadhātu, saṅkhāradhātu, nibbānadhātu, ayaṃ anekadhātuloko.
The eye element, the form element, the eye-consciousness element; the ear element, the sound element, the ear-consciousness element; the nose element, the odor element, the nose-consciousness element; the tongue element, the taste element, the tongue-consciousness element; the body element, the tangible element, the body-consciousness element; the mind element, the mental-object element, the mind-consciousness element; the earth element, the water element, the fire element, the air element, the space element, the consciousness element; the sensual-pleasure element, the ill-will element, the cruelty element; the renunciation element, the non-ill-will element, the non-cruelty element; the suffering element, the grief element, the ignorance element; the happiness element, the joy element, the equanimity element; the form element, the formless element, the cessation element; the formations element, the Nibbāna element; this is the world of many elements.
♦ tattha katamo nānādhātuloko?
♦ Herein, what is the world of various elements?
aññā cakkhudhātu, aññā rūpadhātu, aññā cakkhuviññāṇadhātu.
Different is the eye element, different is the form element, different is the eye-consciousness element.
evaṃ sabbā.
So with all.
aññā nibbānadhātu.
Different is the Nibbāna element.
yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, idaṃ vuccati anekadhātu nānādhātu ñāṇaṃ tatiyaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
The knowledge herein of cause, of instance, without limitation, this is called the knowledge of the many elements and various elements, the third power of the Tathāgata.
♦ 60. iti anekadhātu nānādhātukassa lokassa yaṃ yadeva dhātuṃ sattā adhimuccanti, taṃ tadeva adhiṭṭhahanti abhinivisanti, keci rūpādhimuttā, keci saddādhimuttā, keci gandhādhimuttā, keci rasādhimuttā, keci phoṭṭhabbādhimuttā, keci dhammādhimuttā, keci itthādhimuttā, keci purisādhimuttā, keci cāgādhimuttā, keci hīnādhimuttā, keci paṇītādhimuttā, keci devādhimuttā, keci manussādhimuttā, keci nibbānādhimuttā.
♦ 60. Thus of the world of many and various elements, whatever element beings are inclined to, that they adhere to, they cling to; some are inclined to form, some are inclined to sound, some are inclined to odor, some are inclined to taste, some are inclined to tangibles, some are inclined to mental objects; some are inclined to women, some are inclined to men; some are inclined to giving, some are inclined to the inferior, some are inclined to the sublime; some are inclined to devas, some are inclined to humans, some are inclined to Nibbāna.
yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, ayaṃ veneyyo, ayaṃ na veneyyo, ayaṃ saggagāmī, ayaṃ duggatigāmīti, idaṃ vuccati sattānaṃ nānādhimuttikatā ñāṇaṃ catutthaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
The knowledge herein of cause, of instance, without limitation, 'This one is trainable, this one is not trainable, this one is going to heaven, this one is going to a bad destination,' this is called the knowledge of the various inclinations of beings, the fourth power of the Tathāgata.
♦ iti te yathādhimuttā ca bhavanti, taṃ taṃ kammasamādānaṃ samādiyanti.
♦ Thus as they are inclined, they undertake that undertaking of kamma.
te chabbidhaṃ kammaṃ samādiyanti — keci lobhavasena, keci dosavasena, keci mohavasena, keci saddhāvasena, keci vīriyavasena, keci paññāvasena.
They undertake a sixfold kamma — some through greed, some through hate, some through delusion; some through faith, some through energy, some through wisdom.
taṃ vibhajjamānaṃ duvidhaṃ — saṃsāragāmi ca nibbānagāmi ca.
That, being divided, is twofold: leading to saṃsāra and leading to Nibbāna.
♦ tattha yaṃ lobhavasena dosavasena mohavasena ca kammaṃ karoti, idaṃ kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ.
♦ Herein, the kamma he does through greed, through hate, and through delusion, this kamma is dark with a dark result.
tattha yaṃ saddhāvasena kammaṃ karoti, idaṃ kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ.
Herein, the kamma he does through faith, this kamma is bright with a bright result.
tattha yaṃ lobhavasena dosavasena mohavasena saddhāvasena ca kammaṃ karoti, idaṃ kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ.
Herein, the kamma he does through greed, through hate, through delusion, and through faith, this kamma is dark and bright with a dark and bright result.
tattha yaṃ vīriyavasena paññāvasena ca kammaṃ karoti, idaṃ kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhāsukkavipākaṃ kammuttamaṃ kammaseṭṭhaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati.
Herein, the kamma he does through energy and through wisdom, this kamma is neither dark nor bright with a neither-dark-nor-bright result, the best kamma, the highest kamma, which conduces to the exhaustion of kamma.
♦ cattāri kammasamādānāni.
♦ Four undertakings of kamma.
atthi kammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhaṃ āyatiṃ dukkhavipākaṃ, atthi kammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhaṃ āyatiṃ sukhavipākaṃ, atthi kammasamādānaṃ paccuppannadukkhañceva āyatiṃ ca dukkhavipākaṃ, atthi kammasamādānaṃ paccuppannasukhañceva āyatiṃ ca sukhavipākaṃ.
There is an undertaking of kamma that is pleasant in the present and has a painful result in the future; there is an undertaking of kamma that is painful in the present and has a pleasant result in the future; there is an undertaking of kamma that is painful both in the present and has a painful result in the future; there is an undertaking of kamma that is pleasant both in the present and has a pleasant result in the future.
yaṃ evaṃ jātiyaṃ kammasamādānaṃ, iminā puggalena akusalakammasamādānaṃ upacitaṃ avipakkaṃ vipākāya paccupaṭṭhitaṃ na ca bhabbo abhinibbidhā gantunti taṃ bhagavā na ovadati.
The undertaking of kamma in this way by this person, this unwholesome undertaking of kamma has been accumulated, has not ripened, is present for ripening, and he is not able to go forth with aversion; the Blessed One does not advise him.
yathā devadattaṃ kokālikaṃ sunakkhattaṃ licchaviputtaṃ, ye vā panaññepi sattā micchattaniyatā imesañca puggalānaṃ upacitaṃ akusalaṃ na ca tāva pāripūriṃ gataṃ, purā pāripūriṃ gacchati.
Like Devadatta, Kokālika, Sunakkhatta the Licchavi son, and whatever other beings are fixed in wrongness, for these persons the accumulated unwholesome kamma has not yet reached its fullness. Before it reaches its fullness.
purā phalaṃ nibbattayati, purā maggamāvārayati, purā veneyyattaṃ samatikkamatīti te bhagavā asamatte ovadati.
Before the fruit is produced, before it obstructs the path, before it transcends the state of being trainable, the Blessed One advises them while they are incomplete.
yathā puṇṇañca govatikaṃ acelañca kukkuravatikaṃ.
Like Puṇṇa the cow-vow ascetic and Acela the dog-vow ascetic.
♦ 61. imassa ca puggalassa akusalakammasamādānaṃ paripūramānaṃ maggaṃ āvārayissati purā pāripūriṃ gacchati, purā phalaṃ nibbattayati, purā maggamāvārayati, purā veneyyattaṃ samatikkamatīti taṃ bhagavā asamattaṃ ovadati.
♦ 61. For this person, the accumulation of unwholesome kamma will obstruct the path before it reaches fullness, before the fruit is produced, before it obstructs the path, before it transcends the state of being trainable; the Blessed One advises him while he is incomplete.
yathā āyasmantaṃ aṅgulimālaṃ.
Like the venerable Aṅgulimāla.
♦ sabbesaṃ mudumajjhādhimattatā.
♦ Of all, there is the state of being weak, medium, and keen.
tattha mudu āneñjābhisaṅkhārā majjhaṃ avasesakusalasaṅkhārā, adhimattaṃ akusalasaṅkhārā, yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, idaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ upapajjavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ aparāpariyavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ nirayavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ tiracchānavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ pettivisayavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ asuravedanīyaṃ, idaṃ devavedanīyaṃ, idaṃ manussavedanīyanti, idaṃ vuccati atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṃ kammasamādānānaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso vipākavemattatā ñāṇaṃ pañcamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
Herein, the weak are the imperturbable formations, the medium are the remaining wholesome formations, the keen are the unwholesome formations; the knowledge herein of cause, of instance, without limitation, this is to be experienced in this very life, this is to be experienced upon rebirth, this is to be experienced in a subsequent life, this is to be experienced in hell, this is to be experienced in the animal womb, this is to be experienced in the realm of ghosts, this is to be experienced among the asuras, this is to be experienced among the devas, this is to be experienced among humans; this is called the knowledge of the diversity of results of past, future, and present undertakings of kamma, by cause, by instance, without limitation, the fifth power of the Tathāgata.
♦ 62. iti tathā samādinnānaṃ kammānaṃ samādinnānaṃ jhānānaṃ vimokkhānaṃ samādhīnaṃ samāpattīnaṃ ayaṃ saṃkileso, idaṃ vodānaṃ, idaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ, evaṃ saṃkilissati, evaṃ vodāyati, evaṃ vuṭṭhahatīti ñāṇaṃ anāvaraṇaṃ.
♦ 62. Thus of the kammas so undertaken, of the jhānas undertaken, of the liberations, of the concentrations, of the attainments, this is the defilement, this is the cleansing, this is the emergence; thus it is defiled, thus it is cleansed, thus it emerges; the knowledge is without obstruction.
♦ tattha kati jhānāni?
♦ Herein, how many jhānas are there?
cattāri jhānāni.
There are four jhānas.
kati vimokkhā?
How many liberations?
ekādasa ca aṭṭha ca satta ca tayo ca dve ca.
Eleven, eight, seven, three, and two.
kati samādhī?
How many concentrations?
tayo samādhī — savitakko savicāro samādhi, avitakko vicāramatto samādhi, avitakko avicāro samādhi.
Three concentrations — concentration with thought and examination, concentration without thought but with examination only, concentration without thought and without examination.
kati samāpattiyo?
How many attainments?
pañca samāpattiyo — saññāsamāpatti asaññāsamāpatti nevasaññānāsaññāsamāpatti vibhūtasaññāsamāpatti nirodhasamāpatti.
Five attainments — the attainment of perception, the attainment of non-perception, the attainment of neither-perception-nor-non-perception, the attainment of the fading of perception, the attainment of cessation.
♦ tattha katamo saṃkileso?
♦ Herein, what is the defilement?
paṭhamajjhānassa kāmarāgabyāpādā saṃkileso.
For the first jhana, sensual desire and ill will are the defilement.
ye ca kukkuṭajhāyī dve paṭhamakā yo vā pana koci hānabhāgiyo samādhi, ayaṃ saṃkileso.
And the two chicken-jhana meditators who are first, or whatever concentration is of a declining nature, this is the defilement.
tattha katamaṃ vodānaṃ, nīvaraṇapārisuddhi, paṭhamassa jhānassa ye ca kukkuṭajhāyī dve pacchimakā yo vā pana koci visesabhāgiyo samādhi, idaṃ vodānaṃ.
Herein, what is the cleansing, the purity from the hindrances?
tattha katamaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ?
For the first jhana, the two chicken-jhana meditators who are last, or whatever concentration is of a superior nature, this is the cleansing.
yaṃ samāpattivuṭṭhānakosallaṃ, idaṃ vuṭṭhānaṃ.
Herein, what is the emergence?
yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso, idaṃ vuccati sabbesaṃ jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīnaṃ saṃkilesavodānavuṭṭhānañāṇaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
Whatever is the skill in emerging from attainment, this is the emergence.
The knowledge herein of cause, of instance, without limitation, this is called the knowledge of the defilement, cleansing, and emergence of all the jhānas, liberations, concentrations, and attainments, the sixth power of the Tathāgata.
♦ 63. iti tasseva samādhissa tayo dhammā parivārā indriyāni balāni vīriyamiti, tāniyeva indriyāni vīriyavasena balāni bhavanti, ādhipateyyaṭṭhena indriyāni, akampiyaṭṭhena balāni, iti tesaṃ mudumajjhādhimattatā ayaṃ mudindriyo ayaṃ majjhindriyo ayaṃ tikkhindriyoti.
♦ 63. Thus of that same concentration, three things are the requisites: the faculties, the powers, and energy; these same faculties, by way of energy, become powers; by way of being dominant, they are faculties; by way of being unshakable, they are powers; thus of these there is the state of being weak, medium, and keen; this one has weak faculties, this one has medium faculties, this one has keen faculties.
tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyaṃ saṃkhittena ovādena ovadati, majjhindriyaṃ bhagavā saṃkhittavitthārena ovadati, mudindriyaṃ bhagavā vitthārena ovadati.
Herein, the Blessed One advises the one with keen faculties with a brief exhortation, the Blessed One advises the one with medium faculties with a brief and detailed exhortation, the Blessed One advises the one with weak faculties with a detailed exhortation.
tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyassa mudukaṃ dhammadesanaṃ upadisati, majjhindriyassa bhagavā mudutikkhadhammadesanaṃ upadisati, mudindriyassa bhagavā tikkhaṃ dhammadesanaṃ upadisati.
Herein, the Blessed One teaches the one with keen faculties a gentle teaching of the Dhamma, the Blessed One teaches the one with medium faculties a gentle and keen teaching of the Dhamma, the Blessed One teaches the one with weak faculties a keen teaching of the Dhamma.
tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyassa samathaṃ upadisati, majjhindriyassa bhagavā samathavipassanaṃ upadisati, mudindriyassa bhagavā vipassanaṃ upadisati.
Herein, the Blessed One teaches the one with keen faculties serenity, the Blessed One teaches the one with medium faculties serenity and insight, the Blessed One teaches the one with weak faculties insight.
tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyassa nissaraṇaṃ upadisati, majjhindriyassa bhagavā ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca upadisati, mudindriyassa bhagavā assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca upadisati.
Herein, the Blessed One teaches the one with keen faculties the escape, the Blessed One teaches the one with medium faculties the danger and the escape, the Blessed One teaches the one with weak faculties the gratification, the danger, and the escape.
tattha bhagavā tikkhindriyassa adhipaññāsikkhāya paññāpayati, majjhindriyassa bhagavā adhicittasikkhāya paññāpayati, mudindriyassa bhagavā adhisīlasikkhāya paññāpayati.
Herein, the Blessed One instructs the one with keen faculties in the training in higher wisdom, the Blessed One instructs the one with medium faculties in the training in higher consciousness, the Blessed One instructs the one with weak faculties in the training in higher virtue.
♦ yaṃ ettha ñāṇaṃ hetuso ṭhānaso anodhiso ayaṃ imaṃ bhūmiṃ bhāvanañca gato, imāya velāya imāya anusāsaniyā evaṃ dhātuko cāyaṃ ayaṃ cassa āsayo ayañca anusayo iti, idaṃ vuccati parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ indriyaparopariyattavemattatā ñāṇaṃ sattamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
♦ The knowledge herein of cause, of instance, without limitation, 'This one has gone to this plane and development, at this time, by this instruction, of such a nature is this one, this is his disposition and this is his underlying tendency,' this is called the knowledge of the diversity of the faculties of other beings, of other persons, the seventh power of the Tathāgata.
♦ iti tattha yaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati.
♦ Thus herein he recollects his manifold past lives.
seyyathidaṃ, ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattārīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekānipi jātisatāni anekānipi jātisahassāni anekānipi jātisatasahassāni anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe.
That is to say, one birth, two births, three births, four births, five births, ten births, twenty births, thirty births, forty births, fifty births, a hundred births, a thousand births, a hundred thousand births, many hundreds of births, many thousands of births, many hundreds of thousands of births, many aeons of contraction, many aeons of expansion, many aeons of contraction and expansion.
amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ.
'There I was of such a name, of such a clan, of such a complexion, such was my food, such my experience of pleasure and pain, such was the end of my life-span; having passed away from there, I arose there.
tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapannoti, iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati.
There too I was of such a name, of such a clan, of such a complexion, such was my food, such my experience of pleasure and pain, such was the end of my life-span; having passed away from there, I have arisen here,' thus with its aspects and details he recollects his manifold past lives.
♦ 64. tattha saggūpagesu ca sattesu manussūpagesu ca sattesu apāyūpagesu ca sattesu imassa puggalassa lobhādayo ussannā alobhādayo mandā, imassa puggalassa alobhādayo ussannā lobhādayo mandā, ye vā pana ussannā ye vā pana mandā imassa puggalassa imāni indriyāni upacitāni imassa puggalassa imāni indriyāni anupacitāni amukāya vā kappakoṭiyaṃ kappasatasahasse vā kappasahasse vā kappasate vā kappe vā antarakappe vā upaḍḍhakappe vā saṃvacchare vā upaḍḍhasaṃvacchare vā māse vā pakkhe vā divase vā muhutte vā iminā pamādena vā pasādena vāti.
♦ 64. Herein, among beings who have gone to heaven and beings who have gone to the human state and beings who have gone to the states of deprivation, for this person greed and so on are strong, non-greed and so on are weak; for this person non-greed and so on are strong, greed and so on are weak; or whatever are strong or whatever are weak, for this person these faculties have been accumulated, for this person these faculties have not been accumulated, in such and such a hundred thousand aeons, or a thousand aeons, or a hundred aeons, or an aeon, or an interim aeon, or half an aeon, or a year, or half a year, or a month, or a fortnight, or a day, or a moment, by this negligence or by this devotion.
taṃ taṃ bhavaṃ bhagavā anussaranto asesaṃ jānāti, tattha yaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā.
Recollecting that particular existence, the Blessed One knows it completely; herein, with the divine eye, purified and surpassing the human, he sees beings passing away and being reborn, inferior and superior, fair and ugly, in good destinations and bad destinations, he knows beings according to their kamma: 'These worthy beings, endowed with bodily misconduct, endowed with verbal misconduct, endowed with mental misconduct, revilers of the noble ones, of wrong view, undertaking kamma of wrong view, on the dissolution of the body, after death, have been reborn in a state of deprivation, a bad destination, a state of ruin, in hell.'
♦ ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā, tattha saggūpagesu ca sattesu manussūpagesu ca sattesu apāyūpagesu ca sattesu iminā puggalena evarūpaṃ kammaṃ amukāya kappakoṭiyaṃ upacitaṃ kappasatasahasse vā kappasahasse vā kappasate vā kappe vā antarakappe vā upaḍḍhakappe vā saṃvacchare vā upaḍḍhasaṃvacchare vā māse vā pakkhe vā divase vā muhutte vā iminā pamādena vā pasādena vāti.
♦ 'Or these worthy beings, endowed with good bodily conduct, endowed with good verbal conduct, endowed with good mental conduct, not revilers of the noble ones, of right view, undertaking kamma of right view, on the dissolution of the body, after death, have been reborn in a good destination, a heavenly world'; herein, among beings who have gone to heaven and beings who have gone to the human state and beings who have gone to the states of deprivation, by this person such and such kamma was accumulated in such and such a hundred thousand aeons, or a thousand aeons, or a hundred aeons, or an aeon, or an interim aeon, or half an aeon, or a year, or half a year, or a month, or a fortnight, or a day, or a moment, by this negligence or by this devotion.
imāni bhagavato dve ñāṇāni — pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇañca dibbacakkhu ca aṭṭhamaṃ navamaṃ tathāgatabalaṃ.
These two knowledges of the Blessed One — the knowledge of the recollection of past lives and the divine eye — are the eighth and ninth powers of the Tathāgata.
♦ iti tattha yaṃ sabbaññutā pattā viditā sabbadhammā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ uppannaṃ sabbaññutañāṇaṃ nihato māro bodhimūle, idaṃ bhagavato dasamaṃ balaṃ sabbāsavaparikkhayaṃ ñāṇaṃ.
♦ Thus herein, the omniscience that is attained, the knowing of all things, the unstained, taintless knowledge of omniscience that has arisen, Māra being defeated at the foot of the Bodhi tree, this is the tenth power of the Blessed One, the knowledge of the extinction of all taints.
dasabalasamannāgatā hi buddhā bhagavantoti.
For the Buddhas, the Blessed Ones, are possessed of the ten powers.
♦ niyutto vicayo hārasampāto.
♦ The Method Section of the Concordance of Conveyors is concluded.
♦ 3. yuttihārasampāto
♦ 3. The Concordance of the Conveyor of Reasoning
♦ 65.
♦ 65.
♦ tattha katamo yuttihārasampāto?
♦ Herein, what is the concordance of the conveyor of reasoning?
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro.
♦ "Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere,
♦ sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro, ñatvāna udayabbayaṃ.
♦ with right view as his forerunner, knowing arising and passing away,
♦ thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhu, sabbā duggatiyo jahe”ti.
♦ a bhikkhu, having overcome sloth and torpor, should abandon all bad destinations."
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti rakkhitacittassa sammāsaṅkappagocaro bhavissatīti yujjati, sammāsaṅkappagocaro sammādiṭṭhi bhavissatīti yujjati, sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro viharanto udayabbayaṃ paṭivijjhissatīti yujjati, udayabbayaṃ paṭivijjhanto sabbā duggatiyo jahissatīti yujjati.
♦ "Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere" it is logical that for one with a guarded mind, right intention will be his sphere; it is logical that with right intention as his sphere, there will be right view; it is logical that dwelling with right view as his forerunner, he will penetrate arising and passing away; it is logical that penetrating arising and passing away, he will abandon all bad destinations.
sabbā duggatiyo jahanto sabbāni duggativinipātabhayāni samatikkamissatīti yujjatīti.
It is logical that abandoning all bad destinations, he will transcend all fears of bad destinations and states of ruin.
♦ niyutto yuttihārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of the Conveyor of Reasoning is concluded.
♦ 4. padaṭṭhānahārasampāto
♦ 4. The Concordance of the Conveyor of the Basis of a Term
♦ 66. tattha katamo padaṭṭhāno hārasampāto?
♦ 66. Herein, what is the concordance of the conveyor of the basis of a term?
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti gāthā.
♦ "Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere" is the verse.
“tasmā rakkhitacittassā”ti tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ.
"Therefore, for one with a guarded mind" is the basis for the three kinds of good conduct.
“sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti samathassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
"With right intention as his sphere" is the basis for serenity.
“sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro”ti vipassanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
"With right view as his forerunner" is the basis for insight.
“ñatvāna udayabbayan”ti dassanabhūmiyā padaṭṭhānaṃ.
"Knowing arising and passing away" is the basis for the plane of vision.
“thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhū”ti vīriyassa padaṭṭhānaṃ.
"A bhikkhu, having overcome sloth and torpor" is the basis for energy.
“sabbā duggatiyo jahe”ti bhāvanāya padaṭṭhānaṃ.
"Should abandon all bad destinations" is the basis for development.
♦ niyutto padaṭṭhāno hārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of the Conveyor of the Basis of a Term is concluded.
♦ 5. lakkhaṇahārasampāto
♦ 5. The Concordance of the Conveyor of Characteristics
♦ 67. tattha katamo lakkhaṇo hārasampāto?
♦ 67. Herein, what is the concordance of the conveyor of characteristics?
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti gāthā.
♦ "Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere" is the verse.
“tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti idaṃ satindriyaṃ, satindriye gahite gahitāni bhavanti pañcindriyāni.
"Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere" this is the faculty of mindfulness; when the faculty of mindfulness is taken, the five faculties are taken.
“sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro”ti sammādiṭṭhiyā gahitāya gahito bhavati ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.
"With right view as his forerunner" when right view is taken, the noble eightfold path is taken.
taṃ kissa hetu?
For what reason?
sammādiṭṭhito hi sammāsaṅkappo pabhavati, sammāsaṅkappato sammāvācā pabhavati, sammāvācāto sammākammanto pabhavati, sammākammantato sammāājīvo pabhavati, sammāājīvato sammāvāyāmo pabhavati, sammāvāyāmato sammāsati pabhavati, sammāsatito sammāsamādhi pabhavati, sammāsamādhito sammāvimutti pabhavati, sammāvimuttito sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ pabhavati.
For from right view, right intention arises; from right intention, right speech arises; from right speech, right action arises; from right action, right livelihood arises; from right livelihood, right effort arises; from right effort, right mindfulness arises; from right mindfulness, right concentration arises; from right concentration, right liberation arises; from right liberation, the knowledge and vision of right liberation arises.
♦ niyutto lakkhaṇo hārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of the Conveyor of Characteristics is concluded.
♦ 6. catubyūhahārasampāto
♦ 6. The Concordance of the Conveyor of the Fourfold Array
♦ 68. tattha katamo catubyūho hārasampāto.
♦ 68. Herein, what is the concordance of the conveyor of the fourfold array?
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti gāthā.
♦ "Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere" is the verse.
“tasmā rakkhitacittassā”ti rakkhitaṃ paripālīyatīti esā nirutti.
"Therefore, for one with a guarded mind" to be guarded is to be protected, this is the definition.
idha bhagavato ko adhippāyo?
Here, what is the intention of the Blessed One?
ye duggatīhi parimuccitukāmā bhavissanti, te dhammacārino bhavissantīti ayaṃ ettha bhagavato adhippāyo.
Those who wish to be freed from bad destinations will be followers of the Dhamma, this is the intention of the Blessed One here.
kokāliko hi sāriputtamoggallānesu theresu cittaṃ padosayitvā mahāpadumaniraye upapanno.
For Kokālika, having conceived a corrupt mind towards the elders Sāriputta and Moggallāna, was reborn in the Mahāpaduma hell.
bhagavā ca satiārakkhena cetasā samannāgato, suttamhi vuttaṃ “satiyā cittaṃ rakkhitabban”ti.
And the Blessed One is endowed with a mind guarded by mindfulness; it is said in the sutta "The mind should be guarded by mindfulness."
♦ niyutto catubyūho hārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of the Conveyor of the Fourfold Array is concluded.
♦ 7. āvaṭṭahārasampāto
♦ 7. The Concordance of the Conveyor of Revolution
♦ 69. tattha katamo āvaṭṭo hārasampāto?
♦ 69. Herein, what is the concordance of the conveyor of revolution?
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti gāthā.
♦ "Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere" is the verse.
“tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti samatho .
"Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere" is serenity.
“sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro”ti vipassanā.
"With right view as his forerunner" is insight.
“ñatvāna udayabbayan”ti dukkhapariññā.
"Knowing arising and passing away" is the full understanding of suffering.
“thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhū”ti samudayapahānaṃ.
"A bhikkhu, having overcome sloth and torpor" is the abandonment of the origin.
“sabbā duggatiyo jahe”ti nirodho .
"Should abandon all bad destinations" is cessation.
imāni cattāri saccāni.
These are the four truths.
♦ niyutto āvaṭṭo hārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of the Conveyor of Revolution is concluded.
♦ 8. vibhattihārasampāto
♦ 8. The Concordance of the Conveyor of Case Endings
♦ 70. tattha katamo vibhattihārasampāto?
♦ 70. Herein, what is the concordance of the conveyor of case endings?
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti gāthā.
♦ "Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere" is the verse.
kusalapakkho kusalapakkhena niddisitabbo.
The wholesome side is to be indicated by the wholesome side.
akusalapakkho akusalapakkhena niddisitabbo.
The unwholesome side is to be indicated by the unwholesome side.
♦ niyutto vibhattihārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of the Conveyor of Case Endings is concluded.
♦ 9. parivattanahārasampāto
♦ 9. The Concordance of the Conveyor of Reversal
♦ 71. tattha katamo parivattano hārasampāto?
♦ 71. Herein, what is the concordance of the conveyor of reversal?
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti gāthā.
♦ "Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere" is the verse.
samathavipassanāya bhāvitāya nirodho phalaṃ, pariññātaṃ dukkhaṃ, samudayo pahīno, maggo bhāvito paṭipakkhena.
With serenity and insight developed, cessation is the fruit; suffering is fully understood, the origin is abandoned, the path is developed by its opposite.
♦ niyutto parivattano hārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of the Conveyor of Reversal is concluded.
♦ 10. vevacanahārasampāto
♦ 10. The Concordance of the Conveyor of Synonyms
♦ 72. tattha katamo vevacano hārasampāto?
♦ 72. Herein, what is the concordance of the conveyor of synonyms?
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti gāthā.
♦ "Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere" is the verse.
“tasmā rakkhitacittassā”ti cittaṃ mano viññāṇaṃ manindriyaṃ manāyatanaṃ vijānanā vijānitattaṃ, idaṃ vevacanaṃ.
"Therefore, for one with a guarded mind" mind, intellect, consciousness, faculty of mind, mind-base, knowing, the state of knowing, this is a synonym.
“sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti nekkhammasaṅkappo abyāpādasaṅkappo avihiṃsāsaṅkappo, idaṃ vevacanaṃ.
"With right intention as his sphere" intention of renunciation, intention of non-ill-will, intention of non-cruelty, this is a synonym.
“sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro”ti sammādiṭṭhi nāma paññāsatthaṃ paññākhaggo paññāratanaṃ paññāpajjoto paññāpatodo paññāpāsādo, idaṃ vevacanaṃ.
"With right view as his forerunner" right view means the weapon of wisdom, the sword of wisdom, the jewel of wisdom, the light of wisdom, the goad of wisdom, the palace of wisdom, this is a synonym.
♦ niyutto vevacano hārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of the Conveyor of Synonyms is concluded.
♦ 11. paññattihārasampāto
♦ 11. The Concordance of the Conveyor of Designation
♦ 73. tattha katamo paññattihārasampāto?
♦ 73. Herein, what is the concordance of the conveyor of designation?
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti gāthā.
♦ "Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere" is the verse.
“tasmā rakkhitacittassā”ti padaṭṭhānapaññatti satiyā.
"Therefore, for one with a guarded mind" is the designation of the basis for mindfulness.
“sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti bhāvanāpaññatti samathassa.
"With right intention as his sphere" is the designation of development for serenity.
“sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro, ñatvāna udayabbayan”ti dassanabhūmiyā nikkhepapaññatti.
"With right view as his forerunner, knowing arising and passing away" is the designation of the laying down for the plane of vision.
“thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhū”ti samudayassa anavasesappahānapaññatti, “sabbā duggatiyo jahe”ti bhāvanāpaññatti maggassa.
"A bhikkhu, having overcome sloth and torpor" is the designation of the complete abandonment for the origin; "should abandon all bad destinations" is the designation of development for the path.
♦ niyutto paññattihārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of the Conveyor of Designation is concluded.
♦ 12. otaraṇahārasampāto
♦ 12. The Concordance of the Conveyor of Penetration
♦ 74. tattha katamo otaraṇo hārasampāto?
♦ 74. Herein, what is the concordance of the conveyor of penetration?
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti gāthā.
♦ "Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere" is the verse.
“tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro” .
Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere.
“sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro”ti sammādiṭṭhiyā gahitāya gahitāni bhavanti pañcindriyāni, ayaṃ indriyehi otaraṇā.
"With right view as his forerunner" when right view is taken, the five faculties are taken; this is penetration by the faculties.
♦ tāniyeva indriyāni vijjā, vijjuppādā avijjānirodho, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, evaṃ sabbaṃ, ayaṃ paṭiccasamuppādena otaraṇā.
♦ These same faculties are knowledge; with the arising of knowledge there is the cessation of ignorance; with the cessation of ignorance there is the cessation of formations; with the cessation of formations there is the cessation of consciousness; so with all; this is penetration by dependent origination.
♦ tāniyeva pañcindriyāni tīhi khandhehi saṅgahitāni — sīlakkhandhena samādhikkhandhena paññākkhandhena.
♦ These same five faculties are included in three aggregates — the aggregate of virtue, the aggregate of concentration, the aggregate of wisdom.
ayaṃ khandhehi otaraṇā.
This is penetration by the aggregates.
♦ tāni yeva pañcindriyāni saṅkhārapariyāpannāni.
♦ These same five faculties are included in the formations.
ye saṅkhārā anāsavā no ca bhavaṅgā, te saṅkhārā dhammadhātusaṅgahitā, ayaṃ dhātūhi otaraṇā.
Those formations that are untainted and are not constituent of being, those formations are included in the Dhamma-element; this is penetration by the elements.
♦ sā dhammadhātu dhammāyatanapariyāpannā, yaṃ āyatanaṃ anāsavaṃ no ca bhavaṅgaṃ, ayaṃ āyatanehi otaraṇā.
♦ That Dhamma-element is included in the Dhamma-base; whatever base is untainted and is not constituent of being, this is penetration by the bases.
♦ niyutto otaraṇo hārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of the Conveyor of Penetration is concluded.
♦ 13. sodhanahārasampāto
♦ 13. The Concordance of the Conveyor of Purification
♦ 75. tattha katamo sodhano hārasampāto?
♦ 75. Herein, what is the concordance of the conveyor of purification?
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti gāthā.
♦ "Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere" is the verse.
yattha ārambho suddho, so pañho visajjito bhavati.
Where the beginning is pure, that question is answered.
yattha pana ārambho na suddho, na tāva so pañho visajjito bhavati.
But where the beginning is not pure, that question is not yet answered.
♦ niyutto sodhano hārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of the Conveyor of Purification is concluded.
♦ 14. adhiṭṭhānahārasampāto
♦ 14. The Concordance of the Conveyor of Resolution
♦ 76. tattha katamo adhiṭṭhāno hārasampāto?
♦ 76. Herein, what is the concordance of the conveyor of resolution?
♦ tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaroti gāthā.
♦ Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere is the verse.
tasmā rakkhitacittassāti ekattatā.
Therefore, for one with a guarded mind is oneness.
cittaṃ mano viññāṇaṃ, ayaṃ vemattatā.
Mind, intellect, consciousness, this is diversity.
sammāsaṅkappagocaroti ekattatā.
With right intention as his sphere is oneness.
nekkhammasaṅkappo abyāpādasaṅkappo avihiṃsāsaṅkappo ayaṃ vemattatā.
Intention of renunciation, intention of non-ill-will, intention of non-cruelty, this is diversity.
sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāroti ekattatā.
With right view as his forerunner is oneness.
sammādiṭṭhi nāma yaṃ dukkhe ñāṇaṃ dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ magge ñāṇaṃ hetumhi ñāṇaṃ hetusamuppannesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ paccaye ñāṇaṃ paccayasamuppannesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ, yaṃ tattha tattha yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ abhisamayo sampaṭivedho saccāgamanaṃ, ayaṃ vemattatā.
Right view is the knowledge of suffering, the knowledge of the origin of suffering, the knowledge of the cessation of suffering, the knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of suffering, knowledge in the path, knowledge in the cause, knowledge in things arisen from a cause, knowledge in a condition, knowledge in things arisen from a condition, whatever knowledge and vision of things as they really are, full understanding, penetration, attainment of the truth, this is diversity.
ñatvāna udayabbayanti ekattatā, udayena avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, evaṃ sabbaṃ samudayo bhavati.
Knowing arising and passing away is oneness; by arising, from ignorance as condition, formations come to be; from formations as condition, consciousness comes to be; thus all is origin.
vayena avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, evaṃ sabbaṃ nirodho hoti, ayaṃ vemattatā.
By passing away, with the cessation of ignorance, there is the cessation of formations; thus all is cessation; this is diversity.
thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhūti ekattatā, thinaṃ nāma yā cittassa akallatā akammaniyatā, middhaṃ nāma yaṃ kāyassa līnattaṃ, ayaṃ vemattatā.
A bhikkhu, having overcome sloth and torpor is oneness; sloth is the inability, the unworkability of the mind; torpor is the sluggishness of the body; this is diversity.
sabbā duggatiyo jaheti ekattatā, devamanusse vā upanidhāya apāyā duggati, nibbānaṃ vā upanidhāya sabbā upapattiyo duggati, ayaṃ vemattatā.
Should abandon all bad destinations is oneness; in reference to devas and humans, the states of deprivation are bad destinations; or in reference to Nibbāna, all states of existence are bad destinations; this is diversity.
♦ niyutto adhiṭṭhāno hārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of the Conveyor of Resolution is concluded.
♦ 15. parikkhārahārasampāto
♦ 15. The Concordance of the Conveyor of Requisites
♦ 77. tattha katamo parikkhāro hārasampāto?
♦ 77. Herein, what is the concordance of the conveyor of requisites?
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro”ti gāthā.
♦ "Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere" is the verse.
ayaṃ samathavipassanāya parikkhāro.
This is the requisite for serenity and insight.
♦ niyutto parikkhāro hārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of the Conveyor of Requisites is concluded.
♦ 16. samāropanahārasampāto
♦ 16. The Concordance of the Conveyor of Imposition
♦ 78. tattha katamo samāropano hārasampāto?
♦ 78. Herein, what is the concordance of the conveyor of imposition?
♦ “tasmā rakkhitacittassa, sammāsaṅkappagocaro.
♦ "Therefore, for one with a guarded mind, with right intention as his sphere,
♦ sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāro, ñatvāna udayabbayaṃ.
♦ with right view as his forerunner, knowing arising and passing away,
♦ thinamiddhābhibhū bhikkhu, sabbā duggatiyo jahe”ti.
♦ a bhikkhu, having overcome sloth and torpor, should abandon all bad destinations."
♦ tasmā rakkhitacittassāti tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ, citte rakkhite taṃ rakkhitaṃ bhavati kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammaṃ.
♦ Therefore, for one with a guarded mind is the basis for the three kinds of good conduct; when the mind is guarded, that is guarded: bodily action, verbal action, mental action.
sammādiṭṭhipurekkhāroti sammādiṭṭhiyā bhāvitāya bhāvito bhavati ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.
With right view as his forerunner, with right view developed, the noble eightfold path is developed.
kena kāraṇena?
For what reason?
sammādiṭṭhito hi sammāsaṅkappo pabhavati, sammāsaṅkappato sammāvācā pabhavati, sammāvācāto sammākammanto pabhavati, sammākammantato sammāājīvo pabhavati, sammāājīvato sammāvāyāmo pabhavati, sammāvāyāmato sammāsati pabhavati, sammāsatito sammāsamādhi pabhavati, sammāsamādhito sammāvimutti pabhavati, sammāvimuttito sammāvimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ pabhavati.
For from right view, right intention arises; from right intention, right speech arises; from right speech, right action arises; from right action, right livelihood arises; from right livelihood, right effort arises; from right effort, right mindfulness arises; from right mindfulness, right concentration arises; from right concentration, right liberation arises; from right liberation, the knowledge and vision of right liberation arises.
ayaṃ anupādiseso puggalo anupādisesā ca nibbānadhātu.
This is the person with no residue remaining and the Nibbāna element with no residue remaining.
♦ niyutto samāropano hārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of the Conveyor of Imposition is concluded.
♦ tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano —
♦ Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said —
♦ “soḷasa hārā paṭhamaṃ, disalocanato disā viloketvā.
♦ "Sixteen conveyors first, from the observation of a direction, having observed a direction,
♦ saṅkhipiya aṅkusena hi, nayehi tīhi niddise suttan”ti.
♦ having summarized with the hook, one should indicate the sutta with the three methods."
♦ niyutto hārasampāto.
♦ The Concordance of Conveyors is concluded.
♦ nayasamuṭṭhānaṃ
♦ The Origin of the Methods
♦ 79. tattha katamaṃ nayasamuṭṭhānaṃ?
♦ 79. Herein, what is the origin of the methods?
pubbā koṭi na paññāyati avijjāyaca bhavataṇhāya ca, tattha avijjānīvaraṇaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanaṃ.
The beginning point is not discerned for ignorance and for craving for existence; herein, the hindrance of ignorance is the fetter of craving.
avijjānīvaraṇā sattā avijjāsaṃyuttā avijjāpakkhena vicaranti, te vuccanti diṭṭhicaritāti.
Beings hindered by ignorance, yoked to ignorance, fare on the side of ignorance; they are called those of view-ish conduct.
taṇhāsaṃyojanā sattā taṇhāsaṃyuttā taṇhāpakkhena vicaranti, te vuccanti taṇhācaritāti.
Beings fettered by craving, yoked to craving, fare on the side of craving; they are called those of craving-ish conduct.
diṭṭhicaritā ito bahiddhā pabbajitā attakilamathānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti.
Those of view-ish conduct who have gone forth outside of this, live devoted to the practice of self-mortification.
taṇhācaritā ito bahiddhā pabbajitā kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti.
Those of craving-ish conduct who have gone forth outside of this, live devoted to the practice of indulgence in sensual pleasures.
♦ tattha kiṃkāraṇaṃ yaṃ diṭṭhicaritā ito bahiddhā pabbajitā attakilamathānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti, taṇhācaritā ito bahiddhā pabbajitā kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti?
♦ Herein, what is the reason that those of view-ish conduct who have gone forth outside of this, live devoted to the practice of self-mortification, and those of craving-ish conduct who have gone forth outside of this, live devoted to the practice of indulgence in sensual pleasures?
ito bahiddhā natthi saccavavatthānaṃ, kuto catusaccappakāsanā vā samathavipassanākosallaṃ vā upasamasukhappatti vā!
Outside of this there is no establishment of the truth, whence the proclamation of the four truths or skill in serenity and insight or the attainment of the bliss of appeasement!
te upasamasukhassa anabhiññā viparītacetā evamāhaṃsu “natthi sukhena sukhaṃ, dukkhena nāma sukhaṃ adhigantabban”ti.
They, being ignorant of the bliss of appeasement, with perverted minds, said, "There is no happiness through happiness; happiness is to be attained through pain."
yo kāme paṭisevati, so lokaṃ vaḍḍhayati, yo lokaṃ vaḍḍhayati, so bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavatīti te evaṃsaññī evaṃdiṭṭhī dukkhena sukhaṃ patthayamānā kāmesu puññasaññī attakilamathānuyogamanuyuttā ca viharanti kāmasukhallikānuyogamanuyuttā ca, te tadabhiññā santā rogameva vaḍḍhayanti, gaṇḍameva vaḍḍhayanti, sallameva vaḍḍhayanti, te rogābhitunnā gaṇḍapaṭipīḷitā sallānuviddhā nirayatiracchānayonipetāsuresu ummujjanimujjāni karontā ugghātanigghātaṃ paccanubhontā rogagaṇḍasallabhesajjaṃ na vindanti.
He who indulges in sensual pleasures, he increases the world; he who increases the world, he generates much merit; they, with such a perception, with such a view, desiring happiness through pain, with a perception of merit in sensual pleasures, live devoted to the practice of self-mortification and devoted to the practice of indulgence in sensual pleasures; they, being ignorant of that, only increase the disease, only increase the tumor, only increase the dart; they, pierced by the disease, oppressed by the tumor, shot by the dart, making emergences and submergences in hell, the animal womb, the realm of ghosts, and the asuras, experiencing being lifted up and cast down, do not find the medicine for the disease, the tumor, and the dart.
tattha attakilamathānuyogo kāmasukhallikānuyogo ca saṃkileso, samathavipassanā vodānaṃ.
Herein, the practice of self-mortification and the practice of indulgence in sensual pleasures is defilement; serenity and insight is cleansing.
attakilamathānuyogo kāmasukhallikānuyogo ca rogo, samathavipassanā roganigghātakabhesajjaṃ.
The practice of self-mortification and the practice of indulgence in sensual pleasures is a disease; serenity and insight is the medicine that removes the disease.
attakilamathānuyogo kāmasukhallikānuyogo ca gaṇḍo, samathavipassanā gaṇḍanigghātakabhesajjaṃ .
The practice of self-mortification and the practice of indulgence in sensual pleasures is a tumor; serenity and insight is the medicine that removes the tumor.
attakilamathānuyogo kāmasukhallikānuyogo ca sallo, samathavipassanā salluddharaṇabhesajjaṃ.
The practice of self-mortification and the practice of indulgence in sensual pleasures is a dart; serenity and insight is the medicine that extracts the dart.
♦ tattha saṃkileso dukkhaṃ, tadabhisaṅgo taṇhā samudayo, taṇhānirodho dukkhanirodho, samathavipassanā dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, imāni cattāri saccāni.
♦ Herein, defilement is suffering; its clinging, craving, is the origin; the cessation of craving is the cessation of suffering; serenity and insight is the path leading to the cessation of suffering; these are the four truths.
dukkhaṃ pariññeyyaṃ, samudayo pahātabbo, maggo bhāvetabbo, nirodho sacchikātabbo.
Suffering is to be fully understood; the origin is to be abandoned; the path is to be developed; cessation is to be realized.
♦ 80. tattha diṭṭhicaritā rūpaṃ attato upagacchanti.
♦ 80. Herein, those of view-ish conduct approach form as self.
vedanaṃ ..
Feeling... pe... perception... pe... formations... pe... consciousness they approach as self.
. pe ..
Those of craving-ish conduct approach the self as possessing form.
. saññaṃ ..
Or form in the self, or the self in form; possessing feeling... pe... possessing perception... pe... possessing formations... pe... possessing consciousness they approach the self; or consciousness in the self, or the self in consciousness; this is called the twenty-based personal identity view.
. pe ..
. saṅkhāre ..
. pe ..
. viññāṇaṃ attato upagacchanti.
taṇhācaritā rūpavantaṃ attānaṃ upagacchanti.
attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ, vedanāvantaṃ .
.. pe .
.. saññāvantaṃ .
.. pe .
.. saṅkhāravantaṃ .
.. pe .
.. viññāṇavantaṃ attānaṃ upagacchanti, attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi.
♦ tassā paṭipakkho lokuttarā sammādiṭṭhi, anvāyikā sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi, ayaṃ ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.
♦ Its opposite is the supramundane right view; its followers are right intention, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, right concentration; this is the noble eightfold path.
te tayo khandhā sīlakkhandho samādhikkhandho paññākkhandho.
These are the three aggregates: the aggregate of virtue, the aggregate of concentration, the aggregate of wisdom.
sīlakkhandho samādhikkhandho ca samatho, paññākkhandho vipassanā.
The aggregate of virtue and the aggregate of concentration are serenity; the aggregate of wisdom is insight.
tattha sakkāyo dukkhaṃ, sakkāyasamudayo dukkhasamudayo, sakkāyanirodho dukkhanirodho, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, imāni cattāri saccāni.
Herein, the personal identity is suffering; the origin of the personal identity is the origin of suffering; the cessation of the personal identity is the cessation of suffering; the noble eightfold path is the path leading to the cessation of suffering; these are the four truths.
dukkhaṃ pariññeyyaṃ, samudayo pahātabbo, maggo bhāvetabbo, nirodho sacchikātabbo.
Suffering is to be fully understood; the origin is to be abandoned; the path is to be developed; cessation is to be realized.
♦ tattha ye rūpaṃ attato upagacchanti.
♦ Herein, those who approach form as self.
vedanaṃ ..
Feeling... pe... perception... pe... formations... pe... consciousness they approach as self.
. pe ..
. saññaṃ ..
. pe ..
. saṅkhāre ..
. pe ..
. viññāṇaṃ attato upagacchanti.
ime vuccanti “ucchedavādino”ti.
These are called "annihilationists."
ye rūpavantaṃ attānaṃ upagacchanti.
Those who approach the self as possessing form.
attani vā rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ.
Or form in the self, or the self in form.
ye vedanāvantaṃ .
Those who possess feeling... pe... those who possess perception... pe... those who possess formations... pe... those who approach the self as possessing consciousness, or consciousness in the self, or the self in consciousness.
.. pe .
.. ye saññāvantaṃ .
.. pe .
.. ye saṅkhāravantaṃ .
.. pe .
.. ye viññāṇavantaṃ attānaṃ upagacchanti, attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ.
ime vuccanti “sassatavādino”ti, tattha ucchedasassatavādā ubho antā, ayaṃ saṃsārapavatti.
These are called "eternalists"; herein, annihilationist and eternalist views are the two extremes; this is the course of saṃsāra.
tassa paṭipakkho majjhimā paṭipadā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, ayaṃ saṃsāranivatti.
Its opposite is the middle way, the noble eightfold path; this is the cessation of saṃsāra.
tattha pavatti dukkhaṃ, tadabhisaṅgo taṇhā samudayo, taṇhānirodho dukkhanirodho, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, imāni cattāri saccāni.
Herein, the course is suffering; its clinging, craving, is the origin; the cessation of craving is the cessation of suffering; the noble eightfold path is the path leading to the cessation of suffering; these are the four truths.
dukkhaṃ pariññeyyaṃ, samudayo pahātabbo, maggo bhāvetabbo, nirodho sacchikātabbo.
Suffering is to be fully understood; the origin is to be abandoned; the path is to be developed; cessation is to be realized.
♦ tattha ucchedasassataṃ samāsato vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vitthārato dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni, tesaṃ paṭipakkho tecattālīsaṃ bodhipakkhiyā dhammā aṭṭha vimokkhā dasa kasiṇāyatanāni.
♦ Herein, annihilationism and eternalism in brief is the twenty-based personal identity view; in detail, the sixty-two kinds of wrong view; their opposite are the forty-three things pertaining to enlightenment, the eight liberations, the ten kasiṇa-bases.
dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni mohajālaṃ anādianidhanappavattaṃ.
The sixty-two kinds of wrong view are the net of delusion, flowing on without beginning or end.
tecattālīsaṃ bodhipakkhiyā dhammā ñāṇavajiraṃ mohajālappadālanaṃ.
The forty-three things pertaining to enlightenment are the diamond of knowledge that shatters the net of delusion.
tattha moho avijjā, jālaṃ bhavataṇhā, tena vuccati “pubbā koṭi na paññāyati avijjāya ca bhavataṇhāya cā”ti.
Herein, delusion is ignorance; the net is craving for existence; therefore it is said, "The beginning point is not discerned for ignorance and for craving for existence."
♦ 81. tattha diṭṭhicarito asmiṃ sāsane pabbajito sallekhānusantatavutti bhavati sallekhe tibbagāravo.
♦ 81. Herein, one of view-ish conduct who has gone forth in this teaching has a practice inclined to effacement, is deeply respectful of effacement.
taṇhācarito asmiṃ sāsane pabbajito sikkhānusantatavutti bhavati sikkhāya tibbagāravo.
One of craving-ish conduct who has gone forth in this teaching has a practice inclined to the training, is deeply respectful of the training.
diṭṭhicarito sammattaniyāmaṃ okkamanto dhammānusārī bhavati.
One of view-ish conduct, on entering the certainty of rightness, becomes a Dhamma-follower.
taṇhācarito sammattaniyāmaṃ okkamanto saddhānusārī bhavati, diṭṭhicarito sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyāti.
One of craving-ish conduct, on entering the certainty of rightness, becomes a faith-follower; one of view-ish conduct goes forth by the pleasant path with slow and with quick direct knowledge.
taṇhācarito dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyāti.
One of craving-ish conduct goes forth by the painful path with slow and with quick direct knowledge.
♦ tattha kiṃkāraṇaṃ, yaṃ taṇhācarito dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyāti, tassa hi kāmā apariccattā bhavanti, so kāmehi viveciyamāno dukkhena paṭinissarati dandhañca dhammaṃ ājānāti?
♦ Herein, what is the reason that one of craving-ish conduct goes forth by the painful path with slow and with quick direct knowledge? For him, sensual pleasures are not relinquished; being separated from sensual pleasures, he renounces with pain and knows the Dhamma slowly.
yo panāyaṃ diṭṭhicarito ayaṃ āditoyeva kāmehi anatthiko bhavati.
But this one of view-ish conduct, he is from the very beginning disinterested in sensual pleasures.
so tato viveciyamāno khippañca paṭinissarati, khippañca dhammaṃ ājānāti.
Being separated from them, he renounces quickly and knows the Dhamma quickly.
dukkhāpi paṭipadā duvidhā dandhābhiññā ca khippābhiññā ca.
The painful path is also twofold: with slow direct knowledge and with quick direct knowledge.
sukhāpi paṭipadā duvidhā dandhābhiññā ca khippābhiññā ca.
The pleasant path is also twofold: with slow direct knowledge and with quick direct knowledge.
sattāpi duvidhā mudindriyāpi tikkhindriyāpi.
Beings are also twofold: with weak faculties and with keen faculties.
ye mudindriyā, te dandhañca paṭinissaranti dandhañca dhammaṃ ājānanti.
Those with weak faculties, they renounce slowly and know the Dhamma slowly.
ye tikkhindriyā, te khippañca paṭinissaranti, khippañca dhammaṃ ājānanti, imā catasso paṭipadā.
Those with keen faculties, they renounce quickly and know the Dhamma quickly; these are the four paths.
ye hi keci niyyiṃsu vā niyyanti vā niyyissanti vā, te imāhi eva catūhi paṭipadāhi.
Whoever have gone forth, or are going forth, or will go forth, it is by these four paths.
evaṃ ariyā catukkamaggaṃ paññāpenti abudhajanasevitāya bālakantāya rattavāsiniyā nandiyā bhavataṇhāya avaṭṭanatthaṃ .
Thus the noble ones proclaim a fourfold path for the purpose of turning away from Nandi, the craving for existence, frequented by the foolish, the darling of the childish, the red-robed one.
ayaṃ vuccati nandiyāvaṭṭassa nayassa bhūmīti, tenāha “taṇhañca avijjampi ca samathenā”ti.
This is called the ground of the method of the turning of Nandi; therefore it is said, "Craving and ignorance also by serenity."
♦ 82. veyyākaraṇesu hi ye kusalākusalāti te duvidhā upaparikkhitabbā — lokavaṭṭānusārī ca lokavivaṭṭānusārī ca.
♦ 82. In the expositions, those that are wholesome and unwholesome are to be examined in two ways — as conforming to the round of the world and as conforming to the turning away from the round of the world.
vaṭṭaṃ nāma saṃsāro.
The round is called saṃsāra.
vivaṭṭaṃ nibbānaṃ.
The turning away is Nibbāna.
kammakilesā hetu saṃsārassa.
Kamma and defilements are the cause of saṃsāra.
tattha kammaṃ cetanā cetasikañca niddisitabbaṃ.
Herein, kamma is to be indicated as volition and the mental.
taṃ kathaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ?
How is that to be seen?
upacayena sabbepi kilesā catūhi vipallāsehi niddisitabbā.
By accumulation, all defilements are to be indicated by the four perversions.
te kattha daṭṭhabbā?
Where are they to be seen?
dasa vatthuke kilesapuñje.
In the ten-fold mass of defilements.
katamāni dasa vatthūni?
What are the ten objects?
cattāro āhārā, cattāro vipallāsā, cattāri upādānāni, cattāro yogā, cattāro ganthā, cattāro āsavā, cattāro oghā, cattāro sallā, catasso viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo cattāri agatigamanāni.
The four foods, the four perversions, the four clingings, the four yokes, the four bonds, the four taints, the four floods, the four darts, the four stations of consciousness, the four wrong courses.
paṭhame āhāre paṭhamo vipallāso, dutiye āhāre dutiyo vipallāso, tatiye āhāre tatiyo vipallāso, catutthe āhāre catuttho vipallāso.
In the first food is the first perversion; in the second food is the second perversion; in the third food is the third perversion; in the fourth food is the fourth perversion.
paṭhame vipallāse paṭhamaṃ upādānaṃ.
In the first perversion is the first clinging.
dutiye vipallāse dutiyaṃ upādānaṃ, tatiye vipallāse tatiyaṃ upādānaṃ, catutthe vipallāse catutthaṃ upādānaṃ.
In the second perversion is the second clinging; in the third perversion is the third clinging; in the fourth perversion is the fourth clinging.
paṭhame upādāne paṭhamo yogo, dutiye upādāne dutiyo yogo, tatiye upādāne tatiyo yogo, catutthe upādāne catuttho yogo.
In the first clinging is the first yoke; in the second clinging is the second yoke; in the third clinging is the third yoke; in the fourth clinging is the fourth yoke.
paṭhame yoge paṭhamo gantho, dutiye yoge dutiyo gantho, tatiye yoge tatiyo gantho, catutthe yoge catuttho gantho, paṭhame ganthe paṭhamo āsavo, dutiye ganthe dutiyo āsavo, tatiye ganthe tatiyo āsavo, catutthe ganthe catuttho āsavo.
In the first yoke is the first bond; in the second yoke is the second bond; in thethird yoke is the third bond; in the fourth yoke is the fourth bond; in the first bond is the first taint; in the second bond is the second taint; in the third bond is the third taint; in the fourth bond is the fourth taint.
paṭhame āsave paṭhamo ogho, dutiye āsave dutiyo ogho, tatiye āsave tatiyo ogho, catutthe āsave catuttho ogho.
In the first taint is the first flood; in the second taint is the second flood; in the third taint is the third flood; in the fourth taint is the fourth flood.
paṭhame oghe paṭhamo sallo, dutiye oghe dutiyo sallo, tatiye oghe tatiyo sallo, catutthe oghe catuttho sallo.
In the first flood is the first dart; in the second flood is the second dart; in the third flood is the third dart; in the fourth flood is the fourth dart.
paṭhame salle paṭhamā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, dutiye salle dutiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, tatiye salle tatiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, catutthe salle catutthī viññāṇaṭṭhiti, paṭhamāyaṃ viññāṇaṭṭhitiyaṃ paṭhamaṃ agatigamanaṃ.
In the first dart is the first station of consciousness; in the second dart is the second station of consciousness; in the third dart is the third station of consciousness; in the fourth dart is the fourth station of consciousness; in the first station of consciousness is the first wrong course.
dutiyāyaṃ viññāṇaṭṭhitiyaṃ dutiyaṃ agatigamanaṃ.
In the second station of consciousness is the second wrong course.
tatiyāyaṃ viññāṇaṭṭhitiyaṃ tatiyaṃ agatigamanaṃ, catutthiyaṃ viññāṇaṭṭhitiyaṃ catutthaṃ agatigamanaṃ.
In the third station of consciousness is the third wrong course; in the fourth station of consciousness is the fourth wrong course.
♦ 83. tattha yo ca kabaḷīkāro āhāro phasso āhāro, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
♦ 83. Herein, the food of physical nutriment and the food of contact, these are the defilements of a person of craving-ish conduct.
yo ca manosañcetanāhāro yo ca viññāṇāhāro, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
The food of mental volition and the food of consciousness, these are the defilements of a person of view-ish conduct.
tattha yo ca “asubhe subhan”ti vipallāso, yo ca “dukkhe sukhan”ti vipallāso, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
Herein, the perversion of "beautiful in the ugly," and the perversion of "happiness in suffering," these are the defilements of a person of craving-ish conduct.
yo ca “anicce niccan”ti vipallāso, yo ca “anattani attā”ti vipallāso, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
The perversion of "permanent in the impermanent," and the perversion of "self in what is not-self," these are the defilements of a person of view-ish conduct.
tattha yañca kāmupādānaṃ yañca bhavupādānaṃ, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
Herein, the clinging to sensual pleasures and the clinging to existence, these are the defilements of a person of craving-ish conduct.
yañca diṭṭhupādānaṃ yañca attavādupādānaṃ, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
The clinging to views and the clinging to the doctrine of self, these are the defilements of a person of view-ish conduct.
tattha yo ca kāmayogo, yo ca bhavayogo, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
Herein, the yoke of sensual pleasure, and the yoke of existence, these are the defilements of a person of craving-ish conduct.
yo ca diṭṭhiyogo, yo ca avijjāyogo, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
The yoke of views, and the yoke of ignorance, these are the defilements of a person of view-ish conduct.
tattha yo ca abhijjhākāyagantho, yo ca byāpādo kāyagantho, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
Herein, the bodily bond of covetousness, and the bodily bond of ill will, these are the defilements of a person of craving-ish conduct.
yo ca parāmāsakāyagantho, yo ca idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyagantho, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
The bodily bond of misapprehension, and the bodily bond of clinging to this as truth, these are the defilements of a person of view-ish conduct.
tattha yo ca kāmāsavo, yo ca bhavāsavo, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
Herein, the taint of sensual pleasure, and the taint of existence, these are the defilements of a person of craving-ish conduct.
yo ca diṭṭhāsavo, yo ca avijjāsavo, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
The taint of views, and the taint of ignorance, these are the defilements of a person of view-ish conduct.
tattha yo ca kāmogho, yo ca bhavogho, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
Herein, the flood of sensual pleasure, and the flood of existence, these are the defilements of a person of craving-ish conduct.
yo ca diṭṭhogho, yo ca avijjogho, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
The flood of views, and the flood of ignorance, these are the defilements of a person of view-ish conduct.
tattha yo ca rāgasallo, yo ca dosasallo, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
Herein, the dart of passion, and the dart of hatred, these are the defilements of a person of craving-ish conduct.
yo ca mānasallo, yo ca mohasallo, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
The dart of conceit, and the dart of delusion, these are the defilements of a person of view-ish conduct.
tattha yā ca rūpūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, yā ca vedanūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
Herein, the station of consciousness that has gone to form, and the station of consciousness that has gone to feeling, these are the defilements of a person of craving-ish conduct.
yā ca saññūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, yā ca saṅkhārūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
The station of consciousness that has gone to perception, and the station of consciousness that has gone to formations, these are the defilements of a person of view-ish conduct.
tattha yañca chandā agatigamanaṃ yañca dosā agatigamanaṃ, ime taṇhācaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
Herein, the wrong course of desire, and the wrong course of hate, these are the defilements of a person of craving-ish conduct.
yañca bhayā agatigamanaṃ, yañca mohā agatigamanaṃ, ime diṭṭhicaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
The wrong course of fear, and the wrong course of delusion, these are the defilements of a person of view-ish conduct.
♦ 84. tattha kabaḷīkāre āhāre “asubhe subhan”ti vipallāso, phasse āhāre “dukkhe sukhan”ti vipallāso, viññāṇe āhāre “anicce niccan”ti vipallāso, manosañcetanāya āhāre “anattani attā”ti vipallāso.
♦ 84. Herein, in the food of physical nutriment, the perversion of "beautiful in the ugly"; in the food of contact, the perversion of "happiness in suffering"; in the food of consciousness, the perversion of "permanent in the impermanent"; in the food of mental volition, the perversion of "self in what is not-self."
paṭhame vipallāse ṭhito kāme upādiyati, idaṃ vuccati kāmupādānaṃ;
Established in the first perversion, one clings to sensual pleasures; this is called the clinging to sensual pleasures.
dutiye vipallāse ṭhito anāgataṃ bhavaṃ upādiyati, idaṃ vuccati bhavupādānaṃ;
Established in the second perversion, one clings to future existence; this is called the clinging to existence.
tatiye vipallāse ṭhito saṃsārābhinandiniṃ diṭṭhiṃ upādiyati, idaṃ vuccati diṭṭhupādānaṃ;
Established in the third perversion, one clings to a view that delights in saṃsāra; this is called the clinging to views.
catutthe vipallāse ṭhito attānaṃ kappiyaṃ upādiyati, idaṃ vuccati attavādupādānaṃ.
Established in the fourth perversion, one clings to a dear self; this is called the clinging to the doctrine of self.
♦ kāmupādānena kāmehi saṃyujjati, ayaṃ vuccati kāmayogo;
♦ By clinging to sensual pleasures one is yoked to sensual pleasures; this is called the yoke of sensual pleasure.
bhavupādānena bhavehi saṃyujjati, ayaṃ vuccati bhavayogo;
By clinging to existence one is yoked to existence; this is called the yoke of existence.
diṭṭhupādānena pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā saṃyujjati, ayaṃ vuccati diṭṭhiyogo;
By clinging to views one is yoked to an evil view; this is called the yoke of views.
attavādupādānena avijjāya saṃyujjati, ayaṃ vuccati avijjāyogo.
By clinging to the doctrine of self one is yoked to ignorance; this is called the yoke of ignorance.
♦ paṭhame yoge ṭhito abhijjhāya kāyaṃ ganthati, ayaṃ vuccati abhijjhākāyagantho;
♦ Established in the first yoke, one binds the body with covetousness; this is called the bodily bond of covetousness.
dutiye yoge ṭhito byāpādena kāyaṃ ganthati, ayaṃ vuccati byāpādakāyagantho;
Established in the second yoke, one binds the body with ill will; this is called the bodily bond of ill will.
tatiye yoge ṭhito parāmāsena kāyaṃ ganthati, ayaṃ vuccati parāmāsakāyagantho;
Established in the third yoke, one binds the body with misapprehension; this is called the bodily bond of misapprehension.
catutthe yoge ṭhito idaṃsaccābhinivesena kāyaṃ ganthati, ayaṃ vuccati idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyagantho.
Established in the fourth yoke, one binds the body with clinging to this as truth; this is called the bodily bond of clinging to this as truth.
♦ tassa evaṃganthitā kilesā āsavanti.
♦ For one so bound, the defilements flow out.
kuto ca vuccati āsavantīti?
And why is it said they flow out?
anusayato vā pariyuṭṭhānato vā.
From underlying tendency or from obsession.
tattha abhijjhākāyaganthena kāmāsavo, byāpādakāyaganthena bhavāsavo, parāmāsakāyaganthena diṭṭhāsavo, idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyaganthena avijjāsavo.
Herein, by the bodily bond of covetousness is the taint of sensual pleasure; by the bodily bond of ill will is the taint of existence; by the bodily bond of misapprehension is the taint of views; by the bodily bond of clinging to this as truth is the taint of ignorance.
♦ tassa ime cattāro āsavā vepullaṃ gatā oghā bhavanti.
♦ These four taints of his, having become great, become floods.
iti āsavavepullā oghavepullaṃ.
Thus from the greatness of the taints comes the greatness of the floods.
tattha kāmāsavena kāmogho, bhavāsavena bhavogho, diṭṭhāsavena diṭṭhogho, avijjāsavena avijjogho.
Herein, by the taint of sensual pleasure is the flood of sensual pleasure; by the taint of existence is the flood of existence; by the taint of views is the flood of views; by the taint of ignorance is the flood of ignorance.
♦ tassa ime cattāro oghā anusayasahagatā ajjhāsayaṃ anupaviṭṭhā hadayaṃ āhacca tiṭṭhanti, tena vuccanti sallāiti.
♦ These four floods of his, accompanied by underlying tendency, having entered the disposition, stand striking the heart; therefore they are called darts.
tattha kāmoghena rāgasallo, bhavoghena dosasallo, diṭṭhoghena mānasallo, avijjoghena mohasallo.
Herein, by the flood of sensual pleasure is the dart of passion; by the flood of existence is the dart of hatred; by the flood of views is the dart of conceit; by the flood of ignorance is the dart of delusion.
♦ tassa imehi catūhi sallehi pariyādinnaṃ viññāṇaṃ catūsu dhammesu saṇṭhahati rūpe vedanāya saññāya saṅkhāresu.
♦ Consciousness, being taken over by these four darts, stands on four things: on form, on feeling, on perception, on formations.
tattha rāgasallena nandūpasecanena viññāṇena rūpūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, dosasallena nandūpasecanena viññāṇena vedanūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, mānasallena nandūpasecanena viññāṇena saññūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, mohasallena nandūpasecanena viññāṇena saṅkhārūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti.
Herein, by the dart of passion, with consciousness moistened by delight, is the station of consciousness that has gone to form; by the dart of hatred, with consciousness moistened by delight, is the station of consciousness that has gone to feeling; by the dart of conceit, with consciousness moistened by delight, is the station of consciousness that has gone to perception; by the dart of delusion, with consciousness moistened by delight, is the station of consciousness that has gone to formations.
♦ tassa imāhi catūhi viññāṇaṭṭhitīhi upatthaddhaṃ viññāṇaṃ catūhi dhammehi agatiṃ gacchati chandā dosā bhayā mohā.
♦ Consciousness, being propped up by these four stations of consciousness, goes on a wrong course through four things: desire, hate, fear, delusion.
tattha rāgena chandāgatiṃ gacchati, dosena dosāgatiṃ gacchati, bhayena bhayāgatiṃ gacchati, mohena mohāgatiṃ gacchati.
Herein, through passion one goes on the wrong course of desire; through hatred one goes on the wrong course of hate; through fear one goes on the wrong course of fear; through delusion one goes on the wrong course of delusion.
iti kho tañca kammaṃ ime ca kilesā, esa hetu saṃsārassa, evaṃ sabbe kilesā catūhi vipallāsehi niddisitabbā.
Thus, that kamma and these defilements, this is the cause of saṃsāra; thus all defilements are to be indicated by the four perversions.
♦ 85. tattha imā catasso disā kabaḷīkāro āhāro “asubhe subhan”ti vipallāso, kāmupādānaṃ, kāmayogo, abhijjhākāyagantho, kāmāsavo, kāmogho, rāgasallo, rūpūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, chandā agatigamananti paṭhamā disā.
♦ 85. Herein, these are the four directions: the food of physical nutriment, the perversion of "beautiful in the ugly," the clinging to sensual pleasures, the yoke of sensual pleasure, the bodily bond of covetousness, the taint of sensual pleasure, the flood of sensual pleasure, the dart of passion, the station of consciousness that has gone to form, the wrong course of desire, is the first direction.
♦ phasso āhāro, “dukkhe sukhan”ti vipallāso, bhavupādānaṃ, bhavayogo, byāpādakāyagantho, bhavāsavo, bhavogho, dosasallo, vedanūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, dosā agatigamananti dutiyā disā.
♦ The food of contact, the perversion of "happiness in suffering," the clinging to existence, the yoke of existence, the bodily bond of ill will, the taint of existence, the flood of existence, the dart of hatred, the station of consciousness that has gone to feeling, the wrong course of hate, is the second direction.
♦ viññāṇāhāro “anicce niccan”ti vipallāso, diṭṭhupādānaṃ, diṭṭhiyogo parāmāsakāyagantho, diṭṭhāsavo, diṭṭhogho, mānasallo, saññūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, bhayā agatigamananti tatiyā disā.
♦ The food of consciousness, the perversion of "permanent in the impermanent," the clinging to views, the yoke of views, the bodily bond of misapprehension, the taint of views, the flood of views, the dart of conceit, the station of consciousness that has gone to perception, the wrong course of fear, is the third direction.
♦ manosañcetanāhāro “anattani attā”ti vipallāso, attavādupādānaṃ, avijjāyogo, idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyagantho, avijjāsavo, avijjogho, mohasallo, saṅkhārūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, mohā agatigamananti catutthī disā.
♦ The food of mental volition, the perversion of "self in what is not-self," the clinging to the doctrine of self, the yoke of ignorance, the bodily bond of clinging to this as truth, the taint of ignorance, the flood of ignorance, the dart of delusion, the station of consciousness that has gone to formations, the wrong course of delusion, is the fourth direction.
♦ tattha yo ca kabaḷīkāro āhāro yo ca “asubhe subhan”ti vipallāso, kāmupādānaṃ, kāmayogo, abhijjhākāyagantho, kāmāsavo, kāmogho, rāgasallo, rūpūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti chandā agatigamananti, imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ.
♦ Herein, the food of physical nutriment, the perversion of "beautiful in the ugly," the clinging to sensual pleasures, the yoke of sensual pleasure, the bodily bond of covetousness, the taint of sensual pleasure, the flood of sensual pleasure, the dart of passion, the station of consciousness that has gone to form, the wrong course of desire, for these ten suttas there is one meaning, only the phrasing is different.
ime rāgacaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
These are the defilements of a person of passion-ish conduct.
♦ tattha yo ca phasso āhāro yo ca “dukkhe sukhan”ti vipallāso, bhavupādānaṃ, bhavayogo, byāpādakāyagantho, bhavāsavo, bhavogho, dosasallo, vedanūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, dosā agatigamananti imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho byañjanameva nānaṃ, ime dosacaritassa puggalassa upakkilesā.
♦ Herein, the food of contact, the perversion of "happiness in suffering," the clinging to existence, the yoke of existence, the bodily bond of ill will, the taint of existence, the flood of existence, the dart of hatred, the station of consciousness that has gone to feeling, the wrong course of hate, for these ten suttas there is one meaning, only the phrasing is different; these are the defilements of a person of hatred-ish conduct.
♦ tattha yo ca viññāṇāhāro yo ca “anicce niccan”ti vipallāso, diṭṭhupādānaṃ, diṭṭhiyogo, parāmāsakāyagantho, diṭṭhāsavo, diṭṭhogho, mānasallo, saññūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, bhayā agatigamananti imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ.
♦ Herein, the food of consciousness, the perversion of "permanent in the impermanent," the clinging to views, the yoke of views, the bodily bond of misapprehension, the taint of views, the flood of views, the dart of conceit, the station of consciousness that has gone to perception, the wrong course of fear, for these ten suttas there is one meaning, only the phrasing is different.
ime diṭṭhicaritassa mandassa upakkilesā.
These are the defilements of a dull person of view-ish conduct.
♦ tattha yo ca manosañcetanāhāro yo ca “anattani attā”ti vipallāso, attavādupādānaṃ, avijjāyogo, idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyagantho, avijjāsavo, avijjogho, mohasallo, saṅkhārūpagā viññāṇaṭṭhiti, mohā agatigamananti, imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ.
♦ Herein, the food of mental volition, the perversion of "self in what is not-self," the clinging to the doctrine of self, the yoke of ignorance, the bodily bond of clinging to this as truth, the taint of ignorance, the flood of ignorance, the dart of delusion, the station of consciousness that has gone to formations, the wrong course of delusion, for these ten suttas there is one meaning, only the phrasing is different.
ime diṭṭhicaritassa udattassa upakkilesā.
These are the defilements of a sharp person of view-ish conduct.
♦ tattha yo ca kabaḷīkāro āhāro yo ca phasso āhāro, ime appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pariññaṃ gacchanti, viññāṇāhāro suññatāya, manosañcetanāhāro animittena, tattha yo ca “asubhe subhan”ti vipallāso, yo ca “dukkhe sukhan”ti vipallāso, ime appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ abbhatthaṃ gacchanti.
♦ Herein, the food of physical nutriment and the food of contact come to full understanding through the liberation-door of the undirected; the food of consciousness through emptiness; the food of mental volition through the signless; herein, the perversion of "beautiful in the ugly," and the perversion of "happiness in suffering," come to abandonment and go to extinction through the liberation-door of the undirected.
“anicce niccan”ti vipallāso suññatāya, “anattani attā”ti vipallāso animittena.
The perversion of "permanent in the impermanent" through emptiness; the perversion of "self in what is not-self" through the signless.
tattha kāmupādānañca bhavupādānañca appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti.
Herein, the clinging to sensual pleasures and the clinging to existence come to abandonment through the liberation-door of the undirected.
diṭṭhupādānaṃ suññatāya, attavādupādānaṃ animittena.
The clinging to views through emptiness; the clinging to the doctrine of self through the signless.
tattha kāmayogo ca bhavayogo ca appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti, diṭṭhiyogo suññatāya, avijjāyogo animittena.
Herein, the yoke of sensual pleasure and the yoke of existence come to abandonment through the liberation-door of the undirected; the yoke of views through emptiness; the yoke of ignorance through the signless.
tattha abhijjhākāyagantho ca byāpādakāyagantho ca appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti, parāmāsakāyagantho suññatāya, idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyagantho animittena.
Herein, the bodily bond of covetousness and the bodily bond of ill will come to abandonment through the liberation-door of the undirected; the bodily bond of misapprehension through emptiness; the bodily bond of clinging to this as truth through the signless.
♦ tattha kāmāsavo ca bhavāsavo ca appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti, diṭṭhāsavo suññatāya, avijjāsavo animittena.
♦ Herein, the taint of sensual pleasure and the taint of existence come to abandonment through the liberation-door of the undirected; the taint of views through emptiness; the taint of ignorance through the signless.
tattha kāmogho ca bhavogho ca appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti, diṭṭhogho suññatāya, avijjogho animittena.
Herein, the flood of sensual pleasure and the flood of existence come to abandonment through the liberation-door of the undirected; the flood of views through emptiness; the flood of ignorance through the signless.
tattha rāgasallo ca dosasallo ca appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti, mānasallo suññatāya, mohasallo animittena.
Herein, the dart of passion and the dart of hatred come to abandonment through the liberation-door of the undirected; the dart of conceit through emptiness; the dart of delusion through the signless.
tattha rūpūpagā ca viññāṇaṭṭhiti vedanūpagā ca viññāṇaṭṭhiti appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pariññaṃ gacchanti, saññūpagā suññatāya, saṅkhārūpagā animittena.
Herein, the station of consciousness that has gone to form and the station of consciousness that has gone to feeling come to full understanding through the liberation-door of the undirected; the one that has gone to perception through emptiness; the one that has gone to formations through the signless.
♦ tattha chandā ca agatigamanaṃ dosā ca agatigamanaṃ appaṇihitena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti, bhayā agatigamanaṃ suññatāya, mohā agatigamanaṃ animittena vimokkhamukhena pahānaṃ gacchanti.
♦ Herein, the wrong course of desire and the wrong course of hate come to abandonment through the liberation-door of the undirected; the wrong course of fear through emptiness; the wrong course of delusion come to abandonment through the liberation-door of the signless.
iti sabbe lokavaṭṭānusārino dhammā niyyanti.
Thus all things conforming to the round of the world are guided out.
te lokā tīhi vimokkhamukhehi.
These worlds are by the three liberation-doors.
♦ 86. tatridaṃ niyyānaṃ --
♦ 86. Herein, this is the guidance out --
♦ catasso paṭipadā, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāri jhānāni, cattāro vihārā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni, catasso samādhibhāvanā, cattāro sukhabhāgiyā dhammā, catasso appamāṇā.
♦ The four paths, the four foundations of mindfulness, the four jhānas, the four abidings, the four right strivings, the four wonderful and marvelous things, the four resolutions, the four developments of concentration, the four things partaking of happiness, the four immeasurables.
♦ paṭhamā paṭipadā paṭhamaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ, dutiyā paṭipadā dutiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ, tatiyā paṭipadā tatiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ, catutthī paṭipadā catutthaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ The first path is the first foundation of mindfulness; the second path is the second foundation of mindfulness; the third path is the third foundation of mindfulness; the fourth path is the fourth foundation of mindfulness.
paṭhamaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, dutiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, tatiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ.
The first foundation of mindfulness is the first jhāna; the second foundation of mindfulness is the second jhāna; the third foundation of mindfulness is the third jhāna.
catutthaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ.
The fourth foundation of mindfulness is the fourth jhāna.
paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭhamo vihāro, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ dutiyo vihāro, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyo vihāro, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ catuttho vihāro.
The first jhāna is the first abiding; the second jhāna is the second abiding; the third jhāna is the third abiding; the fourth jhāna is the fourth abiding.
paṭhamo vihāro paṭhamaṃ sammappadhānaṃ, dutiyo vihāro dutiyaṃ sammappadhānaṃ, tatiyo vihāro tatiyaṃ sammappadhānaṃ, catuttho vihāro catutthaṃ sammappadhānaṃ.
The first abiding is the first right striving; the second abiding is the second right striving; the third abiding is the third right striving; the fourth abiding is the fourth right striving.
paṭhamaṃ sammappadhānaṃ paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, dutiyaṃ dutiyo, tatiyaṃ tatiyo, catutthaṃ sammappadhānaṃ catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo.
The first right striving is the first wonderful and marvelous thing; the second is the second; the third is the third; the fourth right striving is the fourth wonderful and marvelous thing.
paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo paṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo dutiyaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo tatiyaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo catutthaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ.
The first wonderful and marvelous thing is the first resolution; the second wonderful and marvelous thing is the second resolution; the third wonderful and marvelous thing is the third resolution; the fourth wonderful and marvelous thing is the fourth resolution.
paṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ paṭhamā samādhibhāvanā, dutiyaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ dutiyā samādhibhāvanā, tatiyaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ tatiyā samādhibhāvanā, catutthaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ catutthī samādhibhāvanā.
The first resolution is the first development of concentration; the second resolution is the second development of concentration; the third resolution is the third development of concentration; the fourth resolution is the fourth development of concentration.
paṭhamā samādhibhāvanā paṭhamo sukhabhāgiyo dhammo, dutiyā samādhibhāvanā dutiyo sukhabhāgiyo dhammo, tatiyā samādhibhāvanā tatiyo sukhabhāgiyo dhammo, catutthī samādhibhāvanā catuttho sukhabhāgiyo dhammo.
The first development of concentration is the first thing partaking of happiness; the second development of concentration is the second thing partaking of happiness; the third development of concentration is the third thing partaking of happiness; the fourth development of concentration is the fourth thing partaking of happiness.
paṭhamo sukhabhāgiyo dhammo paṭhamaṃ appamāṇaṃ, dutiyo sukhabhāgiyo dhammo dutiyaṃ appamāṇaṃ, tatiyo sukhabhāgiyo dhammo tatiyaṃ appamāṇaṃ, catuttho sukhabhāgiyo dhammo catutthaṃ appamāṇaṃ.
The first thing partaking of happiness is the first immeasurable; the second thing partaking of happiness is the second immeasurable; the third thing partaking of happiness is the third immeasurable; the fourth thing partaking of happiness is the fourth immeasurable.
paṭhamā paṭipadā bhāvitā bahulīkatā paṭhamaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti, dutiyā paṭipadā bhāvitā bahulīkatā dutiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti, tatiyā paṭipadā bhāvitā bahulīkatā tatiyaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti, catutthī paṭipadā bhāvitā bahulīkatā catutthaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti.
The first path, when developed and made much of, fulfills the first foundation of mindfulness; the second path, when developed and made much of, fulfills the second foundation of mindfulness; the third path, when developed and made much of, fulfills the third foundation of mindfulness; the fourth path, when developed and made much of, fulfills the fourth foundation of mindfulness.
paṭhamo satipaṭṭhāno bhāvito bahulīkato paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paripūreti, dutiyo satipaṭṭhāno bhāvito bahulīkato dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ paripūreti, tatiyo satipaṭṭhāno bhāvito bahulīkato tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ paripūreti, catuttho satipaṭṭhāno bhāvito bahulīkato catutthaṃ jhānaṃ paripūreti.
The first foundation of mindfulness, when developed and made much of, fulfills the first jhāna; the second foundation of mindfulness, when developed and made much of, fulfills the second jhāna; the third foundation of mindfulness, when developed and made much of, fulfills the third jhāna; the fourth foundation of mindfulness, when developed and made much of, fulfills the fourth jhāna.
♦ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ paṭhamaṃ vihāraṃ paripūreti, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ dutiyaṃ vihāraṃ paripūreti, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ tatiyaṃ vihāraṃ paripūreti, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ catutthaṃ vihāraṃ paripūreti.
♦ The first jhāna, when developed and made much of, fulfills the first abiding; the second jhāna, when developed and made much of, fulfills the second abiding; the third jhāna, when developed and made much of, fulfills the third abiding; the fourth jhāna, when developed and made much of, fulfills the fourth abiding.
paṭhamo vihāro bhāvito bahulīkato anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādaṃ paripūreti, dutiyo vihāro bhāvito bahulīkato uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānaṃ paripūreti, tatiyo vihāro bhāvito bahulīkato anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādaṃ paripūreti, catuttho vihāro bhāvito bahulīkato uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiṃ asammosaṃ bhiyyobhāvaṃ paripūreti.
The first abiding, when developed and made much of, fulfills the non-arising of unarisen evil, unwholesome things; the second abiding, when developed and made much of, fulfills the abandonment of arisen evil, unwholesome things; the third abiding, when developed and made much of, fulfills the arising of unarisen wholesome things; the fourth abiding, when developed and made much of, fulfills the maintenance, non-forgetting, and greater development of arisen wholesome things.
paṭhamaṃ sammappadhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ mānappahānaṃ paripūreti, dutiyaṃ sammappadhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ ālayasamugghātaṃ paripūreti, tatiyaṃ sammappadhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ avijjāpahānaṃ paripūreti, catutthaṃ sammappadhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ bhavūpasamaṃ paripūreti.
The first right striving, when developed and made much of, fulfills the abandonment of conceit; the second right striving, when developed and made much of, fulfills the uprooting of attachment; the third right striving, when developed and made much of, fulfills the abandonment of ignorance; the fourth right striving, when developed and made much of, fulfills the calming of existence.
mānappahānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti, ālayasamugghāto bhāvito bahulīkato cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti, avijjāpahānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti, bhavūpasamo bhāvito bahulīkato upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ paripūreti.
The abandonment of conceit, when developed and made much of, fulfills the resolution of truth; the uprooting of attachment, when developed and made much of, fulfills the resolution of giving; the abandonment of ignorance, when developed and made much of, fulfills the resolution of wisdom; the calming of existence, when developed and made much of, fulfills the resolution of appeasement.
saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ chandasamādhiṃ paripūreti, cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ vīriyasamādhiṃ paripūreti, paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ cittasamādhiṃ paripūreti, upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ vīmaṃsāsamādhiṃ paripūreti.
The resolution of truth, when developed and made much of, fulfills the concentration of desire; the resolution of giving, when developed and made much of, fulfills the concentration of energy; the resolution of wisdom, when developed and made much of, fulfills the concentration of consciousness; the resolution of appeasement, when developed and made much of, fulfills the concentration of investigation.
chandasamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato indriyasaṃvaraṃ paripūreti, vīriyasamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato tapaṃ paripūreti, cittasamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato buddhiṃ paripūreti, vīmaṃsāsamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggaṃ paripūreti.
The concentration of desire, when developed and made much of, fulfills the restraint of the faculties; the concentration of energy, when developed and made much of, fulfills austerity; the concentration of consciousness, when developed and made much of, fulfills intelligence; the concentration of investigation, when developed and made much of, fulfills the relinquishment of all acquisitions.
indriyasaṃvaro bhāvito bahulīkato mettaṃ paripūreti, tapo bhāvito bahulīkato karuṇaṃ paripūreti, buddhi bhāvitā bahulīkatā muditaṃ paripūreti, sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo bhāvito bahulīkato upekkhaṃ paripūreti.
The restraint of the faculties, when developed and made much of, fulfills loving-kindness; austerity, when developed and made much of, fulfills compassion; intelligence, when developed and made much of, fulfills gladness; the relinquishment of all acquisitions, when developed and made much of, fulfills equanimity.
♦ 87. tattha imā catasso disā paṭhamā paṭipadā paṭhamo satipaṭṭhāno paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭhamo vihāro paṭhamo sammappadhāno paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ chandasamādhi indriyasaṃvaro mettā iti paṭhamā disā.
♦ 87. Herein, these are the four directions: the first path, the first foundation of mindfulness, the first jhāna, the first abiding, the first right striving, the first wonderful and marvelous thing, the resolution of truth, the concentration of desire, the restraint of the faculties, loving-kindness, is the first direction.
♦ dutiyā paṭipadā dutiyo satipaṭṭhāno dutiyo vihāro dutiyo sammappadhāno dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo bhavādhiṭṭhānaṃ vīriyasamādhi tapo karuṇā iti dutiyā disā.
♦ The second path, the second foundation of mindfulness, the second abiding, the second right striving, the second wonderful and marvelous thing, the resolution of existence, the concentration of energy, austerity, compassion, is the second direction.
♦ tatiyā paṭipadā tatiyo satipaṭṭhāno tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyo vihāro tatiyo sammappadhāno tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ cittasamādhi buddhi muditā iti tatiyā disā.
♦ The third path, the third foundation of mindfulness, the third jhāna, the third abiding, the third right striving, the third wonderful and marvelous thing, the resolution of wisdom, the concentration of consciousness, intelligence, gladness, is the third direction.
♦ catutthī paṭipadā catuttho satipaṭṭhāno catutthaṃ jhānaṃ catuttho vihāro catuttho sammappadhāno catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ vīmaṃsāsamādhi sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo upekkhā iti catutthī disā.
♦ The fourth path, the fourth foundation of mindfulness, the fourth jhāna, the fourth abiding, the fourth right striving, the fourth wonderful and marvelous thing, the resolution of appeasement, the concentration of investigation, the relinquishment of all acquisitions, equanimity, is the fourth direction.
♦ tattha paṭhamā paṭipadā paṭhamo satipaṭṭhāno paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭhamo vihāro paṭhamo sammappadhāno paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saccādhiṭṭhānaṃ chandasamādhi indriyasaṃvaro, mettā iti imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ.
♦ Herein, the first path, the first foundation of mindfulness, the first jhāna, the first abiding, the first right striving, the first wonderful and marvelous thing, the resolution of truth, the concentration of desire, the restraint of the faculties, loving-kindness, for these ten suttas there is one meaning, only the phrasing is different.
idaṃ rāgacaritassa puggalassa bhesajjaṃ.
This is the medicine for a person of passion-ish conduct.
♦ dutiyā paṭipadā dutiyo satipaṭṭhāno dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ dutiyo vihāro dutiyo sammappadhāno dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo cāgādhiṭṭhānaṃ vīriyasamādhi tapo karuṇā iti imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ.
♦ The second path, the second foundation of mindfulness, the second jhāna, the second abiding, the second right striving, the second wonderful and marvelous thing, the resolution of giving, the concentration of energy, austerity, compassion, for these ten suttas there is one meaning, only the phrasing is different.
idaṃ dosacaritassa puggalassa bhesajjaṃ.
This is the medicine for a person of hatred-ish conduct.
♦ tatiyā paṭipadā tatiyo satipaṭṭhāno tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyo vihāro tatiyo sammappadhāno tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ cittasamādhi buddhi muditā iti imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ.
♦ The third path, the third foundation of mindfulness, the third jhāna, the third abiding, the third right striving, the third wonderful and marvelous thing, the resolution of wisdom, the concentration of consciousness, intelligence, gladness, for these ten suttas there is one meaning, only the phrasing is different.
idaṃ diṭṭhicaritassa mandassa bhesajjaṃ.
This is the medicine for a dull person of view-ish conduct.
♦ catutthī paṭipadā catuttho satipaṭṭhāno catutthaṃ jhānaṃ catuttho vihāro catuttho sammappadhāno catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ vīmaṃsāsamādhi sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo upekkhā iti imesaṃ dasannaṃ suttānaṃ eko attho, byañjanameva nānaṃ.
♦ The fourth path, the fourth foundation of mindfulness, the fourth jhāna, the fourth abiding, the fourth right striving, the fourth wonderful and marvelous thing, the resolution of appeasement, the concentration of investigation, the relinquishment of all acquisitions, equanimity, for these ten suttas there is one meaning, only the phrasing is different.
idaṃ diṭṭhicaritassa udattassa bhesajjaṃ.
This is the medicine for a sharp person of view-ish conduct.
♦ tattha dukkhā ca paṭipadā dandhābhiññā dukkhā ca paṭipadā khippābhiññā appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, sukhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññā suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, sukhā paṭipadā khippābhiññā animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.
♦ Herein, the painful path with slow direct knowledge and the painful path with quick direct knowledge are the undirected liberation-door; the pleasant path with slow direct knowledge is the emptiness liberation-door; the pleasant path with quick direct knowledge is the signless liberation-door.
♦ tattha kāye kāyānupassitā satipaṭṭhānañca vedanāsu vedanānupassitā satipaṭṭhānañca appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, citte cittānupassitā suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.
♦ Herein, the contemplation of the body in the body as a foundation of mindfulness and the contemplation of feelings in feelings as a foundation of mindfulness are the undirected liberation-door; the contemplation of the mind in the mind is the emptiness liberation-door.
dhammesu dhammānupassitā animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.
The contemplation of dhammas in dhammas is the signless liberation-door.
♦ tattha paṭhamañca jhānaṃ dutiyañca jhānaṃ appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.
♦ Herein, the first and second jhānas are the undirected liberation-door; the third jhāna is the emptiness liberation-door; the fourth jhāna is the signless liberation-door.
♦ tattha paṭhamo ca vihāro dutiyo ca vihāro appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, tatiyo vihāro suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, catuttho vihāro animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.
♦ Herein, the first and second abidings are the undirected liberation-door; the third abiding is the emptiness liberation-door; the fourth abiding is the signless liberation-door.
♦ yattha paṭhamañca sammappadhānaṃ dutiyañca sammappadhānaṃ appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, tatiyaṃ sammappadhānaṃ suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, catutthaṃ sammappadhānaṃ animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.
♦ Wherein the first and second right strivings are the undirected liberation-door; the third right striving is the emptiness liberation-door; the fourth right striving is the signless liberation-door.
♦ tattha mānappahānañca ālayasamugghāto ca appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, avijjāpahānaṃ suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, bhavūpasamo animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.
♦ Herein, the abandonment of conceit and the uprooting of attachment are the undirected liberation-door; the abandonment of ignorance is the emptiness liberation-door; the calming of existence is the signless liberation-door.
♦ tattha saccādhiṭṭhānañca cāgādhiṭṭhānañca appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, upasamādhiṭṭhānaṃ animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.
♦ Herein, the resolution of truth and the resolution of giving are the undirected liberation-door; the resolution of wisdom is the emptiness liberation-door; the resolution of appeasement is the signless liberation-door.
♦ tattha chandasamādhi ca vīriyasamādhi ca appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, cittasamādhi suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, vīmaṃsāsamādhi animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.
♦ Herein, the concentration of desire and the concentration of energy are the undirected liberation-door; the concentration of consciousness is the emptiness liberation-door; the concentration of investigation is the signless liberation-door.
♦ tattha indriyasaṃvaro ca tapo ca appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, buddhi suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.
♦ Herein, the restraint of the faculties and austerity are the undirected liberation-door; intelligence is the emptiness liberation-door; the relinquishment of all acquisitions is the signless liberation-door.
♦ tattha mettā ca karuṇā ca appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ, muditā suññataṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ upekkhā animittaṃ vimokkhamukhaṃ.
♦ Herein, loving-kindness and compassion are the undirected liberation-door; gladness is the emptiness liberation-door; equanimity is the signless liberation-door.
♦ tesaṃ vikkīḷitaṃ.
♦ Their sport.
cattāro āhārā tesaṃ paṭipakkho catasso paṭipadā .
The four foods, their opposite are the four paths... pe... the four perversions, their opposite are the four foundations of mindfulness.
.. pe .
.. cattāro vipallāsā tesaṃ paṭipakkho cattāro satipaṭṭhānā.
cattāri upādānāni tesaṃ paṭipakkho cattāri jhānāni.
The four clingings, their opposite are the four jhānas.
cattāro yogā tesaṃ paṭipakkho cattāro vihārā.
The four yokes, their opposite are the four abidings.
cattāro ganthā tesaṃ paṭipakkho cattāro sammappadhānā.
The four bonds, their opposite are the four right strivings.
cattāro āsavā tesaṃ paṭipakkho cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā.
The four taints, their opposite are the four wonderful and marvelous things.
cattāro oghā tesaṃ paṭipakkho cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni.
The four floods, their opposite are the four resolutions.
cattāro sallā tesaṃ paṭipakkho catasso samādhibhāvanā.
The four darts, their opposite are the four developments of concentration.
catasso viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo tāsaṃ paṭipakkho cattāro sukhabhāgiyā dhammā.
The four stations of consciousness, their opposite are the four things partaking of happiness.
cattāri agatigamanāni tesaṃ paṭipakkho catasso appamāṇā.
The four wrong courses, their opposite are the four immeasurables.
♦ sīhā buddhā paccekabuddhā sāvakā ca hatarāgadosamohā, tesaṃ vikkīḷitaṃ bhāvanā sacchikiriyā byantīkiriyā ca.
♦ The lions, the Buddhas, the Paccekabuddhas, and the disciples who have abandoned passion, hatred, and delusion; their sport is development, realization, and making an end.
vikkīḷitaṃ indriyādhiṭṭhānaṃ vikkīḷitaṃ vipariyāsānadhiṭṭhānañca.
The sport is the resolution of the faculties, the sport is the non-resolution of perversions.
indriyāni saddhammagocaro vipariyāsā kilesagocaro.
The faculties have the good Dhamma as their sphere, the perversions have defilements as their sphere.
ayaṃ vuccati sīhavikkīḷitassa ca nayassa disālocanassa ca nayassa bhūmīti.
This is called the ground of the method of the lion's sport and of the method of the observation of a direction.
tenāha “yo neti vipallāsehi saṃkilese”ti.
Therefore it is said, "He who leads from perversions, from defilements."
veyyākaraṇesu hi ye “kusalākusalā”ti ca.
And in the expositions, those that are "wholesome and unwholesome."
♦ tattha ye dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyanti, ime dve puggalā;
♦ Herein, those who go forth by the painful path with slow and with quick direct knowledge, these are two persons.
ye sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyanti, ime dve puggalā.
Those who go forth by the pleasant path with slow and with quick direct knowledge, these are two persons.
tesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ ayaṃ saṃkileso, cattāro āhārā, cattāro vipallāsā, cattāri upādānāni, cattāro yogā, cattāro ganthā, cattāro āsavā, cattāro oghā, cattāro sallā, catasso viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, cattāri agatigamanānīti.
For these four persons, this is the defilement: the four foods, the four perversions, the four clingings, the four yokes, the four bonds, the four taints, the four floods, the four darts, the four stations of consciousness, the four wrong courses.
tesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ idaṃ vodānaṃ, catasso paṭipadā, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāri jhānāni, cattāro vihārā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, cattāri adhiṭṭhānāni, catasso samādhibhāvanā, cattāro sukhabhāgiyā dhammā, catasso appamāṇā iti.
For these four persons, this is the cleansing: the four paths, the four foundations of mindfulness, the four jhānas, the four abidings, the four right strivings, the four wonderful and marvelous things, the four resolutions, the four developments of concentration, the four things partaking of happiness, the four immeasurables.
♦ 88. tattha ye dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyanti ime dve puggalā.
♦ 88. Herein, those who go forth by the painful path with slow and with quick direct knowledge, these are two persons.
ye sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyanti, ime dve puggalā.
Those who go forth by the pleasant path with slow and with quick direct knowledge, these are two persons.
tattha yo sukhāya paṭipadāya khippābhiññāya niyyāti, ayaṃ ugghaṭitaññū.
Herein, he who goes forth by the pleasant path with quick direct knowledge, he is one who understands upon hearing.
yo sādhāraṇāya, ayaṃ vipañcitaññū.
He who is of the common sort, he is one who understands upon reflection.
yo dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya niyyāti, ayaṃ neyyo.
He who goes forth by the painful path with slow direct knowledge, he is one who needs guidance.
♦ tattha bhagavā ugghaṭitaññussa puggalassa samathaṃ upadisati, neyyassa vipassanaṃ, samathavipassanaṃ vipañcitaññussa.
♦ Herein, the Blessed One teaches serenity to the person who understands upon hearing, insight to the one who needs guidance, serenity and insight to the one who understands upon reflection.
tattha bhagavā ugghaṭitaññussa puggalassa mudukaṃ dhammadesanaṃ upadisati, tikkhaṃ neyyassa, mudutikkhaṃ vipañcitaññussa, tattha bhagavā ugghaṭitaññussa puggalassa saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desayati, saṃkhittavitthārena vipañcitaññussa, vitthārena neyyassa.
Herein, the Blessed One teaches a gentle teaching of the Dhamma to the person who understands upon hearing, a keen one to the one who needs guidance, a gentle and keen one to the one who understands upon reflection; herein, the Blessed One teaches the Dhamma in brief to the person who understands upon hearing, in brief and in detail to the one who understands upon reflection, in detail to the one who needs guidance.
tattha bhagavā ugghaṭitaññussa puggalassa nissaraṇaṃ upadisati, vipañcitaññussa ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca upadisati, neyyassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca upadisati.
Herein, the Blessed One teaches the escape to the person who understands upon hearing, the danger and the escape to the one who understands upon reflection, the gratification, the danger, and the escape to the one who needs guidance.
tattha bhagavā ugghaṭitaññussa adhipaññāsikkhaṃ paññāpayati, adhicittaṃ vipañcitaññussa, adhisīlaṃ neyyassa.
Herein, the Blessed One proclaims the training in higher wisdom for the one who understands upon hearing, in higher consciousness for the one who understands upon reflection, in higher virtue for the one who needs guidance.
♦ tattha ye dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyanti, ime dve puggalā.
♦ Herein, those who go forth by the painful path with slow and with quick direct knowledge, these are two persons.
ye sukhāya paṭipadāya dandhābhiññāya khippābhiññāya ca niyyanti.
Those who go forth by the pleasant path with slow and with quick direct knowledge.
ime dve puggalā.
These are two persons.
iti kho cattāri hutvā tīṇi bhavanti ugghaṭitaññū vipañcitaññū neyyoti.
Thus, being four, they become three: one who understands upon hearing, one who understands upon reflection, and one who needs guidance.
♦ tesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ ayaṃ saṃkileso, tīṇi akusalamūlāni lobho akusalamūlaṃ doso akusalamūlaṃ moho akusalamūlaṃ, tīṇi duccaritāni — kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ;
♦ For these three persons, this is the defilement: the three unwholesome roots—greed as an unwholesome root, hatred as an unwholesome root, delusion as an unwholesome root; the three kinds of misconduct—bodily misconduct, verbal misconduct, mental misconduct;
tayo akusalavitakkā — kāmavitakko byāpādavitakko vihiṃsāvitakko;
the three unwholesome thoughts—the thought of sensual pleasure, the thought of ill will, the thought of cruelty;
tisso akusalasaññā — kāmasaññā byāpādasaññā vihiṃsāsaññā;
the three unwholesome perceptions—the perception of sensual pleasure, the perception of ill will, the perception of cruelty;
tisso viparītasaññā — niccasaññā sukhasaññā attasaññā;
the three perverted perceptions—the perception of permanence, the perception of happiness, the perception of self;
tisso vedanā — sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā;
the three feelings—pleasant feeling, painful feeling, neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling;
tisso dukkhatā — dukkhadukkhatā saṅkhāradukkhatā vipariṇāmadukkhatā;
the three kinds of suffering—the suffering of pain, the suffering of formations, the suffering of change;
tayo aggī — rāgaggi dosaggi mohaggi;
the three fires—the fire of passion, the fire of hatred, the fire of delusion;
tayo sallā — rāgasallo dosasallo mohasallo;
the three darts—the dart of passion, the dart of hatred, the dart of delusion;
tisso jaṭā — rāgajaṭā dosajaṭā mohajaṭā;
the three tangles—the tangle of passion, the tangle of hatred, the tangle of delusion;
tisso akusalūpaparikkhā — akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ akusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ akusalaṃ manokammaṃ.
the three unwholesome investigations—unwholesome bodily action, unwholesome verbal action, unwholesome mental action.
tisso vipattiyo — sīlavipatti diṭṭhivipatti ācāravipattīti.
the three failures—failure in virtue, failure in view, failure in conduct.
tesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ idaṃ vodānaṃ.
For these three persons, this is the cleansing.
tīṇi kusalamūlāni — alobho kusalamūlaṃ adoso kusalamūlaṃ amoho kusalamūlaṃ.
The three wholesome roots—non-greed as a wholesome root, non-hatred as a wholesome root, non-delusion as a wholesome root.
tīṇi sucaritāni — kāyasucaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manosucaritaṃ.
The three kinds of good conduct—good bodily conduct, good verbal conduct, good mental conduct.
tayo kusalavitakkā — nekkhammavitakko abyāpādavitakko avihiṃsāvitakko.
The three wholesome thoughts—the thought of renunciation, the thought of non-ill-will, the thought of non-cruelty.
tayo samādhī — savitakko savicāro samādhi avitakko vicāramatto samādhi avitakko avicāro samādhi.
The three concentrations—concentration with thought and examination, concentration without thought but with examination only, concentration without thought and without examination.
tisso kusalasaññā — nekkhammasaññā abyāpādasaññā avihiṃsāsaññā.
The three wholesome perceptions—the perception of renunciation, the perception of non-ill-will, the perception of non-cruelty.
tisso aviparītasaññā — aniccasaññā dukkhasaññā anattasaññā.
The three unperverted perceptions—the perception of impermanence, the perception of suffering, the perception of not-self.
tisso kusalūpaparikkhā — kusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ kusalaṃ vacīkammaṃ kusalaṃ manokammaṃ.
The three wholesome investigations—wholesome bodily action, wholesome verbal action, wholesome mental action.
tīṇi soceyyāni — kāyasoceyyaṃ vacīsoceyyaṃ manosoceyyaṃ;
The three purities—purity of body, purity of speech, purity of mind;
tisso sampattiyo — sīlasampatti samādhisampatti paññāsampatti.
the three accomplishments—accomplishment in virtue, accomplishment in concentration, accomplishment in wisdom.
tisso sikkhā — adhisīlasikkhā adhicittasikkhā adhipaññāsikkhā;
The three trainings—the training in higher virtue, the training in higher consciousness, the training in higher wisdom;
tayo khandhā — sīlakkhandho samādhikkhandho paññākkhandho.
the three aggregates—the aggregate of virtue, the aggregate of concentration, the aggregate of wisdom.
tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni — suññataṃ animittaṃ appaṇihitanti.
The three liberation-doors—emptiness, the signless, the undirected.
♦ iti kho cattāri hutvā tīṇi bhavanti, tīṇi hutvā dve bhavanti taṇhācarito ca diṭṭhicarito ca.
♦ Thus, being four, they become three; being three, they become two: one of craving-ish conduct and one of view-ish conduct.
♦ tesaṃ dvinnaṃ puggalānaṃ ayaṃ saṃkileso, taṇhā ca avijjā ca ahirikañca anottappañca assati ca asampajaññañca ayoniso manasikāro ca kosajjañca dovacassañca ahaṃkāro ca mamaṃkāro ca assaddhā ca pamādo ca asaddhammassavanañca asaṃvaro ca abhijjhā ca byāpādo ca nīvaraṇañca saṃyojanañca kodho ca upanāho ca makkho ca palāso ca issā ca maccherañca māyā ca sāṭheyyañca sassatadiṭṭhi ca ucchedadiṭṭhicāti.
♦ For these two persons, this is the defilement: craving and ignorance, shamelessness and fearlessness of wrongdoing, lack of mindfulness and lack of clear comprehension, unmethodical attention and laziness, difficult to admonish and I-making and mine-making, lack of faith and negligence, not listening to the good Dhamma and lack of restraint, covetousness and ill will, the hindrances and the fetters, anger and grudge, contempt and insolence, envy and avarice, deceit and craftiness, the view of eternalism and the view of annihilationism.
♦ tesaṃ dvinnaṃ puggalānaṃ idaṃ vodānaṃ, samatho ca vipassanā ca hirī ca ottappañca sati ca sampajaññañc yoniso manasikāro ca vīriyārambho ca sovacassañca dhamme ñāṇañca anvaye ñāṇañca khaye ñāṇañca anuppāde ñāṇañca saddhā ca appamādo ca saddhammassavanañca saṃvaro ca anabhijjhā ca abyāpādo ca rāgavirāgā ca cetovimutti avijjāvirāgā ca paññāvimutti abhisamayo ca appicchatā ca santuṭṭhi ca akkodho ca anupanāho ca amakkho ca apalāso ca issāpahānañca macchariyappahānañca vijjā ca vimutti ca saṅkhatārammaṇo ca vimokkho asaṅkhatārammaṇo ca vimokkho saupādisesā ca nibbānadhātu anupādisesā ca nibbānadhātūti.
♦ For these two persons, this is the cleansing: serenity and insight, shame and fear of wrongdoing, mindfulness and clear comprehension, methodical attention and the arising of energy, easy to admonish and knowledge in things and knowledge in their consequences, knowledge of destruction and knowledge of non-arising, faith and diligence, listening to the good Dhamma and restraint, non-covetousness and non-ill-will, the fading of passion and the liberation of the mind, the fading of ignorance and the liberation by wisdom, full understanding and fewness of wishes, contentment and non-anger, non-grudge, non-contempt, non-insolence, the abandonment of envy and the abandonment of avarice, knowledge and liberation, liberation with a conditioned object and liberation with an unconditioned object, the Nibbāna element with residue remaining and the Nibbāna element with no residue remaining.
♦ ayaṃ vuccati tipukkhalassa ca nayassa aṅkusassa ca nayassa bhūmīti.
♦ This is called the ground of the method of the threefold heap and of the method of the hook.
tenāha “yo akusale samūlehi netī”ti “oloketvā disalocanenā”ti ca.
Therefore it is said, "He who leads from unwholesome things with their roots" and "having observed a direction with the observation of a direction."
♦ niyuttaṃ nayasamuṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ The Origin of the Methods is concluded.
♦ sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ
♦ The Foundation of the Teaching
♦ 89. tattha aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbā?
♦ 89. Herein, where are the eighteen root-terms to be seen?
sāsanapaṭṭhāne. tattha katamaṃ sāsanapaṭṭhānaṃ?
In the foundation of the teaching. Herein, what is the foundation of the teaching?
saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ, taṇhāsaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, diṭṭhisaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, duccaritasaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, taṇhāvodānabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, diṭṭhivodānabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ, duccaritavodānabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
The sutta partaking of defilement, the sutta partaking of predisposition, the sutta partaking of penetration, the sutta partaking of the non-trainee, the sutta partaking of defilement and predisposition, the sutta partaking of defilement and penetration, the sutta partaking of defilement and the non-trainee, the sutta partaking of defilement and penetration and the non-trainee, the sutta partaking of defilement and predisposition and penetration, the sutta partaking of predisposition and penetration, the sutta partaking of the defilement of craving, the sutta partaking of the defilement of views, the sutta partaking of the defilement of misconduct, the sutta partaking of the cleansing from craving, the sutta partaking of the cleansing from views, the sutta partaking of the cleansing from misconduct.
♦ tattha saṃkileso tividho — taṇhāsaṃkileso diṭṭhisaṃkileso duccaritasaṃkileso.
♦ Herein, defilement is threefold — the defilement of craving, the defilement of views, the defilement of misconduct.
tattha taṇhāsaṃkileso samathena visujjhati, so samatho samādhikkhandho.
Herein, the defilement of craving is purified by serenity; that serenity is the aggregate of concentration.
diṭṭhisaṃkileso vipassanāya visujjhati, sā vipassanā paññākkhandho.
The defilement of views is purified by insight; that insight is the aggregate of wisdom.
duccaritasaṃkileso sucaritena visujjhati, taṃ sucaritaṃ sīlakkhandho.
The defilement of misconduct is purified by good conduct; that good conduct is the aggregate of virtue.
tassa sīle patiṭṭhitassa yadi āsatti uppajjati bhavesu, evaṃ sāyaṃ samathavipassanā bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakriyavatthu bhavati tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattati.
If, for one established in virtue, an attachment to existences arises, then that serenity and insight becomes a basis for meritorious action consisting in development, and conduces to rebirth there.
imāni cattāri suttāni, sādhāraṇāni katāni aṭṭha bhavanti, tāniyeva aṭṭha suttāni sādhāraṇāni katāni soḷasa bhavanti.
These four suttas, being made common, become eight; these same eight suttas, being made common, become sixteen.
♦ imehi soḷasahi suttehi bhinnehi navavidhaṃ suttaṃ bhinnaṃ bhavati.
♦ By these sixteen suttas, being divided, a ninefold sutta is divided.
gāthāya gāthā anuminitabbā, veyyākaraṇena veyyākaraṇaṃ anuminitabbaṃ.
A verse is to be inferred by a verse; an exposition by an exposition.
suttena suttaṃ anuminitabbaṃ.
A sutta is to be inferred by a sutta.
♦ 90. tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ?
♦ 90. Herein, what is the sutta partaking of defilement?
♦ “kāmandhā jālasañchannā, taṇhāchadanachāditā.
♦ "Blinded by desire, covered by a net, shrouded by the cloak of craving,
♦ pamattabandhanā baddhā, macchāva kumināmukhe.
♦ bound by the bond of negligence, like a fish in the mouth of a fish-trap,
♦ jarāmaraṇamanventi, vaccho khīrapakova mātaran”ti.
♦ they follow old age and death, like a suckling calf its mother."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ cattārimāni, bhikkhave, agatigamanāni.
♦ There are these four, bhikkhus, wrong courses.
katamāni cattāri?
What four?
chandāgatiṃ gacchati, dosāgatiṃ gacchati, mohāgatiṃ gacchati, bhayāgatiṃ gacchati.
One goes on a wrong course through desire, one goes on a wrong course through hate, one goes on a wrong course through delusion, one goes on a wrong course through fear.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri agatigamanāni.
These, bhikkhus, are the four wrong courses.
idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato, athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā —
The Blessed One said this; having said this, the Fortunate One, the Teacher, further said this:
♦ “chandā dosā bhayā mohā, yo dhammaṃ ativattati.
♦ "Whoever through desire, hate, fear, or delusion transgresses the Dhamma,
♦ nihīyati tassa yaso, kāḷapakkheva candimā”ti.
♦ his fame wanes, like the moon in the dark fortnight."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā.
♦ "Mind is the forerunner of all states, mind is their chief, they are mind-made.
♦ manasā ce paduṭṭhena, bhāsati vā karoti vā.
♦ If one speaks or acts with a corrupted mind,
♦ tato naṃ dukkhamanveti, cakkaṃva vahato padan”ti.
♦ then suffering follows one, like the wheel the foot of the ox."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “middhī yadā hoti mahagghaso ca, niddāyitā samparivattasāyī.
♦ "When one is torpid and a great eater, a sleeper who rolls about,
♦ mahāvarāhova nivāpapuṭṭho, punappunaṃ gabbhamupeti mando”ti.
♦ like a great hog fed on swill, the fool enters the womb again and again."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “ayasāva malaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ, tatuṭṭhāya tameva khādati.
♦ "As rust arising from iron, having arisen from it, then eats it,
♦ evaṃ atidhonacārinaṃ, sāni kammāni nayanti duggatin”ti.
♦ so one's own deeds lead the one who transgresses in asceticism to a bad destination."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “coro yathā sandhimukhe gahīto, sakammunā haññati bajjhate ca.
♦ "As a thief caught at the entrance of a house, is punished and bound by his own deed,
♦ evaṃ ayaṃ pecca pajā parattha, sakammunā haññati bajjhate cā”ti.
♦ so this person hereafter in the next world, is punished and bound by his own deed."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena vihiṃsati.
♦ "Beings desire happiness; whoever with a rod harms them,
♦ attano sukhamesāno, pecca so na labhate sukhan”ti.
♦ seeking his own happiness, he does not find happiness after death."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “gunnaṃ ce taramānānaṃ, jimhaṃ gacchati puṅgavo.
♦ "If, of a herd of cattle crossing, the lead bull goes crookedly,
♦ sabbā tā jimhaṃ gacchanti, nette jimhaṃ gate sati.
♦ they all go crookedly, when the leader goes crookedly.
♦ “evameva manussesu, yo hoti seṭṭhasammato.
♦ "So too among men, he who is considered the best,
♦ so ce adhammaṃ carati, pageva itarā pajā.
♦ if he practices unrighteousness, how much more so the other people.
♦ sabbaṃ raṭṭhaṃ dukkhaṃ seti, rājā ce hoti adhammiko”ti.
♦ The whole country suffers, if the king is unrighteous."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “sukiccharūpāvatime manussā, karonti pāpaṃ upadhīsu rattā.
♦ "How difficult it is for these humans, attached to acquisitions, to do evil.
♦ gacchanti te bahujanasannivāsaṃ, nirayaṃ avīciṃ kaṭukaṃ bhayānakan”ti.
♦ They go to a great gathering of many people, to the Avīci hell, bitter and fearful."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “phalaṃ ve kadaliṃ hanti, phalaṃ veḷuṃ phalaṃ naḷaṃ.
♦ "The fruit kills the banana tree, the fruit kills the bamboo, the fruit kills the reed.
♦ sakkāro kāpurisaṃ hanti, gabbho assatariṃ yathā”ti.
♦ Honor kills the wicked man, as the womb the she-mule."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “kodhamakkhagaru bhikkhu, lābhasakkāragāravo .
♦ "A bhikkhu who honors anger and contempt, who honors gain and honor,
♦ sukhette pūtibījaṃva, saddhamme na virūhatī”ti.
♦ like a rotten seed in a good field, does not grow in the good Dhamma."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ 91. “idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ paduṭṭhacittaṃ evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi, (yathā kho ayaṃ puggalo iriyati, yañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno, yañca maggaṃ samārūḷho) .
♦ 91. "Here, bhikkhus, I know a certain person with a corrupted mind thus with my own mind, having encompassed it: (As this person fares, and the path he has entered upon, and the way he has taken up).
imamhi cāyaṃ samaye kālaṃ kareyya, yathābhataṃ nikkhitto, evaṃ niraye.
If this person were to die at this time, he would be cast into hell as if brought and placed there.
taṃ kissa hetu?
For what reason?
cittaṃ hissa, bhikkhave, paduṭṭhaṃ , cetopadosahetu kho pana, bhikkhave, evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjantī”ti.
His mind, bhikkhus, is corrupted; and because of the corruption of the mind, bhikkhus, some beings here, on the dissolution of the body, after death, are reborn in a state of deprivation, a bad destination, a state of ruin, in hell."
etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca, tatthetaṃ iti vuccati —
The Blessed One said this matter; here this is said:
♦ “paduṭṭhacittaṃ ñatvāna, ekaccaṃ idha puggalaṃ.
♦ "Having known a certain person here with a corrupted mind,
♦ etamatthañca byākāsi, buddho bhikkhūna santike.
♦ the Buddha declared this matter in the presence of the bhikkhus.
♦ imamhi cāyaṃ samaye, kālaṃ kayirātha puggalo.
♦ 'If this person were to die at this time,
♦ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya, cittaṃ hissa padūsitaṃ.
♦ he would be reborn in hell, for his mind is polluted.
♦ cetopadosahetu hi, sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ.
♦ 'For because of the corruption of the mind, beings go to a bad destination.
♦ yathābhataṃ nikkhipeyya, evameva tathāvidho.
♦ 'As if brought and placed there, so indeed is such a one.
♦ kāyassa bhedā duppañño, nirayaṃ sopapajjatī”ti.
♦ 'On the dissolution of the body, the foolish one is reborn in hell.'"
♦ ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā iti me sutanti.
♦ This matter too was spoken by the Blessed One, so I have heard.
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “sace bhāyatha dukkhassa, sace vo dukkhamappiyaṃ.
♦ "If you are afraid of suffering, if suffering is not dear to you,
♦ mākattha pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, āvi vā yadi vā raho.
♦ do no evil deed, either in public or in private.
♦ “sace ca pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, karissatha karotha vā.
♦ "And if you will do or are doing an evil deed,
♦ na vo dukkhā pamutyatthi, upeccapi palāyatan”ti.
♦ there is no escape from suffering for you, even by fleeing away."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “adhammena dhanaṃ laddhā, musāvādena cūbhayaṃ.
♦ "Having acquired wealth unrighteously, and by falsehood both,
♦ mameti bālā maññanti, taṃ kathaṃ nu bhavissati.
♦ fools think 'this is mine'; how will that be?
♦ “antarāyā su bhavissanti, sambhatassa vinassati.
♦ "Obstacles will arise, what is gathered will be lost.
♦ matā saggaṃ na gacchanti, nanu ettāvatā hatā”ti.
♦ Having died, they do not go to heaven; are they not struck down by that much?"
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “kathaṃ khaṇati attānaṃ, kathaṃ mittehi jīrati.
♦ "How does one dig up oneself, how is one ruined by friends?
♦ kathaṃ vivaṭṭate dhammā, kathaṃ saggaṃ na gacchati.
♦ How does one turn away from the Dhamma, how does one not go to heaven?
♦ “lobhā khaṇati attānaṃ, luddho mittehi jīrati.
♦ "By greed one digs up oneself, by greed one is ruined by friends.
♦ lobhā vivaṭṭate dhammā, lobhā saggaṃ na gacchatī”ti.
♦ By greed one turns away from the Dhamma, by greed one does not go to heaven."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “caranti bālā dummedhā, amitteneva attanā.
♦ "Fools of little wisdom wander about, with themselves as their own enemies,
♦ karontā pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, yaṃ hoti kaṭukapphalaṃ .
♦ doing evil deeds, which have a bitter fruit.
♦ “na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati.
♦ "That deed is not well done, which having done, one repents,
♦ yassa assumukho rodaṃ, vipākaṃ paṭisevatī”ti.
♦ whose result one experiences weeping, with a tearful face."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “dukkaraṃ duttitikkhañca, abyattena ca sāmaññaṃ.
♦ "Difficult and hard to endure is the ascetic life for the unskilled.
♦ bahū hi tattha sambādhā, yattha bālo visīdati.
♦ For there are many obstacles there, where the fool sinks down.
♦ “yo hi atthañca dhammañca, bhāsamāne tathāgate.
♦ "He who, when the Tathāgata speaks of the goal and the Dhamma,
♦ manaṃ padosaye bālo, moghaṃ kho tassa jīvitaṃ.
♦ conceives a corrupt mind, the fool, his life is indeed in vain.
♦ “etañcāhaṃ arahāmi, dukkhañca ito ca pāpiyataraṃ bhante.
♦ "This I deserve, and suffering, and from this something worse, venerable sir.
♦ yo appameyyesu tathāgatesu, cittaṃ padosemi avītarāgo”ti.
♦ I who, towards the immeasurable Tathāgatas, conceive a corrupt mind, not free from passion."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “appameyyaṃ paminanto, kodha vidvā vikappaye.
♦ "Measuring the immeasurable, the wise one would imagine anger.
♦ appameyyaṃ pamāyinaṃ , nivutaṃ taṃ maññe akissavan”ti.
♦ Having measured the immeasurable, I think that one who is covered is without anything."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “purisassa hi jātassa, kuṭhārī jāyate mukhe.
♦ "For a man who is born, an axe is born in his mouth,
♦ yāya chindati attānaṃ, bālo dubbhāsitaṃ bhaṇaṃ.
♦ with which the fool cuts himself, speaking ill-spoken words.
♦ “na hi satthaṃ sunisitaṃ, visaṃ halāhalaṃ iva.
♦ "Not a well-sharpened weapon, nor poison like halāhala,
♦ evaṃ viraddhaṃ pāteti, vācā dubbhāsitā yathā”ti.
♦ so strikes down the one who has gone astray, as a word ill-spoken."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ 92.
♦ 92.
♦ “yo nindiyaṃ pasaṃsati, taṃ vā nindati yo pasaṃsiyo.
♦ "He who praises the blameworthy, or blames him who is praiseworthy,
♦ vicināti mukhena so kaliṃ, kalinā tena sukhaṃ na vindati.
♦ he gathers misfortune with his mouth; by that misfortune he finds no happiness.
♦ “appamatto ayaṃ kali, yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo.
♦ "A small misfortune is this, the loss of wealth at dice,
♦ sabbassāpi sahāpi attanā, ayameva mahantataro kali.
♦ even with all one's possessions, together with oneself; this indeed is a greater misfortune,
♦ yo sugatesu manaṃ padosaye.
♦ he who conceives a corrupt mind towards the fortunate ones.
♦ “sataṃ sahassānaṃ nirabbudānaṃ, chattiṃsatī pañca ca abbudāni.
♦ "For a hundred thousand nirabbudas, and thirty-six and five abbudas,
♦ yamariyagarahī nirayaṃ upeti, vācaṃ manañca paṇidhāya pāpakan”ti.
♦ the reviler of the noble ones goes to hell, having directed his speech and mind to evil."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ “yo lobhaguṇe anuyutto, so vacasā paribhāsati aññe.
♦ "He who is devoted to the quality of greed, he reviles others with his words,
♦ assaddho kadariyo avadaññū, macchari pesuṇiyaṃ anuyutto.
♦ faithless, miserly, ungenerous, miserly, devoted to slander.
♦ “mukhadugga vibhūta anariya, bhūnahu pāpaka dukkaṭakāri.
♦ "Foul-mouthed, manifest, ignoble, slayer of beings, evil, a doer of wicked deeds,
♦ purisanta kalī avajātaputta , mā bahubhāṇidha nerayikosi.
♦ a vile man, a calamity, a low-born son, do not speak much here, you are destined for hell.
♦ “rajamākirasī ahitāya, sante garahasi kibbisakārī.
♦ "You scatter dust for your own harm, you revile the virtuous, you doer of evil.
♦ bahūni duccaritāni caritvā, gacchasi kho papataṃ cirarattan”ti.
♦ Having done many evil deeds, you will go to a precipice for a long time."
♦ idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ?
♦ Herein, what is the sutta partaking of predisposition?
♦ “manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā.
♦ "Mind is the forerunner of all states, mind is their chief, they are mind-made.
♦ manasā ce pasannena, bhāsati vā karoti vā.
♦ If one speaks or acts with a pure mind,
♦ tato naṃ sukhamanveti, chāyāva anapāyinī”ti .
♦ then happiness follows one, like a shadow that never departs."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ 93. mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — “idaṃ, bhante, kapilavatthu iddhañceva phītañca bāhujaññaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ sambādhabyūhaṃ, so kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ vā payirupāsitvā manobhāvanīye vā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṃ kapilavatthuṃ pavisanto bhantenapi hatthinā samāgacchāmi, bhantenapi assena samāgacchāmi, bhantenapi rathena samāgacchāmi, bhantenapi sakaṭena samāgacchāmi, bhantenapi purisena samāgacchāmi, tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, tasmiṃ samaye mussateva bhagavantaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati dhammaṃ ārabbha sati, mussati saṅghaṃ ārabbha sati.
♦ 93. Mahānāma the Sakyan said this to the Blessed One: "This Kapilavatthu, venerable sir, is prosperous and flourishing, with many people, crowded with men, with a congested approach. I, venerable sir, after paying respects to the Blessed One or to the mentally developed bhikkhus, on entering Kapilavatthu in the evening, I come across a fierce elephant, I come across a fierce horse, I come across a fierce chariot, I come across a fierce cart, I come across a fierce man. At that time, venerable sir, my mindfulness directed towards the Blessed One is lost, my mindfulness directed towards the Dhamma is lost, my mindfulness directed towards the Sangha is lost. It occurs to me, venerable sir, 'If I were to die at this evening time, what would be my destination, what would be my future state?'"
tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti ‘imamhi cāhaṃ sāyanhasamaye kālaṃ kareyyaṃ, kā mayhaṃ gati, ko abhisamparāyo’”ti.
♦ “mā bhāyi, mahānāma, mā bhāyi, mahānāma, apāpakaṃ te maraṇaṃ bhavissati, apāpikā kālaṅkiriyā.
♦ "Do not be afraid, Mahānāma, do not be afraid, Mahānāma, your death will not be a bad one, your passing will not be a bad one.
catūhi kho, mahānāma, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako nibbānaninno hoti nibbānapoṇo nibbānapabbhāro.
An Ariyan disciple, Mahānāma, who is endowed with four things, is inclined to Nibbāna, slopes to Nibbāna, tends to Nibbāna.
katamehi catūhi?
With what four?
idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti, itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ .
Here, Mahānāma, an Ariyan disciple is endowed with unwavering confidence in the Buddha: 'Thus is the Blessed One, an Arahant... pe... the Buddha, the Blessed One.'
.. pe .
.. buddho bhagavāti.
dhamme ..
In the Dhamma... pe... in the Sangha... pe... he is endowed with the virtues dear to the Ariyans, unbroken... pe... conducive to concentration.
. pe ..
. saṅghe ..
. pe ..
. ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi .
.. pe .
.. samādhisaṃvattanikehi.
seyyathāpi, mahānāma, rukkho pācīnaninno pācīnapoṇo pācīnapabbhāro, so mūlacchinno katamena papateyyā”ti?
Just as, Mahānāma, a tree that is inclined to the east, slopes to the east, tends to the east, if its root is cut, in which direction would it fall?"
“yena, bhante, ninno yena poṇo yena pabbhāro”ti.
To whichever direction, venerable sir, it is inclined, to whichever it slopes, to whichever it tends.
“evameva kho, mahānāma, imehi catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako nibbānaninno hoti nibbānapoṇo nibbānapabbhāro.
"So too, Mahānāma, an Ariyan disciple who is endowed with these four things is inclined to Nibbāna, slopes to Nibbāna, tends to Nibbāna.
mā bhāyi, mahānāma, mā bhāyi, mahānāma, apāpakaṃ te maraṇaṃ bhavissati, apāpikā kālaṅkiriyā”ti.
Do not be afraid, Mahānāma, do not be afraid, Mahānāma, your death will not be a bad one, your passing will not be a bad one."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ “sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena na hiṃsati.
♦ "Beings desire happiness; whoever with a rod does not harm them,
♦ attano sukhamesāno, pecca so labhate sukhan”ti.
♦ seeking his own happiness, he finds happiness after death."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ “gunnañce taramānānaṃ, ujuṃ gacchati puṅgavo.
♦ "If, of a herd of cattle crossing, the lead bull goes straight,
♦ sabbā tā ujuṃ gacchanti, nette ujuṃ gate sati.
♦ they all go straight, when the leader goes straight.
♦ “evameva manussesu, yo hoti seṭṭhasammato.
♦ "So too among men, he who is considered the best,
♦ so sace dhammaṃ carati, pageva itarā pajā.
♦ if he practices righteousness, how much more so the other people.
♦ sabbaṃ raṭṭhaṃ sukhaṃ seti, rājā ce hoti dhammiko”ti.
♦ The whole country is happy, if the king is righteous."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ 94. bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.
♦ 94. The Blessed One was staying at Sāvatthī in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika's park.
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti “niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī”ti.
Now at that time, many bhikkhus were making robes for the Blessed One, thinking, "When the Blessed One's robes are finished, after three months he will set out on a tour."
tena kho pana samayena isidattapurāṇā thapatayo sākete paṭivasanti kenaci deva karaṇīyena.
Now at that time, the carpenters Isidatta and Purāṇa were residing in Sāketa for some business.
assosuṃ kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo “sambahulā kira bhikkhū bhagavato cīvarakammaṃ karonti.
The carpenters Isidatta and Purāṇa heard, "Many bhikkhus are making robes for the Blessed One. When the Blessed One's robes are finished, after three months he will set out on a tour."
niṭṭhitacīvaro bhagavā temāsaccayena cārikaṃ pakkamissatī”ti.
♦ atha kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo magge purisaṃ ṭhapesuṃ “yadā tvaṃ ambho purisa passeyyāsi bhagavantaṃ āgacchantaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ, atha amhākaṃ āroceyyāsī”ti.
♦ Then the carpenters Isidatta and Purāṇa stationed a man on the road, saying, "When you, my good man, see the Blessed One coming, the Arahant, the Rightly Enlightened One, then you should inform us."
dvīhatīhaṃ ṭhito kho so puriso addasa bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna yena isidattapurāṇā thapatayo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā isidattapurāṇe thapatayo etadavoca “ayaṃ so bhante bhagavā āgacchati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā”ti.
After standing there for two or three days, that man saw the Blessed One coming from afar, and seeing him, he went to the carpenters Isidatta and Purāṇa, and on approaching, he said to the carpenters Isidatta and Purāṇa, "This is that Blessed One coming, the Arahant, the Rightly Enlightened One; now is the time for what you think fit."
♦ atha kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhiṃsu.
♦ Then the carpenters Isidatta and Purāṇa went to the Blessed One, and on approaching, having bowed down to the Blessed One, they followed the Blessed One from behind.
atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.
Then the Blessed One, having left the road, went to the foot of a certain tree, and on approaching, he sat down on the prepared seat.
isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho isidattapurāṇā thapatayo bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ --
The carpenters Isidatta and Purāṇa, having bowed down to the Blessed One, sat down at one side. Seated at one side, the carpenters Isidatta and Purāṇa said this to the Blessed One:
♦ “yadā mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘sāvatthiyā kosalesu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ ‘dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti.
♦ "When we, venerable sir, hear that the Blessed One 'will set out on a tour from Sāvatthī to Kosala,' at that time we are displeased, we are dejected, thinking 'the Blessed One will be far from us.'
yadā pana mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘sāvatthiyā kosalesu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ ‘dūre no bhagavā’ti .
And when we, venerable sir, hear that the Blessed One 'has set out on a tour from Sāvatthī to Kosala,' at that time we are displeased, we are dejected, thinking 'the Blessed One is far from us'... pe...
.. pe .
...
♦ “yadā pana mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘kāsīsu magadhesu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti domanassaṃ ‘dūre no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti .
♦ "And when we, venerable sir, hear that the Blessed One 'will set out on a tour from Kāsi to Magadha,' at that time we are displeased, we are dejected, thinking 'the Blessed One will be far from us.'
yadā pana mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘kāsīsu magadhesu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, anappakā no tasmiṃ samaye anattamanatā hoti anappakaṃ domanassaṃ ‘dūre no bhagavā’ti.
And when we, venerable sir, hear that the Blessed One 'has set out on a tour from Kāsi to Magadha,' not a little are we displeased at that time, not a little dejected, thinking 'the Blessed One is far from us.'
♦ “yadā pana mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘magadhesu kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ ‘āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti.
♦ "And when we, venerable sir, hear that the Blessed One 'will set out on a tour from Magadha to Kāsi,' at that time we are pleased, we are joyful, thinking 'the Blessed One will be near us.'
yadā pana mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘magadhesu kāsīsu cārikaṃ pakkanto’ti, hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ ‘āsanne no bhagavā’ti .
And when we, venerable sir, hear that the Blessed One 'has set out on a tour from Magadha to Kāsi,' at that time we are pleased, we are joyful, thinking 'the Blessed One is near us'... pe...
.. pe .
...
♦ “yadā pana mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘kosalesu sāvatthiṃ cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’ti.
♦ "And when we, venerable sir, hear that the Blessed One 'will set out on a tour from Kosala to Sāvatthī,'
hoti no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā hoti somanassaṃ ‘āsanne no bhagavā bhavissatī’ti.
at that time we are pleased, we are joyful, thinking 'the Blessed One will be near us.'
♦ “yadā pana mayaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ suṇoma ‘sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme’ti hoti anappakā no tasmiṃ samaye attamanatā, hoti anappakaṃ somanassaṃ ‘āsanne no bhagavā’”ti.
♦ "And when we, venerable sir, hear that the Blessed One 'is staying at Sāvatthī in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika's park,' not a little are we pleased at that time, not a little joyful, thinking 'the Blessed One is near us.'"
♦ “tasmātiha, thapatayo, sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā, alañca pana vo, thapatayo, appamādāyā”ti.
♦ "Therefore, carpenters, the household life is a confinement, a path of dust; the going forth is an open space. It is enough, carpenters, for you to be diligent."
“atthi kho no, bhante, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅkhātataro cā”ti?
Is there for us, venerable sir, from this confinement another confinement that is more of a confinement and considered more of a confinement?
“katamo pana vo, thapatayo, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅkhātataro cā”ti?
And what for you, carpenters, from this confinement is another confinement that is more of a confinement and considered more of a confinement?
♦ “idha mayaṃ, bhante, yadā rājā pasenadi kosalo uyyānabhūmiṃ niyyātukāmo hoti, ye te rañño pasenadissa kosalassa nāgā opavayhā, te kappetvā yā tā rañño pasenadissa kosalassa pajāpatiyo piyā manāpā, tā ekaṃ purato ekaṃ pacchato nisīdāpema, tāsaṃ kho pana, bhante, bhaginīnaṃ evarūpo gandho hoti.
♦ "Here, venerable sir, when King Pasenadi of Kosala wishes to go to the park, those elephants of King Pasenadi of Kosala that are fit for riding, having been caparisoned, and those wives of King Pasenadi of Kosala who are dear and beloved, we make one sit in front and one behind. And of those sisters, venerable sir, there is such a scent.
seyyathāpi nāma gandhakaraṇḍakassa tāvadeva vivariyamānassa, yathā taṃ rājakaññānaṃ gandhena vibhūsitānaṃ.
Just as of a perfume box just being opened, so is the scent of the king's daughters adorned with perfume.
tāsaṃ kho pana, bhante, bhaginīnaṃ evarūpo kāyasamphasso hoti, seyyathāpi nāma tūlapicuno vā kappāhapicuno vā, yathā taṃ rājakaññānaṃ sukhedhitānaṃ.
And of those sisters, venerable sir, there is such a bodily contact, just as of cotton floss or kapok floss, so is that of the king's daughters delicately nurtured.
tasmiṃ kho pana, bhante, samaye nāgopi rakkhitabbo hoti.
At that time, venerable sir, the elephant has to be guarded.
tāpi bhaginiyo rakkhitabbā hoti.
And those sisters have to be guarded.
attāpi rakkhitabbā hoti.
And oneself has to be guarded.
na kho pana mayaṃ, bhante, abhijānāma tāsu bhagīnisu pāpakaṃ cittaṃ ñappādentā, ayaṃ kho no, bhante, etamhā sambādhā añño sambādho sambādhataro ceva sambādhasaṅghātataro cāti.
But we do not, venerable sir, recall ever having produced an evil thought towards those sisters; this, venerable sir, from this confinement is another confinement that is more of a confinement and considered more of a confinement.
♦ “tasmātiha, thapatayo, sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā.
♦ "Therefore, carpenters, the household life is a confinement, a path of dust; the going forth is an open space.
alañca pana vo, thapatayo, appamādāya.
It is enough, carpenters, for you to be diligent.
catūhi kho thapatayo, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.
An Ariyan disciple, carpenters, who is endowed with four things, is a stream-enterer, of a nature not to fall, certain, destined for enlightenment.
♦ “katamehi catūhi?
♦ "With what four?
idha, thapatayo, sutavā ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ .
Here, carpenters, a learned Ariyan disciple is endowed with unwavering confidence in the Buddha: 'Thus is the Blessed One, an Arahant... pe... the Buddha, the Blessed One'; in the Dhamma... pe... in the Sangha... pe... he dwells at home with a mind free from the stain of stinginess, a giver with open hand, delighting in relinquishment, a fit person to ask, delighting in sharing gifts, not undivided.
.. pe .
An Ariyan disciple, carpenters, who is endowed with these four things, is a stream-enterer, of a nature not to fall, certain, destined for enlightenment.
.. buddho bhagavāti, dhamme .
.. pe .
.. saṅghe .
.. pe .
.. vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati, muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato appaṭivibhattaṃ.
imehi kho, thapatayo, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.
♦ “tumhe kho, thapatayo, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ .
♦ "You, carpenters, are endowed with unwavering confidence in the Buddha: 'Thus is the Blessed One, an Arahant... pe... the Buddha, the Blessed One'; in the Dhamma... pe... in the Sangha... pe... and whatever gift is in the family, all that is not undivided from the virtuous of good character; what do you think, carpenters, how many men are there in Kosala who are your equals in this, in sharing gifts?"
.. pe .
It is a gain for us, venerable sir, it is a great gain for us, that the Blessed One knows us thus.
.. buddho bhagavāti, dhamme .
.. pe .
.. saṅghe .
.. pe .
.. yaṃ kho pana kiñci kule deyyadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ appaṭivibhattaṃ sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehi, taṃ kiṃ maññatha, thapatayo, katividhā te kosalesu manussā ye tumhākaṃ samasamā yadidaṃ dānasaṃvibhāgehī”ti?
“lābhā no, bhante, suladdhaṃ no, bhante, yesaṃ no bhagavā evaṃ pajānātī”ti.
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ 95.
♦ 95.
♦ “ekapupphaṃ cajitvāna , sahassaṃ kappakoṭiyo.
♦ "Having offered a single flower, for a thousand crores of aeons,
♦ deve ceva manusse ca, sesena parinibbuto”ti.
♦ among devas and humans, with the remainder he attained final Nibbāna."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ “assatthe haritobhāse, saṃvirūḷhamhi pādape.
♦ "At the Asattha tree, with green foliage, a well-grown tree,
♦ ekaṃ buddhagataṃ saññaṃ, alabhiṃtthaṃ patissato.
♦ I gained a single perception of the Buddha, with mindfulness.
♦ “ajja tiṃsaṃ tato kappā, nābhijānāmi duggatiṃ.
♦ "Today, thirty aeons ago, I do not recall a bad destination.
♦ tisso vijjā sacchikatā, tassā saññāya vāsanā”ti.
♦ The three knowledges have been realized, through the predisposition of that perception."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ “piṇḍāya kosalaṃ puraṃ, pāvisi aggapuggalo.
♦ "For alms, to the city of Kosala, went the chief person,
♦ anukampako purebhattaṃ, taṇhānighātako muni.
♦ the compassionate one, before the meal, the muni who has destroyed craving.
♦ “purisassa vaṭaṃsako hatthe, sabbapupphehilaṅkato.
♦ "A man's garland was in his hand, adorned with all kinds of flowers.
♦ so addasāsi sambuddhaṃ, bhikkhusaṅghapurakkhataṃ.
♦ He saw the Enlightened One, preceded by the community of bhikkhus.
♦ “pavisantaṃ rājamaggena, devamānusapūjitaṃ.
♦ "Entering by the royal road, worshipped by devas and humans,
♦ haṭṭho cittaṃ pasādetvā, sambuddhamupasaṅkami.
♦ joyful, with a confident mind, he approached the Enlightened One.
♦ “so taṃ vaṭaṃsakaṃ surabhiṃ, vaṇṇavantaṃ manoramaṃ.
♦ "That fragrant garland, colorful and delightful,
♦ sambuddhassupanāmesi, pasanno sehi pāṇibhi.
♦ he offered to the Enlightened One, with confident hands.
♦ “tato aggisikhā vaṇṇā, buddhassa lapanantarā.
♦ "Then from the space between the Buddha's words, of the color of a flame of fire,
♦ sahassaraṃsi vijjuriva, okkā nikkhami ānanā.
♦ like a thousand-rayed lightning flash, a ray of light issued from his face.
♦ “padakkhiṇaṃ karitvāna, sīse ādiccabandhuno.
♦ "Having circumambulated him, on the head of the kinsman of the sun,
♦ tikkhattuṃ parivaṭṭetvā, muddhanantaradhāyatha.
♦ having revolved three times, it vanished on his head.
♦ “idaṃ disvā acchariyaṃ, abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ.
♦ "Seeing this wonder, marvelous and hair-raising,
♦ ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā, ānando etadabravi.
♦ having arranged his robe on one shoulder, Ānanda said this:
♦ “‘ko hetu sitakammassa, byākarohi mahāmune.
♦ "'What is the cause of the smile? Explain, O great muni.
♦ dhammāloko bhavissati, kaṅkhaṃ vitara no mune.
♦ A light of the Dhamma will appear; remove our doubt, O muni.
♦ “‘yassa taṃ sabbadhammesu, sadā ñāṇaṃ pavattati.
♦ "'He whose knowledge ever extends to all things,
♦ kaṅkhiṃ vematikaṃ theraṃ, ānandaṃ etadabravi.
♦ said this to the elder Ānanda, who was doubtful and uncertain:
♦ “‘yo so ānanda puriso, mayi cittaṃ pasādayi.
♦ "'The man, Ānanda, who conceived a confident mind in me,
♦ caturāsītikappāni, duggatiṃ na gamissati.
♦ for eighty-four thousand aeons, will not go to a bad destination.
♦ “‘devesu devasobhaggaṃ, dibbaṃ rajjaṃ pasāsiya.
♦ "'Among the devas, the good fortune of a deva, he will rule a divine kingdom.
♦ manujesu manujindo, rājā raṭṭhe bhavissati.
♦ Among humans, a king of men, he will be a king in a country.
♦ “‘so carimaṃ pabbajitvā, sacchikatvāna dhammataṃ.
♦ "'In his last life, having gone forth, having realized the Dhamma,
♦ paccekabuddho dhutarāgo, vaṭaṃsako nāma bhavissati.
♦ a Paccekabuddha with passion destroyed, he will be named Vaṭaṃsaka.
♦ “‘natthi citte pasannamhi, appakā nāma dakkhiṇā.
♦ "'There is no small gift when the mind is confident,
♦ tathāgate vā sambuddhe, atha vā tassa sāvake.
♦ in the Tathāgata or the Enlightened One, or in his disciple.
♦ “‘evaṃ acintiyā buddhā, buddhadhammā acintiyā.
♦ "'Thus are the Buddhas inconceivable, the Buddha-dhammas are inconceivable.
♦ acintiye pasannānaṃ, vipāko hoti acintiyo’”ti.
♦ For those confident in the inconceivable, the result is inconceivable.'"
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ 96. “idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ekaccaṃ puggalaṃ pasannacittaṃ evaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi “(yathā kho ayaṃ puggalo iriyati, yañca paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno, yañca maggaṃ samārūḷho) .
♦ 96. "Here, bhikkhus, I know a certain person with a confident mind thus with my own mind, having encompassed it: (As this person fares, and the path he has entered upon, and the way he has taken up).
imamhi cāyaṃ samaye kālaṃ kareyya, yathābhataṃ nikkhitto evaṃ sagge.
If this person were to die at this time, he would be placed in heaven as if brought and placed there.
taṃ kissa hetu?
For what reason?
cittaṃ hissa, bhikkhave, pasannaṃ, cetopasādahetu kho pana evamidhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjantī”ti.
His mind, bhikkhus, is confident; and because of the confidence of the mind, bhikkhus, some beings here, on the dissolution of the body, after death, are reborn in a good destination, a heavenly world."
etamatthaṃ bhagavā avoca, tatthetaṃ iti vuccati —
The Blessed One said this matter; here this is said —
♦ “pasannacittaṃ ñatvāna, ekaccaṃ idha puggalaṃ.
♦ "Having known a certain person here with a confident mind,
♦ etamatthañca byākāsi, buddho bhikkhūna santike.
♦ the Buddha declared this matter in the presence of the bhikkhus.
♦ “imamhi cāyaṃ samaye, kālaṃ kayirātha puggalo.
♦ "If this person were to die at this time,
♦ saggamhi upapajjeyya, cittaṃ hissa pasāditaṃ.
♦ he would be reborn in heaven, for his mind is confident.
♦ “cetopasādahetu hi, sattā gacchanti suggatiṃ.
♦ "For because of the confidence of the mind, beings go to a good destination.
♦ yathābhataṃ nikkhipeyya, evamevaṃ tathāvidho.
♦ "As if brought and placed there, so indeed is such a one.
♦ kāyassa bhedā sappañño, saggaṃ so upapajjatī”ti.
♦ "On the dissolution of the body, the wise one is reborn in heaven."
♦ “ayampi attho vutto bhagavatā iti me sutan”ti.
♦ "This matter too was spoken by the Blessed One, so I have heard."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ “suvaṇṇacchadanaṃ nāvaṃ, nāri āruyha tiṭṭhasi.
♦ "A boat with a golden roof, you, a woman, board and stand.
♦ ogāhasi pokkharaṇiṃ, padmaṃ chindasi pāṇinā.
♦ You enter a lotus pond, and pluck a lotus with your hand.
♦ “kena te tādiso vaṇṇo, ānubhāvo juti ca te.
♦ "By what do you have such a complexion, such power and radiance?
♦ uppajjanti ca te bhogā, ye keci manasicchitā.
♦ And your possessions arise, whatever you desire in your mind.
♦ “pucchitā devate saṃsa, kissa kammassidaṃ phalaṃ.
♦ "Being asked, O goddess, tell me, of what kamma is this the fruit?
♦ sā devatā attamanā, devarājena pucchitā.
♦ That goddess, delighted, being asked by the king of the devas,
♦ “pañhaṃ puṭṭhā viyākāsi, sakkassa iti me sutaṃ.
♦ "The question being asked, she explained, to Sakka, so I have heard.
♦ addhānaṃ paṭipannāhaṃ, disvā thūpaṃ manoramaṃ.
♦ I was on a long journey, and seeing a delightful stūpa,
♦ “tattha cittaṃ pasādesiṃ, kassapassa yasassino.
♦ "There I made my mind confident, in Kassapa the glorious.
♦ paddhapupphehi pūjesiṃ, pasannā sehi tasseva.
♦ I worshipped with a handful of flowers, with confidence in him.
♦ kammassa phalaṃ vipāko, etādisaṃ katapuññā labhantī”ti.
♦ The fruit and result of that kamma, those who have done merit receive such things."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ “dānakathā sīlakathā saggakathā puññakathā puññavipākakathā”ti.
♦ "Talk on giving, talk on virtue, talk on heaven, talk on merit, talk on the fruit of merit."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ “apicāpi paṃsuthūpesu uddissakatesu dasabaladharānaṃ tatthapi kāraṃ katvā saggesu narā pamodantī”ti.
♦ "And even at stūpas of dust made for a specific purpose for those who bear the ten powers, even there having done a deed, men rejoice in the heavens."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ 97.
♦ 97.
♦ “devaputtasarīravaṇṇā, sabbe subhagasaṇṭhitī.
♦ "With the complexion of the bodies of devaputtas, all of beautiful form,
♦ udakena paṃsuṃ temetvā, thūpaṃ vaḍḍhetha kassapaṃ.
♦ moistening the dust with water, raise a stūpa to Kassapa.
♦ “ayaṃ sugatte sugatassa thūpo, mahesino dasabaladhammadhārino.
♦ "This is the stūpa of the Fortunate One, of the great sage who bears the ten powers and the Dhamma.
♦ tasmiṃ ime devamanujā pasannā, kāraṃ karontā jarāmaraṇā pamuccare”ti.
♦ In him, these devas and humans with confident minds, doing a deed, are freed from old age and death."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ “uḷāraṃ vata taṃ āsi, yāhaṃ thūpaṃ mahesino.
♦ "Great indeed was that which I did, when I, at the stūpa of the great sage,
♦ uppalāni ca cattāri, mālañca abhiropayiṃ.
♦ offered four lotuses and a garland.
♦ “ajja tiṃsaṃ tato kappā, nābhijānāmi duggatiṃ.
♦ "Today, thirty aeons ago, I do not recall a bad destination.
♦ vinipātaṃ na gacchāmi, thūpaṃ pūjetva satthuno”ti.
♦ I do not go to a state of ruin; having worshipped the stūpa of the Teacher."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ “bāttiṃsalakkhaṇadharassa, vijitavijayassa lokanāthassa.
♦ "Of him who bears the thirty-two marks, of the victor who has won the victory, of the lord of the world,
♦ satasahassaṃ kappe, mudito thūpaṃ apūjesi.
♦ for a hundred thousand aeons, joyfully I worshipped a stūpa.
♦ “yaṃ mayā pasutaṃ puññaṃ, tena ca puññena deva sobhaggaṃ.
♦ "The merit that I have generated, and by that merit, the good fortune of a deva.
♦ rajjāni ca kāritāni, anāgantuna vinipātaṃ.
♦ And kingdoms I have had, not going to a state of ruin.
♦ “yaṃ cakkhu adantadamakassa, sāsane paṇihitaṃ tathā.
♦ "The eye that was directed to the teaching of the tamer of the untamed, so indeed,
♦ cittaṃ taṃ me sabbaṃ, laddhaṃ vimuttacittamhi vidhūtalato”ti.
♦ that mind of mine, all of it, I have obtained a liberated mind, with the creeper cut."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ 98.
♦ 98.
♦ “sāmākapatthodanamattameva hi, paccekabuddhamhi adāsi dakkhiṇaṃ.
♦ "A mere measure of sāmāka-gruel with sour milk, I gave as a gift to a Paccekabuddha,
♦ vimuttacitte akhile anāsave, araṇavihārimhi asaṅgamānase.
♦ with a liberated mind, complete, without taints, dwelling in peace, with an unattached mind.
♦ “tasmiñca okappayi dhammamuttamaṃ, tasmiñca dhamme paṇidhesiṃ mānasaṃ.
♦ "And in him I placed my trust in the supreme Dhamma, and in that Dhamma I directed my mind.
♦ evaṃ vihārīhi me saṅgamo siyā, bhave kudāsupi ca mā apekkhavā.
♦ May my association be with those who dwell thus; may I not be attached to existence at any time.
♦ “tasseva kammassa vipākato ahaṃ, sahassakkhattuṃ kurusūpapajjatha .
♦ "As a result of that very kamma, I was reborn a thousand times among the Kurus.
♦ dīghāyukesu amamesu pāṇisu, visesagāmīsu ahīnagāmisu.
♦ Among long-lived beings, immeasurable, who are progressing, not declining.
♦ “tasseva kammassa vipākato ahaṃ, sahassakkhattuṃ tidasopapajjatha.
♦ "As a result of that very kamma, I was reborn a thousand times among the Thirty-Three.
♦ vicitramālābharaṇānulepisu, visiṭṭhakāyūpagato yasassisu.
♦ With various garlands, ornaments, and ointments, having attained a distinguished body, glorious.
♦ “tasseva kammassa vipākato ahaṃ, vimuttacitto akhilo anāsavo.
♦ "As a result of that very kamma, I, with a liberated mind, complete, without taints,
♦ imehi me antimadehadhāribhi, samāgamo āsihi tāhi tāsihi.
♦ with these who bear their last bodies, my association was with them in those various states.
♦ “paccakkhaṃ khvimaṃ avaca tathāgato jino, samijjhate sīlavato yadicchati.
♦ "Directly indeed did the Tathāgata, the Jina, say this: 'Whatever a virtuous one desires, is accomplished.'
♦ yathā yathā me manasā vicintitaṃ, tathā samiddhaṃ ayamantimo bhavo”ti.
♦ As I have conceived in my mind, so has it been accomplished; this is my last existence."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ “ekatiṃsamhi kappamhi jino anejo, anantadassī bhagavā sikhīti.
♦ "In the thirty-first aeon, the Jina, the unshaken one, the one with infinite vision, the Blessed One named Sikhī.
♦ tassāpi rājā bhātā sikhiddhe , buddhe ca dhamme ca abhippasanno.
♦ And his brother, the king, Sikhiddha, had confidence in the Buddha and the Dhamma.
♦ “parinibbute lokavināyakamhi, thūpaṃ sakāsi vipulaṃ mahantaṃ.
♦ "When the guide of the world had attained final Nibbāna, he made a great and vast stūpa.
♦ samantato gāvutikaṃ mahesino, devātidevassa naruttamassa.
♦ A gāvuta all around, for the great sage, the deva of devas, the best of men.
♦ “tasmiṃ manusso balimābhihārī, paggayha jātisumanaṃ pahaṭṭho.
♦ "A man there was bringing an offering, holding jasmine flowers, delighted.
♦ vātena pupphaṃ patitassa ekaṃ, tāhaṃ gahetvāna tasseva dāsi.
♦ A flower of his fell by the wind; I, taking it, gave it to him.
♦ “so maṃ avocābhipasannacitto, tuyhameva etaṃ pupphaṃ dadāmi.
♦ "He said to me with a confident mind, 'This very flower I give to you.'
♦ tāhaṃ gahetvā abhiropayesiṃ, punappunaṃ buddhamanussaranto.
♦ I, taking it, offered it, again and again recollecting the Buddha.
♦ “ajja tiṃsaṃ tato kappā, nābhijānāmi duggatiṃ.
♦ "Today, thirty aeons ago, I do not recall a bad destination.
♦ vinipātañca na gacchāmi, thūpapūjāyidaṃ phalan”ti.
♦ And I do not go to a state of ruin; this is the fruit of worshipping the stūpa."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ “kapilaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, suvibhattaṃ mahāpathaṃ.
♦ "The city named Kapila, well-divided, with great roads,
♦ ākiṇṇamiddhaṃ phītañca, brahmadattassa rājino.
♦ populous, prosperous, and flourishing, of King Brahmadatta.
♦ “kummāsaṃ vikkiṇiṃ tattha, pañcālānaṃ puruttame.
♦ "I was selling sour gruel there, in the best of the cities of the Pañcālas.
♦ sohaṃ addasiṃ sambuddhaṃ, upariṭṭhaṃ yasassinaṃ.
♦ I saw the Enlightened One, Upariṭṭha, the glorious one.
♦ “haṭṭho cittaṃ pasādetvā, nimantesiṃ naruttamaṃ.
♦ "Joyful, with a confident mind, I invited the best of men.
♦ ariṭṭhaṃ dhuvabhattena, yaṃ me gehamhi vijjatha.
♦ Ariṭṭha, with a regular meal, whatever I had in my house.
♦ “tato ca kattiko puṇṇo , puṇṇamāsī upaṭṭhitā.
♦ "Then on the full moon of Kattika, the full moon having arrived,
♦ navaṃ dussayugaṃ gayha, ariṭṭhassopanāmayiṃ.
♦ taking a new pair of cloths, I offered them to Ariṭṭha.
♦ “pasannacittaṃ ñatvāna, paṭiggaṇhi naruttamo.
♦ "Knowing my confident mind, the best of men accepted.
♦ anukampako kāruṇiko, taṇhānighātako muni.
♦ The compassionate one, the merciful one, the muni who has destroyed craving.
♦ “tāhaṃ kammaṃ karitvāna, kalyāṇaṃ buddhavaṇṇitaṃ.
♦ "I, having done that good deed, praised by the Buddha,
♦ deve ceva manusse ca, sandhāvitvā tato cuto.
♦ having wandered among devas and humans, having passed away from there,
♦ “bārāṇasiyaṃ nagare, seṭṭhissa ekaputtako.
♦ "In the city of Bārāṇasī, the only son of a seṭṭhi,
♦ aḍḍhe kulasmiṃ uppajjiṃ, pāṇehi ca piyataro.
♦ I was born in a wealthy family, dearer than life.
♦ “tato ca viññutaṃ patto, devaputtena codito.
♦ "Then, having attained understanding, prompted by a devaputta,
♦ pāsādā orūhitvāna, sambuddhamupasaṅkamiṃ.
♦ descending from the palace, I approached the Enlightened One.
♦ “so me dhammamadesayi, anukampāya gotamo.
♦ "He taught me the Dhamma, out of compassion, Gotama.
♦ dukkhaṃ dukkhasamuppādaṃ, dukkhassa ca atikkamaṃ.
♦ Suffering, the origin of suffering, and the overcoming of suffering.
♦ “ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ.
♦ "The noble eightfold path, leading to the calming of suffering.
♦ cattāri ariyasaccāni, muni dhammamadesayi.
♦ The four noble truths, the muni taught the Dhamma.
♦ “tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, vihariṃ sāsane rato.
♦ "Having heard his word, I lived delighting in the teaching.
♦ samathaṃ paṭivijjhāhaṃ, rattindivamatandito.
♦ I penetrated serenity, diligent day and night.
♦ “ajjhattañca bahiddhā ca, ye me vijjiṃsu āsavā.
♦ "Internally and externally, whatever taints I had,
♦ sabbe āsuṃ samucchinnā, na ca uppajjare puna.
♦ all taints have been cut off, and will not arise again.
♦ “pariyantakataṃ dukkhaṃ, carimoyaṃ samussayo.
♦ "Suffering has been brought to an end, this is the last embodiment.
♦ jātimaraṇasaṃsāro, natthidāni punabbhavo”ti.
♦ The saṃsāra of birth and death, there is no more rebirth now."
♦ idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ 99. tattha katamaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ?
♦ 99. Herein, what is the sutta partaking of penetration?
♦ “uddhaṃ adho sabbadhi vippamutto, ayaṃ ahasmīti anānupassī.
♦ "Above, below, everywhere completely liberated, not viewing 'this I am,'
♦ evaṃ vimutto udatāri oghaṃ, atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāyā”ti.
♦ thus liberated, he crossed the flood, not crossed before, for the sake of no more rebirth."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ “sīlavato, ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me avippaṭisāro jāyeyyā’ti.
♦ "For one who is virtuous, Ānanda, no intention is to be made, 'May remorse not arise in me.'
dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ sīlavato avippaṭisāro jāyeyya.
It is the nature of things, Ānanda, that for a virtuous one, remorse does not arise.
avippaṭisārinā, ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me pāmojjaṃ jāyeyyā’ti.
For one without remorse, Ānanda, no intention is to be made, 'May joy arise in me.'
dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ avippaṭisārino pāmojjaṃ jāyeyya.
It is the nature of things, Ānanda, that for one without remorse, joy arises.
pamuditena, ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me pīti jāyeyyā’ti.
For one who is joyful, Ānanda, no intention is to be made, 'May rapture arise in me.'
dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ pamuditassa pīti jāyeyya.
It is the nature of things, Ānanda, that for one who is joyful, rapture arises.
pītimanassa, ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me kāyo passambheyyā’ti.
For one with a rapturous mind, Ānanda, no intention is to be made, 'May my body be tranquil.'
dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ pītimanassa kāyo passambheyya.
It is the nature of things, Ānanda, that for one with a rapturous mind, the body becomes tranquil.
passaddhakāyassa ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kintāhaṃ sukhaṃ vediyeyyan’ti.
For one with a tranquil body, Ānanda, no intention is to be made, 'May I experience happiness.'
dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyeyya.
It is the nature of things, Ānanda, that one with a tranquil body experiences happiness.
sukhino ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me samādhi jāyeyyā’ti.
For one who is happy, Ānanda, no intention is to be made, 'May concentration arise in me.'
dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ sukhino samādhi jāyeyya.
It is the nature of things, Ānanda, that for one who is happy, concentration arises.
samāhitassa ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kintāhaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyyan’ti.
For one who is concentrated, Ānanda, no intention is to be made, 'May I know things as they really are.'
dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajāneyya.
It is the nature of things, Ānanda, that one who is concentrated knows things as they really are.
yathābhūtaṃ pajānatā, ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me nibbidā jāyeyyā’ti.
For one who knows things as they really are, Ānanda, no intention is to be made, 'May disenchantment arise in me.'
dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānanto nibbindeyya.
It is the nature of things, Ānanda, that one who knows things as they really are becomes disenchanted.
nibbindantena, ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me virāgo jāyeyyā’ti.
For one who is disenchanted, Ānanda, no intention is to be made, 'May dispassion arise in me.'
dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ nibbindanto virajjeyya.
It is the nature of things, Ānanda, that one who is disenchanted becomes dispassionate.
virajjantena ānanda na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me vimutti jāyeyyā’ti.
For one who is dispassionate, Ānanda, no intention is to be made, 'May liberation arise in me.'
dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ virajjanto vimucceyya.
It is the nature of things, Ānanda, that one who is dispassionate is liberated.
vimuttena, ānanda, na cetanā karaṇīyā ‘kinti me vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ uppajjeyyā’ti.
For one who is liberated, Ānanda, no intention is to be made, 'May the knowledge and vision of liberation arise in me.'
dhammatā esā, ānanda, yaṃ vimuttassa vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ uppajjeyyā”ti.
It is the nature of things, Ānanda, that for one who is liberated, the knowledge and vision of liberation arises."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ 100.
♦ 100.
♦ “yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa.
♦ "When things become manifest to the ardent, meditating brahmin,
♦ athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā, yato pajānāti sahetudhamman”ti.
♦ then all his doubts vanish, since he knows the thing with its cause."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ “yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa.
♦ "When things become manifest to the ardent, meditating brahmin,
♦ athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā, yato khayaṃ paccayānaṃ avedī”ti.
♦ then all his doubts vanish, since he has understood the destruction of conditions."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ “kiṃnu kujjhasi mā kujjhi, akkodho tissa te varaṃ.
♦ "Why are you angry, do not be angry; non-anger, Tissa, is better for you.
♦ kodhamānamakkhavinayatthaṃ hi, tissa brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti.
♦ For the purpose of disciplining anger, pride, and contempt, Tissa, the holy life is lived."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ “kadāhaṃ nandaṃ passeyyaṃ, āraññaṃ paṃsukūlikaṃ.
♦ "When shall I see Nanda, in the forest, a rag-robe wearer,
♦ aññātuñchena yāpentaṃ, kāmesu anapekkhinan”ti.
♦ sustaining himself by gleaning, without longing for sensual pleasures?"
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ “kiṃsu chetvā sukhaṃ seti, kiṃsu chetvā na socati.
♦ "Having cut what does one sleep happily? Having cut what does one not grieve?
♦ kissassu ekadhammassa, vadhaṃ rocesi gotamāti.
♦ Of what one thing, do you approve the killing, Gotama?"
♦ “kodhaṃ chetvā sukhaṃ seti, kodhaṃ chetvā na socati.
♦ "Having cut anger one sleeps happily, having cut anger one does not grieve.
♦ kodhassa visamūlassa, madhuraggassa brāhmaṇa.
♦ Of anger with its poison root, and its sweet tip, O brahmin,
♦ vadhaṃ ariyā pasaṃsanti, taṃ hi chetvā na socatī”ti.
♦ the killing the Ariyans praise; for having cut that, one does not grieve."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ “kiṃsu hane uppatitaṃ, kiṃsu jātaṃ vinodaye.
♦ "What arisen should one slay? What born should one remove?
♦ kiñcassu pajahe dhīro, kissābhisamayo sukho.
♦ What should a wise one abandon? The full understanding of what is happiness?
♦ “kodhaṃ hane uppatitaṃ, rāgaṃ jātaṃ vinodaye.
♦ "One should slay arisen anger; one should remove born passion.
♦ avijjaṃ pajahe dhīro, saccābhisamayo sukho”ti.
♦ A wise one should abandon ignorance; the full understanding of the truth is happiness."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ 101.
♦ 101.
♦ “sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, ḍayhamānova matthake.
♦ "As if pierced by a sword, or as if with his head on fire,
♦ kāmarāgappahānāya, sato bhikkhu paribbaje.
♦ for the abandoning of sensual passion, a mindful bhikkhu should wander.
♦ “sattiyā viya omaṭṭho, ḍayhamānova matthake.
♦ "As if pierced by a sword, or as if with his head on fire,
♦ sakkāyadiṭṭhippahānāya, sato bhikkhu paribbaje”ti.
♦ for the abandoning of personal identity view, a mindful bhikkhu should wander."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ “sabbe khayantā nicayā, patanantā samussayā.
♦ "All accumulations are subject to destruction, all heights are subject to falling.
♦ sabbesaṃ maraṇamāgamma, sabbesaṃ jīvitamaddhuvaṃ.
♦ With death coming to all, all life is uncertain.
♦ etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno, puññāni kayirātha sukhāvahāni.
♦ Seeing this fear in death, one should do meritorious deeds that bring happiness.
♦ “sabbe khayantā nicayā, patanantā samussayā.
♦ "All accumulations are subject to destruction, all heights are subject to falling.
♦ sabbesaṃ maraṇamāgamma, sabbesaṃ jīvitamaddhuvaṃ.
♦ With death coming to all, all life is uncertain.
♦ etaṃ bhayaṃ maraṇe pekkhamāno, lokāmisaṃ pajahe santipekkho”ti.
♦ Seeing this fear in death, one should abandon worldly bait, seeking peace."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ “sukhaṃ sayanti munayo, na te socanti māvidha.
♦ "Happily sleep the munis, they do not grieve in this way.
♦ yesaṃ jhānarataṃ cittaṃ, paññavā susamāhito.
♦ Whose mind delights in jhāna, wise and well-concentrated.
♦ āraddhavīriyo pahitatto, oghaṃ tarati duttaraṃ.
♦ With aroused energy, resolute, he crosses the flood so hard to cross.
♦ “virato kāmasaññāya, sabbasaṃyojanātīto .
♦ "Averse to the perception of sensual pleasure, having gone beyond all fetters,
♦ nandibhavaparikkhīṇo , so gambhīre na sīdatī”ti.
♦ with delight in existence extinguished, he does not sink in the deep."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ “saddahāno arahataṃ, dhammaṃ nibbānapattiyā.
♦ "Having faith in the Arahants' Dhamma for the attainment of Nibbāna,
♦ sussūsaṃ labhate paññaṃ, appamatto vicakkhaṇo.
♦ one who listens attentively gains wisdom, diligent and discerning.
♦ patirūpakārī dhuravā, uṭṭhātā vindate dhanaṃ.
♦ Doing what is proper, resolute, one who strives finds wealth.
♦ saccena kittiṃ pappoti, dadaṃ mittāni ganthati.
♦ By truth one attains fame, by giving one binds friends.
♦ asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ, evaṃ pecca na socatī”ti.
♦ From this world to the next, thus having passed on, one does not grieve."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ “sabbaganthapahīnassa, vippamuttassa te sato.
♦ "For one who has abandoned all bonds, for you who are liberated and mindful,
♦ samaṇassa na taṃ sādhu, yadaññamanusāsasīti.
♦ it is not good for a recluse that you should instruct another.
♦ “yena kenaci vaṇṇena, saṃvāso sakka jāyati.
♦ "In whatever way association arises, Sakka,
♦ na taṃ arahati sappañño, manasā anukampituṃ .
♦ the wise one does not deserve to have compassion for it in his mind.
♦ “manasā ce pasannena, yadaññamanusāsati.
♦ "If with a confident mind he instructs another,
♦ na tena hoti saṃyutto, yānukampā anuddayā”ti.
♦ he is not yoked by that, by which there is compassion and sympathy."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ 102.
♦ 102.
♦ “rāgo ca doso ca kutonidānā, aratī ratī lomahaṃso kutojā.
♦ "Passion and hatred, from what are they sourced? Aversion, delight, and horripilation, whence are they born?
♦ kuto samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā, kumārakā dhaṅkamivossajanti.
♦ From where arising do mental thoughts, like boys a crow, release?
♦ “rāgo ca doso ca itonidānā, aratī ratī lomahaṃso itojā.
♦ "Passion and hatred are sourced from this; aversion, delight, and horripilation are born from this.
♦ ito samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā, kumārakā dhaṅkamivossajanti.
♦ Arising from this, mental thoughts, like boys a crow, release.
♦ “snehajā attasambhūtā, nigrodhasseva khandhajā.
♦ "Born of affection, sprung from self, like the shoots from the trunk of a banyan tree.
♦ puthu visattā kāmesu, māluvāva vitatā vane.
♦ Widely attached to sensual pleasures, like a māluvā creeper spread in a forest.
♦ “ye naṃ pajānanti yatonidānaṃ, te naṃ vinodenti suṇohi yakkha.
♦ "They who know from where it is sourced, they remove it, listen, O yakkha.
♦ te duttaraṃ oghamimaṃ taranti, atiṇṇapubbaṃ apunabbhavāyā”ti.
♦ They cross this flood so hard to cross, not crossed before, for the sake of no more rebirth."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ “dukkaraṃ bhagavā sudukkaraṃ bhagavā”ti.
♦ "It is difficult, Blessed One, very difficult, Blessed One."
♦ “dukkaraṃ vāpi karonti, [kāmadāti bhagavā]
♦ "They do what is difficult, [said the Blessed One, O Kāmada,]
♦ sekkhā sīlasamāhitā.
♦ the trainees, established in virtue.
♦ ṭhitattā anagāriyupetassa, tuṭṭhi hoti sukhāvahā”ti.
♦ For one who has entered upon the homeless life, with a steadfast self, contentment brings happiness."
♦ “dullabhā bhagavā yadidaṃ tuṭṭhī”ti.
♦ "It is hard to obtain, Blessed One, that is, this contentment."
♦ “dullabhaṃ vāpi labhanti, [kāmadāti bhagavā]
♦ "They obtain what is hard to obtain, [said the Blessed One, O Kāmada,]
♦ cittavūpasame ratā.
♦ those who delight in the calming of the mind.
♦ yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, bhāvanāya rato mano”ti.
♦ Whose mind, day and night, delights in development."
♦ “dussamādahaṃ bhagavā yadidaṃ cittan”ti.
♦ "It is hard to concentrate, Blessed One, that is, this mind."
♦ “dussamādahaṃ vāpi samādahanti, [kāmadāti bhagavā]
♦ "They concentrate what is hard to concentrate, [said the Blessed One, O Kāmada,]
♦ indriyūpasame ratā.
♦ those who delight in the calming of the faculties.
♦ te chetvā maccuno jālaṃ, ariyā gacchanti kāmadā”ti.
♦ Having cut the net of death, the Ariyans go, O Kāmada."
♦ “duggamo bhagavā visamo maggo”ti.
♦ "The path is difficult to travel, Blessed One, it is uneven."
♦ “duggame visame vāpi, ariyā gacchanti kāmada .
♦ "Even on the difficult and uneven, the Ariyans go, O Kāmada.
♦ anariyā visame magge, papatanti avaṃsirā.
♦ The ignoble fall headlong on the uneven path.
♦ ariyānaṃ samo maggo, ariyā hi visame samā”ti.
♦ For the Ariyans the path is even, for the Ariyans are even on the uneven."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ 103.
♦ 103.
♦ “idaṃ hi taṃ jetavanaṃ, isisaṅghanisevitaṃ.
♦ "This indeed is that Jeta's Grove, frequented by the host of sages,
♦ āvutthaṃ dhammarājena, pītisañjananaṃ mama.
♦ inhabited by the King of Dhamma, the bringer of my rapture.
♦ “kammaṃ vijjā ca dhammo ca, sīlaṃ jīvitamuttamaṃ.
♦ "Kamma, knowledge, and Dhamma, virtue, the supreme life,
♦ etena maccā sujjhanti, na gottena dhanena vā.
♦ by this mortals are purified, not by clan or by wealth.
♦ “tasmā hi paṇḍito poso, sampassaṃ atthamattano.
♦ "Therefore, a wise person, seeing his own welfare,
♦ yoniso vicine dhammaṃ, evaṃ tattha visujjhati.
♦ should investigate the Dhamma methodically; thus one is purified there.
♦ “sāriputtova paññāya, sīlena upasamena ca.
♦ "Like Sāriputta in wisdom, in virtue and in peacefulness,
♦ yopi pāraṅgato bhikkhu, etāvaparamo siyā”ti.
♦ even a bhikkhu who has gone to the further shore, would be at most this much."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ “atītaṃ nānvāgameyya, nappaṭikaṅkhe anāgataṃ.
♦ "One should not pursue the past, nor long for the future.
♦ yadatītaṃ pahīnaṃ taṃ, appattañca anāgataṃ.
♦ What is past is left behind, the future is unattained.
♦ “paccuppannañca yo dhammaṃ, tattha tattha vipassati.
♦ "And whatever state is present, here and there one who sees it with insight,
♦ asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppaṃ, taṃ vidvā manubrūhaye.
♦ unshaken, unagitated, knowing that, one should cultivate it.
♦ “ajjeva kiccamātappaṃ , ko jaññā maraṇaṃ suve.
♦ "Today one should make an effort, who knows if death will come tomorrow?
♦ na hi no saṅgaraṃ tena, mahāsenena maccunā.
♦ For there is no bargaining with that great army, death.
♦ “evaṃ vihāriṃ ātāpiṃ, ahorattamatanditaṃ.
♦ "Dwelling thus ardently, diligent day and night,
♦ taṃ ve “bhaddekaratto”ti, santo ācikkhate munī”ti.
♦ him indeed the peaceful sage calls 'one who has a single excellent night'."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ “cattārimāni, bhikkhave, sacchikātabbāni.
♦ "There are these four, bhikkhus, to be realized.
katamāni cattāri?
What four?
atthi, bhikkhave, dhammā cakkhunā paññāya ca sacchikātabbā, atthi dhammā satiyā paññāya ca sacchikātabbā, atthi dhammā kāyena paññāya ca sacchikātabbā, atthi dhammā paññāya veditabbā, paññāya ca sacchikātabbā.
There are, bhikkhus, things to be realized with the eye and with wisdom; there are things to be realized with mindfulness and with wisdom; there are things to be realized with the body and with wisdom; there are things to be known with wisdom, and to be realized with wisdom.
♦ “katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā cakkhunā paññāya ca sacchikātabbā?
♦ "And what, bhikkhus, are the things to be realized with the eye and with wisdom?
dibbacakkhu suvisuddhaṃ atikkantamānusakaṃ cakkhunā paññāya ca sacchikātabbaṃ.
The divine eye, well-purified, surpassing the human, is to be realized with the eye and with wisdom.
♦ “katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā satiyā paññāya ca sacchikātabbā?
♦ "And what, bhikkhus, are the things to be realized with mindfulness and with wisdom?
pubbenivāsānussati satiyā paññāya ca sacchikātabbā.
The recollection of past lives is to be realized with mindfulness and with wisdom.
♦ “katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā kāyena paññāya ca sacchikātabbā?
♦ "And what, bhikkhus, are the things to be realized with the body and with wisdom?
iddhividhā nirodhā kāyena paññāya ca sacchikātabbā.
The kinds of psychic power and cessation are to be realized with the body and with wisdom.
♦ “katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā paññāya veditabbā, paññāya sacchikātabbā?
♦ "And what, bhikkhus, are the things to be known with wisdom, to be realized with wisdom?
āsavānaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ paññāya veditabbaṃ, paññāya ca sacchikātabban”ti.
The knowledge of the destruction of the taints is to be known with wisdom, and to be realized with wisdom."
♦ idaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of penetration.
♦ 104. tattha katamaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ?
♦ 104. Herein, what is the sutta partaking of the non-trainee?
♦ “yassa selūpamaṃ cittaṃ, ṭhitaṃ nānupakampati.
♦ "Whose mind is like a rock, firm, not trembling,
♦ virattaṃ rajanīyesu, kopaneyye na kuppati.
♦ dispassionate towards the passionate, not angry at the angry,
♦ yassevaṃ bhāvitaṃ cittaṃ, kuto naṃ dukkhamessatī”ti.
♦ whose mind is thus developed, from where will suffering come to him?"
♦ idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ āyasmato ca sāriputtassa cārikādasamaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ kātabbanti.
♦ The tenth exposition of the venerable Sāriputta's tour is to be made.
♦ idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ “yo brāhmaṇo bāhitapāpadhammo, nihuṃhuṅko nikkasāvo yatatto.
♦ "The brahmin who has banished evil things, who is not haughty, free from stain, self-controlled,
♦ vedantagū vūsitabrahmacariyo, dhammena so brahmavādaṃ vadeyya.
♦ who has reached the end of the Vedas, who has lived the holy life, he may rightly speak the word of Brahmā,
♦ yassussadā natthi kuhiñci loke”ti.
♦ for whom there is no arrogance anywhere in the world."
♦ idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ “bāhitvā pāpake dhamme, ye caranti sadā satā.
♦ "Having banished evil things, they who fare ever mindful,
♦ khīṇasaṃyojanā buddhā, te ve lokasmi brāhmaṇā”ti.
♦ the Buddhas with fetters destroyed, they indeed are brahmins in the world."
♦ idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ “yattha āpo ca pathavī, tejo vāyo na gādhati.
♦ "Where water and earth, fire and wind do not find a footing,
♦ na tattha sukkā jotanti, ādicco nappakāsati.
♦ there the stars do not shine, the sun does not give light,
♦ na tattha candimā bhāti, tamo tattha na vijjati.
♦ there the moon does not gleam, there darkness is not found.
♦ “yadā ca attanāvedi , muni monena brāhmaṇo.
♦ "And when by himself he has known, the muni, the brahmin by his silence,
♦ atha rūpā arūpā ca, sukhadukkhā pamuccatī”ti.
♦ then from form and formless, from pleasure and pain, he is released."
♦ idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ “yadā sakesu dhammesu, pāragū hoti brāhmaṇo.
♦ "When in his own states, a brahmin is one who has gone to the further shore,
♦ atha etaṃ pisācañca, pakkulañcātivattatī”ti.
♦ then he overcomes this goblin and this monster."
♦ idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ “nābhinandati āyantiṃ , pakkamantiṃ na socati.
♦ "He does not delight in what is coming, he does not grieve for what is departing,
♦ saṅgā saṅgāmajiṃ muttaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇan”ti.
♦ freed from attachment, the victor in the battle of attachments, him I call a brahmin."
♦ idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ “na udakena sucī hoti, bahvettha nhāyatī jano.
♦ "Not by water is one pure; many a person bathes here.
♦ yamhi saccañca dhammo ca, so sucī so ca brāhmaṇo”ti.
♦ In whom there is truth and Dhamma, he is pure and he is a brahmin."
♦ idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ “yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa.
♦ "When things become manifest to the ardent, meditating brahmin,
♦ vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ, sūriyova obhāsayamantalikkhan”ti.
♦ he stands dispelling the army of Māra, like the sun illuminating the sky."
♦ idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ “santindriyaṃ passatha iriyamānaṃ, tevijjapattaṃ apahānadhammaṃ.
♦ "See him with calmed faculties, faring, who has attained the three knowledges, of a nature not to abandon,
♦ sabbāni yogāni upātivatto, akiñcano iriyati paṃsukūliko.
♦ having passed beyond all yokes, possessing nothing, he fares, a rag-robe wearer.
♦ “taṃ devatā sambahulā uḷārā, brahmavimānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā.
♦ "Him many great devas, having approached the Brahmā world,
♦ ājāniyaṃ jātibalaṃ nisedhaṃ, nidha namassanti pasannacittā.
♦ this thoroughbred, this strength of birth, this restraint, they venerate with confident minds.
♦ “namo te purisājañña, namo te purisuttama.
♦ "Homage to you, O thoroughbred among men, homage to you, O best of men.
♦ yassa te nābhijānāma, kiṃ tvaṃ nissāya jhāyasī”ti.
♦ Of whom we do not know, depending on what do you meditate?"
♦ idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ “sahāyā vatime bhikkhū, cirarattaṃ sametikā.
♦ "These bhikkhus are indeed companions, for a long time they have been united.
♦ sameti nesaṃ saddhammo, dhamme buddhappavedite”.
♦ Their good Dhamma unites them, in the Dhamma proclaimed by the Buddha."
♦ “suvinītā kappinena, dhamme ariyappavedite.
♦ "Well-disciplined by Kappina, in the Dhamma proclaimed by the Ariyans,
♦ dhārenti antimaṃ dehaṃ, jetvā māraṃ savāhinin”ti .
♦ they bear their last bodies, having conquered Māra with his army."
♦ idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ “nayidaṃ sithilamārabbha, nayidaṃ appena thāmasā.
♦ "Not by starting this loosely, not by a little strength,
♦ nibbānaṃ adhigantabbaṃ, sabbadukkhappamocanaṃ .
♦ is Nibbāna to be attained, the release from all suffering.
♦ “ayañca daharo bhikkhu, ayamuttamapuriso.
♦ "And this young bhikkhu, this supreme person,
♦ dhāreti antimaṃ dehaṃ, jetvā māraṃ savāhinin”ti.
♦ bears his last body, having conquered Māra with his army."
♦ idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ “dubbaṇṇako lūkhacīvaro, mogharājā sadā sato.
♦ "Of poor complexion, with a rough robe, Mogharāja ever mindful,
♦ khīṇāsavo visaṃyutto, katakicco anāsavo.
♦ with taints destroyed, disjoined, his task done, without taints.
♦ “tevijjo iddhippatto ca, cetopariyakovido .
♦ "One with the three knowledges, who has attained psychic power, skilled in penetrating the minds of others,
♦ dhāreti antimaṃ dehaṃ, jetvā māraṃ savāhinin”ti.
♦ bears his last body, having conquered Māra with his army."
♦ idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ 105. “tathāgato, bhikkhave, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho rūpassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto sammāsambuddhoti vuccati.
♦ 105. "The Tathāgata, bhikkhus, the Arahant, the Rightly Enlightened One, through disenchantment with form, through dispassion, through cessation, being liberated without clinging, is called a Rightly Enlightened One.
bhikkhupi, bhikkhave, paññāvimutto rūpassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto paññāvimuttoti vuccati.
A bhikkhu too, bhikkhus, liberated by wisdom, through disenchantment with form, through dispassion, through cessation, being liberated without clinging, is called liberated by wisdom.
♦ “tathāgato, bhikkhave, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vedanāya .
♦ "The Tathāgata, bhikkhus, the Arahant, the Rightly Enlightened One, through disenchantment with feeling... pe... with perception... pe... with formations... pe... with consciousness, through dispassion, through cessation, being liberated without clinging, is called a Rightly Enlightened One.
.. pe .
A bhikkhu too, bhikkhus, liberated by wisdom, through disenchantment with consciousness, through dispassion, through cessation, being liberated without clinging, is called liberated by wisdom.
.. saññāya .
.. pe .
.. saṅkhārānaṃ .
.. pe .
.. viññāṇassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto sammāsambuddhoti vuccati.
bhikkhupi, bhikkhave, paññāvimutto viññāṇassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto paññāvimuttoti vuccati.
♦ “tatra kho, bhikkhave, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṃ nānākaraṇaṃ tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa paññāvimuttena bhikkhunāti?
♦ "Herein, bhikkhus, what is the difference, what is the distinction, what is the diversity between the Tathāgata, the Arahant, the Rightly Enlightened One, and a bhikkhu liberated by wisdom?"
bhagavaṃmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā .
"For us, venerable sir, things have the Blessed One as their root... pe...
.. pe .
..
♦ “tathāgato, bhikkhave, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā, asañjātassa maggassa sañjanetā, anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā, maggaññū maggavidū maggakovido, maggānugā ca, bhikkhave, etarahi sāvakā viharanti pacchāsamannāgatā.
♦ "The Tathāgata, bhikkhus, the Arahant, the Rightly Enlightened One, is the producer of the unproduced path, the generator of the ungenerated path, the declarer of the undeclared path, the knower of the path, the finder of the path, the skilled in the path; and now, bhikkhus, the disciples dwell as followers of the path, having come after.
ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, viseso, ayaṃ adhippayāso, idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa paññāvimuttena bhikkhunā”ti.
This, bhikkhus, is the difference, this is the distinction, this is the diversity between the Tathāgata, the Arahant, the Rightly Enlightened One, and a bhikkhu liberated by wisdom."
♦ idaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
♦ This is a sutta partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ 106. tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ?
♦ 106. Herein, what is the sutta partaking of defilement and partaking of predisposition?
♦ “channamativassati , vivaṭaṃ nātivassati.
♦ "It rains on what is covered, it does not rain on what is open.
♦ tasmā channaṃ vivaretha, evaṃ taṃ nātivassatī”ti.
♦ Therefore, uncover what is covered; thus it will not rain on it."
♦ “channamativassatī”ti saṃkileso, “vivaṭaṃ nātivassatī”ti vāsanā, “tasmā channaṃ vivaretha, evaṃ taṃ nātivassatī”ti ayaṃ saṃkileso ca vāsanā ca.
♦ "It rains on what is covered" is defilement; "it does not rain on what is open" is predisposition; "Therefore, uncover what is covered; thus it will not rain on it" this is defilement and predisposition.
idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ.
This is a sutta partaking of defilement and partaking of predisposition.
♦ “cattārome, mahārāja , puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
♦ "There are these four, great king, kinds of persons existing in the world.
katame cattāro?
What four?
tamo tamaparāyaṇo tamo jotiparāyaṇo joti tamaparāyaṇo joti jotiparāyaṇo”ti.
One in darkness going to darkness, one in darkness going to light, one in light going to darkness, one in light going to light."
tattha yo ca puggalo joti tamaparāyaṇo yo ca puggalo tamo tamaparāyaṇo, ime dve puggalā saṃkilesabhāgiyā, yo ca puggalo tamo jotiparāyaṇo yo ca puggalo joti jotiparāyaṇo, ime dve puggalā vāsanābhāgiyā.
Herein, the person who is in light going to darkness and the person who is in darkness going to darkness, these two persons are of the defilement-partaking kind; the person who is in darkness going to light and the person who is in light going to light, these two persons are of the predisposition-partaking kind.
idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca suttaṃ.
This is a sutta partaking of defilement and partaking of predisposition.
♦ tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ?
♦ Herein, what is the sutta partaking of defilement and partaking of penetration?
♦ “na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā, yadāyasaṃ dārujapabbajañca .
♦ "That is not a strong bond, say the wise, which is of iron, wood, or coarse grass.
♦ sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā”ti.
♦ The intense passion for jeweled earrings, the attachment to sons and wives,"
♦ ayaṃ saṃkileso.
♦ this is defilement.
♦ “etaṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā, ohārinaṃ sithilaṃ duppamuñcaṃ.
♦ "This is a strong bond, say the wise, dragging down, slack, hard to undo.
♦ etampi chetvāna paribbajanti, anapekkhino kāmasukhaṃ pahāyā”ti.
♦ Having cut this too, they wander, without longing, having abandoned the pleasure of sense-desires."
♦ ayaṃ nibbedho .
♦ this is penetration.
idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.
This is a sutta partaking of defilement and partaking of penetration.
♦ 107. “yañca, bhikkhave, ceteti, yañca pakappeti, yañca anuseti.
♦ 107. "And, bhikkhus, what one intends, and what one plans, and what one has a tendency for,
ārammaṇametaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā, ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti, tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti, āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā sati āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti, evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
this becomes a support for the station of consciousness; when there is a support, there is a footing for consciousness; when consciousness is footed there and has grown, there is the production of a new becoming in the future; when there is the production of a new becoming in the future, there is future birth, old age, and death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief, and despair; thus is the origin of this whole mass of suffering.
♦ “no ce, bhikkhave, ceteti, no ce pakappeti, atha ce anuseti.
♦ "If, bhikkhus, one does not intend, and does not plan, but has a tendency for,
ārammaṇametaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā, ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti, tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti, āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā sati āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti, evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī”ti.
this becomes a support for the station of consciousness; when there is a support, there is a footing for consciousness; when consciousness is footed there and has grown, there is the production of a new becoming in the future; when there is the production of a new becoming in the future, there is future birth, old age, and death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief, and despair; thus is the origin of this whole mass of suffering."
ayaṃ saṃkileso.
this is defilement.
♦ “yato ca kho, bhikkhave, no ceva ceteti, no ca pakappeti, no ca anuseti.
♦ "And when, bhikkhus, one does not intend, and does not plan, and does not have a tendency for,
ārammaṇametaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā, ārammaṇe asati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti, tasmiṃ appatiṭṭhite viññāṇe avirūḷhe āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti na hoti, āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā asati āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti.
this does not become a support for the station of consciousness; when there is no support, there is no footing for consciousness; when consciousness is not footed there and has not grown, there is no production of a new becoming in the future; when there is no production of a new becoming in the future, future birth, old age, and death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief, and despair cease.
evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī”ti, ayaṃ nibbedho.
Thus is the cessation of this whole mass of suffering," this is penetration.
idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.
This is a sutta partaking of defilement and partaking of penetration.
♦ 108. tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ?
♦ 108. Herein, what is the sutta partaking of defilement and partaking of the non-trainee?
♦ “‘samuddo samuddo’ti kho, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano bhāsati, neso, bhikkhave, ariyassa vinaye samuddo, mahā eso bhikkhave, udakarāsi mahāudakaṇṇavo.
♦ "'The ocean, the ocean,' bhikkhus, the unlearned worldling says; that, bhikkhus, is not the ocean in the discipline of the Ariyan; that, bhikkhus, is a great mass of water, a great body of water.
cakkhu, bhikkhave, purisassa samuddo, tassa rūpamayo vego.
The eye, bhikkhus, is a man's ocean; its current is made of forms.
ayaṃ saṃkileso.
This is defilement.
♦ “yo taṃ rūpamayaṃ vegaṃ sahati ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, atari cakkhusamuddaṃ saūmiṃ sāvaṭṭaṃ sagahaṃ sarakkhasaṃ tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo”ti.
♦ "He who endures that current made of forms, he is called, bhikkhus, one who has crossed the ocean of the eye, with its waves, its whirlpools, its sharks, its demons; crossed over, gone to the further shore, he stands on high ground, a brahmin."
ayaṃ asekkho.
This is the non-trainee.
♦ “‘sotaṃ, bhikkhave .
♦ "'The ear, bhikkhus... pe... the nose... pe... the tongue... pe... the body... pe... the mind, bhikkhus, is a man's ocean; its current is made of dhammas.'
.. pe .
This is defilement.
.. ghānaṃ .
.. pe .
.. jivhā .
.. pe .
.. kāyo .
.. pe .
.. mano, bhikkhave, purisassa samuddo tassa dhammamayo vegoti.
ayaṃ saṃkileso.
♦ “yo taṃ dhammamayaṃ vegaṃ sahati, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, atari manosamuddaṃ saūmiṃ sāvaṭṭaṃ sagahaṃ sarakkhasaṃ tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo”ti.
♦ "He who endures that current made of dhammas, he is called, bhikkhus, one who has crossed the ocean of the mind, with its waves, its whirlpools, its sharks, its demons; crossed over, gone to the further shore, he stands on high ground, a brahmin."
ayaṃ asekkho.
This is the non-trainee.
idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato, athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā —
The Blessed One said this; having said this, the Fortunate One, the Teacher, further said this:
♦ “yo imaṃ samuddaṃ sagahaṃ sarakkhasaṃ,
♦ "He who has crossed this ocean with its sharks, its demons,
♦ saūmiṃ sāvaṭṭaṃ sabhayaṃ duttaraṃ accatari.
♦ with its waves, its whirlpools, its fear, so hard to cross,
♦ sa vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo, lokantagū pāragatoti vuccatī”ti.
♦ he, the knower of the Vedas, who has lived the holy life, the world-ender, is called one who has gone to the further shore."
♦ ayaṃ asekkho.
♦ This is the non-trainee.
idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.
This is a sutta partaking of defilement and partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ “chayime, bhikkhave, baḷisā lokasmiṃ anayāya sattānaṃ byābādhāya pāṇīnaṃ.
♦ "There are these six, bhikkhus, hooks in the world for the harm of beings, for the torment of creatures.
katame cha?
What six?
santi, bhikkhave, cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilitabaḷiso mārassa anayaṃ āpanno, byasanaṃ āpanno, yathākāmaṃ karaṇīyo pāpimato.
There are, bhikkhus, forms cognizable by the eye that are wished for, dear, pleasing, agreeable, connected with sensual desire, alluring. If a bhikkhu delights in them, welcomes them, and remains holding to them, he is called, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu who has swallowed Māra's hook, has come to ruin, has come to disaster, to be done with as the evil one wishes.
♦ “santi, bhikkhave, sotaviññeyyā saddā .
♦ "There are, bhikkhus, sounds cognizable by the ear... pe... odors cognizable by the nose... pe... tastes cognizable by the tongue... pe... tangibles cognizable by the body... pe... dhammas cognizable by the mind that are wished for, dear, pleasing, agreeable, connected with sensual desire, alluring. If a bhikkhu delights in them, welcomes them, and remains holding to them,
.. pe .
he is called, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu who has swallowed Māra's hook, has come to ruin, has come to disaster, to be done with as the evil one wishes."
.. ghānaviññeyyā gandhā .
This is defilement.
.. pe .
.. jivhāviññeyyā rasā .
.. pe .
.. kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā .
.. pe .
.. manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, tañce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati.
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilitabaḷiso mārassa anayaṃ āpanno, byasanaṃ āpanno, yathākāmaṃ karaṇīyo pāpimato”ti.
ayaṃ saṃkileso.
♦ “santi ca, bhikkhave, cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na gilitabaḷiso mārassa, abhedi baḷisaṃ, paribhedi baḷisaṃ, na anayaṃ āpanno, na byasanaṃ āpanno, na yathākāmaṃ karaṇīyo pāpimato.
♦ "And there are, bhikkhus, forms cognizable by the eye that are wished for, dear, pleasing, agreeable, connected with sensual desire, alluring. If a bhikkhu does not delight in them, does not welcome them, and does not remain holding to them, he is called, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu who has not swallowed Māra's hook, has broken the hook, has shattered the hook, has not come to ruin, has not come to disaster, not to be done with as the evil one wishes.
♦ “santi ca, bhikkhave, sotaviññeyyā saddā .
♦ "And there are, bhikkhus, sounds cognizable by the ear... pe... dhammas cognizable by the mind that are wished for, dear, pleasing, agreeable, connected with sensual desire, alluring. If a bhikkhu does not delight in them, does not welcome them, and does not remain holding to them,
.. pe .
he is called, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu who has not swallowed Māra's hook, has broken the hook, has shattered the hook, has not come to ruin, has not come to disaster, not to be done with as the evil one wishes."
.. manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, tañce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati, nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati.
This is the non-trainee.
ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na gilitabaḷiso mārassa, abhedi baḷisaṃ, paribhedi baḷisaṃ, na anayaṃ āpanno, na byasanaṃ āpanno, na yathākāmaṃ karaṇīyo pāpimato”ti.
This is a sutta partaking of defilement and partaking of the non-trainee.
ayaṃ asekkho.
idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.
♦ 109. tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ?
♦ 109. Herein, what is the sutta partaking of defilement, partaking of penetration, and partaking of the non-trainee?
♦ “ayaṃ loko santāpajāto, phassapareto rogaṃ vadati attato .
♦ "This world is born of affliction, dependent on contact, it speaks of illness as self.
♦ yena yena hi maññati , tato taṃ hoti aññathā.
♦ In whatever way one conceives, from that it becomes otherwise.
♦ “aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko, bhavapareto bhavamevābhinandati.
♦ "The world, attached to being, whose nature is to become otherwise, dependent on being, delights only in being.
♦ yadabhinandati taṃ bhayaṃ.
♦ What it delights in, that is fear.
♦ yassa bhāyati taṃ dukkhan”ti.
♦ What it fears, that is suffering."
ayaṃ saṃkileso.
This is defilement.
♦ “bhavavippahānāya kho panidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti.
♦ "For the abandoning of being, this holy life is lived."
ayaṃ nibbedho.
This is penetration.
♦ “ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā bhavena bhavassa vippamokkhamāhaṃsu, sabbe te ‘avippamuttā bhavasmā’ti vadāmi.
♦ "Whoever, recluses or brahmins, have proclaimed the release from being by means of being, all of them I say are 'not released from being.'
ye vā pana keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā vibhavena bhavassa nissaraṇamāhaṃsu, sabbe te ‘anissaṭā bhavasmā’ti vadāmi.
And whoever, recluses or brahmins, have proclaimed the escape from being by means of non-being, all of them I say are 'not escaped from being.'
upadhiṃ hi paṭicca dukkhamidaṃ sambhotī”ti.
For dependent on acquisition this suffering arises."
ayaṃ saṃkileso.
This is defilement.
♦ “sabbupādānakkhayā natthi dukkhassa sambhavo”ti.
♦ "With the destruction of all clinging, there is no arising of suffering."
ayaṃ nibbedho.
This is penetration.
♦ “lokamimaṃ passa, puthū avijjāya paretā bhūtā bhūtaratā, bhavā aparimuttā, ye hi keci bhavā sabbadhi sabbatthatāya, sabbe te bhavā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā”ti.
♦ "See this world, the many who are overcome by ignorance, delighting in beings, not liberated from being; whatever beings there are, in every way, in every respect, all those beings are impermanent, suffering, of a nature to change."
ayaṃ saṃkileso.
This is defilement.
♦ “evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ, sammappaññāya passato.
♦ "Seeing this thus as it really is, with right wisdom,
♦ bhavataṇhā pahīyati, vibhavaṃ nābhinandati.
♦ craving for being is abandoned, one does not delight in non-being.
♦ sabbaso taṇhānaṃ khayā, asesavirāganirodho nibbānan”ti.
♦ With the complete destruction of all cravings, the remainderless fading away and cessation is Nibbāna."
♦ ayaṃ nibbedho.
♦ this is penetration.
♦ “tassa nibbutassa bhikkhuno, anupādā punabbhavo na hoti.
♦ "For that extinguished bhikkhu, with no clinging, there is no new becoming.
♦ abhibhūto māro vijitasaṅgāmo, upaccagā sabbabhavāni tādī”ti.
♦ Māra is overcome, the battle is won; the Stable One has passed beyond all becomings."
♦ ayaṃ asekkho.
♦ This is the non-trainee.
idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.
This is a sutta partaking of defilement, partaking of penetration, and partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ “cattārome, bhikkhave , puggalā.
♦ "There are these four, bhikkhus, kinds of persons.
katame cattāro?
What four?
anusotagāmī paṭisotagāmī ṭhitatto tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo”ti.
The one who goes with the stream, the one who goes against the stream, the one who stands firm, the one who has crossed over, gone to the further shore, who stands on high ground, a brahmin."
tattha yoyaṃ puggalo anusotagāmī, ayaṃ puggalo saṃkilesabhāgiyo.
Herein, the person who goes with the stream, this person is of the defilement-partaking kind.
tattha yoyaṃ puggalo paṭisotagāmī yo ca ṭhitatto, ime dve puggalā nibbedhabhāgiyā.
Herein, the person who goes against the stream and the one who stands firm, these two persons are of the penetration-partaking kind.
tattha yoyaṃ puggalo tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo, ayaṃ asekkho.
Herein, the person who has crossed over, gone to the further shore, who stands on high ground, a brahmin, this is the non-trainee.
idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca asekkhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.
This is a sutta partaking of defilement, partaking of penetration, and partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ 110. tattha katamaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ?
♦ 110. Herein, what is the sutta partaking of defilement, partaking of predisposition, and partaking of penetration?
♦ chaḷābhijātiko atthi puggalo kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, atthi puggalo kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko sukkaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, atthi puggalo kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhāsukkavipākaṃ accantadiṭṭhaṃ nibbānaṃ ārādheti, atthi puggalo sukko sukkābhijātiko kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, atthi puggalo sukko sukkābhijātiko sukkaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, atthi puggalo sukko sukkābhijātiko akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhāsukkavipākaṃ accantadiṭṭhaṃ nibbānaṃ ārādheti.
♦ There is a person of sixfold birth: a dark person of dark birth who begets a dark state; there is a person, a dark person of dark birth, who begets a bright state; there is a person, a dark person of dark birth, who attains the neither-dark-nor-bright, with a neither-dark-nor-bright result, the utterly seen Nibbāna; there is a person, a bright person of bright birth, who begets a dark state; there is a person, a bright person of bright birth, who begets a bright state; there is a person, a bright person of bright birth, who attains the neither-dark-nor-bright, with a neither-dark-nor-bright result, the utterly seen Nibbāna.
♦ tattha yo ca puggalo kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, yo ca puggalo sukko sukkābhijātiko kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, ime dve puggalā saṃkilesabhāgiyā.
♦ Herein, the person who is a dark person of dark birth who begets a dark state, and the person who is a bright person of bright birth who begets a dark state, these two persons are of the defilement-partaking kind.
♦ tattha yo ca puggalo kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko sukkaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, yo ca puggalo sukko sukkābhijātiko sukkaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati, ime dve puggalā vāsanābhāgiyā.
♦ Herein, the person who is a dark person of dark birth who begets a bright state, and the person who is a bright person of bright birth who begets a bright state, these two persons are of the predisposition-partaking kind.
♦ tattha yo ca puggalo kaṇho kaṇhābhijātiko akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhāsukkavipākaṃ accantadiṭṭhaṃ nibbānaṃ ārādheti, yo ca puggalo sukko sukkābhijātiko akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhāsukkavipākaṃ accantadiṭṭhaṃ nibbānaṃ ārādheti, ime dve puggalā nibbedhabhāgiyā, idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.
♦ Herein, the person who is a dark person of dark birth who attains the neither-dark-nor-bright, with a neither-dark-nor-bright result, the utterly seen Nibbāna, and the person who is a bright person of bright birth who attains the neither-dark-nor-bright, with a neither-dark-nor-bright result, the utterly seen Nibbāna, these two persons are of the penetration-partaking kind; this is a sutta partaking of defilement, partaking of predisposition, and partaking of penetration.
♦ “cattārimāni, bhikkhave , kammāni.
♦ "There are these four, bhikkhus, kinds of kamma.
katamāni cattāri?
What four?
atthi kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ, atthi kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ, atthi kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ, atthi kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhāsukkavipākaṃ kammuttamaṃ kammaseṭṭhaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati”.
There is kamma that is dark with a dark result; there is kamma that is bright with a bright result; there is kamma that is dark and bright with a dark and bright result; there is kamma that is neither dark nor bright with a neither-dark-nor-bright result, the best kamma, the highest kamma, which conduces to the exhaustion of kamma."
♦ tattha yañca kammaṃ kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipākaṃ, yañca kammaṃ kaṇhasukkaṃ kaṇhasukkavipākaṃ, ayaṃ saṃkileso.
♦ Herein, the kamma that is dark with a dark result, and the kamma that is dark and bright with a dark and bright result, this is defilement.
yañca kammaṃ sukkaṃ sukkavipākaṃ, ayaṃ vāsanā.
The kamma that is bright with a bright result, this is predisposition.
yañca kammaṃ akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ akaṇhāsukkavipākaṃ kammuttamaṃ kammaseṭṭhaṃ kammakkhayāya saṃvattati, ayaṃ nibbedho.
The kamma that is neither dark nor bright with a neither-dark-nor-bright result, the best kamma, the highest kamma, which conduces to the exhaustion of kamma, this is penetration.
idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyañca vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.
This is a sutta partaking of defilement, partaking of predisposition, and partaking of penetration.
♦ 111. tattha katamaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca, nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ?
♦ 111. Herein, what is the sutta partaking of predisposition and partaking of penetration?
♦ “laddhāna mānusattaṃ dve, kiccaṃ akiccameva ca.
♦ "Having obtained human existence, two things, what should be done and what should not be done,
♦ sukiccaṃ ceva puññāni, saṃyojanavippahānaṃ vā”ti.
♦ what is well done and meritorious deeds, or the abandoning of the fetters."
♦ “sukiccaṃ ceva puññānī”ti vāsanā.
♦ "What is well done and meritorious deeds" is predisposition.
“saṃyojanavippahānaṃ vā”ti nibbedho.
"Or the abandoning of the fetters" is penetration.
♦ “puññāni karitvāna, saggā saggaṃ vajanti katapuññā.
♦ "Having done meritorious deeds, those who have done merit go from heaven to heaven.
♦ saṃyojanappahānā, jarāmaraṇā vippamuccantī”ti.
♦ By the abandoning of the fetters, they are freed from old age and death."
♦ “puññāni karitvāna, saggā saggaṃ vajanti katapuññā”ti vāsanā.
♦ "Having done meritorious deeds, those who have done merit go from heaven to heaven" is predisposition.
“saṃyojanappahānā jarāmaraṇā vippamuccantī”ti nibbedho.
"By the abandoning of the fetters, they are freed from old age and death" is penetration.
idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.
This is a sutta partaking of predisposition and partaking of penetration.
♦ “dvemāni, bhikkhave, padhānāni .
♦ "There are these two, bhikkhus, kinds of striving.
katamāni dve?
What two?
yo ca agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitesu cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ pariccajati, yo ca agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitesu sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan”ti.
He who, having gone forth from the home to the homeless life, gives up robes, alms-food, lodging, and medicine for the sick, and he who, having gone forth from the home to the homeless life, has the relinquishment of all acquisitions, the destruction of craving, dispassion, cessation, Nibbāna."
tattha yo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitesu cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ pariccajati, ayaṃ vāsanā.
Herein, he who, having gone forth from the home to the homeless life, gives up robes, alms-food, lodging, and medicine for the sick, this is predisposition.
♦ yo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitesu sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ, ayaṃ nibbedho.
♦ He who, having gone forth from the home to the homeless life, has the relinquishment of all acquisitions, the destruction of craving, dispassion, cessation, Nibbāna, this is penetration.
idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyañca nibbedhabhāgiyañca suttaṃ.
This is a sutta partaking of predisposition and partaking of penetration.
♦ tattha taṇhāsaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ taṇhāpakkheneva niddisitabbaṃ tīhi taṇhāhi — kāmataṇhāya bhavataṇhāya vibhavataṇhāya.
♦ The sutta partaking of the defilement of craving is to be indicated on the side of craving itself by the three cravings — for sensual pleasure, for existence, for non-existence.
yena yena vā pana vatthunā ajjhositā, tena teneva niddisitabbaṃ, tassā vitthāro chattiṃsataṇhājāliniyāvicaritāni.
Or by whatever object one is attached to, by that it is to be indicated; its detailed treatment is the thirty-six courses of the web of craving.
♦ tattha diṭṭhisaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ diṭṭhipakkheneva niddisitabbaṃ ucchedasassatena, yena yena vā pana vatthunā diṭṭhivasena abhinivisati “idameva saccaṃ moghamaññan”ti, tena teneva niddisitabbaṃ, tassā vitthāro dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigatāni.
♦ The sutta partaking of the defilement of views is to be indicated on the side of views itself by annihilationism and eternalism, or by whatever object one clings to by way of view, "This alone is true, all else is false," by that it is to be indicated; its detailed treatment is the sixty-two kinds of wrong view.
♦ tattha duccaritasaṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ cetanāya cetasikakammena niddisitabbaṃ tīhi duccaritehi — kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, tassa vitthāro dasākusalakammapathā.
♦ The sutta partaking of the defilement of misconduct is to be indicated by volition and mental kamma, by the three kinds of misconduct — bodily misconduct, verbal misconduct, and mental misconduct; its detailed treatment is the ten unwholesome paths of kamma.
♦ tattha taṇhāvodānabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ samathena niddisitabbaṃ, diṭṭhivodānabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ vipassanā niddisitabbaṃ, duccaritavodānabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ sucaritena niddisitabbaṃ.
♦ The sutta partaking of the cleansing from craving is to be indicated by serenity; the sutta partaking of the cleansing from views is to be indicated by insight; the sutta partaking of the cleansing from misconduct is to be indicated by good conduct.
tīṇi akusalamūlāni.
The three unwholesome roots.
taṃ kissa hetu?
For what reason?
saṃsārassa nibbattiyā.
For the production of saṃsāra.
tathā nibbatte saṃsāre kāyaduccaritaṃ kāyasucaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ manosucaritaṃ iminā asubhena kammavipākena idaṃ bālalakkhaṇaṃ nibbattatīti.
When saṃsāra is thus produced, bodily misconduct, good bodily conduct, verbal misconduct, good verbal conduct, mental misconduct, good mental conduct; by this unwholesome result of kamma, this mark of a fool is produced.
idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
This is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ iminā subhena kammavipākena idaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇaṃ nibbattatīti.
♦ By this wholesome result of kamma, this mark of a great man is produced.
idaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
This is a sutta partaking of predisposition.
♦ tattha saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ catūhi kilesabhūmīhi niddisitabbaṃ — anusayabhūmiyā pariyuṭṭhānabhūmiyā saṃyojanabhūmiyā upādānabhūmiyā.
♦ The sutta partaking of defilement is to be indicated by the four planes of defilement — the plane of underlying tendency, the plane of obsession, the plane of fetters, the plane of clinging.
sānusayassa pariyuṭṭhānaṃ jāyati, pariyuṭṭhito saṃyujjati, saṃyujjanto upādiyati, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti, evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
For one with underlying tendencies, obsession arises; being obsessed, one is fettered; being fettered, one clings; from clinging as condition, being comes to be; from being as condition, birth comes to be; from birth as condition, old age and death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief, and despair arise; thus is the origin of this whole mass of suffering.
imāhi catūhi kilesabhūmīhi sabbe kilesā saṅgahaṃ samosaraṇaṃ gacchanti, idaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ.
By these four planes of defilement, all defilements come to be included and comprised; this is a sutta partaking of defilement.
♦ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ tīhi sucaritehi niddisitabbaṃ, nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ catūhi saccehi niddisitabbaṃ, asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ tīhi dhammehi niddisitabbaṃ — buddhadhammehi paccekabuddhadhammehi sāvakabhūmiyā.
♦ The sutta partaking of predisposition is to be indicated by the three kinds of good conduct; the sutta partaking of penetration is to be indicated by the four truths; the sutta partaking of the non-trainee is to be indicated by three things — the things of a Buddha, the things of a Paccekabuddha, and the plane of a disciple.
jhāyivisaye niddisitabbanti.
It is to be indicated in the sphere of a meditator.
♦ 112. tattha katame aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā?
♦ 112. Herein, what are the eighteen root-terms?
lokiyaṃ lokuttaraṃ lokiyañca lokuttarañca, sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca, ñāṇaṃ ñeyyaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca, dassanaṃ bhāvanā dassanañca bhāvanā ca, sakavacanaṃ paravacanaṃ sakavacanañca paravacanañca, visajjanīyaṃ avisajjanīyaṃ visajjanīyañca avisajjanīyañca, kammaṃ vipāko kammañca vipāko ca, kusalaṃ akusalaṃ kusalañca akusalañca, anuññātaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca, thavo cāti.
The worldly, the supramundane, and the worldly and supramundane; being-based, Dhamma-based, and being-based and Dhamma-based; knowledge, the knowable, and knowledge and the knowable; vision, development, and vision and development; one's own word, another's word, and one's own word and another's word; to be explained, not to be explained, and to be explained and not to be explained; kamma, result, and kamma and result; wholesome, unwholesome, and wholesome and unwholesome; allowed, forbidden, and allowed and forbidden; and praise.
♦ tattha katamaṃ lokiyaṃ?
♦ Herein, what is the worldly?
♦ “na hi pāpaṃ kataṃ kammaṃ, sajjukhīraṃva muccati.
♦ "An evil deed done does not curdle at once, like fresh milk.
♦ ḍahantaṃ bālamanveti, bhasmacchannova pāvakoti.
♦ Burning, it follows the fool, like a fire covered with ashes."
♦ idaṃ lokiyaṃ.
♦ This is the worldly.
♦ “cattārimāni, bhikkhave, agatigamanāni sabbaṃ .
♦ "There are these four, bhikkhus, wrong courses... all... pe... his fame wanes, like the moon in the dark fortnight."
.. pe .
This is the worldly.
.. nihīyate tassa yaso kāḷapakkheva candimā”ti.
idaṃ lokiyaṃ.
♦ “aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, lokadhammā .
♦ "There are these eight, bhikkhus, worldly conditions.
katame aṭṭha?
What eight?
lābho alābho, yaso ayaso, nindā pasaṃsā, sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ.
Gain and loss, fame and disrepute, blame and praise, pleasure and pain.
ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha lokadhammā”ti.
These, bhikkhus, are the eight worldly conditions."
idaṃ lokiyaṃ.
This is the worldly.
♦ tattha katamaṃ lokuttaraṃ?
♦ Herein, what is the supramundane?
♦ “yassindriyāni samathaṅgatāni .
♦ "Whose faculties have gone to peace,
assā yathā sārathinā sudantā.
like horses well-tamed by a charioteer,
♦ pahīnamānassa anāsavassa, devāpi tassa pihayanti tādino”ti.
♦ with pride abandoned, without taints, even the devas envy such a one, so stable."
♦ idaṃ lokuttaraṃ.
♦ This is the supramundane.
♦ “pañcimāni, bhikkhave, indriyāni lokuttarāni.
♦ "There are these five, bhikkhus, supramundane faculties.
katamāni pañca?
What five?
saddhindriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ satindriyaṃ samādhindriyaṃ paññindriyaṃ.
The faculty of faith, the faculty of energy, the faculty of mindfulness, the faculty of concentration, the faculty of wisdom.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañcindriyāni lokuttarānī”ti.
These, bhikkhus, are the five supramundane faculties."
idaṃ lokuttaraṃ.
This is the supramundane.
♦ tattha katamaṃ lokiyañca lokuttarañca?
♦ Herein, what is the worldly and the supramundane?
♦ “laddhāna mānusattaṃ dve, kiccaṃ akiccameva cā”ti dve gāthā.
♦ "Having obtained human existence, two things, what should be done and what should not be done," two verses.
yaṃ iha “sukiccaṃ ceva puññānī”ti ca “puññāni karitvāna, saggā saggaṃ vajanti katapuññā”ti ca.
What here is "what is well done and meritorious deeds" and "having done meritorious deeds, those who have done merit go from heaven to heaven,"
idaṃ lokiyaṃ.
this is the worldly.
♦ yaṃ iha “saṃyojanavippahānaṃ vā”ti ca “saṃyojanappahānā, jarāmaraṇā vippamuccantī”ti ca, idaṃ lokuttaraṃ.
♦ What here is "or the abandoning of the fetters" and "by the abandoning of the fetters, they are freed from old age and death," this is the supramundane.
idaṃ lokiyañca lokuttarañca.
This is the worldly and the supramundane.
♦ “viññāṇe ce, bhikkhave, āhāre sati nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti, nāmarūpassa avakkantiyā sati punabbhavo hoti, punabbhave sati jāti hoti, jātiyā sati jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti.
♦ "If, bhikkhus, there is the food of consciousness, there is the descent of name-and-form; when there is the descent of name-and-form, there is a new becoming; when there is a new becoming, there is birth; when there is birth, there is old age and death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief, and despair.
evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
Thus is the origin of this whole mass of suffering.
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave , mahārukkho, tassa yāni ceva mūlāni adhogamāni yāni ca tiriyaṃ gamāni, sabbāni tāni uddhaṃ ojaṃ abhiharanti.
Just as, bhikkhus, a great tree, whatever roots of it go downwards and whatever go sideways, all of them draw up sap.
evaṃ hi so, bhikkhave, mahārukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭheyya.
Thus, bhikkhus, that great tree, with that as its food, with that as its support, would stand for a long, long time.
evameva kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇe āhāre sati nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti sabbaṃ .
So too, bhikkhus, when there is the food of consciousness, there is the descent of name-and-form... all... pe... thus is the origin of this whole mass of suffering."
.. pe .
This is the worldly.
.. evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī”ti.
idaṃ lokiyaṃ.
♦ “viññāṇe ce, bhikkhave, āhāre asati nāmarūpassa avakkanti na hoti, nāmarūpassa avakkantiyā asati punabbhavo na hoti, punabbhave asati jāti na hoti, jātiyā asati jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti.
♦ "If, bhikkhus, there is no food of consciousness, there is no descent of name-and-form; when there is no descent of name-and-form, there is no new becoming; when there is no new becoming, there is no birth; when there is no birth, old age and death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, grief, and despair cease.
evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
Thus is the cessation of this whole mass of suffering.
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahārukkho atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakaṃ ādāya, so taṃ rukkhaṃ mūle chindeyya, mūle chetvā palikhaṇeyya, palikhaṇitvā mūlāni uddhareyya antamaso usīranāḷimattānipi.
Just as, bhikkhus, a great tree, and a man would come with a spade and basket; he would cut that tree at the root; having cut it at the root, he would dig it up; having dug it up, he would pull out the roots, even down to the size of usīra-grass fibres.
so taṃ rukkhaṃ khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chindeyya, khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chinditvā phāleyya, phāletvā sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ kareyya, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā vātātape visoseyya, vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya, agginā ḍahetvā masiṃ kareyya, masiṃ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuneyya, nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya, evaṃ hi so, bhikkhave, mahārukkho ucchinnamūlo assa tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo.
He would cut that tree into pieces; having cut it into pieces, he would split it; having split it, he would make it into small chips; having made it into small chips, he would dry it in the wind and sun; having dried it in the wind and sun, he would burn it with fire; having burnt it with fire, he would make it into ash; having made it into ash, he would scatter it in a strong wind, or let it be carried away by a swift-flowing river; thus, bhikkhus, that great tree would be cut off at the root, made like a palm-stump, rendered unable to exist, of a nature not to arise in the future.
evameva kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇe āhāre asati nāmarūpassa avakkanti na hoti, nāmarūpassa avakkantiyā asati sabbaṃ .
So too, bhikkhus, when there is no food of consciousness, there is no descent of name-and-form; when there is no descent of name-and-form... all... pe... thus is the cessation of this whole mass of suffering."
.. pe .
This is the supramundane.
.. evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī”ti.
This is the worldly and the supramundane.
idaṃ lokuttaraṃ.
idaṃ lokiyañca lokuttarañca.
♦ 113. tattha katamaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
♦ 113. Herein, what is being-based?
♦ “sabbā disā anuparigamma cetasā, nevajjhagā piyataramattanā kvaci.
♦ "Having traversed all directions with one's mind, one has not found anything dearer than oneself anywhere.
♦ evaṃ piyo puthu attā paresaṃ, tasmā na hiṃse paramattakāmo”ti .
♦ Thus for others the separate self is dear; therefore one who loves himself should not harm another."
♦ idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ This is being-based.
♦ “ye keci bhūtā bhavissanti ye vāpi , sabbe gamissanti pahāya dehaṃ.
♦ "Whatever beings there are or will be, all will go, leaving the body.
♦ taṃ sabbajāniṃ kusalo viditvā, ātāpiyo brahmacariyaṃ careyyā”ti.
♦ Knowing this complete loss, the wise one, being ardent, should fare the holy life."
♦ idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ This is being-based.
♦ “sattahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ api viveciyamānena paṇāmiyamānena gale pisanamajjamānena yāvajīvaṃ na vijahitabbaṃ.
♦ "A good friend, bhikkhus, who is endowed with seven qualities, should not be abandoned for life, even if one is driven away, remonstrated with, and has one's neck squeezed.
katamehi sattahi?
What seven?
piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca vattā ca vacanakkhamo ca gambhīrañca kathaṃ kattā hoti, no ca aṭṭhāne niyojeti.
He is dear and beloved, worthy of respect and to be developed, an admonisher and patient of admonition, a speaker of profound talk, and does not exhort in the wrong place.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi .
With these seven, bhikkhus... pe... should not be abandoned.
.. pe .
The Blessed One said this; having said this, the Fortunate One.
.. na vijahitabbaṃ.
The Teacher then said this further:
idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato.
athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā —
♦ “piyo garu bhāvanīyo, vattā ca vacanakkhamo.
♦ "Dear, worthy of respect, to be developed, an admonisher and patient of admonition,
♦ gambhīrañca kathaṃ kattā, na caṭṭhāne niyojako.
♦ a speaker of profound talk, and not an exhorter in the wrong place,
♦ taṃ mittaṃ mittakāmena, yāvajīvampi seviyan”ti.
♦ such a friend, by one who desires a friend, should be frequented for life."
♦ idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ This is being-based.
♦ tattha katamaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ?
♦ Herein, what is Dhamma-based?
♦ “yañca kāmasukhaṃ loke, yañcidaṃ diviyaṃ sukhaṃ.
♦ "Whatever pleasure of sense-desires there is in the world, and whatever divine pleasure there is,
♦ taṇhakkhayasukhassete , kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasin”ti.
♦ these are not worth a sixteenth part of the pleasure of the destruction of craving."
♦ idaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ This is Dhamma-based.
♦ “susukhaṃ vata nibbānaṃ, sammāsambuddhadesitaṃ.
♦ "Happy indeed is Nibbāna, taught by the Rightly Enlightened One,
♦ asokaṃ virajaṃ khemaṃ, yattha dukkhaṃ nirujjhatī”ti.
♦ sorrowless, stainless, secure, where suffering ceases."
♦ idaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ This is Dhamma-based.
♦ tattha katamaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca
♦ Herein, what is being-based and Dhamma-based?
♦ “mātaraṃ pitaraṃ hantvā, rājāno dve ca khattiye.
♦ "Having slain mother and father, and two khattiya kings,
♦ raṭṭhaṃ sānucaraṃ hantvā”ti idaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ having slain a country with its followers," this is Dhamma-based.
♦ “anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo”ti.
♦ "the brahmin goes untroubled."
idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
This is being-based.
♦ idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca.
♦ This is being-based and Dhamma-based.
♦ “cattārome, bhikkhave, iddhipādā .
♦ "There are these four, bhikkhus, bases of psychic power.
katame cattāro?
What four?
chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgato iddhipādo, vīriya .
The base of psychic power endowed with concentration due to desire and the formations of striving; energy... pe... consciousness.
.. pe .
The base of psychic power endowed with concentration due to investigation and the formations of striving."
.. citta.
This is Dhamma-based.
vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgato iddhipādo”ti.
idaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ so kāyepi cittaṃ samodahati, cittepi kāyaṃ samodahati, kāye sukhasaññañca lahusaññañca okkamitvā upasampajja viharati.
♦ He applies his mind to his body, and his body to his mind; having entered upon and attained the perception of pleasure and the perception of lightness in the body, he dwells.
idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ, idaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca.
This is being-based; this is being-based and Dhamma-based.
♦ 114. tattha katamaṃ ñāṇaṃ?
♦ 114. Herein, what is knowledge?
♦ “yaṃ taṃ lokuttaraṃ ñāṇaṃ, sabbaññū yena vuccati.
♦ "That which is the supramundane knowledge, by which one is called all-knowing,
♦ na tassa parihānatthi, sabbakāle pavattatī”ti.
♦ there is no decline for it; it proceeds at all times."
♦ idaṃ ñāṇaṃ.
♦ This is knowledge.
♦ “paññā hi seṭṭhā lokasmiṃ, yāyaṃ nibbānagāminī .
♦ "Wisdom is the best in the world, that which leads to Nibbāna.
♦ yāya sammā pajānāti, jātimaraṇasaṅkhayan”ti.
♦ By which one rightly knows the destruction of birth and death."
♦ idaṃ ñāṇaṃ.
♦ This is knowledge.
♦ tattha katamaṃ ñeyyaṃ?
♦ Herein, what is the knowable?
♦ “kittayissāmi te santiṃ, [dhotakāti bhagavā,]
♦ "I will declare to you peace, [said the Blessed One to Dhotaka,]
♦ diṭṭhe dhamme anītihaṃ.
♦ in this very life, not based on hearsay,
♦ yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattikaṃ.
♦ knowing which, a mindful one, faring, may cross over attachment in the world.
♦ “tañcāhaṃ abhinandāmi, mahesi santimuttamaṃ.
♦ "And I rejoice in that, O great sage, the supreme peace,
♦ yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattikaṃ.
♦ knowing which, a mindful one, faring, may cross over attachment in the world.
♦ “yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi, [dhotakāti bhagavā]
♦ "Whatever you understand, [said the Blessed One to Dhotaka,]
♦ uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcāpi majjhe.
♦ above, below, and across in the middle,
♦ etaṃ viditvā saṅgoti loke,
♦ knowing this to be attachment in the world,
♦ bhavābhavāya mākāsi taṇhan”ti.
♦ do not create craving for being and non-being."
♦ idaṃ ñeyyaṃ.
♦ This is the knowable.
♦ “catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca .
♦ "Through not understanding, not penetrating the four noble truths, bhikkhus, this long time has been run through, has been wandered through, by me and by you... pe... that noble truth of suffering, bhikkhus, has been understood, has been penetrated; the noble truth of the origin of suffering has been understood, has been penetrated; the noble truth of the cessation of suffering has been understood, has been penetrated; the noble truth of the path leading to the cessation of suffering has been understood, has been penetrated.
.. pe .
Craving for being is cut off, the leader to being is destroyed, there is no more rebirth now."
.. tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ.
The Blessed One said this; having said this, the Fortunate One, the Teacher, further said this:
ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti.
idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato, athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā —
♦ "Through not seeing the four noble truths as they really are,
♦ “catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ, yathābhūtaṃ adassanā.
♦ a long time has been wandered through, in these various births.
♦ saṃsitaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ, tāsu tāsveva jātisu.
♦ "These have been seen, the leader to being is uprooted.
♦ “tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, bhavanetti samūhatā.
♦ The root of suffering is cut off, there is no more rebirth now."
♦ ucchinnaṃ mūlaṃ dukkhassa, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti.
♦ This is the knowable.
♦ idaṃ ñeyyaṃ.
♦ Herein, what is knowledge and the knowable?
♦ tattha katamaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca?
rūpaṃ aniccaṃ, vedanā aniccā, saññā aniccā, saṅkhārā aniccā, viññāṇaṃ aniccanti.
Form is impermanent, feeling is impermanent, perception is impermanent, formations are impermanent, consciousness is impermanent.
idaṃ ñeyyaṃ.
This is the knowable.
♦ evaṃ jānaṃ evaṃ passaṃ ariyasāvako “rūpaṃ aniccan”ti passati, “vedanā aniccā”ti passati, “saññaṃ .
♦ Knowing thus, seeing thus, an Ariyan disciple sees "form is impermanent," sees "feeling is impermanent," sees "perception... pe... formations... pe... consciousness is impermanent."
.. pe .
This is knowledge.
.. saṅkhāre .
.. pe .
.. viññāṇaṃ aniccan”ti passatīti.
idaṃ ñāṇaṃ.
♦ so parimuccati rūpena, parimuccati vedanāya, parimuccati saññāya, parimuccati saṅkhārehi, parimuccati viññāṇamhā, parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmīti.
♦ He is liberated from form, is liberated from feeling, is liberated from perception, is liberated from formations, is liberated from consciousness; he is liberated from suffering, I say.
idaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca.
This is knowledge and the knowable.
♦ “sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā”ti idaṃ ñeyyaṃ.
♦ "All formations are impermanent," this is the knowable.
“yadā paññāya passatī”ti idaṃ ñāṇaṃ.
"When one sees with wisdom," this is knowledge.
“atha nibbindati dukkhe esa maggo visuddhiyā”ti idaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca.
"Then one becomes weary of suffering; this is the path to purity," this is knowledge and the knowable.
♦ “sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā”ti idaṃ ñeyyaṃ.
♦ "All formations are suffering," this is the knowable.
“yadā paññāya passatī”ti idaṃ ñāṇaṃ.
"When one sees with wisdom," this is knowledge.
“atha nibbindati dukkhe esa maggo visuddhiyā”ti idaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca.
"Then one becomes weary of suffering; this is the path to purity," this is knowledge and the knowable.
♦ “sabbe dhammā anattā”ti idaṃ ñeyyaṃ.
♦ "All things are not-self," this is the knowable.
“yadā paññāya passatī”ti idaṃ ñāṇaṃ.
"When one sees with wisdom," this is knowledge.
“atha nibbindati dukkhe esa maggo visuddhiyā”ti idaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca.
"Then one becomes weary of suffering; this is the path to purity," this is knowledge and the knowable.
♦ “ye hi keci, soṇa , samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā aniccena rūpena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena ‘seyyohamasmī’ti vā samanupassanti, ‘sadisohamasmī’ti vā samanupassanti, ‘hīnohamasmī’ti vā samanupassanti.
♦ "Whoever, Soṇa, recluses or brahmins, with regard to impermanent form, which is suffering and subject to change, consider 'I am superior,' or 'I am equal,' or 'I am inferior,'
kimaññatra yathābhūtassa adassanā.
what is this but not seeing things as they really are?
aniccāya vedanāya .
With regard to impermanent feeling... pe... impermanent perception... pe... impermanent formations... pe... impermanent consciousness, which is suffering and subject to change, they consider 'I am superior,' or 'I am equal,' or 'I am inferior'; what is this but not seeing things as they really are?"
.. pe .
This is the knowable.
.. aniccāya saññāya .
.. pe .
.. aniccehi saṅkhārehi .
.. pe .
.. aniccena viññāṇena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena ‘seyyohamasmī’ti vā samanupassanti, ‘sadisohamasmī’ti vā samanupassanti, ‘hīnohamasmī’ti vā samanupassanti, kimaññatra yathābhūtassa adassanā”ti.
idaṃ ñeyyaṃ.
♦ “ye ca kho keci, soṇa, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā aniccena rūpena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena ‘seyyohamasmī’tipi na samanupassanti, ‘sadisohamasmī’tipi na samanupassanti, ‘hīnohamasmī’tipi na samanupassanti, kimaññatra yathābhūtassa dassanā.
♦ "And whoever, Soṇa, recluses or brahmins, with regard to impermanent form, which is suffering and subject to change, do not consider 'I am superior,' nor do they consider 'I am equal,' nor do they consider 'I am inferior'; what is this but seeing things as they really are?
aniccāya vedanāya .
With regard to impermanent feeling... pe... impermanent perception... pe... impermanent formations... pe... impermanent consciousness, which is suffering and subject to change, they do not consider 'I am superior,' nor do they consider 'I am equal,' nor do they consider 'I am inferior'; what is this but seeing things as they really are?
.. pe .
This is knowledge.
.. aniccāya saññāya .
.. pe .
.. aniccehi saṅkhārehi .
.. pe .
.. aniccena viññāṇena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena ‘seyyohamasmī’tipi na samanupassanti, ‘sadisohamasmī’tipi na samanupassanti, ‘hīnohamasmī’tipi na samanupassanti, kimaññatra yathābhūtassa dassanāti.
idaṃ ñāṇaṃ.
♦ idaṃ ñāṇañca ñeyyañca.
♦ This is knowledge and the knowable.
♦ tattha katamaṃ dassanaṃ?
♦ Herein, what is vision?
♦ 115.
♦ 115.
♦ “ye ariyasaccāni vibhāvayanti, gambhīrapaññena sudesitāni.
♦ "They who make manifest the noble truths, well-taught by one of profound wisdom,
♦ kiñcāpi te honti bhusaṃ pamattā , na te bhavaṃ aṭṭhamamādiyantī”ti.
♦ though they may be very heedless, they do not take up an eighth existence."
♦ idaṃ dassanaṃ.
♦ This is vision.
♦ “yathindakhīlo pathavissito siyā, catubbhi vātehi asampakampiyo.
♦ "As an Inda-post fixed in the earth would be unshaken by the four winds,
♦ tathūpamaṃ sappurisaṃ vadāmi, yo ariyasaccāni avecca passatī”ti.
♦ so I call a good person, who sees the noble truths after penetrating them."
♦ idaṃ dassanaṃ.
♦ This is vision.
♦ “catūhi, bhikkhave, sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya ‘khīṇanirayomhi, khīṇatiracchānayoni, khīṇapettivisayo, khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo, sattakkhattuparamaṃ deve ca manusse ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karissāmī’ti.
♦ "A noble disciple, bhikkhus, endowed with the four limbs of stream-entry, if he wishes, may declare of himself by himself, 'I am one for whom hell is destroyed, the animal womb is destroyed, the realm of ghosts is destroyed, the states of woe, bad destinations, and ruin are destroyed; I am a stream-enterer, of a nature not to fall, certain, destined for enlightenment; at most seven times, having wandered among devas and humans, I will make an end of suffering.'
katamehi catūhi?
What four?
idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa tathāgate saddhā niviṭṭhā patiṭṭhitā virūḷhā mūlajātā asaṃhāriyā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ saha dhammena, dhamme kho pana niṭṭhaṃ gato hoti, svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi, yadidaṃ madanimmadano .
Here, bhikkhus, a noble disciple has faith in the Tathāgata, established, firm, rooted, born, not to be shaken by a recluse or brahmin or deva or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world with reason; in the Dhamma, he has reached certainty, 'Well-proclaimed is the Dhamma by the Blessed One, visible here and now, timeless, inviting one to come and see, leading onwards, to be known by the wise for themselves,' that is, the subduing of pride... pe... cessation, Nibbāna; and he has with him, with reason, those who are dear, beloved, pleasing, agreeable, both laypeople and monks.
.. pe .
And he is endowed with the virtues dear to the nobles, unbroken, unrent, unspotted, unmottled, liberating, praised by the wise, untarnished, conducive to concentration.
.. nirodho nibbānaṃ, saha dhammiyā kho panassa honti iṭṭhā kantā piyā manāpā gihī ceva pabbajitā ca.
A noble disciple, bhikkhus, endowed with these four limbs of stream-entry, if he wishes, may declare of himself by himself, 'I am one for whom hell is destroyed, the animal womb is destroyed, the realm of ghosts is destroyed, the states of woe, bad destinations, and ruin are destroyed; I am a stream-enterer, of a nature not to fall, certain, destined for enlightenment; at most seven times, having wandered among devas and humans, I will make an end of suffering.'"
ariyakantehi kho pana sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasaṭṭhehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya ‘khīṇanirayomhi, khīṇatiracchānayoni, khīṇapettivisayo, khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo, sattakkhattuparamaṃ deve ca manusse ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karissāmī’”ti.
♦ idaṃ dassanaṃ.
♦ This is vision.
♦ tattha katamā bhāvanā?
♦ Herein, what is development?
♦ “yassindriyāni bhāvitāni , ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca sabbaloke.
♦ "Whose faculties are developed, internally and externally in all the world,
♦ nibbijjha imaṃ parañca lokaṃ, kālaṃ kaṅkhati bhāvito sadanto”ti.
♦ having penetrated this world and the next, he awaits his time, developed and self-tamed."
♦ ayaṃ bhāvanā.
♦ This is development.
♦ “cattārimāni, bhikkhave, dhammapadāni .
♦ "There are these four, bhikkhus, foundations of the Dhamma.
katamāni cattāri?
What four?
anabhijjhā dhammapadaṃ, abyāpādo dhammapadaṃ, sammāsati dhammapadaṃ, sammāsamādhi dhammapadaṃ, imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri dhammapadānī”ti.
Non-covetousness is a foundation of the Dhamma, non-ill-will is a foundation of the Dhamma, right mindfulness is a foundation of the Dhamma, right concentration is a foundation of the Dhamma. These, bhikkhus, are the four foundations of the Dhamma."
ayaṃ bhāvanā.
This is development.
♦ tattha katamaṃ dassanañca bhāvanā ca?
♦ Herein, what is vision and development?
“pañca chinde pañca jahe”ti idaṃ dassanaṃ.
"Five should one cut, five should one abandon," this is vision.
“pañca cuttari bhāvaye.
"Five more should one develop.
pañca saṅgātigo bhikkhu, oghatiṇṇoti vuccatī”ti ayaṃ bhāvanā.
A bhikkhu who has gone beyond the five attachments is called 'one who has crossed the flood'," this is development.
idaṃ dassanañca bhāvanā ca.
This is vision and development.
♦ “tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, indriyāni .
♦ "There are these three, bhikkhus, faculties.
katamāni tīṇi, anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ aññindriyaṃ aññātāvindriyaṃ.
What three? The faculty 'I will know the unknown,' the faculty of knowledge, the faculty of one who has known.
katamañca, bhikkhave, anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ?
And what, bhikkhus, is the faculty 'I will know the unknown'?
idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anabhisametassa dukkhassa ariyasaccassa abhisamayāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati, anabhisametassa dukkhasamudayassa ariyasaccassa .
Here, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu generates desire, makes an effort, arouses energy, exerts his mind, and strives for the full understanding of the noble truth of suffering which has not been fully understood; for the full understanding of the noble truth of the origin of suffering... pe... of the cessation of suffering... pe... of the path leading to the cessation of suffering which has not been fully understood, he generates desire, makes an effort, arouses energy, exerts his mind, and strives.
.. pe .
This, bhikkhus, is the faculty 'I will know the unknown'."
.. dukkhanirodhassa .
This is vision.
.. pe .
.. dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ariyasaccassa abhisamayāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.
idaṃ, bhikkhave, anaññātaññassāmītindriyan”ti.
idaṃ dassanaṃ.
♦ “katamañca, bhikkhave, aññindriyaṃ?
♦ "And what, bhikkhus, is the faculty of knowledge?
idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti .
Here, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu knows as it really is, 'This is suffering'; he knows as it really is, 'This is the origin of suffering'; he knows as it really is, 'This is the cessation of suffering'... pe... 'This is the path leading to the cessation of suffering.'
.. pe .
This, bhikkhus, is the faculty of knowledge.
.. ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
idaṃ, bhikkhave, aññindriyaṃ.
♦ “katamañca, bhikkhave, aññātāvindriyaṃ?
♦ "And what, bhikkhus, is the faculty of one who has known?
idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti.
Here, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu, through the destruction of the taints, in this very life, by himself, with direct knowledge, having realized, enters upon and dwells in the taintless liberation of mind, liberation by wisdom; he knows, 'Birth is destroyed, the holy life has been lived, what had to be done has been done, there is nothing further for this state of being.'
idaṃ, bhikkhave, aññātāvindriyan”ti.
This, bhikkhus, is the faculty of one who has known."
ayaṃ bhāvanā.
This is development.
♦ idaṃ dassanañca bhāvanā ca.
♦ This is vision and development.
♦ 116. tattha katamaṃ sakavacanaṃ?
♦ 116. Herein, what is one's own word?
♦ “sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā.
♦ "Not to do any evil, to cultivate the good,
♦ sacittapariyodāpanaṃ, etaṃ buddhāna sāsanan”ti.
♦ to purify one's own mind—this is the teaching of the Buddhas."
♦ idaṃ sakavacanaṃ.
♦ This is one's own word.
♦ “tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, bālassa bālalakkhaṇāni bālanimittāni bālāpadānāni, yehi bālaṃ bāloti pare sañjānanti.
♦ "There are these three, bhikkhus, marks of a fool, signs of a fool, characteristics of a fool, by which others know a fool to be a fool.
katamāni tīṇi?
What three?
bālo, bhikkhave, duccintitacintī ca hoti, dubbhāsitabhāsī ca hoti, dukkaṭakammakārī ca hoti.
A fool, bhikkhus, thinks evil thoughts, speaks evil words, and does evil deeds.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi bālassa bālalakkhaṇāni bālanimittāni bālāpadānāni.
These, bhikkhus, are the three marks of a fool, signs of a fool, characteristics of a fool.
♦ “tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, paṇḍitassa paṇḍitalakkhaṇāni paṇḍitanimittāni paṇḍitāpadānāni, yehi paṇḍitaṃ paṇḍitoti pare sañjānanti.
♦ "There are these three, bhikkhus, marks of a wise person, signs of a wise person, characteristics of a wise person, by which others know a wise person to be a wise person.
katamāni tīṇi?
What three?
paṇḍito, bhikkhave, sucintitacintī ca hoti, subhāsitabhāsī ca hoti, sukatakammakārī ca hoti.
A wise person, bhikkhus, thinks good thoughts, speaks good words, and does good deeds.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi paṇḍitassa paṇḍitalakkhaṇāni paṇḍitanimittāni paṇḍitāpadānānī”ti.
These, bhikkhus, are the three marks of a wise person, signs of a wise person, characteristics of a wise person."
♦ idaṃ sakavacanaṃ.
♦ This is one's own word.
♦ tattha katamaṃ paravacanaṃ?
♦ Herein, what is another's word?
♦ “pathavīsamo natthi vitthato, ninno pātālasamo na vijjati.
♦ "There is nothing as wide as the earth, no depth like the underworld.
♦ merusamo natthi unnato, cakkavattisadiso natthi poriso”ti.
♦ There is no height like Meru, no man like a wheel-turning monarch."
♦ idaṃ paravacanaṃ.
♦ This is another's word.
♦ “‘hotu, devānaminda, subhāsitena jayoti.
♦ "'Let it be, O king of the devas, victory by what is well-spoken.
hotu, vepacitti subhāsitena jayoti.
Let it be, Vepacitti, victory by what is well-spoken.
bhaṇa, vepacitti, gāthan’ti.
Speak, Vepacitti, a verse.'
atha kho, bhikkhave, vepacitti asurindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi —
Then, bhikkhus, Vepacitti, the lord of the asuras, spoke this verse:
♦ “bhiyyo bālā pabhijjeyyuṃ , no cassa paṭisedhako.
♦ "Fools would be further broken, if there were no one to restrain them.
♦ tasmā bhusena daṇḍena, dhīro bālaṃ nisedhaye”ti.
♦ Therefore with a heavy staff, a wise man should restrain a fool."
♦ “bhāsitāya kho pana, bhikkhave, vepacittinā asurindena gāthāya asurā anumodiṃsu, devā tuṇhī ahesuṃ.
♦ "When the verse was spoken, bhikkhus, by Vepacitti, the lord of the asuras, the asuras approved; the devas were silent.
atha kho, bhikkhave, vepacitti asurindo sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etadavoca ‘bhaṇa, devānaminda, gāthan’ti.
Then, bhikkhus, Vepacitti, the lord of the asuras, said this to Sakka, the king of the devas, 'Speak, O king of the devas, a verse.'
evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi —
When this was said, bhikkhus, Sakka, the king of the devas, spoke this verse:
♦ “etadeva ahaṃ maññe, bālassa paṭisedhanaṃ.
♦ "This very thing I consider the restraint of a fool:
♦ paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā, yo sato upasammatī”ti.
♦ knowing another is provoked, one who is mindful becomes calm."
♦ “bhāsitāya kho pana, bhikkhave, sakkena devānamindena gāthāya devā anumodiṃsu, asurā tuṇhī ahesuṃ.
♦ "When the verse was spoken, bhikkhus, by Sakka, the king of the devas, the devas approved; the asuras were silent.
atha kho, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo vepacittiṃ asurindaṃ etadavoca ‘bhaṇa, vepacitti, gāthan’ti.
Then, bhikkhus, Sakka, the king of the devas, said this to Vepacitti, the lord of the asuras, 'Speak, Vepacitti, a verse.'
evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, vepacitti asurindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi —
When this was said, bhikkhus, Vepacitti, the lord of the asuras, spoke this verse:
♦ “etadeva titikkhāya, vajjaṃ passāmi vāsava.
♦ "This very fault in forbearance I see, O Vāsava:
♦ yadā naṃ maññati bālo, bhayā myāyaṃ titikkhati.
♦ when the fool thinks of him, 'He forbears with me out of fear,'
♦ ajjhāruhati dummedho, gova bhiyyo palāyinan”ti.
♦ the foolish one overpowers him, like a cow one who flees further."
♦ “bhāsitāya kho pana, bhikkhave, vepacittinā asurindena gāthāya asurā anumodiṃsu, devā tuṇhī ahesuṃ.
♦ "When the verse was spoken, bhikkhus, by Vepacitti, the lord of the asuras, the asuras approved; the devas were silent.
atha kho vepacitti asurindo sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etadavoca ‘bhaṇa, devānaminda, gāthan’ti.
Then Vepacitti, the lord of the asuras, said this to Sakka, the king of the devas, 'Speak, O king of the devas, a verse.'
evaṃ vutte, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo imā gāthāyo abhāsi —
When this was said, bhikkhus, Sakka, the king of the devas, spoke these verses:
♦ “kāmaṃ maññatu vā mā vā, bhayā myāyaṃ titikkhati.
♦ "Let him think or not, 'He forbears with me out of fear.'
♦ sadatthaparamā atthā, khantā bhiyyo na vijjati.
♦ Of benefits, the ultimate benefit, there is none greater than patience.
♦ “yo have balavā santo, dubbalassa titikkhati.
♦ "He who, being strong, forbears with the weak,
♦ tamāhu paramaṃ khantiṃ, niccaṃ khamati dubbalo.
♦ that they call the supreme patience; the weak always forbear.
♦ “abalaṃ taṃ balaṃ āhu, yassa bālabalaṃ balaṃ.
♦ "That strength they call a weakness, whose strength is the strength of a fool.
♦ balassa dhammaguttassa, paṭivattā na vijjati.
♦ For one whose strength is protected by Dhamma, there is no one who can retaliate.
♦ “tasseva tena pāpiyo, yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati.
♦ "He is the more wicked of the two, who gets angry at one who is angry.
♦ kuddhaṃ appaṭikujjhanto, saṅgāmaṃ jeti dujjayaṃ.
♦ By not getting angry at one who is angry, one wins a battle hard to win.
♦ “ubhinnamatthaṃ carati, attano ca parassa ca.
♦ "He practices for the welfare of both, his own and the other's,
♦ paraṃ saṅkupitaṃ ñatvā, yo sato upasammati.
♦ who, knowing the other is provoked, mindfully becomes calm.
♦ “ubhinnaṃ tikicchantānaṃ, attano ca parassa ca.
♦ "Of those who are treating both, their own and the other's,
♦ janā maññanti bāloti, ye dhammassa akovidā”ti.
♦ people think him a fool, they who are not skilled in the Dhamma."
♦ “bhāsitāsu kho pana, bhikkhave, sakkena devānamindena gāthāsu devā anumodiṃsu, asurā tuṇhī ahesun”ti.
♦ "When the verses were spoken, bhikkhus, by Sakka, the king of the devas, the devas approved; the asuras were silent."
idaṃ paravacanaṃ.
This is another's word.
♦ 117. tattha katamaṃ sakavacanañca paravacanañca?
♦ 117. Herein, what is one's own word and another's word?
♦ yañca pattaṃ yañca pattabbaṃ ubhayametaṃ rajānukiṇṇaṃ āturassānusikkhato.
♦ What has been attained and what is to be attained, both of these are stained with dust for one who follows the afflicted.
ye ca sikkhāsārā sīlaṃ vataṃ jīvitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ upaṭṭhānasārā, ayameko anto.
Those for whom the essence of the training is virtue, vows, livelihood, the holy life, the essence of attendance, this is one extreme.
ye ca evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino “natthi kāmesu doso”ti, ayaṃ dutiyo anto.
Those who have this view, "There is no fault in sensual pleasures," this is the second extreme.
iccete ubho antā kaṭasivaḍḍhanā kaṭasiyo diṭṭhiṃ vaḍḍhenti.
Thus these two extremes increase the burial ground; the views increase the burial ground.
ete ubho ante anabhiññāya olīyanti eke atidhāvanti eketi.
Not knowing these two extremes, some fall short, some overshoot.
idaṃ paravacanaṃ.
This is another's word.
♦ ye ca kho te ubho ante abhiññāya tatra ca na ahesuṃ, tena ca amaññiṃsu, vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāyāti.
♦ But they who, having known the two extremes, were not in them, and were not conceived by them, for them there is no designation of the round.
idaṃ sakavacanaṃ.
This is one's own word.
ayaṃ udāno sakavacanañca paravacanañca.
This utterance is one's own word and another's word.
♦ rājā pasenadi kosalo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca — idha mayhaṃ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi “kesaṃ nu kho piyo attā, kesaṃ appiyo attā”ti.
♦ King Pasenadi of Kosala said this to the Blessed One: "Here, venerable sir, when I am in seclusion, in retreat, this thought arose in my mind: 'For whom is the self dear, for whom is the self not dear?'
tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, etadahosi “ye ca kho keci kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti, manasā duccaritaṃ caranti, tesaṃ appiyo attā.
It occurred to me, venerable sir, 'Whoever engage in bodily misconduct, in verbal misconduct, in mental misconduct, for them the self is not dear.
kiñcāpi te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ ‘piyo no attā’ti, atha kho tesaṃ appiyo attā.
Although they might say, "Our self is dear to us," yet for them the self is not dear.
taṃ kissa hetu?
For what reason?
yaṃ hi appiyo appiyassa kareyya, taṃ te attanāva attano karonti, tasmā tesaṃ appiyo attā.
What an enemy would do to an enemy, that they do to themselves by themselves; therefore for them the self is not dear.
ye ca kho keci kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti, manasā sucaritaṃ caranti, tesaṃ piyo attā.
And whoever engage in good bodily conduct, in good verbal conduct, in good mental conduct, for them the self is dear.
kiñcāpi te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ ‘appiyo no attā’ti, atha kho tesaṃ piyo attā.
Although they might say, "Our self is not dear to us," yet for them the self is dear.
taṃ kissa hetu?
For what reason?
yaṃ hi piyo piyassa kareyya .
What a friend would do to a friend.
taṃ te attanāva attano karonti.
That they do to themselves by themselves.
tasmā tesaṃ piyo attā”ti.
Therefore for them the self is dear.'"
♦ “evametaṃ, mahārāja, evametaṃ, mahārāja, ye hi keci, mahārāja, kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti, vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti, manasā duccaritaṃ caranti tasmā tesaṃ appiyo attā.
♦ "So it is, great king, so it is, great king. Whoever, great king, engage in bodily misconduct, in verbal misconduct, in mental misconduct, for them the self is not dear.
kiñcāpi te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ ‘piyo no attā’ti, atha kho tesaṃ appiyo attā.
Although they might say, "Our self is dear to us," yet for them the self is not dear.
taṃ kissa hetu?
For what reason?
yaṃ hi, mahārāja, appiyo appiyassa kareyya, taṃ te attanāva attano karonti, tasmā tesaṃ appiyo attā.
What an enemy, great king, would do to an enemy, that they do to themselves by themselves; therefore for them the self is not dear.
ye ca kho keci mahārāja kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti, manasā sucaritaṃ caranti, tesaṃ piyo attā.
And whoever, great king, engage in good bodily conduct, in good verbal conduct, in good mental conduct, for them the self is dear.
kiñcāpi te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ ‘appiyo no attā’ti, atha kho tesaṃ piyo attā.
Although they might say, "Our self is not dear to us," yet for them the self is dear.
taṃ kissa hetu?
For what reason?
yaṃ hi, mahārāja, piyo piyassa kareyya, taṃ te attanāva attano karonti, tasmā tesaṃ piyo attāti.
What a friend, great king, would do to a friend, that they do to themselves by themselves; therefore for them the self is dear.
idamavoca bhagavā .
The Blessed One said this... pe... the Teacher:
.. pe .
.. satthā —
♦ “attānañce piyaṃ jaññā, na naṃ pāpena saṃyuje.
♦ "If one would know the self to be dear, one should not yoke it with evil.
♦ na hi taṃ sulabhaṃ hoti, sukhaṃ dukkaṭakārinā.
♦ For that happiness is not easy to obtain by one who does evil.
♦ “antakenādhipannassa , jahato mānusaṃ bhavaṃ.
♦ "For one who is overcome by the end-maker, leaving the human state,
♦ kiṃ hi tassa sakaṃ hoti, kiñca ādāya gacchati.
♦ what indeed is his own, and what does he take when he goes?
♦ kiñcassa anugaṃ hoti, chāyāva anapāyinī.
♦ And what follows him, like a shadow that never departs?
♦ “ubho puññañca pāpañca, yaṃ macco kurute idha.
♦ "Both merit and demerit, which a mortal does here,
♦ tañhi tassa sakaṃ hoti, taṃva ādāya gacchati.
♦ that indeed is his own, that he takes when he goes.
♦ taṃvassa anugaṃ hoti, chāyāva anapāyinī.
♦ That follows him, like a shadow that never departs.
♦ “tasmā kareyya kalyāṇaṃ, nicayaṃ samparāyikaṃ.
♦ "Therefore one should do good, a store for the future life.
♦ puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan”ti.
♦ Merits are the support for beings in the next world."
♦ idaṃ suttaṃ paravacanaṃ.
♦ This sutta is another's word.
anugīti sakavacanaṃ.
The concluding verse is one's own word.
idaṃ sakavacanañca paravacanañca.
This is one's own word and another's word.
♦ 118. tattha katamaṃ visajjanīyaṃ?
♦ 118. Herein, what is to be explained?
♦ pañhe pucchite idaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ, idaṃ pariññeyyaṃ, idaṃ pahātabbaṃ, idaṃ bhāvetabbaṃ, idaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ, ime dhammā evaṃgahitā idaṃ phalaṃ nibbattayanti.
♦ When a question is asked, 'this is to be directly known, this is to be fully understood, this is to be abandoned, this is to be developed, this is to be realized, these things thus taken up produce this fruit.'
tesaṃ evaṃgahitānaṃ ayamattho iti idaṃ visajjanīyaṃ.
Of these thus taken up, this is the meaning; this is to be explained.
“uḷāro buddho bhagavā”ti buddhauḷārataṃ dhammasvākkhātataṃ saṅghasuppaṭipattiñca ekaṃseneva niddise.
"Great is the Buddha, the Blessed One," one should indicate with a single answer the greatness of the Buddha, the well-proclaimedness of the Dhamma, and the good practice of the Sangha.
“sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā”ti “sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā”ti “sabbe dhammā anattā”ti ekaṃseneva niddise.
"All formations are impermanent," "all formations are suffering," "all things are not-self," one should indicate with a single answer.
yaṃ vā panaññampi evaṃ jātiyaṃ.
Or whatever else is of this kind.
idaṃ visajjanīyaṃ.
This is to be explained.
♦ tattha katamaṃ avisajjanīyaṃ?
♦ Herein, what is not to be explained?
♦ “ākaṅkhato te naradammasārathi , devā manussā manasā vicintitaṃ.
♦ "Of you, the tamer of men, the charioteer, devas and humans with their minds have conceived.
♦ sabbe na jaññā kasiṇāpi pāṇino, santaṃ samādhiṃ araṇaṃ nisevato.
♦ All beings, even in their entirety, would not know, of you who resorts to the peaceful, silent concentration.
♦ kintaṃ bhagavā ākaṅkhatī”ti.
♦ What does the Blessed One desire?"
♦ idaṃ avisajjanīyaṃ.
♦ This is not to be explained.
♦ ettako bhagavā sīlakkhandhe samādhikkhandhe paññākkhandhe vimuttikkhandhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe iriyāyaṃ pabhāve hitesitāyaṃ karuṇāyaṃ iddhiyanti.
♦ So much is the Blessed One in the aggregate of virtue, the aggregate of concentration, the aggregate of wisdom, the aggregate of liberation, the aggregate of the knowledge and vision of liberation, in deportment, in influence, in compassion, in psychic power.
idaṃ avisajjanīyaṃ.
This is not to be explained.
♦ “tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa loke uppādā tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ uppādo buddharatanassa dhammaratanassa saṅgharatanassa”.
♦ "With the arising of the Tathāgata, bhikkhus, the Arahant, the Rightly Enlightened One, in the world, there is the arising of the three jewels: the jewel of the Buddha, the jewel of the Dhamma, the jewel of the Sangha."
kiṃ pamāṇāni tīṇi ratanānīti?
What is the measure of the three jewels?
idaṃ avisajjanīyaṃ.
This is not to be explained.
♦ buddhavisayo avisajjanīyo.
♦ The sphere of a Buddha is not to be explained.
puggalaparoparaññutā avisajjanīyā.
The knowledge of the superiority and inferiority of persons is not to be explained.
“pubbā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sakiṃ nirayaṃ sakiṃ tiracchānayoniṃ sakiṃ pettivisayaṃ sakiṃ asurayoniṃ sakiṃ deve sakiṃ manusse sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ”.
The beginning point, bhikkhus, is not discerned of the ignorance-hindered beings, of the craving-fettered beings, who have once wandered in hell, once in the animal womb, once in the realm of ghosts, once in the realm of asuras, once among devas, once among humans, having run on, having wandered on.
katamā pubbā koṭīti avisajjanīyaṃ.
What is the beginning point? is not to be explained.
na paññāyatīti sāvakānaṃ ñāṇavekallena.
It is not discerned because of the deficiency of the disciples' knowledge.
duvidhā buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ desanā attūpanāyikā ca parūpanāyikā ca.
The teaching of the Buddhas, the Blessed Ones, is twofold: self-referential and other-referential.
na paññāyatīti parūpanāyikā.
'It is not discerned' is other-referential.
natthi buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ avijānanāti attūpanāyikā.
'There is no non-knowing for the Buddhas, the Blessed Ones' is self-referential.
yathā bhagavā kokālikaṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ evamāha --
As the Blessed One, referring to the bhikkhu Kokālika, said to a certain bhikkhu:
♦ “seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsatikhāriko kosalako tilavāho .
♦ "Just as, bhikkhu, a twenty-khārika Kosalan measure of sesame... pe... that is not one Abbuda hell.
.. pe .
.. na tveva eko abbudo nirayo.
seyyathāpi bhikkhu, vīsati abbudā nirayā, evameko nirabbudo nirayo .
Just as, bhikkhu, twenty Abbuda hells are one Nirabbuda hell.
seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati nirabbudā nirayā, evameko ababo nirayo.
Just as, bhikkhu, twenty Nirabbuda hells are one Ababa hell.
seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati ababā nirayā, evameko aṭaṭo nirayo.
Just as, bhikkhu, twenty Ababa hells are one Aṭaṭa hell.
seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati aṭaṭā nirayā, evameko ahaho nirayo.
Just as, bhikkhu, twenty Aṭaṭa hells are one Ahaha hell.
seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati ahahā nirayā, evameko kumudo nirayo.
Just as, bhikkhu, twenty Ahaha hells are one Kumuda hell.
seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati kumudā nirayā, evameko sogandhiko nirayo.
Just as, bhikkhu, twenty Kumuda hells are one Sogandhika hell.
seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati sogandhikā nirayā, evameko uppalako nirayo .
Just as, bhikkhu, twenty Sogandhika hells are one Uppalaka hell.
seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati uppalakā nirayā, evameko puṇḍarīko nirayo.
Just as, bhikkhu, twenty Uppalaka hells are one Puṇḍarīka hell.
seyyathāpi, bhikkhu, vīsati puṇḍarīkā nirayā, evameko padumo nirayo.
Just as, bhikkhu, twenty Puṇḍarīka hells are one Paduma hell.
padume pana, bhikkhu, niraye kokāliko bhikkhu upapanno sāriputtamoggallānesu cittaṃ āghātetvā”ti.
And in the Paduma hell, bhikkhu, the bhikkhu Kokālika has been reborn, having harbored hatred towards Sāriputta and Moggallāna."
yaṃ vā pana kiñci bhagavā āha “ayaṃ appameyyo asaṅkhyeyo”ti.
Or whatever the Blessed One said, "This is immeasurable, incalculable."
sabbaṃ taṃ avisajjanīyaṃ.
All that is not to be explained.
idaṃ avisajjanīyaṃ.
This is not to be explained.
♦ 119. tattha katamaṃ visajjanīyañca avisajjanīyañca, yadā so upako ājīvako bhagavantaṃ āha “kuhiṃ, āvuso gotama, gamissasī”ti.
♦ 119. Herein, what is to be explained and not to be explained? When Upaka the Ājīvaka said to the Blessed One, "Where, friend Gotama, will you go?"
bhagavā āha —
The Blessed One said:
♦ “bārāṇasiṃ gamissāmi, ahaṃ taṃ amatadundubhiṃ.
♦ "I will go to Bārāṇasī, I to sound the drum of the deathless,
♦ dhammacakkaṃ pavattetuṃ, loke appaṭivattiyan”ti.
♦ to set in motion the wheel of Dhamma, in a world where it has not been set in motion."
♦ upako ājīvako āha “‘jino’ti kho āvuso, bho gotama, paṭijānāsī”ti.
♦ Upaka the Ājīvaka said, "'A Jina,' friend Gotama, you claim to be."
bhagavā āha —
The Blessed One said:
♦ “mādisā ve jinā honti, ye pattā āsavakkhayaṃ.
♦ "Jinas are indeed like me, who have reached the destruction of the taints.
♦ jitā me pāpakā dhammā, tasmāhaṃ upakā jino”ti.
♦ Evil things have been conquered by me; therefore, Upaka, I am a Jina."
♦ kathaṃ jino kena jinoti visajjanīyaṃ.
♦ How a Jina? By what conquered? is to be explained.
katamo jinoti avisajjanīyaṃ.
Who is the Jina? is not to be explained.
katamo āsavakkhayo, rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayoti visajjanīyaṃ.
What is the destruction of the taints? The destruction of passion, the destruction of hatred, the destruction of delusion, is to be explained.
kittako āsavakkhayoti avisajjanīyaṃ.
How much is the destruction of the taints? is not to be explained.
idaṃ visajjanīyañca avisajjanīyañca.
This is to be explained and not to be explained.
♦ atthi tathāgatoti visajjanīyaṃ.
♦ Does the Tathāgata exist? is to be explained.
atthi rūpanti visajjanīyaṃ.
Does form exist? is to be explained.
rūpaṃ tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ.
Is form the Tathāgata? is not to be explained.
rūpavā tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ.
Is the Tathāgata possessed of form? is not to be explained.
rūpe tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ.
Is the Tathāgata in form? is not to be explained.
tathāgate rūpanti avisajjanīyaṃ.
Is form in the Tathāgata? is not to be explained.
evaṃ atthi vedanā .
Thus, does feeling exist... pe... perception... pe... formations... pe... does consciousness exist? is to be explained.
.. pe .
.. saññā .
.. pe .
.. saṅkhārā .
.. pe .
.. atthi viññāṇanti visajjanīyaṃ.
Is consciousness the Tathāgata? is not to be explained.
viññāṇaṃ tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ.
Is the Tathāgata possessed of consciousness? is not to be explained.
viññāṇavā tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ.
Is the Tathāgata in consciousness? is not to be explained.
viññāṇe tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ.
Is consciousness in the Tathāgata? is not to be explained.
tathāgate viññāṇanti avisajjanīyaṃ.
Is the Tathāgata other than form? is not to be explained.
aññatra rūpena tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ.
Is the Tathāgata other than feeling... pe... perception... pe... formations... pe... consciousness? is not to be explained.
aññatra vedanāya .
Is that Tathāgata formless... pe... without feeling... pe... without perception... pe... without formations... pe... without consciousness? is not to be explained.
.. pe .
.. saññāya .
.. pe .
.. saṅkhārehi .
.. pe .
.. viññāṇena tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ.
ayaṃ so tathāgato arūpako .
.. pe .
.. avedanako .
.. pe .
.. asaññako .
.. pe .
.. asaṅkhārako .
.. pe .
.. aviññāṇakoti avisajjanīyaṃ.
idaṃ visajjanīyañca avisajjanīyañca.
This is to be explained and not to be explained.
♦ passati bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte cavamāne upapajjamāne evaṃ sabbaṃ .
♦ The Blessed One sees with the divine eye, purified and surpassing the human, beings passing away and being reborn... all... pe... he knows beings according to their kamma, is to be explained.
.. pe .
.. yathākammūpage satte pajānātīti visajjanīyaṃ.
katame sattā, katamo tathāgatoti avisajjanīyaṃ.
What beings? Who is the Tathāgata? is not to be explained.
idaṃ visajjanīyañca avisajjanīyañca.
This is to be explained and not to be explained.
♦ atthi tathāgatoti visajjanīyaṃ.
♦ Does the Tathāgata exist? is to be explained.
atthi tathāgato paraṃ maraṇāti avisajjanīyaṃ.
Does the Tathāgata exist after death? is not to be explained.
idaṃ visajjanīyañca avisajjanīyañca.
This is to be explained and not to be explained.
♦ 120. tattha katamaṃ kammaṃ?
♦ 120. Herein, what is kamma?
♦ “antakenādhipannassa, jahato mānusaṃ bhavaṃ.
♦ "For one overcome by the end-maker, leaving the human state,
♦ kiṃ hi tassa sakaṃ hoti, kiñca ādāya gacchati.
♦ what indeed is his own, and what does he take when he goes?
♦ kiñcassa anugaṃ hoti, chāyāva anapāyinī.
♦ And what follows him, like a shadow that never departs?
♦ “ubho puññañca pāpañca, yaṃ macco kurute idha.
♦ "Both merit and demerit, which a mortal does here,
♦ tañhi tassa sakaṃ hoti, taṃva ādāya gacchati.
♦ that indeed is his own, that he takes when he goes.
♦ taṃvassa anugaṃ hoti, chāyāva anapāyinī”ti.
♦ That follows him, like a shadow that never departs."
♦ idaṃ kammaṃ.
♦ This is kamma.
♦ “puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bālaṃ pīṭhasamārūḷhaṃ vā mañcasamārūḷhaṃ vā chamāyaṃ vā semānaṃ yānissa pubbe pāpakāni kammāni katāni kāyena duccaritāni vācāya duccaritāni manasā duccaritāni, tānissa tamhi samaye olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti.
♦ "Furthermore, bhikkhus, a fool, whether mounted on a stool or a couch, or lying on the ground, whatever evil deeds he has formerly done with body, with speech, with mind, they at that time hang over him, weigh upon him, press down on him.
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahataṃ pabbatakūṭānaṃ chāyā sāyanhasamayaṃ pathaviyaṃ olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti.
Just as, bhikkhus, the shadows of great mountain peaks in the evening hang over the earth, weigh upon it, press down on it.
evameva kho, bhikkhave, bālaṃ pīṭhasamārūḷhaṃ vā mañcasamārūḷhaṃ vā chamāyaṃ vā semānaṃ yānissa pubbe pāpakāni kammāni katāni kāyena duccaritāni vācāya duccaritāni manasā duccaritāni, tānissa tamhi samaye olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti.
So too, bhikkhus, a fool, whether mounted on a stool or a couch, or lying on the ground, whatever evil deeds he has formerly done with body, with speech, with mind, they at that time hang over him, weigh upon him, press down on him.
tatra, bhikkhave, bālassa evaṃ hoti ‘akataṃ vata me kalyāṇaṃ, akataṃ kusalaṃ, akataṃ bhīruttāṇaṃ.
There, bhikkhus, it occurs to the fool, 'Alas, I have not done what is good, I have not done what is wholesome, I have not made a refuge from fear.
kataṃ pāpaṃ, kataṃ luddaṃ, kataṃ kibbisaṃ, yāvatā bho akatakalyāṇānaṃ akatakusalānaṃ akatabhīruttāṇānaṃ katapāpānaṃ kataluddānaṃ katakibbisānaṃ gati, taṃ gatiṃ pecca gacchāmī’ti, so socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati sammohaṃ āpajjatī”ti.
I have done evil, I have done cruelty, I have done wickedness; whatever the destination of those who have not done good, not done wholesome, not made a refuge from fear, who have done evil, done cruelty, done wickedness, that destination I am going to after death.' He grieves, he is afflicted, he laments, he beats his breast, he wails, he falls into confusion."
♦ “puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, paṇḍitaṃ pīṭhasamārūḷhaṃ vā mañcasamārūḷhaṃ vā chamāyaṃ vā semānaṃ yānissa pubbe kalyāṇāni kammāni katāni kāyena sucaritāni vācāya sucaritāni manasā sucaritāni, tānissa tamhi samaye olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti.
♦ "Furthermore, bhikkhus, a wise person, whether mounted on a stool or a couch, or lying on the ground, whatever good deeds he has formerly done with body, with speech, with mind, they at that time hang over him, weigh upon him, press down on him.
seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahataṃ pabbatakūṭānaṃ chāyā sāyanhasamayaṃ pathaviyaṃ olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti.
Just as, bhikkhus, the shadows of great mountain peaks in the evening hang over the earth, weigh upon it, press down on it.
evameva kho, bhikkhave, paṇḍitaṃ pīṭhasamārūḷhaṃ vā mañcasamārūḷhaṃ vā chamāyaṃ vā semānaṃ yānissa pubbe kalyāṇāni kammāni katāni kāyena sucaritāni vācāya sucaritāni manasā sucaritāni, tānissa tamhi samaye olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti.
So too, bhikkhus, a wise person, whether mounted on a stool or a couch, or lying on the ground, whatever good deeds he has formerly done with body, with speech, with mind, they at that time hang over him, weigh upon him, press down on him.
tatra, bhikkhave, paṇḍitassa ‘evaṃ hoti akataṃ vata me pāpaṃ, akataṃ luddaṃ, akataṃ kibbisaṃ.
There, bhikkhus, it occurs to the wise person, 'Alas, I have not done evil, I have not done cruelty, I have not done wickedness.
kataṃ kalyāṇaṃ, kataṃ kusalaṃ, kataṃ bhīruttāṇaṃ, yāvatā bho akatapāpānaṃ akataluddānaṃ akatakibbisānaṃ katakalyāṇānaṃ katakusalānaṃ katabhīruttāṇānaṃ gati, taṃ gatiṃ pecca gacchāmī’ti, so na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjati, ‘kataṃ me puññaṃ, akataṃ pāpaṃ, yā bhavissati gati akatapāpassa akataluddassa akatakibbisassa katapuññassa katakusalassa katabhīruttāṇassa, taṃ pecca bhave gatiṃ paccanubhavissāmī’ti vippaṭisāro na jāyati.
I have done good, I have done wholesome, I have made a refuge from fear; whatever the destination of those who have not done evil, not done cruelty, not done wickedness, who have done good, done wholesome, made a refuge from fear, that destination I am going to after death.' He does not grieve, he is not afflicted, he does not lament, he does not beat his breast, he does not wail, he does not fall into confusion. 'I have done merit, I have not done evil; whatever the destination will be for one who has not done evil, not done cruelty, not done wickedness, who has done merit, done wholesome, made a refuge from fear, that destination I will experience after death.' No remorse arises.
avippaṭisārino kho, bhikkhave, itthiyā vā purisassa vā gihino vā pabbajitassa vā bhaddakaṃ maraṇaṃ bhaddikā kālaṅkiriyāti vadāmī”ti.
For one without remorse, bhikkhus, whether a woman or a man, a layperson or a monk, a good death, a good passing, I say."
idaṃ kammaṃ.
This is kamma.
♦ “tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, duccaritāni.
♦ "There are these three, bhikkhus, kinds of misconduct.
katamāni tīṇi, kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ.
What three? Bodily misconduct, verbal misconduct, mental misconduct.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi duccaritāni.
These, bhikkhus, are the three kinds of misconduct.
tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, sucaritāni.
There are these three, bhikkhus, kinds of good conduct.
katamāni tīṇi?
What three?
kāyasucaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manosucaritaṃ.
Good bodily conduct, good verbal conduct, good mental conduct.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi sucaritāni.
These, bhikkhus, are the three kinds of good conduct.
idaṃ kammaṃ.
This is kamma.
♦ tattha katamo vipāko?
♦ Herein, what is the result?
♦ “lābhā vo, bhikkhave, suladdhaṃ vo, bhikkhave, khaṇo vo, bhikkhave, paṭiladdho brahmacariyavāsāya.
♦ "It is a gain for you, bhikkhus, it is a great gain for you, bhikkhus, you have obtained the opportunity, bhikkhus, for living the holy life.
diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, cha phassāyatanikā nāma nirayā.
I have seen, bhikkhus, the hells named the six sense-bases.
tattha yaṃ kiñci cakkhunā rūpaṃ passati aniṭṭharūpaṃyeva passati, no iṭṭharūpaṃ.
There, whatever form one sees with the eye, one sees only an undesirable form, not a desirable form.
akantarūpaṃyeva passati, no kantarūpaṃ.
One sees only an unpleasing form, not a pleasing form.
amanāparūpaṃyeva passati, no manāparūpaṃ.
One sees only a disagreeable form, not an agreeable form.
♦ yaṃ kiñci sotena saddaṃ suṇāti .
♦ Whatever sound one hears with the ear... pe... with the nose... pe... with the tongue... pe... with the body... pe... whatever dhamma one cognizes with the mind, one cognizes only an undesirable dhamma, not a desirable dhamma.
.. pe .
.. ghānena .
.. pe .
.. jivhāya .
.. pe .
.. kāyena .
.. pe .
.. yaṃ kiñci manasā dhammaṃ vijānāti aniṭṭhadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no iṭṭhadhammaṃ.
akantadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no kantadhammaṃ.
One cognizes only an unpleasing dhamma, not a pleasing dhamma.
amanāpadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no manāpadhammaṃ.
One cognizes only a disagreeable dhamma, not an agreeable dhamma.
lābhā vo, bhikkhave, suladdhaṃ vo, bhikkhave, khaṇo vo, bhikkhave, paṭiladdho brahmacariyavāsāya.
It is a gain for you, bhikkhus, it is a great gain for you, bhikkhus, you have obtained the opportunity, bhikkhus, for living the holy life.
♦ “diṭṭhā mayā, bhikkhave, cha phassāyatanikā nāma saggā.
♦ "I have seen, bhikkhus, the heavens named the six sense-bases.
tattha yaṃ kiñci cakkhunā rūpaṃ passati iṭṭharūpaṃyeva passati, no aniṭṭharūpaṃ.
There, whatever form one sees with the eye, one sees only a desirable form, not an undesirable form.
kantarūpaṃyeva passati, no akantarūpaṃ.
One sees only a pleasing form, not an unpleasing form.
manāparūpaṃyeva passati, no amanāparūpaṃ.
One sees only an agreeable form, not a disagreeable form.
yaṃ kiñci sotena saddaṃ suṇāti .
Whatever sound one hears with the ear... pe... with the nose... pe... with the tongue... pe... with the body... pe... with the mind one cognizes a dhamma, one cognizes only a desirable dhamma, not an undesirable dhamma.
.. pe .
.. ghānena .
.. pe .
.. jivhāya .
.. pe .
.. kāyena .
.. pe .
.. manasā dhammaṃ vijānāti iṭṭhadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no aniṭṭhadhammaṃ.
kantadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no akantadhammaṃ.
One cognizes only a pleasing dhamma, not an unpleasing dhamma.
manāpadhammaṃyeva vijānāti, no amanāpadhammaṃ.
One cognizes only an agreeable dhamma, not a disagreeable dhamma.
lābhā vo, bhikkhave, suladdhaṃ vo, bhikkhave, khaṇo vo, bhikkhave, paṭiladdho brahmacariyavāsāyā”ti.
It is a gain for you, bhikkhus, it is a great gain for you, bhikkhus, you have obtained the opportunity, bhikkhus, for living the holy life."
ayaṃ vipāko.
This is the result.
♦ “saṭṭhivassasahassāni, paripuṇṇāni sabbaso.
♦ "Sixty thousand years, fully completed in every way,
♦ niraye paccamānānaṃ , kadā anto bhavissati.
♦ being tormented in hell, when will there be an end?
♦ “natthi anto kuto anto, na anto paṭidissati .
♦ "There is no end, whence an end? No end is seen.
♦ tadā hi pakataṃ pāpaṃ, tuyhaṃ mayhañca mārisā”ti.
♦ For then evil was done, by you and by me, my friends."
♦ ayaṃ vipāko.
♦ This is the result.
♦ 121. tattha katamaṃ kammañca vipāko ca?
♦ 121. Herein, what is kamma and the result?
♦ “adhammacārī hi naro pamatto, yahiṃ yahiṃ gacchati duggatiṃ yo.
♦ "A heedless man who practices unrighteousness, wherever he goes, it is a bad destination.
♦ so naṃ adhammo carito hanāti, sayaṃ gahīto yathā kaṇhasappo.
♦ That unrighteous practice of his strikes him down, as if he himself had seized a black snake.
♦ “na hi dhammo adhammo ca, ubho samavipākino.
♦ "For righteousness and unrighteousness do not have the same result.
♦ adhammo nirayaṃ neti, dhammo pāpeti suggatin”ti.
♦ Unrighteousness leads to hell, righteousness leads to a good destination."
♦ idaṃ kammañca vipāko ca.
♦ This is kamma and the result.
♦ “mā, bhikkhave, puññānaṃ bhāyittha, sukhassetaṃ, bhikkhave, adhivacanaṃ iṭṭhassa kantassa piyassa manāpassa yadidaṃ puññāni.
♦ "Do not, bhikkhus, be afraid of meritorious deeds; this, bhikkhus, is a synonym for happiness, for what is wished for, dear, pleasing, and agreeable, that is, meritorious deeds.
abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, bhikkhave, dīgharattaṃ katānaṃ puññānaṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ piyaṃ manāpaṃ vipākaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ, satta vassāni mettacittaṃ bhāvetvā satta saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe na imaṃ lokaṃ punarāgamāsiṃ.
I recall, bhikkhus, for a long time having experienced the wished for, dear, pleasing, and agreeable result of meritorious deeds done. For seven years having developed a mind of loving-kindness, for seven aeons of contraction and expansion I did not come again to this world.
saṃvaṭṭamāne sudāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kappe ābhassarūpago homi.
When the aeon was contracting, bhikkhus, I went to the world of the Radiant Ones.
vivaṭṭamāne kappe suññaṃ brahmavimānaṃ upapajjāmi.
When the aeon was expanding, I was reborn in an empty Brahmā-palace.
tatra sudāhaṃ , bhikkhave, brahmā homi mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī.
There, bhikkhus, I was Brahmā, the Great Brahmā, the conqueror, the unconquered, the all-seeing, the wielder of power.
chattiṃsakkhattuṃ kho panāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sakko ahosiṃ devānamindo, anekasatakkhattuṃ rājā ahosiṃ cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato, ko pana vādo padesarajjassa?
Thirty-six times, bhikkhus, I was Sakka, king of the devas; many hundred times I was a wheel-turning king, a righteous king of righteousness, a conqueror of the four quarters, who had attained stability in his country, possessed of the seven treasures; what to say of a provincial kingship?
tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi ‘kissa nu kho me idaṃ kammassa phalaṃ, kissa kammassa vipāko, yenāhaṃ etarahi evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo’ti.
It occurred to me, bhikkhus, 'Of what kamma of mine is this the fruit, of what kamma is this the result, that I am now so mighty, so powerful?'
tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi ‘tiṇṇaṃ kho me idaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ vipāko.
It occurred to me, bhikkhus, 'This is the fruit of three kammas of mine, the result of three kammas,
yenāhaṃ etarahi evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo’ti.
that I am now so mighty, so powerful.'
seyyathidaṃ, dānassa damassa saṃyamassā”ti.
That is to say, of giving, of taming, and of restraint."
tattha yañca dānaṃ yo ca damo yo ca saṃyamo, idaṃ kammaṃ.
Therein, giving, taming, and restraint, this is kamma.
yo tappaccayā vipāko paccanubhūto, ayaṃ vipāko.
The result experienced on account of that, this is the result.
tathā cūḷakammavibhaṅgo vattabbo.
Thus the Cūḷakammavibhaṅga is to be recited.
♦ yaṃ subhassa māṇavassa todeyyaputtassa desitaṃ.
♦ What was taught to the young man Subha, Todeyya's son.
tattha ye dhammā appāyukadīghāyukatāya saṃvattanti bahvābādhāppābādhatāya appesakkhamahesakkhatāya dubbaṇṇasuvaṇṇatāya nīcakulikauccakulikatāya appabhogamahābhogatāya duppaññapaññavantatāya ca saṃvattanti, idaṃ kammaṃ.
Therein, the things that conduce to a short or long life, to much or little illness, to low or high status, to ugliness or beauty, to a low or high family, to little or great wealth, to little or much wisdom, this is kamma.
yā tattha appāyukadīghāyukatā .
Therein, the short or long life... pe... the little or much wisdom, this is the result.
.. pe .
.. duppaññapaññavantatā, ayaṃ vipāko.
idaṃ kammañca vipāko ca.
This is kamma and the result.
♦ 122. tattha katamaṃ kusalaṃ?
♦ 122. Herein, what is wholesome?
♦ “vācānurakkhī manasā susaṃvuto, kāyena ca nākusalaṃ kayirā .
♦ "Guarding one's speech, well-restrained in mind, and with the body one should not do what is unwholesome.
♦ ete tayo kammapathe visodhaye, ārādhaye maggamisippaveditan”ti.
♦ One should purify these three paths of action, one should attain the path proclaimed by the sage."
♦ idaṃ kusalaṃ.
♦ This is wholesome.
♦ “yassa kāyena vācāya, manasā natthi dukkaṭaṃ.
♦ "For whom by body, speech, or mind there is no evil deed,
♦ saṃvutaṃ tīhi ṭhānehi, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇan”ti.
♦ restrained in three places, him I call a brahmin."
♦ idaṃ kusalaṃ.
♦ This is wholesome.
♦ “tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, kusalamūlāni.
♦ "There are these three, bhikkhus, wholesome roots.
katamāni tīṇi?
What three?
alobho kusalamūlaṃ, adoso kusalamūlaṃ, amoho kusalamūlaṃ.
Non-greed is a wholesome root, non-hatred is a wholesome root, non-delusion is a wholesome root.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi kusalamūlāni.
These, bhikkhus, are the three wholesome roots.
idaṃ kusalaṃ.
This is wholesome.
“vijjā, bhikkhave , pubbaṅgamā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā anudeva hirī ottappañcā”ti.
Knowledge, bhikkhus, is the forerunner in the attainment of wholesome things, and shame and fear of wrongdoing follow.
idaṃ kusalaṃ.
This is wholesome.
♦ tattha katamaṃ akusalaṃ?
♦ Herein, what is unwholesome?
♦ “yassa accanta dussīlyaṃ, māluvā sālamivotthataṃ.
♦ "For whom extreme immorality is spread out like a māluvā creeper over a sāla tree,
♦ karoti so tathattānaṃ, yathā naṃ icchatī diso”ti.
♦ he makes himself such as his enemy would wish him to be."
♦ idaṃ akusalaṃ.
♦ This is unwholesome.
♦ “attanā hi kataṃ pāpaṃ, attajaṃ attasambhavaṃ.
♦ "For an evil deed done by oneself, born of oneself, sprung from oneself,
♦ abhimatthati dummedhaṃ, vajiraṃvasmamayaṃ maṇin”ti.
♦ crushes the foolish one, as a diamond a gem made of stone."
♦ idaṃ akusalaṃ.
♦ This is unwholesome.
♦ “dasa kammapathe niseviya, akusalākusalehi vivajjitā.
♦ "Having practiced the ten paths of action, having abandoned the unwholesome and wholesome,
♦ garahā ca bhavanti devate, bālamatī nirayesu paccare”ti.
♦ they are blamed by the deities, and the foolish are tormented in hells."
♦ idaṃ akusalaṃ.
♦ This is unwholesome.
♦ “tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, akusalamūlāni , katamāni tīṇi?
♦ "There are these three, bhikkhus, unwholesome roots. What three?
lobho akusalamūlaṃ, doso akusalamūlaṃ, moho akusalamūlaṃ.
Greed is an unwholesome root, hatred is an unwholesome root, delusion is an unwholesome root.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi akusalamūlāni”.
These, bhikkhus, are the three unwholesome roots."
idaṃ akusalaṃ.
This is unwholesome.
♦ tattha katamaṃ kusalañca akusalañca?
♦ Herein, what is wholesome and unwholesome?
♦ “yādisaṃ vapate bījaṃ, tādisaṃ harate phalaṃ.
♦ "As one sows the seed, so one reaps the fruit.
♦ kalyāṇakārī kalyāṇaṃ, pāpakārī ca pāpakan”ti.
♦ A doer of good reaps good, and a doer of evil reaps evil."
♦ tattha yaṃ āha “kalyāṇakārī kalyāṇan”ti, idaṃ kusalaṃ.
♦ Therein, what it says, "A doer of good reaps good," this is wholesome.
yaṃ āha “pāpakārī ca pāpakan”ti, idaṃ akusalaṃ.
What it says, "and a doer of evil reaps evil," this is unwholesome.
idaṃ kusalañca akusalañca.
This is wholesome and unwholesome.
♦ “subhena kammena vajanti suggatiṃ, apāyabhūmiṃ asubhena kammunā.
♦ "By a good deed they go to a good destination, to a state of woe by an unwholesome deed.
♦ khayā ca kammassa vimuttacetaso, nibbanti te jotirivindhanakkhayā”.
♦ And by the destruction of kamma, with a liberated mind, they are extinguished like a flame when its fuel is exhausted."
♦ tattha yaṃ āha “subhena kammena vajanti suggatin”ti, idaṃ kusalaṃ.
♦ Therein, what it says, "By a good deed they go to a good destination," this is wholesome.
yaṃ āha “apāyabhūmiṃ asubhena kammunā”ti, idaṃ akusalaṃ.
What it says, "to a state of woe by an unwholesome deed," this is unwholesome.
idaṃ kusalañca akusalañca.
This is wholesome and unwholesome.
♦ 123. tattha katamaṃ anuññātaṃ?
♦ 123. Herein, what is allowed?
♦ “yathāpi bhamaro pupphaṃ, vaṇṇagandhamaheṭhayaṃ .
♦ "As a bee, without harming the flower, its color or scent,
♦ paleti rasamādāya, evaṃ gāme munī care”ti.
♦ flies away, taking the nectar, so should a muni fare in a village."
♦ idaṃ anuññātaṃ.
♦ This is allowed.
♦ “tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ karaṇīyāni.
♦ "There are these three, bhikkhus, duties for a bhikkhu.
katamāni tīṇi, idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, kāyakammavacīkammena samannāgato kusalena parisuddhājīvo.
What three? Here, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu dwells restrained by the restraint of the Pātimokkha, accomplished in conduct and resort, seeing danger in the slightest faults, undertaking and training in the training rules; endowed with wholesome bodily and verbal action, of pure livelihood.
āraddhavīriyo kho pana hoti thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya sacchikiriyāya.
And he has aroused energy, is strong, of firm endeavor, not shirking the burden of abandoning unwholesome things and developing wholesome things, of realizing them.
paññavā kho pana hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā.
And he is wise, endowed with the wisdom that leads to arising and passing away, noble, penetrating, leading to the right destruction of suffering.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ tīṇi karaṇīyānī”ti.
These, bhikkhus, are the three duties for a bhikkhu."
idaṃ anuññātaṃ.
This is allowed.
♦ “dasayime , bhikkhave, dhammā pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbā.
♦ "These ten things, bhikkhus, are to be constantly reflected upon by one who has gone forth.
katame dasa?
What ten?
‘vevaṇṇiyamhi ajjhupagato’ti pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ .
'I have entered upon a different state of being' is to be constantly reflected upon by one who has gone forth... pe... These, bhikkhus, are the ten things to be constantly reflected upon by one who has gone forth."
.. pe .
.. ime kho bhikkhave dasa dhammā pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbā”ti.
idaṃ anuññātaṃ.
This is allowed.
♦ “tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, karaṇīyāni.
♦ "There are these three, bhikkhus, duties.
katamāni tīṇi?
What three?
kāyasucaritaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ manosucaritanti.
Good bodily conduct, good verbal conduct, good mental conduct.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi karaṇīyānī”ti.
These, bhikkhus, are the three duties."
idaṃ anuññātaṃ.
This is allowed.
♦ tattha katamaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ?
♦ Herein, what is forbidden?
♦ “natthi puttasamaṃ pemaṃ, natthi gosamitaṃ dhanaṃ.
♦ "There is no love like that for a son, there is no wealth like that of cattle.
♦ natthi sūriyasamā ābhā, samuddaparamā sarā”ti.
♦ There is no light like the sun, the ocean is the greatest of rivers."
♦ bhagavā āha —
♦ The Blessed One said:
♦ “natthi attasamaṃ pemaṃ, natthi dhaññasamaṃ dhanaṃ.
♦ "There is no love like that for oneself, there is no wealth like that of grain.
♦ natthi paññāsamā ābhā, vuṭṭhiveparamā sarā”ti.
♦ There is no light like wisdom, rain is the greatest of rivers."
♦ ettha yaṃ purimakaṃ, idaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ.
♦ Herein, the former, this is forbidden.
♦ “tīṇimāni, bhikkhave akaraṇīyāni.
♦ "There are these three, bhikkhus, things not to be done.
katamāni tīṇi?
What three?
kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritanti.
Bodily misconduct, verbal misconduct, mental misconduct.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi akaraṇīyānī”ti.
These, bhikkhus, are the three things not to be done."
idaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ.
This is forbidden.
♦ 124. tattha katamaṃ anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca?
♦ 124. Herein, what is allowed and forbidden?
♦ “kiṃsūdha bhītā janatā anekā, maggo canekāyatano pavutto .
♦ "Why is this numerous populace afraid? The path has been proclaimed in many ways.
♦ pucchāmi taṃ gotama bhūripañña, kismiṃ ṭhito paralokaṃ na bhāyeti.
♦ I ask you, Gotama of great wisdom, in what established does one not fear the next world?
♦ “vācaṃ manañca paṇidhāya sammā, kāyena pāpāni akubbamāno.
♦ "Having rightly directed speech and mind, not doing evil with the body,
♦ bahvannapānaṃ gharamāvasanto, saddho mudū saṃvibhāgī vadaññū.
♦ dwelling at home with much food and drink, faithful, gentle, sharing, generous,
♦ etesu dhammesu ṭhito catūsu, dhamme ṭhito paralokaṃ na bhāye”ti.
♦ established in these four things, established in the Dhamma, one does not fear the next world."
♦ tattha yaṃ āha “vācaṃ manañca paṇidhāya sammā”ti, idaṃ anuññātaṃ.
♦ Therein, what it says, "Having rightly directed speech and mind," this is allowed.
“kāyena pāpāni akubbamāno”ti, idaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ.
"Not doing evil with the body," this is forbidden.
“bahvannapānaṃ gharamāvasanto, saddho mudū saṃvibhāgī vadaññū.
"Dwelling at home with much food and drink, faithful, gentle, sharing, generous.
etesu dhammesu ṭhito catūsu, dhamme ṭhito paralokaṃ na bhāye”ti, idaṃ anuññātaṃ.
Established in these four things, established in the Dhamma, one does not fear the next world," this is allowed.
idaṃ anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca.
This is allowed and forbidden.
♦ “sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā.
♦ "Not to do any evil, to cultivate the good,
♦ sacittapariyodāpanaṃ, etaṃ buddhānasāsanaṃ”.
♦ to purify one's own mind—this is the teaching of the Buddhas."
♦ tattha yaṃ āha “sabbapāpassa akaraṇan”ti, idaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ, yaṃ āha “kusalassa upasampadā”ti, idaṃ anuññātaṃ.
♦ Therein, what it says, "Not to do any evil," this is forbidden; what it says, "to cultivate the good," this is allowed.
idaṃ anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca.
This is allowed and forbidden.
♦ “kāyasamācārampāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampi.
♦ "Bodily conduct, O king of the devas, I say is twofold: to be practiced and not to be practiced.
vacīsamācārampāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampi.
Verbal conduct, O king of the devas, I say is twofold: to be practiced and not to be practiced.
manosamācārampāhaṃ devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi .
Mental conduct, O king of the devas, I say is twofold... pe... seeking, O king of the devas, I say is twofold: to be practiced and not to be practiced."
.. pe .
.. pariyesanampāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampi”.
♦ “kāyasamācārampāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampī”ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
♦ "Bodily conduct, O king of the devas, I say is twofold: to be practiced and not to be practiced," this was said; and with reference to what was it said?
yathārūpañca kho kāyasamācāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpo kāyasamācāro na sevitabbo.
Whatever kind of bodily conduct, when practiced, unwholesome things increase, and wholesome things decrease, such bodily conduct is not to be practiced.
tattha yaṃ jaññā kāyasamācāraṃ “imaṃ kho me kāyasamācāraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī”ti, evarūpo kāyasamācāro sevitabbo.
Therein, whatever bodily conduct one would know, "When I practice this bodily conduct, my unwholesome things decrease, and my wholesome things increase," such bodily conduct is to be practiced.
“kāyasamācārampāhaṃ devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampī”ti iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
"Bodily conduct, O king of the devas, I say is twofold: to be practiced and not to be practiced," what was said, was said with reference to this.
“vacīsamācāraṃ ..
"Verbal conduct... pe... "Seeking, O king of the devas, I say is twofold: to be practiced and not to be practiced," this was said; and with reference to what was it said?
. pe ..
. “pariyesanampāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampī”ti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
yathārūpañca kho pariyesanaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpā pariyesanā na sevitabbā.
Whatever kind of seeking, when practiced, unwholesome things increase, and wholesome things decrease, such seeking is not to be practiced.
tattha yaṃ jaññā pariyesanaṃ “imaṃ kho me pariyesanaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī”ti, evarūpā pariyesanā sevitabbā.
Therein, whatever seeking one would know, "When I practice this seeking, my unwholesome things decrease, and my wholesome things increase," such seeking is to be practiced.
“pariyesanampāhaṃ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi sevitabbampi asevitabbampī”ti iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
"Seeking, O king of the devas, I say is twofold: to be practiced and not to be practiced," what was said, was said with reference to this.
♦ tattha yaṃ āha “sevitabbampī”ti, idaṃ anuññātaṃ.
♦ Therein, what it says "to be practiced," this is allowed.
yaṃ āha “na sevitabbampī”ti, idaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ.
What it says "not to be practiced," this is forbidden.
idaṃ anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca.
This is allowed and forbidden.
♦ 170. tattha katamo thavo?
♦ 170. Herein, what is praise?
♦ “maggānaṭṭhaṅgiko seṭṭho, saccānaṃ caturo padā.
♦ "Of paths, the eightfold is the best; of truths, the four statements.
♦ virāgo seṭṭho dhammānaṃ, dvipadānañca cakkhumā”ti.
♦ Dispassion is the best of things; and of bipeds, the one with vision."
♦ ayaṃ thavo.
♦ This is praise.
♦ “tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, aggāni.
♦ "There are these three, bhikkhus, supreme things.
katamāni tīṇi?
What three?
yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā vā dvipadā vā catuppadā vā bahuppadā vā rūpino vā arūpino vā saññino vā asaññino vā nevasaññīnāsaññino vā, tathāgato tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati seṭṭhamakkhāyati pavaramakkhāyati, yadidaṃ arahaṃ sammāsambuddho.
As many beings as there are, bhikkhus, whether footless or two-footed or four-footed or many-footed, whether with form or without form, whether with perception or without perception or with neither-perception-nor-non-perception, the Tathāgata is declared the chief of them, declared the best, declared the foremost, that is, the Arahant, the Rightly Enlightened One.
yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ paṇṇattisaṅkhatānaṃ vā asaṅkhatānaṃ vā, virāgo tesaṃ dhammānaṃ aggamakkhāyati seṭṭhamakkhāyati pavaramakkhāyati, yadidaṃ madanimmadano .
As many things as there are, bhikkhus, whether conditioned or unconditioned designations, dispassion is declared the chief of those things, declared the best, declared the foremost, that is, the subduing of pride... pe... cessation, Nibbāna.
.. pe .
As many Sanghas as there are, bhikkhus, designations of groups, designations of assemblies, designations of great gatherings of people, the Sangha of the Tathāgata's disciples is declared the chief of them, declared the best, declared the foremost, that is, the four pairs of men, the eight types of persons... pe... the field of merit for the world.
.. nirodho nibbānaṃ.
yāvatā, bhikkhave, saṅghānaṃ paṇṇatti gaṇānaṃ paṇṇatti mahājanasannipātānaṃ paṇṇatti, tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati seṭṭhamakkhāyati pavaramakkhāyati, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā .
.. pe .
.. puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti.
♦ “sabbalokuttaro satthā, dhammo ca kusalakkhato .
♦ "The Teacher is supreme in all the world, and the Dhamma is well-expounded.
♦ gaṇo ca narasīhassa, tāni tīṇi vississare.
♦ And the community of the lion of men, these three are excellent.
♦ “samaṇapadumasañcayo gaṇo, dhammavaro ca vidūnaṃ sakkato.
♦ "The community is a collection of lotus-like recluses, and the excellent Dhamma is honored by the wise.
♦ naravaradamako ca cakkhumā, tāni tīṇi lokassa uttari.
♦ And the tamer of the best of men, the one with vision, these three are supreme in the world.
♦ “satthā ca appaṭisamo, dhammo ca sabbo nirupadāho.
♦ "And the Teacher is without equal, and the Dhamma is entirely without defilement.
♦ ariyo ca gaṇavaro, tāni khalu vississare tīṇi.
♦ And the noble community is the best of groups; these three indeed are excellent.
♦ “saccanāmo jino khemo sabbābhibhū, saccadhammo natthañño tassa uttari.
♦ "The Jina, whose name is truth, the secure one, the all-conqueror; the true Dhamma, there is nothing higher than it.
♦ ariyasaṅgho niccaṃ viññūnaṃ pūjito, tāni tīṇi lokassa uttari.
♦ The noble Sangha is ever worshipped by the wise; these three are supreme in the world.
♦ “ekāyanaṃ jātikhayantadassī, maggaṃ pajānāti hitānukampī.
♦ "The one who sees the end of birth, the one path, knows the path, compassionate for the welfare of others.
♦ etena maggena tariṃsu pubbe, tarissanti ye ca taranti oghaṃ.
♦ By this path they crossed in the past, and they will cross, and they do cross the flood.
♦ “taṃ tādisaṃ devamanussaseṭṭhaṃ.
♦ "Such a one, the best of devas and humans,
♦ sattā namassanti visuddhipekkhā”ti.
♦ beings worship, seeking purity."
♦ ayaṃ thavoti.
♦ This is praise.
♦ tattha lokiyaṃ suttaṃ dvīhi suttehi niddisitabbaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyena ca vāsanābhāgiyena ca.
♦ The worldly sutta is to be indicated by two suttas: the one partaking of defilement and the one partaking of predisposition.
lokuttaraṃpi suttaṃ tīhi suttehi niddisitabbaṃ dassanabhāgiyena ca bhāvanābhāgiyena ca asekkhabhāgiyena ca.
The supramundane sutta is also to be indicated by three suttas: the one partaking of vision, the one partaking of development, and the one partaking of the non-trainee.
lokiyañca lokuttarañca.
And the worldly and the supramundane.
yasmiṃ sutte yaṃ yaṃ padaṃ dissati saṃkilesabhāgiyaṃ vā vāsanābhāgiyaṃ vā, tena tena lokiyanti niddisitabbaṃ, dassanabhāgiyaṃ vā bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ vā asekkhabhāgiyaṃ vā yaṃ yaṃ padaṃ dissati tena tena lokuttaranti niddisitabbaṃ.
In whichever sutta whatever term is seen, whether partaking of defilement or partaking of predisposition, by that it is to be indicated as worldly; whether partaking of vision or partaking of development or partaking of the non-trainee, whatever term is seen, by that it is to be indicated as supramundane.
♦ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyassa suttassa nigghātāya, dassanabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ vāsanābhāgiyassa suttassa nigghātāya, bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ dassanabhāgiyassa suttassa paṭinissaggāya, asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ bhāvanābhāgiyassa suttassa paṭinissaggāya, asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāratthaṃ.
♦ The sutta partaking of predisposition is for the refutation of the sutta partaking of defilement; the sutta partaking of vision is for the refutation of the sutta partaking of predisposition; the sutta partaking of development is for the relinquishment of the sutta partaking of vision; the sutta partaking of the non-trainee is for the relinquishment of the sutta partaking of development; the sutta partaking of the non-trainee is for the sake of dwelling happily in the present life.
♦ lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ chabbīsatiyā puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ, te tīhi suttehi samanvesitabbā dassanabhāgiyena bhāvanābhāgiyena asekkhabhāgiyena cāti.
♦ The supramundane sutta, being-based, is to be indicated by twenty-six persons; they are to be investigated by three suttas: the one partaking of vision, the one partaking of development, and the one partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ tattha dassanabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ pañcahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ ekabījinā kolaṃkolena sattakkhattuparamena saddhānusārinā dhammānusārinā cāti, dassanabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ imehi pañcahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ.
♦ The sutta partaking of vision is to be indicated by five persons: the one-seeder, the one who goes from family to family, the one with at most seven rebirths, the faith-follower, and the Dhamma-follower; the sutta partaking of vision is to be indicated by these five persons.
bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ dvādasahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipannena, sakadāgāminā, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipannena, anāgāminā, antarā parinibbāyinā, upahacca parinibbāyinā, asaṅkhāraparinibbāyinā, sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyinā, uddhaṃsotena akaniṭṭhagāminā, saddhāvimuttena, diṭṭhippattena, kāyasakkhinā cāti, bhāvanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ imehi dvādasahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ.
The sutta partaking of development is to be indicated by twelve persons: the one practicing for the realization of the fruit of once-returning, the once-returner, the one practicing for the realization of the fruit of non-returning, the non-returner, the one who attains parinibbāna in the interim, the one who attains parinibbāna upon landing, the one who attains parinibbāna without effort, the one who attains parinibbāna with effort, the one who goes upstream to the Akaniṭṭha realm, the one liberated by faith, the one who has attained to view, and the one who is a body-witness; the sutta partaking of development is to be indicated by these twelve persons.
asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ navahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ saddhāvimuttena, paññāvimuttena, suññatavimuttena, animittavimuttena, appaṇihitavimuttena, ubhatobhāgavimuttena samasīsinā paccekabuddhasammāsambuddhehi cāti, asekkhabhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ imehi navahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ.
The sutta partaking of the non-trainee is to be indicated by nine persons: the one liberated by faith, the one liberated by wisdom, the one liberated by emptiness, the one liberated by the signless, the one liberated by the undirected, the one liberated in both ways, the one of equal headship, the Paccekabuddhas, and the Rightly Enlightened Ones; the sutta partaking of the non-trainee is to be indicated by these nine persons.
evaṃ lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ imehi chabbīsatiyā puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ.
Thus the supramundane sutta, being-based, is to be indicated by these twenty-six persons.
♦ lokiyaṃ suttaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ ekūnavīsatiyā puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ.
♦ The worldly sutta, being-based, is to be indicated by nineteen persons.
te caritehi niddiṭṭhā samanvesitabbā keci rāgacaritā, keci dosacaritā, keci mohacaritā, keci rāgacaritā ca dosacaritā ca, keci rāgacaritā ca mohacaritā ca, keci dosacaritā ca mohacaritā ca, keci rāgacaritā ca dosacaritā ca mohacaritā ca, rāgamukhe ṭhito rāgacarito, rāgamukhe ṭhito dosacarito, rāgamukhe ṭhito mohacarito, rāgamukhe ṭhito rāgacarito ca dosacarito ca mohacarito ca, dosamukhe ṭhito dosacarito, dosamukhe ṭhito mohacarito, dosamukhe ṭhito rāgacarito, dosamukhe ṭhito rāgacarito ca dosacarito ca mohacarito ca, mohamukhe ṭhito mohacarito, mohamukhe ṭhito rāgacarito mohamukhe ṭhito dosacarito, mohamukhe ṭhito rāgacarito ca dosacarito ca mohacarito cāti, lokiyaṃ suttaṃ sattādhiṭṭhānaṃ imehi ekūnavīsatiyā puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ.
They are indicated by their conduct and are to be investigated: some are of passionate conduct, some of hateful conduct, some of deluded conduct; some of passionate and hateful conduct, some of passionate and deluded conduct, some of hateful and deluded conduct, some of passionate, hateful, and deluded conduct; one who stands in the gateway of passion is of passionate conduct; one who stands in the gateway of passion is of hateful conduct; one who stands in the gateway of passion is of deluded conduct; one who stands in the gateway of passion is of passionate, hateful, and deluded conduct; one who stands in the gateway of hate is of hateful conduct; one who stands in the gateway of hate is of deluded conduct; one who stands in the gateway of hate is of passionate conduct; one who stands in the gateway of hate is of passionate, hateful, and deluded conduct; one who stands in the gateway of delusion is of deluded conduct; one who stands in the gateway of delusion is of passionate conduct; one who stands in the gateway of delusion is of hateful conduct; one who stands in the gateway of delusion is of passionate, hateful, and deluded conduct; the worldly sutta, being-based, is to be indicated by these nineteen persons.
♦ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ sīlavantehi niddisitabbaṃ, te sīlavanto pañca puggalā pakatisīlaṃ samādānasīlaṃ cittappasādo samatho vipassanā cāti, vāsanābhāgiyaṃ suttaṃ imehi pañcahi puggalehi niddisitabbaṃ.
♦ The sutta partaking of predisposition is to be indicated by the virtuous; these virtuous are five persons: natural virtue, virtue by undertaking, confidence of mind, serenity, and insight; the sutta partaking of predisposition is to be indicated by these five persons.
♦ lokuttaraṃ suttaṃ dhammādhiṭṭhānaṃ tīhi suttehi niddisitabbaṃ dassanabhāgiyena bhāvanābhāgiyena asekkhabhāgiyena ca.
♦ The supramundane sutta, Dhamma-based, is to be indicated by three suttas: the one partaking of vision, the one partaking of development, and the one partaking of the non-trainee.
♦ lokiyañca lokuttarañca sattādhiṭṭhānañca dhammādhiṭṭhānañca ubhayena niddisitabbaṃ, ñāṇaṃ paññāya niddisitabbaṃ paññindriyena paññābalena adhipaññāsikkhāya dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgena sammādiṭṭhiyā tīraṇāya santīraṇāya dhamme ñāṇena anvaye ñāṇena khaye ñāṇena anuppāde ñāṇena anaññātaññassāmītindriyena aññindriyena aññātāvindriyena cakkhunā vijjāya buddhiyā bhūriyā medhāya, yaṃ yaṃ vā pana labbhati, tena tena paññādhivacanena niddisitabbaṃ.
♦ The worldly and the supramundane, the being-based and the Dhamma-based are to be indicated by both; knowledge is to be indicated by wisdom, by the faculty of wisdom, by the power of wisdom, by the training in higher wisdom, by the enlightenment factor of investigation of Dhamma, by right view, by discrimination, by thorough discrimination, by knowledge in things, by knowledge in their consequences, by knowledge of destruction, by knowledge of non-arising, by the faculty 'I will know the unknown,' by the faculty of knowledge, by the faculty of one who has known, by the eye, by knowledge, by intelligence, by breadth, by sagacity; or whatever other synonym for wisdom is found, by that it is to be indicated.
♦ ñeyyaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannehi ajjhattikabāhirehi hīnappaṇītehi dūrasantikehi saṅkhatāsaṅkhatehi kusalākusalābyākatehi saṅkhepato vā chahi ārammaṇehi niddisitabbaṃ.
♦ The knowable is to be indicated by past, future, and present, by internal and external, by inferior and superior, by distant and near, by conditioned and unconditioned, by wholesome, unwholesome, and indeterminate; or in brief, by the six sense-objects.
ñāṇañca ñeyyañca tadubhayena niddisitabbaṃ, paññāpi ārammaṇabhūtā ñeyyaṃ, yaṃ kiñci ārammaṇabhūtaṃ ajjhattikaṃ vā bāhiraṃ vā, sabbaṃ taṃ saṅkhatena asaṅkhatena ca niddisitabbaṃ.
Knowledge and the knowable are to be indicated by both of them; wisdom is also the object of the knowable; whatever is an object, whether internal or external, all that is to be indicated by the conditioned and the unconditioned.
♦ dassanaṃ bhāvanā sakavacanaṃ paravacanaṃ visajjanīyaṃ avisajjanīyaṃ kammaṃ vipākoti sabbattha tadubhayaṃ sutte yathā niddiṭṭhaṃ, tathā upadhārayitvā labbhamānato niddisitabbaṃ, yaṃ vā pana kiñci bhagavā aññataravacanaṃ bhāsati, sabbaṃ taṃ yathāniddiṭṭhaṃ dhārayitabbaṃ.
♦ Vision, development, one's own word, another's word, to be explained, not to be explained, kamma, result; everywhere these two are to be indicated as found in the suttas, having considered them as they are indicated. Or whatever other word the Blessed One speaks, all that is to be retained as it is indicated.
♦ duvidho hetu yañca kammaṃ ye ca kilesā, samudayo kilesā.
♦ The cause is twofold: kamma and defilements; the origin is the defilements.
tattha kilesā saṃkilesabhāgiyena suttena niddisitabbā.
The defilements are to be indicated by the sutta partaking of defilement.
samudayo saṃkilesabhāgiyena ca vāsanābhāgiyena ca suttena niddisitabbo.
The origin is to be indicated by the sutta partaking of defilement and the sutta partaking of predisposition.
tattha kusalaṃ catūhi suttehi niddisitabbaṃ vāsanābhāgiyena dassanabhāgiyena bhāvanābhāgiyena asekkhabhāgiyena ca.
The wholesome is to be indicated by four suttas: the one partaking of predisposition, the one partaking of vision, the one partaking of development, and the one partaking of the non-trainee.
akusalaṃ saṃkilesabhāgiyena suttena niddisitabbaṃ .
The unwholesome is to be indicated by the sutta partaking of defilement.
kusalañca akusalañca tadubhayena niddisitabbaṃ.
The wholesome and the unwholesome are to be indicated by both of them.
anuññātaṃ bhagavato anuññātāya niddisitabbaṃ, taṃ pañcavidhaṃ saṃvaro pahānaṃ bhāvanā sacchikiriyā kappiyānulomoti, yaṃ dissati tāsu tāsu bhūmīsu, taṃ kappiyānulomena niddisitabbaṃ.
The allowed is to be indicated by the allowance of the Blessed One; that is of five kinds: restraint, abandonment, development, realization, and what is allowable and in conformity; whatever is seen in these various planes, that is to be indicated by what is allowable and in conformity.
paṭikkhittaṃ bhagavatā paṭikkhittakāraṇena niddisitabbaṃ.
The forbidden is to be indicated by the reason for the prohibition by the Blessed One.
anuññātañca paṭikkhittañca tadubhayena niddisitabbaṃ.
The allowed and the forbidden are to be indicated by both of them.
thavo pasaṃsāya niddisitabbo.
Praise is to be indicated by praise.
so pañcavidhena veditabbo bhagavato dhammassa ariyasaṅghassa ariyadhammānaṃ sikkhāya lokiyaguṇasampattiyāti.
That is to be understood in five ways: of the Blessed One, of the Dhamma, of the noble Sangha, of the noble Dhammas, of the training, of the accomplishment in worldly virtues.
evaṃ thavo pañcavidhena niddisitabbo.
Thus praise is to be indicated in five ways.
♦ indriyabhūmi navahi padehi niddisitabbā, kilesabhūmi navahi padehi niddisitabbā, evametāni aṭṭhārasa padāni honti nava padāni kusalāni nava padāni akusalānīti, tathāhi vuttaṃ “aṭṭhārasa mūlapadā kuhiṃ daṭṭhabbā, sāsanappaṭṭhāne”ti.
♦ The plane of the faculties is to be indicated by nine terms; the plane of defilements is to be indicated by nine terms; thus these are eighteen terms: nine wholesome terms and nine unwholesome terms. Thus it is said, "Where are the eighteen root-terms to be seen? In the foundation of the teaching."
tenāha āyasmā mahākaccāyano —
Therefore the venerable Mahākaccāyana said:
♦ “navahi ca padehi kusalā, navahi ca yujjanti akusalappakkhā.
♦ "By nine terms the wholesome side is joined, and by nine the unwholesome side.
♦ ete khalu mūlapadā, bhavanti aṭṭhārasa padānī”ti.
♦ These indeed are the root-terms, the eighteen terms."
♦ niyuttaṃ sāsanappaṭṭhānaṃ.
♦ The Foundation of the Teaching is concluded.
♦ ettāvatā samattā netti yā āyasmatā mahākaccāyanena bhāsitā bhagavatā anumoditā mūlasaṅgītiyaṃ saṅgītāti.
♦ Thus far is the Netti complete, which was spoken by the venerable Mahākaccāyana, approved by the Blessed One, and recited in the original council.
♦ nettippakaraṇaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
♦ The Nettippakaraṇa is finished.


☸ Lucid 24.org 🐘🐾‍